National reform programme 2008-2010 Portugal - European ...

LISBON
STRATEGY
NATIONAL
PLAN
OF
REFORMS
(PNR)
‐
PORTUGAL
Cabinet
of
the
National
Coordinator
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy
and
the
Technological
Plan
Report
on
the
implementation
of
the
PNACE
2005‐2008
PNR
–
New
Cycle
2008‐2010
OCTOBER
2008
R u a 
 d a 
 L a p a , 
 7 3 
 1 2 0 0 ‐ 7 0 1 
 L i s b o a
w w w . e s t r a t e g i a d e l i s b o a . p t 
 | 
 w w w . p l a n o t e c n o l o g i c o . p t
http: / / v i d e o s . s a p o . p t / p l a n o t e c n o l o g i c o

PRESIDÊNCIA
DO
CONSELHO
DE
MINISTROS
GABINETE
DO
COORDENADOR
NACIONAL
DA
ESTRATÉGIA
DE
LISBOA
E
DO
PLANO
TECNOLÓGICO
|
INDEX
Introduction
Part
1
–
PNACE
2005/2008;
a
programme
in
Full
Implementation
and
in
line
with
European
Union
Recommendations
Part
2
‐
PNR
/
New
Cycle
(2008/2010);
Consolidating
Reforms
Part
3
–
Outcome
of
the
implementation
of
PNACE
2005/2008
Annexes
and
useful
Links
Outubro
2008
2

PRESIDÊNCIA
DO
CONSELHO
DE
MINISTROS
GABINETE
DO
COORDENADOR
NACIONAL
DA
ESTRATÉGIA
DE
LISBOA
E
DO
PLANO
TECNOLÓGICO
|
INTRODUCTION
The
 Renewed
 Lisbon
 Strategy
 approved
 by
 the
 Spring
 European
 Council
 in
 2005
envisaged
that
each
Member
State
would
develop
and
implement
a
National
Reform
Programme
focussed
on
Growth
and
Employment,
based
on
24
guidelines
that
cover
the
Macro,
Micro
and
Employment
dimensions
and
to
be
applied
between
2005/2008.
Portugal
approved
an
ambitious
reform
programme
and
presented
it
to
the
European
Commission.
 It
 is
 entitled
 the
 National
 Action
 Programme
 for
 Growth
 and
Employment
(PNACE
2005/2008)
and
is
structured
into
4
targets,
7
priorities
and
125
measures.
There
has
been
a
high
level
of
compliance
and
also
results
in
the
implementation
of
the
 programme
 as
 set
 out
 in
 the
 first
 and
 third
 parts
 of
 this
 report;
 the
 evaluation
report
 approved
 by
 the
 European
 Commission
 in
 this
 year’s
 Spring
 Council
 has
classified
Portugal
as
a
country
that
is
making
“Good
Progress”
in
the
implementation
of
its
PNR.
From
the
very
first,
the
implementation
of
the
Renewed
Lisbon
Strategy
focussed
on
execution
and
results
and
had
the
joint
involvement
of
public
policies
and
civil
society
initiatives.
In
this
context,
and
bearing
in
mind
the
strategic
conformity
that
has
been
seen,
the
recommendations
 and
 warnings
 from
 the
 European
 Commission
 were
 always
interpreted
 as
 a
 boost
 and
 stimulus
 to
 increase
 the
 quality
 and
 intensity
 of
 the
execution
of
the
PNACE
2005/2008.
The
result
of
the
convergence
effort
and
response
are
presented
in
the
first
part
of
this
report.
The
impact
assessment
is
a
fundamental
tool
for
the
effectiveness
of
policies.
Hence,
in
addition
to
the
control
of
the
level
of
execution
and
compliance
with
targets
and
objectives,
 the
 concept
 of
 impact
 “drivers”
 was
 also
 introduced.
 The
 nine
 “drivers”
selected
are
used
in
the
third
part
to
show
the
main
lines
of
execution
in
the
last
year
of
the
implementation
of
the
PNACE
2005/2008.
The
 second
 part
 of
 this
 report
 also
 presents
 the
 strong
 lines
 for
 the
 launch
 and
realisation
of
the
New
Cycle
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy
in
Portugal.
A
new
cycle
for
the
2008/2010
period
was
approved
in
the
Slovenian
Presidency
of
the
 European
 Union
 but
 the
 contribution
 made
 to
 its
 design
 by
 the
 Portuguese
Presidency
 in
 the
 second
 semester
 of
 2007
 has
 been
 recognised
 as
 extremely
relevant;
 this
 cycle
 boosts
 the
 country’s
 commitment
 to
 the
 future
 of
 a
 European
Strategy
 that
 is
 able
 to
 empower
 the
 Union
 to
 overcome
 the
 challenges
 of
globalisation
in
a
context
of
economic,
social
and
environmental
sustainability.
Outubro
2008
3

PRESIDÊNCIA
DO
CONSELHO
DE
MINISTROS
GABINETE
DO
COORDENADOR
NACIONAL
DA
ESTRATÉGIA
DE
LISBOA
E
DO
PLANO
TECNOLÓGICO
This
report
frames
a
broadened
and
ambitious
vision
of
the
application
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy
 in
 its
 dual
 national
 and
 European
 dimensions
 as
 an
 internal
 and
 external
strategy
 of
 the
 positioning
 and
 action
 of
 Portugal
 and
 the
 European
 Union
 in
 the
global
 economy,
 which
 is
 especially
 important
 at
 a
 time
 of
 international
 crisis
 and
change
of
paradigm.
Hence,
 the
 structural
 funds
 and
 the
 cohesion
 fund
 in
 the
 context
 of
 the
 National
Strategic
 Reference
 Framework
 (NSRF)
 will
 be
 assumed
 as
 fundamental
 support
instruments
 for
 the
 implementation
 of
 the
 Lisbon
 Strategy
 in
 Portugal
 in
 the
2008/2013
period.
The
 preparation
 of
 this
 document
 has
 been
 supported
 by
 extensive
 interaction
 and
feedback
from
the
Inter
Ministerial
Network
for
the
Coordination
and
Implementation
of
 the
 Lisbon
 Strategy
 and
 from
 the
 economic
 and
 social
 partners,
 and
 from
coordinated
 work
 with
 the
 ESC
 (Economic
 and
 Social
 Council)
 and
 with
 the
 CNADS
(National
Council
for
the
Environment
and
Sustainable
Development).
Bilateral
lines
of
work
were
also
developed
with
the
permanent
members
of
the
ESC
who
produced
specific
contributions
for
the
formulation
of
the
document
during
the
preparatory
visit
made
by
the
delegation
from
the
European
Commission
to
Portugal
in
July
this
year.
The
time
horizon
of
this
new
cycle
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy
is
2010.
Although
this
is
a
relatively
short
period,
a
rigid
definition
of
the
National
Reform
Programmes,
which
have
structural
goals
and
play
a
vital
role
towards
generating
a
new
momentum
for
economic
 growth,
 is
 both
 unnecessary
 and
 inappropriate
 given
 the
 need
 to
 be
attentive
to
the
way
the
context
evolves.
Hence,
the
strategic
measures
identified
will
of
course
be
adapting
systematically 1 .
The
success
of
the
New
Cycle
implies
that
the
Lisbon
Agenda
will
be
projected
to
a
substantially
broader
horizon.
We
are
confident
that
this
will
be
the
conclusion
of
the
debate
 taking
 place
 on
 the
 post
 2010
 Lisbon
 Agenda
 and
 we
 have
 included
 this
conviction
in
our
assumptions
when
drawing
up
this
report.
1 
This
document
has
been
approved
in
the
extraordinary
Council
of
Ministers
of
12 th 
of
October.
Due
to
the
preliminary
discussion
of
the
Government
Budget
for
2009
occurred
in
that
Council,
the
expectations
are
to
the
inclusion
of
specific
measures
in
order
to
respond
to
the
international
crises
in
financial
markets,
namely
the
ones
aiming
the
stabilization
of
the
financial
markets
and,
in
particular,
what
concerns
to
SME
and
families
support,
the
decrease
of
IRC
taxes
to
companies
and
the
increase
of
the
SME
Aid
Fund,
as
well
as
the
enlargement
of
specific
social
transfers.
Outubro
2008
4

#1
PART
PNACE
2005/2008
A
Programme
in
full
implementation
and
aligned
with
European
Union
Recommendations

|
INDEX
Introduction
................................................................................................................
3
Recommendation
1
–
Reorientation
of
public
expenditure
.......................................
5
Recommendation
2
‐
Improve
qualifications
..............................................................
7
Recommendation
3
‐
Modernise
legislation
and
employment
protection
...............
13
Future
Challenge
4
–
Sustainability
of
public
accounts
.............................................
16
Future
Challenge
5
–
Implementation
of
the
Technological
Plan
.............................
17
Future
Challenge
6
–
Competition
and
regulation
....................................................
20
Future
Challenge
7‐
Better
Regulation
Programme...................................................
22
Future
Challenge
8
–
Transposition
of
European
Union
legislation...........................
24
Future
Challenge
9
–
Reduction
of
greenhouse
gas
emissions
.................................
27
Future
Challenge

10
‐
Factors
threatening
social
cohesion......................................
28
2

|
INTRODUCTION
PNACE
2005/2008
is
an
agenda
in
full
implementation,
as
seen
in
the
third
part
of
this
report
and
the
respective
annexes.
Following
the
execution
of
the
programme,
4
goals
were
set:
reduction
of
the
budget
deficit
 from
 6.8%
 (projection
 for
 2005)
 to
 2.6%
 of
 GDP
 (starting
 from
 a
 stagnant
situation
 in
 2005),
 increase
 in
 the
 employment
 rate
 to
 69%,
 doubling
 the
 public
investment
and
trebling
the
private
investment
in
R&D.
The
first
goal
was
reached
one
year
earlier
than
forecast
and
the
public
deficit
in
2007
was
2.6%
of
GDP.
The
actual
growth
of
GDP
in
2007
was
1.9%
which
enabled
this
goal
to
be
fully
achieved.
However,
in
May
the
international
crisis
led
to
a
review
of
the
growth
projections
for
2008
to
a
rate
of
1.5% 1 .
For
the
second
quarter
of
2008,
the
growth
of
the
GDP
was
0.7%
(0.9%
in
the
first
quarter
of
2008).
The
 employment
 rate
 was
 67.8%
 in
 2007
 and
 reached
 68.6%
 in
 the
 2 nd
 quarter
 of
2008.
The
employment
rate
for
women
went
up
to
61.9%
in
2007
and
62.3%
in
the
2 nd
quarter
of
2008.
For
senior
workers
(55‐64
years
old)
the
rate
amounted
to
50.9%
in
2007
and
51.2%
in
the
2 nd 
quarter
of
2008.
The
net
job
creation
reached
a
value
of
nearly
133,800
between
the
1 st 
quarter
of
2005
and
the
2 nd 
quarter
of
2008.
Finally,
the
public
investment
in
R&D
was
doubled
one
year
ahead
of
forecast
and
was
reflected
 in
 the
 State
 Budget
 of
 the
 current
 year.
 The
 results
 of
 the
 survey
 on
 the
scientific
and
technological
potential
in
course
are
now
awaited
so
as
to
confirm
the
expectations
of
a
very
significant
increase
in
private
investment,
corresponding
to
the
goal
of
its
trebling.
These
 results
 were
 reached
 within
 the
 framework
 of
 a
 strong
 alignment
 with
 the
Recommendations
 from
 the
 European
 Union
 which
 systematically
 validated
 the
priorities
defined
and
acting
as
incentives
not
to
slow
down
given
their
ambition
and
impact.
In
 the
 evaluation
 of
 the
 2007
 report,
 the
 recommendations
 to
 Portugal
 can
 be
summed
up
in
three
lines
of
action:
1. To
reorientate
the
public
expenditure
towards
the
reinforcement
of
the
economic
growth
potential,
keeping
a
strict
control
of
overall
expenditure,
within
the
context
of
the
corrections
in
course
of
budget
imbalances
and
the
Public
Administration
reform;
2. To
significantly
improve
the
efficiency
of
the
education
system,
namely
through
the
increase
of
the
qualification
levels
of
youth,
fighting
against
the
early
dropping
out
1 Meanwhile, and due to the international crises in financial markets, the projections for GDP growth to
2008 was reviewed to 0,8%.
3

from
school
and
providing
a
vocational
training
system
that
is
adapted
to
the
labour
market
needs
and
that
is
based
upon
the
“National
Qualifications
Framework”;
3. To
pursue
the
efforts
to
modernise
the
labour
protection
mechanism,
namely
the
legislation,
 in
 order
 to
 reduce
 the
 significant
 segmentation
 of
 the
 labour
 market,
within
the
framework
of
the
Flexicurity
approach.
In
putting
these
lines
of
action
into
effect,
the
European
Commission
invites
Portugal
to
pay
particular
attention
to
the
following
future
challenges:
4.
 To
continue
boosting
the
long
term
sustainability
of
the
public
finances
and
the
sustained
reduction
of
the
current
balance;
5.
 To
 pursue
 the
 application
 of
 the
 Technological
 Plan,
 consolidating
 the
connections
 between
 research,
 higher
 education
 and
 industry,
 fostering
 increased
participation
from
the
private
sector;
6.
 To
 assure
 effective
 competition,
 namely
 in
 the
 energy
 markets
 and
 financial
services;
7.
 To
pursue
the
application
of
the
Better
Regulation
programme
and,
in
particular,
the
reinforcement
of
the
impact
evaluation
system;
8.
 To
reduce
the
deficit
in
the
transposition
of
EU
legislation
to
national
law;
9.
 To
prepare
and
apply
the
measures
required
to
reduce
greenhouse
gas
emissions;
10.
 To
continue
the
fight
against
factors
threatening
social
cohesion.
These
recommendations
and
future
challenges
are
in
full
alignment
with
the
strategic
and
operational
priorities
assumed
for
the
implementation
of
the
PNACE
2005/2008
and
will
be
followed
in
the
PNR
–
New
Cycle
2008/2010.
The
 main
 constraint
 on
 the
 improvement
 of
 Portugal’s
 economic,
 social
 and
environmental
sustainability
in
the
past
few
years
has
been
the
insufficient
levels
of
economic
growth
and,
in
particular,
the
limited
potential
growth
induced
by
the
low
productivity
of
the
factors.
Hence,
 and
 in
 compliance
 with
 the
 European
 Commission
 Recommendations,
 the
pledge
 in
 the
 quality
 of
 public
 finances
 and
 the
 allocation
 of
 the
 resources
 of
 the
National
 Strategic
 Reference
 Framework
 (NSRF
 2007/2013)
 has
 been
 achieved
 by
focusing
 on
 a
 mobilising
 agenda
 towards
 growth
 and
 competitiveness
 –
 the
Technological
 Plan
 –
 driven
 by
 the
 mobilisation
 of
 the
 Portuguese
 society
 and
 the
concentration
 of
 public
 policies
 on
 resolving
 the
 factors
 blocking
 Portugal’s
 the
potential
growth.
The
 Technological
 Plan
 (PT),
 together
 with
 the
 Stability
 and
 Growth
 Pact
 (PEC),
 the
National
 Employment
 Plan
 (PNE),
 the
 National
 Strategy
 for
 Social
 Protection
 and
Social
Inclusion
(EPSIC)
and
the
National
Land
Use
Planning
Programme
(PNPOT),
in
the
 wider
 framework
 of
 the
 National
 Strategy
 for
 Sustainable
 Development
 (ENDS
2015),
 the
 Pledge
 with
 Science
 initiative
 and
 the
 Connecting
 Portugal
 Programme,
amongst
other,
constitute
the
foundation
for
the
application
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy
in
Portugal,
 whose
 earmarking,
 acknowledged
 in
 the
 National
 Strategic
 Reference
Framework
(NSRF),
is
of
83%.
4

Within
 this
 strategic
 framework,
 Portugal
 believes
 it
 has
 already
 been
 acting
 in
 line
with
 the
 recommendations
 and
 future
 challenges
 indicated
 by
 the
 European
 Union
with
 many
 of
 the
 measures
 integrated
 in
 PNACE
 2005/2008,
 and
 it
 is
 ready
 to
reinforce
these
concerns
in
the
PNR
–
New
Cycle
2008/2010 2 .
Within
this
context,
the
reading
of
the
responses
to
the
recommendations
and
future
challenges
issued
by
the
European
 Union,
 presented
 below,
 must
 be
 complemented
 by
 comprehensive
 and
more
developed
information
in
the
PNR
–
New
Cycle
and
the
Outcome
of
the
last
year
of
execution
of
PNACE.
It
should
be
stressed
that
the
implementation
of
PNACE
2005/2008
followed
a
matrix
logic
that,
taking
into
account
the
central
axes
set
by
the
guidelines
of
the
renewed
Lisbon
 Strategy
 at
 the
 Macro,
 Micro
 and
 Employment
 levels,
 also
 reflected
 the
different
policies
in
transversal
approaches
on
critical
spheres
for
the
promotion
of
an
inclusive
society,
such
as
qualifications,
innovation,
youth
and
gender
equality.
It
 was
 this
 matrix
 approach
 that
 provided
 strength
 to
 the
 implementation
 of
 the
PNACE
 2005/2008,
 enabling
 a
 positive
 outcome
 in
 the
 way
 global
 responses
 were
given
and
consistent
with
the
European
Commission
recommendations.
|
1.
 REORIENTATION
 OF
 THE
 PUBLIC
 EXPENDITURE:
 FOCUS
 ON
PRODUCTIVITY
 AND
 EVALUATION,
 FOLLOW‐UP
 AND
 MONITORING
 OF
PUBLIC
EXPENDITURE 3
Recommendation:
“To
reorientate
the
public
expenditure
to
the
reinforcement
of
the
economic
growth
potential,
keeping
a
strict
control
of
overall
expenditure,
within
the
context
 of
 the
 corrections
 in
 course
 of
 budget
 imbalances
 and
 the
 Public
Administration”
Since
 2005,
 the
 budget
 policy
 has
 been
 mainly
 directed
 towards
 the
 responsible
management
of
public
finances
with
a
view
to
promoting
its
long
term
sustainability
through
 the
 process
 of
 budget
 consolidation.
 The
 balance
 of
 the
 public
 finances
 is
essential
 for
 the
 provision
 of
 a
 favourable
 environment
 for
 entrepreneurship,
productivity
 and
 economic
 growth.
 Therefore,
 Portugal
 will
 pursue
 the
 budget
consolidation
effort
based
on
the
control
of
public
expenditure.
More
than
half
of
deficit’s
reduction
by
3.5
percentage
points
(p.p.)
of
the
GDP
seen
in
2006
 and
 2007
 (from
 6.1%
 to
 2.6%
 of
 the
 GDP)
 resulted
 from
 the
 decrease
 in
 the
2 Besides the direct responses included in this part of the report, please see Part III, results of 2007-
2008, and Part II, PNR – New Cycle, new measures.
3 Complete with the underlying information of the measures included in Part II, Quality of Public
Finances, and in the results Part III, macro level.
5

weight
 of
 public
 expenditure
 on
 the
 GDP
 (1.9
 p.p.
 of
 the
 GDP,
 i.e.,
 from
 47.7%
 to
45.8%).
In
addition,
the
weight
of
the
public
debt
on
the
GDP
reduced
in
2007,
in
line
with
the
evolution
of
the
budget
deficit,
standing
at
63.7%
(‐1.0
p.p.
than
in
2006),
interrupting
the
evolution
in
the
growth
seen
in
the
previous
six
years.
This
dynamic
of
the
public
finances
enabled
the
release
of
resources
for
the
private
sector
and
it
is
estimated
that
the
corporate
investment
increased
1.5%
in
2006
and
14.7%
in
2007.
In
a
context
of
budget
consolidation,
the
weight
of
the
public
investment
in
the
total
primary
expenditure
declined
in
2006
from
9.5%
to
7.8%,
and
recovered
to
8.1%
in
2007.
It
should
be
noted,
however,
that
in
coherence
with
the
development
strategy
adopted
 by
 the
 Government,
 despite
 the
 contention
 of
 public
 investment,
 this
 has
been
 redirected
 to
 areas
 and
 projects
 that
 are
 associated
 to
 a
 greater
 economic
growth
 potential
 namely
 in
 the
 areas
 of
 knowledge
 and
 the
 qualification
 of
 human
resources.
 This
 is
 the
 case
 of
 the
 Ministry
 of
 Science
 and
 Technology
 and
 Higher
Education
allocation
to
investment
in
Science
and
Technology,
which
increased
61%
in
2007
and
14%
in
2008 4 .
In
 addition,
 the
 governance
 model
 of
 the
 National
 Strategic
 Reference
 Framework
(NSRF),
which
fosters
competition
and
the
selective
choice
of
investment
projects,
the
involvement
 of
 stakeholders
 and
 monitoring
 and
 evaluation,
 enables
 community
funds
to
be
managed
in
line
with
the
promotion
of
the
competitiveness
factors,
the
growth
 of
 human
 capital
 and
 the
 endogenous
 territorial
 factors
 that
 stimulate
potential
growth
and
the
increase
in
the
levels
of
cohesion.
As
a
result,
not
only
are
the
 large
 majority
 (83%)
 of
 NSRF
 community
 funds
 directed
 towards
 the
 Lisbon
Strategy
 priorities
 of
 promoting
 competitiveness,
 job
 creation
 and
 the
 increase
 of
economic,
social
and
territorial
cohesion,
but
they
are
also
implemented
in
line
with
the
focusing
and
selectivity
principles
of
the
respective
investments
supported.
This
pledge
in
quality
is
seen
in
the
approval
rate
of
the
applications
presented
to
NSRF
by
August
 2008,
 during
 calls
 for
 applications
 or
 application
 periods
 that
 have
 already
closed,
which
is
only
about
50%.
The
 reform
 of
 the
 budget
 process
 underway
 is
 aimed
 at
 the
 structuring
 by
programmes
 and
 is
 the
 Government’s
 main
 pledge
 to
 structurally
 improve
 public
expenditure
 capacity
 to
 be
 effectively
 channelled
 towards
 its
 goals,
 in
 particular
towards
 the
 activities
 that
 stimulate
 the
 potential
 of
 economic
 growth.
 In
 fact,
 this
reform
 aims
 at
 assuring
 the
 budget
 choices
 are
 aligned
 with
 the
 social‐economic
impacts
intended
by
the
Government,
in
view
of
the
respective
politic
priorities.
This
reform
will
enable
the
effective
and
systematic
definition
of
priorities
in
the
allocation
of
public
expenditure.
4 The last data available about the functional classification of the public expenditure (COFOG) dates
back to 2006, hindering an updated analysis of the evolution of the functional composition of the
public expenditure in Portugal.
6

|
Response
to
recommendation
1:
• The
great
majority(83%)
of
the
NSRF
community
funds
is
directed
towards
the
Lisbon
Strategy
priorities;
• The
reform
of
the
budget
process
in
course,
aiming
at
its
structuring
by
programme,
in
order
to
structurally
improve
the
public
expenditure
capacity
and
be
effectively
channelled
towards
the
activities
that
stimulate
the
economic
growth
potential.
Main
results
already
obtained:
• Reorientation
of
public
expenditure
towards
innovation,
science
and
technology;
the
Ministry
of
Science
and
Technology
and
Higher
Education
allocation
to
investment
in
Science
and
Technology
increased
61%
in
2007
and
14%
in
2008.
• The
reduction
of
the
deficit
by
3.5
percentage
points
(p.p.)
of
the
GDP
seen
in
2006
and
2007
(from
6.1%
to
2.6%
of
the
GDP).
• The
decrease
of
the
weight
of
the
public
expenditure
on
GDP
(1.9
p.p.
of
GDP,
i.e.,
from
47.7%
to
45.8%).
• The
reduction
of
the
weight
of
the
public
debt
in
the
GDP,
in
line
with
the
evolution
of
the
budget
deficit,
standing
at
63.6%
(‐1.1
p.p.
than
in
2006),
interrupting
the
evolution
in
growth
seen
in
the
past
six
years.
• Corporate
investment
is
estimated
to
have
increased
1.5%
in
2006
and
14.7%
in
2007.
2.
IMPROVE
QUALIFICATIONS:
BOOSTING
STANDARDS
OF
COMPETENCE
ACQUISITION
LIFE
LONG
LEARNING 5
Recommendation:
“(…)To
continue
to
take
measures
to
significantly
improve
the
efficiency
of
 the
 education
 system,
 namely
 through
 the
 increase
 of
 the
 qualification
 levels
 of
youth,
fighting
against
the
early
dropping
out
from
school
and
providing
a
vocational
training
system
that
is
adapted
to
the
labour
market
needs
and
that
is
based
upon
the
“National
Qualifications
Framework”
The
pledge
in
the
qualification
of
the
Portuguese
population
continues
to
represent
an
essential
strategic
challenge
for
the
promotion
of
the
country’s
economic
growth
and
 social
 cohesion.
 The
 urgency
 in
 the
 recovery
 of
 the
 deficits
 in
 education
 and
training,
accumulated
over
several
years
and
the
significant
reduction
of
early
school
leaving,
 led
 the
 Government
 to
 embark
 on
 a
 wide
 set
 of
 reforms
 that
 include
 the
different
 levels
 of
 education
 and
 the
 vocational
 training
 system.
 To
 increase
 their
impact,
different
public
and
private
entities
have
also
been
mobilised.
5 Complete information with measures Part II, 5.1. Qualifications and results Part III, employment
level, qualifications section.
7

In
this
context,
due
to
its
scope
and
impact,
emphasis
is
given
to
the
launch
of
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative
in
September
2005.
This
constitutes
a
firm
and
decisive
response
to
the
qualification
challenge
of
the
population,
through
an
integrated
set
of
strategic
 measures
 in
 terms
 of
 education,
 training
 and
 certification,
 which
 aims
 at
generalising
the
secondary
level
as
a
reference
goal
for
the
qualification
of
youths
and
adults.
The
strategy
of
this
initiative
lies
on
two
main
pillars:
- The
improvement
of
the
basic
training
of
youth,
namely
by
the
diversification
of
the
education
and
training
supplies,
through
the
strengthening
of
vocational
courses,
the
 fight
 against
 non‐achievement
 and
 early
 drop
 out
 rates
 in
 the
 educational
 and
training
system;
- The
 improvement
 of
 the
 base
 training
 of
 the
 adult
 population,
 recognising,
validating
and
certifying
the
skills
already
acquired
by
means
of
education,
training,
professional
 experience
 or
 other,
 thereby
 structuring
 qualification
 paths
 that
 match
the
reality
of
each
citizen,
guided
towards
his/her
personal
development
and
towards
the
needs
of
the
labour
market.
The
 mobilisation
 of
 the
 population
 and
 the
 results
 achieved
 in
 the
 meantime
 are
encouraging
(see
New
Opportunities
Initiative).
These
reflect
the
priority
of
the
public
policies
 in
 terms
 of
 education
 and
 training,
 with
 a
 rise
 of
 more
 than
 10
 percentage
points
in
the
weight
regarding
the
European
Social
Fund
of
the
set
of
structural
funds
for
 the
 period
 2007‐2013,
 to
 a
 total
 of
 about
 8.9
 billion
 euros,
 of
 which
 roughly
 6
billion
euros
will
be
allocated
to
the
development
of
policies
that
integrate
the
New
Opportunities
 Initiative,
 namely
 through
 the
 Human
 Potential
 Thematic
 Operational
Programme.
Equally,
 following
 the
 broad
 consensus
 achieved
 between
 the
 Government
 and
 the
majority
of
the
Social
Partners,
the
reform
of
the
vocational
training
system
reform
constitutes
 a
 fundamental
 instrument
 essential
 to
 the
 successful
 pursuit
 of
 the
qualification
strategy
defined
within
the
scope
of
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative.
In
 the
 framework
 of
 this
 reform,
 Decree‐law
 396/2007,
 dated
 December
 31,
 was
published,
establishing
the
legal
system
of
the
National
Qualifications
System
(SNQ),
which
 assumes
 the
 aims
 already
 stated
 in
 the
 New
 Opportunities
 Initiative
 and
promotes
 the
 required
 instruments
 for
 its
 effective
 execution
 with
 the
 financial
instruments.
 This
 system
 adopts
 the
 principles
 sanctioned
 in
 the
 agreement
 signed
with
 the
 social
 partners
 and
 restructures
 the
 vocational
 training
 integrated
 in
 the
education
system
and
in
the
labour
market,
incorporating
them
with
common
aims
and
 instruments
 and
 under
 a
 renewed
 institutional
 framework.
 The
 fundamental
strategy
 aims
 to
 assure
 the
 relevance
 of
 training
 and
 learning
 for
 personal
development
and
for
the
modernisation
of
companies
and
the
economy,
whilst
also
assuring
 that
 all
 the
 national
 effort
 in
 training
 is
 actually
 valorised
 in
 terms
 of
 the
school
 and
 professional
 progression
 of
 the
 citizens,
 both
 directly,
 through
 dual
certification
training
within
the
scope
of
the
National
Qualifications
Catalogue
(CNQ),
and
 indirectly,
 by
 means
 of
 the
 New
 Opportunity
 Centres
 and
 the
 process
 of
recognition,
validation
and
certification
of
competences.
8

The
structures
that
make
up
the
system
are:
(i)
the
National
Qualification
Agency 6 
,
which
assumes
a
central
role
in
the
management
of
the
New
Opportunities
Centres
network,
 in
 preparing,
 and
 updating
 the
 CNQ,
 in
 planning
 and
 rationalising
 the
training
 supply
 and
 disclosure
 of
 information
 and
 in
 providing
 guidance
 in
 terms
 of
qualifications
and
employment,
thus
assuming
a
central
role
in
the
pursuit
of
the
goals
and
fulfilment
of
the
targets
set
in
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative;
(ii)
the
National
Council
for
Vocational
Training 7 ,
responsible
for
the
evaluation
and
global
approval
of
the
elements
included
in
the
CNQ;
(iii)
the
Local
Advisory
Councils
for
Qualification 8 ,
which
permanently
identify
the
CNQ
updating
needs
and
cooperate
with
ANQ;
(iv)
the
New
 Opportunities
 Centres;
 (v)
 the
 Basic
 and
 Secondary
 Education
 Establishments;
(vi)
 the
 Direct
 Management
 and
 Protocol
 Vocational
 Training
 and
 Rehabilitation
Centres;
 (vi)
 the
 Poles
 of
 Excellence
 that
 are
 created
 from
 training
 operators
 that
distinguish
themselves
for
the
quality
of
their
training
interventions,
namely
from
the
vocational
 training
 protocol
 centres;
 as
 well
 as
 (vii)
 other
 entities
 with
 certified
training
structures.
Within
 the
 scope
 of
 this
 system,
 the
 following
 are
 formed:
 (a)
 the
 CNQ,
 a
 strategic
management
instrument
of
qualifications
not
at
the
higher
level,
which
integrates
skill
based
qualifications
according
to
a
dual
certification
logic,
identifying
the
respective
training
skills
referential
and
the
qualification
level
for
each
one
in
articulation
with
the
 National
 Qualifications
 Framework
 (QNQ);
 (b)
 the
 individual
 skills
 booklet,
mentioned
 in
 CNQ,
 which
 is
 an
 instrument
 that
 registers
 all
 life
 long
 skills
 that
 the
individual
 acquires
 or
 develops,
 as
 well
 as
 all
 the
 remaining
 training
 programmes
concluded,
other
than
those
that
gave
rise
to
the
recorded
skills;
and
(c)
the
QNQ,
an
instrument
 that
 structures
 the
 qualification
 levels
 in
 accordance
 with
 the
 European
Qualifications
Framework
for
life
long
learning.
Still
in
its
final
stages
of
approval,
after
national
 public
 consultation 9 ,
 the
 draft
 for
 the
 decree‐law
 regulates
 the
 System
 for
the
Regulation
of
Access
to
the
Professions,
as
well
as
the
different
drafts
of
decrees
that,
resulting
from
the
National
Qualifications
System,
regulate
QNQ,
the
model
of
the
 individual
 skills
 booklet
 and
 its
 recording
 process,
 the
 vocational
 training
certificate,
 the
 guidance
 towards
 qualification
 and
 employment
 and,
 also,
 the
certification
of
training
entities.
The
 quality
 of
 the
 SNQ
 is
 one
 of
 the
 main
 objectives
 in
 the
 different
 elements
constituting
 it,
 namely
 through
 the
 certification
 of
 the
 training
 entities
 and
 the
qualification
of
the
trainers
and
other
training
technicians.
6
The
National
Qualification
Agency,
established
in
2007,
is
under
the
Ministry
of
Labour
and
Solidarity
and
the
Ministry
of
Education.
Its
creation
strengthens
the
coordination
and
execution
of
the
educational
and
training
policies
in
Portugal.
7
Of
tripartite
composition.
8
 The
 local
 advisory
 councils
 for
 qualification
 integrate,
 amongst
 other,
 specialists
 appointed
 by
 the
 Ministry
 for
 the
respective
activity
sector,
trade
unions
and
employers
associations
representative
of
the
corresponding
activity
sectors,
reference
companies,
training
entities
with
greater
local
or
regional
specialisation
and
independent
experts;
they
should
not
exceed
10
members.
9 Cf.
Boletim
do
Trabalho
e
do
Emprego
no.
5
–
Leaflet,
of

9
August
2007.
9

At
the
same
time,
all
measures
connected
to
the
improvement
of
the
efficiency
and
effectiveness
 of
 the
 basic
 and
 secondary
 educational
 systems
 continue
 to
 assume
their
relevance,
namely
those
that
aim
at
reducing
non‐achievement
rates
at
school
and
early
school
drop
outs
(see
Basic
and
Secondary
Education
Driver).
The
 most
 remarkable
 aspects
 of
 the
 Portuguese
 educational
 system
 (K‐12),
 in
 the
2005‐2008
 triennium,
 are
 the
 increase
 in
 the
 number
 of
 students
 and
 the
improvement
 in
 the
 quality
 of
 learning,
 within
 a
 framework
 of
 greater
 system
efficiency,
with
the
reduction
of
the
number
of
teachers
and
schools.

The
decrease
in
the
 repetition
 rate
 and
 early
 school
 drop
 outs,
 the
 recovery
 of
 students
 that
 had
already
abandoned
the
educational
system,
the
increase
in
the
number
of
students
entering
 higher
 education,
 as
 well
 as
 the
 improvement
 of
 school
 results
 in
 national
examinations
and
tests,
show
the
effectiveness
of
the
measures
that
were
carried
out;
future
progress
depends
on
their
continuity.
Most
measures
implemented
are
consolidated:
the
full
occupation
of
school
time
(by
substituting
absent
teachers);
full
time
school
in
the
first
cycle
of
basic
education,
with
curricular
 enrichment
 activities
 (offering
 English,
 Study
 Support,
 French,
 Physical
Education
and
Sports,
Musical
Education,
amongst
other);
the
closing
of
small
schools
and
the
resulting
reorganisation
of
the
school
network;
widening
the
training
supply
at
 the
 secondary
 education
 level;
 the
 availability
 of
 computers
 connected
 to
 the
Internet
at
low
cost
for
students
and
teachers;
teaching
ICT;
the
hierarchisation
of
the
teaching
career
with
the
creation
of
the
titular
teacher
position;
the
introduction
of
the
 new
 teacher
 evaluation
 system;
 the
 allocation
 of
 teachers
 for
 several
 years;
amongst
other.
These
measures
will
continue
in
effect
for
the
next
three
years,
with
their
scope
widened
or
deepened
when
justified.
A
new
set
of
about
twenty
measures
is
presented
for
the
next
triennium,
2008‐2010.
These
initiatives
include:
greater
support
to
the
families
of
low
social‐economic
levels
by
 means
 of
 developing
 educational
 projects
 guided
 towards
 school
 reinsertion
 of
students;
 the
 modernisation
 of
 school
 buildings
 with
 interventions
 in
 one
 hundred
secondary
 schools,
 and
 the
 upgrading
 of
 the
 pre‐school
 and
 first
 cycle
 education
network;
the
conclusion
of
the
school
libraries
programme
with
the
generalisation
of
libraries
 in
 all
 schools
 of
 the
 2 nd 
 and
 3 rd 
 cycles;
 new
 school
 management
 rules,
enabling
 greater
 autonomy
 and
 boosting
 leadership;
 a
 new
 technological
 plan
 for
Education,
even
more
ambitious
in
terms
of
resource
quality
and
quantity
available
in
schools.
 These
 new
 initiatives
 articulate
 with
 the
 ones
 already
 launched
 in
 the
triennium
now
ending,
consolidating
them
and
raising
their
effect.
Between
 2005
 and
 2007,
 Portugal
 undertook
 a
 deep‐seated
 reform
 of
 higher
education,
 introduced
 in
 the
 current
 European
 movement
 of
 the
 modernisation
 of
universities
 and
 polytechnics
 for
 the
 development
 of
 knowledge
 societies
 and
economies,
notably
by
implementing
legislative
measures,
which
lay
down
namely:
(i)
the
 new
 Legal
 Regime
 of
 the
 Higher
 Education
 Institutions
 (RJIES);
 (ii)
 the
 quality
assurance
system,
including
accreditation
rules
of
the
study
cycles,
the
legal
system
for
the
quality
evaluation
of
higher
education
and
the
creation
of
the
Evaluation
and
Accreditation
 Agency
 for
 Higher
 Education;
 (iii)
 the
 creation
 of
 conditions
 for
 the
10

national
and
international
mobility
of
students
and
graduates;
(iv)
the
establishment
of
 new
 rules
 that
 facilitate
 adult
 admission
 in
 higher
 education
 and
 make
 it
 more
flexible;
 (v)
 the
 widening
 of
 the
 scope
 of
 non‐refundable
 scholarships
 awarded
 to
students
 enrolled
 in
 technological
 specialisation
 degrees
 and
 master
 degrees,
promoting
new
conditions
to
enter
and
attend
higher
education
by
all
students;
(vi)
and
the
implementation
of
a
grant
system
to
higher
education
students
with
mutual
guarantee,
which
complements
the
school
social
services
system
for
higher
education
students.
The
 fulfilment
 of
 this
 process
 of
 reform
 was
 widely
 acknowledged
 in
 the
 analysis
presented
by
OECD
in
April
2008,
in
the
study
“Higher
Education
for
the
Knowledge
Society”
–
comparative
analysis
on
“Tertiary
Education”
policies,
which
involved
24
countries
–
mainly
at
the
legislative
reform
level
introduced
by
the
new
Legal
Regime
of
 the
 Higher
 Education
 Institutions,
 of
 the
 widening
 of
 the
 recruitment
 base
 of
higher
education,
namely
by
means
of
an
innovative
grant
system
and
attraction
of
new
groups,
the
incentive
to
the
internationalisation
of
higher
education
and
of
the
scientific
community,
the
opening
of
higher
education
institutions
to
society
and
the
labour
 market,
 the
 reform
 of
 the
 evaluation
 and
 accreditation
 system
 and
 the
reinforcement
 of
 the
 scientific
 and
 technologic
 capacity
 of
 higher
 education
institutions.
It
 should
 also
 be
 stressed
 that
 in
 the
 academic
 year
 of
 2006‐2007,
 the
 downward
trend
 in
 new
 higher
 education
 students
 was
 inverted;
 this
 inversion
 was
 also
confirmed
in
2007‐2008.
As
a
result,
in
2007,
for
the
first
time
since
2002,
the
total
number
 of
 students
 attending
 higher
 education
 increased
 in
 Portugal.
 On
 the
 other
hand,
 the
 number
 of
 new
 graduates
 in
 scientific
 and
 technologic
 areas
 has
significantly
 increased
 in
 the
 past
 few
 years,
 having
 reached
 the
 figure
 of
 18.1
 per
1,000
 in
 the
 population
 aged
 between
 20
 and
 29
 years
 for
 the
 first
 time
 in
 2007,
(above
the
European
average),
while
the
number
of
new
doctorates
in
scientific
and
technological
 areas
 increased
 to
 0.42
 per
 1,000
 in
 the
 population
 aged
 between
 25
and
34
years,
in
2007
(having
been
0.3
in
2001).
11

Response
to
recommendation
2:
• Priority
of
public
policies
in
education
and
training:
a
rise
of
more
than
10
percentage
points
in
the
weight
regarding
the
European
Social
Fund
of
the
set
of
structural
funds
for
the
period
2007‐2013,
to
a
total
of
about
8.9
billion
euros.
• Consolidation
of
the
New
Opportunities
initiative,
namely
stimulating
dual
certification
training.
• Improvement
 of
 the
 organisation
 and
 quality
 of
 the
 public
 service
 of
 education:
 consolidation
 of
measures
 such
 as
 the
 full
 occupation
 of
 school
 time;
 full‐time
 school;
 reorganisation
 of
 the
 school
network;
 widening
 and
 diversifying
 the
 training
 supply
 in
 secondary
 education;
 new
 teacher
evaluation
 system;
 modernisation
 of
 school
 buildings;
 upgrading
 of
 the
 pre‐school
 and
 first
 cycle
education
network;
new
school
management
rules;
greater
school
autonomy
and
boost
to
leadership;
Technological
Plan
for
Education.
• Continuation
 of
 the
 higher
 education
 reform:
 the
 new
 Legal
 Regime
 of
 the
 Higher
 Education
Institutions
(RJIES);
the
legal
system
for
quality
evaluation
of
higher
education
and
the
creation
of
the
Evaluation
and
Accreditation
Agency
for
Higher
Education;
the
creation
of
conditions
for
the
national
and
international
mobility
of
students
and
graduates;
the
establishment
of
new
rules
that
facilitate
adult
admission
in
higher
education
and
make
it
flexible;
the
widening
of
the
scope
of
non‐refundable
scholarships
awarded
to
students
enrolled
in
technological
specialisation
degrees
and
master
degrees;
the
implementation
of
a
grant
system
to
higher
education
students
with
mutual
guarantee.
Reform
of
the
vocational
training
system:
• the
National
Qualifications
System
(Decree‐law
396/2007,
dated
December
31),
which
restructures
the
 vocational
 training
 integrated
 in
 the
 education
 system
 and
 in
 the
 labour
 market,
 incorporating
them
with
common
aims
and
instruments
and
under
a
renewed
institutional
framework;
• the
National
Qualifications
Catalogue
(CNQ),
a
dynamic
instrument
for
the
strategic
management
of
qualifications
not
at
the
higher
level,
essential
for
corporate
competitiveness
and
modernisation
and
the
productive
belt,
and
for
the
personal
and
social
development
of
the
individual;
• the
 National
 Qualifications
 Framework
 (QNQ),
 which
 is
 an
 instrument
 that
 structures
 the
qualification
levels
in
accordance
with
the
European
Qualifications
Framework;
• the
individual
skills
booklet,
which
registers
all
life
long
skills
that
the
individual
acquires
or
develops,
mentioned
in
the
National
Qualifications
Catalogue,
as
well
as
all
the
remaining
training
programmes
concluded,
other
than
those
that
gave
rise
to
the
recorded
skills;
• the
System
for
the
Regulation
of
Access
to
the
Professions,
which
establishes
the
principles
of
the
system
for
the
regulation
of
access
to
professions
whose
access
does
not
depend
on
qualifications
borne
by
higher
level
courses
and
regulates
the
structures
responsible
for
their
preparation,
follow‐up
and
evaluation;
• New
Governance
Model:
Creation
of
the
National
Qualification
Agency,
thus
assuming
a
central
role
in
the
pursuit
of
the
goals
and
achievement
of
targets
established
in
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative;
National
Council
for
Vocational
training;
Local
Advisory
Councils
for
Qualification.
Main
results
already
obtained:
• The
decrease
in
the
repetition
rate
and
early
school
drop
outs
• The
recovery
of
students
that
had
already
abandoned
the
educational
system
• The
improvement
of
school
results
in
national
examinations
and
tests
• The
increase
in
the
number
of
students
that
entered
higher
education,
in
2007;
for
the
first
time
since
2002,
the
total
number
of
students
attending
higher
education
increased
in
Portugal
• The
number
of
new
graduates
in
scientific
and
technological
areas
has
significantly
increased
in
the
past
few
years
• The
return
to
school
of
450,000
Portuguese
that
signed
up
for
the
New
Opportunities
programme
for
validation
of
skills
and
re‐qualification
• Increase
of
students
in
qualifying
courses
• Increase
of
the
percentage
of
students
aged
between
20‐24
years
that
have
concluded
secondary
school
12

|
3.
 MODERNISING
 LEGISLATION
 AND
 EMPLOYMENT
 PROTECTION:
 THE
IMPLEMENTATION
 OF
 A
 NEW
 CODE
 OF
 LABOUR
 IN
 A
 FLEXICURITY
FRAMEWORK 10
Recommendation:
 “To
 pursue
 the
 efforts
 to
 modernise
 the
 labour
 protection
mechanism,
namely
the
legislation,
in
order
to
reduce
the
significant
segmentation
of
the
labour
market,
within
the
framework
of
the
Flexicurity
approach”
In
 2006,
 the
 government
 begun
 a
 process
 moving
 towards
 the
 reform
 of
 the
normative
 framework
 of
 labour
 relations,
 in
 order
 to
 make
 it
 simultaneously
 more
flexible
 and
 secure
 –
 both
 for
 workers,
 and
 for
 employers
 –
 and
 adequate
 to
 the
current
 economic
 and
 labour
 market
 needs.
 The
 diagnosis
 included
 in
 the
 Green
Paper
on
Labour
Relations,
as
well
as
the
identification
of
the
main
problems
of
the
Portuguese
labour
relations
system
presented
in
the
White
Paper
of
Labour
Relations,
constituted
the
main
grounds
for
a
proposal
made
by
the
Government
to
the
Social
Partners
 –
 a
 tripartite
 agreement
 for
 a
 new
 regulation
 system
 of
 labour
 relations,
labour
policies
and
social
protection
in
Portugal
–
whose
negotiation
gave
rise
to
the
draft
law
approved,
on
June
26,
by
the
Council
of
Ministers,
providing
the
structure
for
 the
 reform.
 The
 proposal
 was
 already
 presented
 by
 the
 Government
 to
 the
Parliament,
to
enter
into
force
on
January
1,
2009.
Hence,
 and
 taking
 into
 account
 the
 recommendation
 presented
 by
 the
 European
Council
 to
 Portugal
 in
 terms
 of
 carrying
 on
 with
 the
 efforts
 to
 modernise
 the
employment
 protection
 device,
 namely
 the
 legislation,
 in
 order
 to
 reduce
 the
segmentation
 of
 the
 labour
 market,
 within
 the
 framework
 of
 Flexicurity,
 the
Government
has
continued,
widened
and
deepened
the
integrated
strategy
in
terms
of
 revision
 of
 the
 active
 labour
 policies
 and
 the
 strengthen
 of
 Life
 Long
 Learning
(ALV),
associated
to
the
labour
reform
and
the
modernization
of
social
protection,
with
the
primary
objective
of
assuring
a
more
balanced
labour
market
for
all
(see
Part
III.
Area
5.3.).
In
 fact,
 the
 Government
 and
 the
 Social
 Partners
 understood
 that
 the
 reform
 of
 the
normative
framework
of
the
labour
relations
and
the
adequate
balance
of
the
active
employment
 policies
 and
 social
 protection
 are
 mutually
 beneficial
 and
 constitute
indispensable
 instruments
 for
 the
 virtuous
 articulation
 between
 economic
 growth,
improved
corporate
competitiveness,
increased
productivity,
improved
employability,
employment
 quality
 development,
 reduction
 of
 inequality,
 particularly
 of
opportunities
 between
 men
 and
 women,
 and
 the
 more
 equitable
 allocation
 of
 the
results
 of
 economic
 progress.
 
 The
 reform
 of
 the
 labour
 relations
 normative
10 Complete information with measures Part II, 5. Positive Mobility, and Part III, employment level.
13

framework
and
rebalance
of
the
active
policies
of
employment
and
social
protection
thus
 constitute
 essential
 responses
 to
 the
 fight
 against
 precarious
 employment
 and
the
segmentation
of
the
labour
markets.
Also,
 taking
 into
 account
 the
 recommendation
 given
 to
 Portugal
 in
 respect
 of
 the
Agreement
reached,
mention
must
be
made
of
some
of
the
measures
agreed,
which
constitute
integrating
elements
of
the
integrated
Flexicurity
strategy,
which
has
been
undergoing
progressive
development.
Hence,
emphasis
is
given
to
the
measures
related
to
the
change
in
the
assumption
of
the
 labour
 contract
 and
 the
 creation
 of
 a
 new
 very
 serious
 infraction
 for
 the
concealment
of
a
labour
contract,
to
enable
a
more
efficient
control
of
the
use
of
the
"fake
green
receipts”.

In
addition
there
is
the
limitation
of
the
admissible
fixed‐term
employment
and
the
reduction
of
the
duration
of
fixed
term
contracts
to
three
years,
applying
this
limit
to
the
set
of
fixed
term
or
temporary
contracts
for
the
same
job
position
or
service
provision
for
the
same
object,
signed
between
a
worker
and
the
same
employer
or
corporate
group.
Still
 in
 this
 context,
 and
 in
 the
 area
 of
 social
 protection
 and
 active
 employment
policies,
the
Agreement
foresees
different
measures
aimed
at:
• supporting
the
conversion
of
independent
work
into
a
fixed
term
contract
for
workers
in
general;
• supporting
 indefinite
 employment
 of
 young
 people,
 defending
 the
 conversion
 of
independent
work
or
fixed‐term
contracts
into
indefinite
employment
contracts
and
facilitating
the
transition
into
active
life;
• facilitating
the
transition
unemployment/employment,
to
prevent
and
fight
Long
Term
Unemployment
(DLD);
• supporting
the
entry
into
the
labour
market
of
active
citizens
over
55
years
of
age;
• supporting
the
entry
into
the
labour
market
of
disadvantage
groups;
• promoting
new
types
of
progressive
approaches
to
employment
within
the
scope
of
public
policies.
14

Response
to
recommendation
3:
Consolidation
of
the
following
initiatives:
Alterations
in
the
normative
framework
of
the
labour
relations:
• Change
in
the
assumption
of
the
labour
contract
Future
challenges
for
Portugal
(Point‐to‐watch
–
PTW)
|
• Labour
Relations
Reform:
draft
law
approved,
on
June
26,
by
the
Council
of
Ministers
following
the
Tripartite
Agreement.
The
proposal
was
already
presented
by
the
Government
to
the
Parliament,
to
enter
into
force
on
January
1,
2009.
• Revision
of
the
active
labour
policies
• Reinforcement
of
the
pledge
in
Life
Long
Learning
• Modernisation
of
social
protection
• The
creation
of
a
new
very
serious
infraction
for
the
concealment
of
a
labour
contract,
to
enable
a
more
efficient
control
of
the
use
of

"fake
green
receipts”
• The
limitation
of
the
admissible
fixed‐term
employment
• The
reduction
of
the
duration
of
fixed
term
contracts
to
three
years
• Facilitating
the
procedural
requirements
for
dismissal,
due
to
a
fact
attributable
to
the
employee
Modernisation
of
social
protection:
• Definition
of
general
basis
of
the
social
security
system
• Boosting
Social
protection
measures
in
maternity,
paternity
and
adoption
• Promotion
of
policies
encouraging
childbirth
and
support
to
families
with
fewer
resources
• Revision
of
the
legal
system
for
protection
of
the
unemployed
Active
Employment
Policies:
• To
support
the
conversion
of
independent
work
into
a
fixed
term
contract
for
workers
in
general
• To
support
indefinite
employment
of
young
people,
LTU,
workers
over
55
years
of
age
and
unprivileged
groups
• To
facilitate
the
transition
between
unemployment
and
employment,
prevention
and
fight
LTU
• To
support
the
entry
into
the
labour
market
of
active
citizens
over
55
years
of
age
• To
support
the
entry
into
the
labour
market
of
disadvantaged
groups
Reinforcement
of
the
pledge
towards
Life
Long
Learning:
• Continuation
of
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative
• Adaptation
of
the
training
clause
• Reinforcement
of
the
right
to
continuous
vocational
training
and
adaptation
of
its
execution
mechanisms
15

|
4.
SUSTAINABILITY
OF
PUBLIC
ACCOUNTS 11
Challenge:
“To
continue
reinforcing
the
long
term
sustainability
of
public
finances
and
sustained
reduction
of
the
current
accounts
deficit”
One
 of
 the
 major
 strategic
 objectives
 of
 the
 budgetary
 and
 taxation
 policy
 is
 to
improve
the
quality
of
financial
accounts,
in
particular,
long
term
sustainability.
In
June
2008
–
a
year
earlier
than
anticipated
–
the
procedure
against
Portugal
in
2005
for
 excessive
 deficit
 was
 closed.
 The
 budget
 consolidation
 process,
 which
 began
 in
2005,
 corrected
 a
 considerable
 part
 of
 the
 budgetary
 imbalance,
 and
 thus,
 in
 2007,
the
public
accounts
deficit
was
the
lowest
of
the
last
30
years.
In
turn,
the
reforms
that
took
place
in
the
social
security
systems,
both
the
general
and
 the
 public
 workers’
 systems,
 enabled
 a
 decrease
 in
 the
 risk
 of
 unsustainability
associated
with
the
development
of
public
accounts
sensitive
to
an
ageing
population
(namely,
 expense
 with
 pensions),
 removing
 Portugal
 from
 the
 group
 of
 “high
 risk”
countries,
benefiting
the
sustainability
of
the
public
accounts
in
the
long
term,
at
the
same
time
that
is
maintained
the
sustainability
of
social
security,
stimulating
longer
working
careers
and
protecting
the
ones
with
lower
reforms
payments.
The
 public
 accounts
 reform
 and
 the
 strict
 budgetary
 policy
 will
 continue
 to
 pursue
budgetary
 balance
 in
 the
 mid‐term
 and
 implementing
 measures
 that
 reinforce
 the
long
 term
 sustainability
 of
 public
 finances.
 Consolidation
 of
 public
 accounts
 will
continue
 to
 be
 based
 on
 reducing
 the
 structural
 weight
 of
 the
 primary
 current
expenditure
and
on
increasing
fiscal
and
taxpaying
efficiency.
The
progressive
improvement
in
the
primary
balance
(which
was
already
positive
in
2007),
associated
with
the
policy
to
reduce
structural
deficit
and
the
impacts
of
the
improvement
of
external
credibility
of
our
public
finances
when
debt
is
placed
on
the
international
 markets,
 will
 facilitate
 a
 reduction
 of
 the
 public
 debt
 in
 the
 GDP.
Furthermore,
the
new
public
debt
management
model
will
also
be
a
factor
in
reaching
this
target,
as
will
its
impact
on
increasing
the
management
efficiency
of
funding
of
State
 activities,
 in
 particular
 by
 reducing
 circulating
 stock
 and
 consequent
 expenses
for
the
State.
The
State’s
main
line
of
action
in
trying
to
reduce
the
Portuguese
economy’s
need
for
funds
 is
 the
 increase
 in
 public
 sector
 savings
 associated
 with
 the
 budgetary
consolidation
process
and
long
term
stability
of
public
finances.
However,
the
State’s
role
in
trying
to
reduce
the
Portuguese
economy’s
need
for
funds,
and
with
respect
to
the
freedom
of
economic
agents,
should
also
entail
the
promotion
of
financial
literacy
of
 economic
 agents
 with
 a
 view
 to
 fighting
 the
 excessive
 debts
 of
 families
 and
11 Complete information with New Cycle, part I.1. Quality of Public Finances and Outcome Part III,
macro level.
16

companies
by
attracting
productive
investment,
promoting
exports,
promoting
energy
production
based
on
renewable
endogenous
sources.
|
Response
PtW
1:
• Pursue
budgetary
stability
in
the
medium
term
by
continuing
the
public
finances
reform
and
a
policy
of
budgetary
discipline;
• Consolidation
 of
 the
 reforms
 undertaken
 in
 the
 social
 security
 systems
 –
 both
 the
general
and
public
workers’
system.
Main
Results
already
obtained:
• Portugal
 is
 no
 longer
 in
 the
 group
 of
 “high
 risk”
 countries,
 benefiting
 from
 long
 term
sustainability
of
public
finances.
• The
procedure
against
Portugal
in
2005
for
excessive
deficit
was
closed
in
June
2008,
and
in
2007
the
public
accounts
deficit
was
the
lowest
for
the
last
30
years.
5.
IMPLEMENTING
THE
TECHNOLOGICAL
PLAN 12
Challenge:
 “pursue
 the
 application
 of
 the
 technological
 plan,
 consolidating
 the
 links
between
 research,
 higher
 education
 and
 industry,
 and
 encouraging
 greater
participation
by
the
private
sector”
The
Technological
Plan
is
a
mobilising
agenda
and
a
pledge
to
take
action
focused
on
knowledge,
technology
and
innovation.
Coordination
of
the
Technological
Plan
is
the
responsibility
 of
 the
 National
 Coordinator
 for
 the
 Lisbon
 Strategy
 and
 for
 the
Technological
Plan
(CNELPT)
and
the
Coordination
Cabinet
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy
and
the
Technological
Plan
(GCNELPT).
The
different
Ministries
and
public
bodies
together
with
an
active
involvement
of
civil
society
ensure
that
the
Plan
is
implemented.
In
order
to
support
its
implementation,
an
 inter‐ministerial
 network
 of
 focal
 points
 operates
 together
 with
 GCELPT
 with
personal
 representatives
 of
 every
 Minister
 and
 an
 Advisory
 Council
 made
 up
 of
 40
eminent
figures
from
civil
society,
especially
from
the
business
world,
academics
and
from
institutions
of
a
social
nature.
Launched
with
the
pledge
to
undertake
68
measures,
the
Technological
Plan
currently
includes
142
direct
monitoring
measures.
The
political
legitimacy
of
the
Technological
12 See further information on part II, New Cycle, especially point 5.3 R&D and Innovation and point
5.5 Positive Mobility, considering the transversal character of the Technological Plan.
17

Plan
as
a
measure
within
the
Government’s
programme
has
the
same
horizons
as
the
actual
Government’s
plan
of
action.
Nevertheless,
the
Plan’s
structural
character
has
been
acknowledged
by
Portuguese
society
in
general
and
it
is
therefore
expected
that,
albeit
with
some
amendments,
it
will
eventually
take
on
at
least
the
same
perspective
as
the
NSRF
2007/2013
with
which
it
is
in
fact
strongly
co‐related.
The
 Technological
 Plan’s
 Monitoring
 System
 (SM.PT)
 is
 constantly
 updated
 by
 the
focal
points
making
it
possible
to
see
the
state
of
the
Plan’s
execution
and
the
results
of
 its
 implementation
 at
 any
 given
 time.
 A
 global
 execution
 report
 is
 issued
 and
publicly
available
every
six
months.
The
site
for
the
Technological
Plan
has
updated
data
regarding
performance
and
results,
and
the
Network
Members
and
the
Members
of
 the
 Advisory
 Board
 can
 access
 the
 Monitoring
 Platform
 continuously
 and
interactively
participate
in
the
Plan’s
evaluation.
The
Evaluation
of
the
Technological
Plan’s
impact
is
based
on
a
grid
of
indicators
that
closely
 follows
 the
 European
 Union’s
 Innovation
 Scoreboard.
 However,
 considering
the
 EIS’
 weaknesses
 in
 terms
 of
 global
 coverage
 of
 impacts
 and
 updated
 data,
 the
GNELPT
commissioned
two
well‐known
Portuguese
academics
to
conduct
a
study
on
impact
indicators
which
then
led
to
a
scoreboard
based
on
seven
areas
and
focused
on
promoting
entrepreneurship
and
entrepreneurial
capacity.

The
result
of
this
study
was
presented
to
the
network
and
to
the
Technological
Plan’s
Advisory
Council.
The
studies
undertaken
by
GCNELPT
show
an
increased
awareness
and
consideration
of
 the
 Technological
 Plan
 as
 an
 important
 or
 very
 important
 agenda
 for
 Portugal,
reaching
more
than
90%
of
the
population
in
the
survey.
Although
its
format
has
not
been
institutionalised,
the
implementation
mechanisms
of
the
Technological
Plan
made
it
possible
to
build
an
integrated
and
flexible
platform
to
boost
competition
and
obtain
very
significant
results.
Within
 the
 PNACE
 2005/2008
 framework,
 public
 investment
 in
 R&D
 doubled
 and
private
investment
experienced
a
strong
stimulus
which
should
be
picked
up
by
the
survey
 currently
 taking
 place
 into
 the
 scientific
 and
 technological
 potential.
 This
increase
in
public
investment
allowed
for
the
development
of
outstanding
competitive
networks,
 with
 emphasis
 on
 the
 launch
 of
 new
 R&D
 consortia
 around
 thematic
networks.
 These
 consortia
 are
 made
 up
 of
 bodies
 from
 the
 national
 scientific
 and
technological
system,
including
companies,
and
partnerships
with
knowledge
centres
of
 worldwide
 renown,
 such
 as
 the
 MIT
 and
 Carnegie
 Mellon
 University,
 Texas
University
in
Austin
and
the
Fraunhofer
Society.
The
main
networks
that
have
already
been
 set
 up
 include
 namely
 the
 fields
 of
 energy,
 the
 automobile
 sector,
 transport
sector,
bioengineering,
ICT,
multimedia
contents
and
advanced
computing
sectors.
At
the
 same
 time,
 by
 strengthening
 its
 international
 cooperation
 with
 Spain,
 an
International
Iberian
Nanotechnology
Laboratory
(INL)
was
created.
Impact
indicators
within
the
scope
of
the
Technological
Plan
include
the
inversion
of
the
 Country’s
 technological
 balance
 which
 was
 positive
 for
 the
 first
 time
 in
 2007;
broadband
 availability
 among
 over
 32%
 of
 the
 population
 (in
 particular,
 mobile
18

oadband);
 Portugal
 was
 ranked
 third
 in
 terms
 of
 availability
 and
 sophistication
 of
online
public
services
within
the
EU
framework;
and,
450
000
Portuguese
citizens
who
returned
to
school
having
enrolled
in
the
new
opportunities
programme
to
validate
skills
and
obtain
further
qualifications
(see
execution
report
part
III.
Micro
Level).
Response
PtW
2:
• The
Technological
Plan

currently
includes
142
direct
monitoring
measures
• Ensured
by
the
different
Ministries
and
public
bodies
and
an
active
partnership
with
civil
society.
• Inter‐ministerial
network
of
focal
points
with
personal
representatives
from
all
Ministers
• Advisory
Council
made
up
of
40
prestigious
figures
from
civil
society,
especially
from
the
business
world,
academics
and
social
institutions.
• Monitoring:
 Integrated
 Monitoring
 System
 of
 the
 Technological
 Plan
 (SIM.PT)
 is
 continuously
updated
by
the
focal
points
and
by
means
of
which
it
is
possible
to
know
the
state
of
execution
and
the
results
of
the
Plan
at
any
given
time.
• Continuing
 development
 of
 outstanding
 competitive
 networks
 with
 emphasis
 on
 the
 launch
 of
new
R&D
networks
around
thematic
networks,
made
up
of
bodies
from
the
national
scientific
and
technological
system,
in
partnership
with
knowledge
centres
of
worldwide
renown.
Main
Results
already
obtained:
• Inversion
of
the
Country’s
technological
balance
which
was
positive
in
2007
for
the
first
time
• Public
investment
in
R&D
doubled
and
private
investment
was
strongly
encouraged,
which
should
be
registered
by
the
survey
being
carried
out
on
the
scientific
and
technological
potential.
• Over
32%
of
the
population
have
access
to
broadband
(mobile
broadband
ranking
first
in
the
EU)
• Portugal
ranked
third
in
terms
of
availability
and
sophistication
of
online
public
services
within
the
EU
framework
• The
Plan’s
structural
character
has
been
acknowledged
by
Portuguese
society
in
general,
• Study
regarding
impact
indicators
which
led
to
the
preparation
of
a
seven
point
evaluation
grid
and
focused
on
promoting
entrepreneurship
and
entrepreneurial
capacity.
19

|
6.
COMPETITION
AND
REGULATION 13
Challenge:
“to
ensure
effective
competition,
in
particular
in
the
energy
and
financial
services
markets”
Energy
market
The
 Government
 set
 the
 stimulation
 of
 the
 energy
 sector
 as
 a
 central
 objective,
creating
liberalised
and
competitive
markets.
From
this
aspect,
Portugal
is
already
an
example
 of
 leadership,
 as
 mentioned
 in
 the
 Micro
 section
 and
 explained
 in
 Part
 3,
Energy
driver,
of
this
Report:
• Portugal
 is
 among
 the
 three
 EU
 countries
 with
 complete
 unbundling
 of
 the
electricity
and
gas
networks,
with
assets
concentrated
in
the
same
company;
• It
 has
 one
 of
 the
 EU’s
 most
 ambitious
 objectives
 in
 terms
 of
 interconnection
capacity,
over
20%
in
2010,
and
already
over
10%;
• It
is
among
the
six
countries
with
the
lowest
public
capital
influence
on
market
agents,
together
with
the
United
Kingdom,
Germany,
Belgium,
Spain
and
Ireland;
• The
 Iberian
 Electricity
 Market
 (MIBEL)
 is
 the
 second
 regional
 electricity
 market
implemented
in
the
EU
and
has
approximately
30
million
consumers.
Encouraging
 competition
 in
 the
 energy
 sector
 will
 remain
 a
 priority,
 and
 MIBEL
 will
continue
to
be
implemented
as
indicated
in
priority
domain
2
of
Part
2
of
the
present
Report.
Financial
markets
Within
 the
 realm
 of
 financial
 services
 markets,
 Portugal’s
 financial
 sector
 is
considered
 to
 be
 evolved
 from
 an
 international
 standpoint,
 with
 innovative,
internationalised
 and
 highly
 efficient
 banking
 models.
 This
 has
 been
 recognised
 by
international
institutions,
such
as
the
International
Monetary
Fund.
Some
community
directives
in
the
financial
services’
field
have
been
introduced
in
the
national
 legislation
 and
 contributed
 positively
 towards
 effective
 competition
 in
 the
financial
 services
 market.
 Examples
 of
 such
 directives
 include
 those
 regarding
 the
abuse
 of
 privileged
 information
 and
 market
 manipulation;
 the
 prospectus
 to
 be
published
in
the
case
of
public
offer
of
securities
or
their
acceptance
for
negotiation;
contracts
 at
 a
 distance
 regarding
 financial
 services
 signed
 with
 consumers;
 further
supervision
 of
 credit
 institutions,
 insurance
 companies
 and
 investment
 companies
within
a
financial
cluster,
and
the
operation
of
pension
funds
and
managing
bodies
of
pension
 funds.
 Other
 legislation
 initiatives
 to
 encourage
 competition
 on
 financial
markets
have
also
been
implemented,
such
as
Decree‐Laws
nº
240/2006
dated
22nd
13 For more information see New Cycle, part II.2 Business Environment
20

December,
and
nº
171/2007
dated
8th
May,
which
establish
rules
to
the
rounding
of
calculations
of
interest
rates
for
mortgage
contracts
and
other
contracts,
respectively.
Furthermore,
 considering
 the
 challenges
 in
 terms
 of
 supervising
 the
 behaviour
 of
credit
 institutions
 and
 financial
 corporations,
 the
 review
 of
 the
 General
 Scheme
 for
Credit
Institutions
and
Financial
Corporations
which
was
carried
out
at
the
beginning
of
 the
 year
 (Decree‐Law
 nº
 1/2008,
 dated
 3 rd 
 January)
 gave
 the
 Bank
 of
 Portugal
further
powers
to
defend
the
interests
of
clients
of
financial
products
and
services.
As
the
 conduct
 of
 institutions
 regarding
 their
 relationship
 with
 clients
 and
 the
information
those
clients
find
available
when
deciding
to
contract
financial
products
and
services
are
two
key
factors
for
the
efficiency
of
financial
markets,
the
Bank
of
Portugal
 has
 now
 added
 processes
 to
 ensure
 that
 credit
 institutions
 and
 financial
corporations
 comply
 with
 the
 rules
 of
 conduct,
 either
 via
 official
 procedures,
 or
 by
analysing
 complaints
 made
 by
 clients.
 Initiatives
 such
 as
 the
 Portal
 for
 the
 Banking
Client,
the
Behavioural
Supervision
Reports
of
the
Bank
of
Portugal
and
several
legal
measures
 appear
 within
 this
 context,
 aimed
 at
 regulating
 the
 supply
 of
 financial
products
 and
 services
 by
 strengthening
 the
 duty
 to
 inform
 and
 increasing
 families’
financial
literacy.
Response
PtW
3:
|
• The
 Government
 established
 that
 its
 main
 objective
 would
 be
 to
 encourage
 the
 energy
 sector,
creating
liberalised
and
competitive
markets.
• Promotion
of
competition
in
the
energy
sector,
and
continued
implementation
of
MIBEL
• Inclusion
of
some
community
directives
in
the
national
legislation
contributing
towards
effective
competition
in
the
financial
services’
market.
• Review
of
the
General
Scheme
for
Credit
Institutions
and
Financial
Corporations
carried
out
at
the
beginning
of
the
year
• Portal
for
the
Banking
Client,
the
Behavioural
Supervision
Reports
of
the
Bank
of
Portugal
and
several
legal
measures
aimed
at
regulating
the
supply
of
financial
products
and
services.
Main
Results
already
obtained:
• Portugal
 is
 among
 the
 three
 EU
 countries
 with
 total
 unbundling
 of
 the
 gas
 and
 electricity
networks,
with
assets
concentrated
in
the
same
company;
• It
has
one
of
the
EU’s
most
ambitious
objectives
in
terms
of
interconnection
capacity,
which
will
be
over
20%
in
2010,
and
is
currently
already
more
than
10%;
• It
is
among
the
six
countries
with
lowest
public
capital
influence
on
market
agents,
together
with
the
United
Kingdom,
Germany,
Belgium,
Spain
and
Ireland;
• The
Iberian
Electricity
Market
(MIBEL)
is
the
second
regional
electricity
market
implemented
in
the
EU,
with
about
30
million
consumers.
• Portugal
has
an
evolved
financial
sector
in
the
international
panorama,
with
innovative,
internationalised
and
highly
efficient
banking
models.
21

|
7.
BETTER
REGULATION
PROGRAMME 14
Challenge:
“to
pursue
the
application
of
the
“Better
Regulation”
programme
and,
in
particular,
to
reinforce
the
impact
analysis
system”
Despite
 most
 measures
 foreseen
 in
 the
 Resolution
 of
 the
 Council
 of
 Ministers
 nº
63/2006,
 which
 approved
 the
 Better
 Regulation
 Programme,
 already
 in
 fully
implementation,
 the
 Government
 expects
 to
 continue
 its
 efforts
 to
 legislate
 better
during
 the
 2008‐2009
 period,
 with
 greater
 justification,
 suitability
 and
 quality
 of
legislative
 measures,
 and
 paying
 greater
 attention
 to
 simplifying
 and
 ensuring
 the
transparency
of
procedures
so
as
to
eliminate
State
bureaucracy
and
facilitate
the
life
of
citizens
and
companies.
During
 the
 2008‐2009
 period,
 priority
 will
 be
 given
 to
 concluding
 and
 consolidating
the
 measures
 laid
 down
 in
 the
 Better
 Regulation
 Programme
 directed
 especially
 at
developing
 inter‐operability
 processes
 between
 DIGESTO’s
 legal
 data
 bases
(treatment
and
analysis
system
of
legal
information)
and
the
State’s
treatment
of
legal
information
data
bases,
as
well
as
to
the
definition
of
a
technological
model
for
the
electronic
reconstitution
(substantial
consolidation)
of
legal
texts,
the
implementation
and
consolidation
of
open
consultation
procedures
to
be
developed
with
citizens,
the
capacity
 of
 promoting
 effective
 participation
 of
 citizens
 and
 companies,
 and
preparation
 of
 a
 practical
 guide
 for
 the
 drawing
 up
 of
 the
 Government’s
 legal
measures.
Special
attention
will
also
be
given
to
enhancing
the
evaluation
system
of
the
impact
of
 the
 Government’s
 legal
 measures,
 by
 taking
 advantage
 of
 the
 national
 pledge
 to
reduce
administrative
burdens
by
25%,
following
the
proposal
made
by
the
European
Council
in
March
2007
to
Member
States
and
which
approved
the
Action
Programme
to
Reduce
Administrative
Burdens
in
the
European
Union.
Although
this
national
compromise
is
only
directed
at
administrative
burdens
imposed
by
legal
and
regulatory
measures
of
national
origin
in
relevant
events
of
companies’
life‐cycles,
 the
 Government
 will
 be
 using
 the
 processes
 and
 methods
 to
 reduce
administrative
 burdens
 equally
 for
 all
 legal
 measures
 submitted
 for
 the
 approval
 of
the
 Council
 of
 Ministers,
 whether
 they
 affect
 the
 life
 of
 companies
 or
 the
 life
 of
citizens.
The
 principle
 already
 established
 in
 the
 Better
 Regulation
 Programme
 approved
 by
the
Resolution
of
the
Council
of
Ministers
nº
63/2006,
which
determines
that
no
legal
measure
 can
 create
 new
 administrative
 burdens
 or
 aggravate
 existing
 ones
 without
first
being
quantified,
will
be
reinforced
from
the
outset.
Secondly,
within
the
scope
of
the
 Government’s
 legislative
 process
 and
 by
 using
 the
 SIMPLEX
 trial,
 administrative
14 For detailed information, see New Cycle part II.1 3. Improving the Legislative Process
22

urdens
 maintained,
 eliminated,
 reduced
 or
 created
 by
 rules
 laid
 down
 in
 the
documents
approved
by
the
Council
of
Ministers
will
be
identified
and
quantified.
The
current
SIMPLEX
trial
is
to
be
reviewed
and
adjusted
so
that
the
Standard
Cost
Model
can
be
adopted
as
a
base
method
of
measuring
administrative
burdens
with
due
adjustments
so
as
to
integrate
the
quantification
of
opportunity
costs
associated
with
the
waiting
times
and
delays
in
administrative
decisions,
as
well
as
the
impact
on
intervening
public
services.
In
order
to
aid
the
ministries
responsible
for
preparing
and
developing
the
initiatives,
a
 Practical
 Guide
 for
 Prior
 Assessment
 of
 the
 Administrative
 Burdens
 of
 the
Government’s
Legal
Measures
will
be
launched.
The
 results
 of
 the
 assessment
 of
 the
 impact
 of
 legal
 measures
 through
 the
 new
SIMPLEX
 trial
 model
 will
 be
 presented
 by
 the
 Government
 and
 be
 subject
 to
 public
scrutiny
every
year.
Also
 noteworthy
 with
 regard
 to
 measures
 planned
 to
 reduce,
 facilitate
 or
 eliminate
licenses:
• Simplification
of
the
industrial
licensing
scheme
–
subjacent
to
the
principle
that
the
complexity
foreseen
for
the
procedures
needed
to
carry
out
an
industrial
activity
must
be
in
proportion
to
the
respective
risk,
a
number
of
alterations
have
been
put
forward
aimed
at
simplifying
the
licensing
process.
Among
other
features,
the
backup
information
 system
 will
 allow
 the
 businessperson
 to
 use
 a
 Simulator
 which
 will
indicate
beforehand
the
procedure
that
applies
to
their
case,
and
will
also
allow
them
to
follow
the
different
phases
of
the
procedure.
• Dematerialisation
 of
 relationships
 between
 companies
 and
 the
 State
 –
 Online
Registration
 services
 are
 now
 available
 through
 which
 it
 is
 possible
 to
 register
companies
 via
 the
 Internet;
 the
 Simplified
 Business
 Information
 (IES)
 system
 means
four
 legal
 obligations
 which
 had
 been
 handled
 by
 different
 Public
 Administration
bodies
are
now
dealt
with
by
one
as
of
2007;
the
pre‐filling
in
of
tax
declarations
in
2008
was
also
extended
to
more
than
80%;
it
is
now
possible
to
obtain
an
electronic
Permanent
Certificate
through
the
Internet,
continuously
updated,
in
Portuguese
or
English,
at
www.empresaonline.pt;
registering
a
brand
name
or
a
patent
or
a
utility
model
is
now
possible
at
www.inpi.pt;
registering
the
purchase
or
sale
of
a
vehicle
is
also
possible
via
the
internet
at
www.automovelonline.mj.pt;
an
online
catalogue
of
licenses
and
authorisations
was
created
in
the
company
portal
that
will
work
as
a
onestop‐shop
to
 obtain
 licenses
 and
 authorisations;
 special
 reference
 goes
 to
 the
 new
dematerialised
process
to
licence
the
industrial
activity
which
will
be
a
pilot
process
of
this
initiative.
In
2009,
this
one‐stop‐shop
will
also
include
a
face‐to‐face
service.
The
 Resolution
 of
 the
 Council
 of
 Ministers
 that
 establishes
 a
 25%
 target
 in
 the
reduction
the
costs
within
the
context
of
legal
production
for
companies
will
soon
be
scheduled
for
the
Council
of
Ministers.
23

|
Response
PtW
4:
• Conclusion
and
consolidation
of
the
measures
foreseen
in
the
Better
Regulation
Programme
• Stepping
up
of
the
evaluation
system
of
the
impact
of
the
Government’s
legal
measures,
taking
advantage
of
the
national
pledge
to
reduce
administrative
burdens
by
25%
• Strengthening
of
the
principle
already
established
in
the
Better
Regulation
Programme,
approved
by
the
Resolution
of
the
Council
of
Ministers
nº
63/2006,
that
no
legal
measure
can
create
new
administrative
burdens
or
aggravate
existing
ones
without
being
previously
quantified.
• Identification
and
quantification
of
the
administrative
burdens
maintained,
eliminated,
reduced
or
created
by
rules
laid
down
in
the
documents
to
be
approved
by
the
Council
of
Ministers.
• Adoption
of
the
Standard
Cost
Model
as
the
base
method
used
to
measure
administrative
burdens,
• The
launch
of
a
Practical
Guide
for
the
Prior
Assessment
of
Administrative
Burdens
of
the
Government’s
Legal
Measures.
• Simplification
of
the
industrial
licensing
scheme
• Continuing
the
dematerialisation
of
relationships
between
companies
and
the
State
• 25%
target
for
reduction
of
costs
within
the
context
of
legal
production
for
companies
will
soon
be
scheduled
for
approval
by
the
Council
of
Ministers.
8.
TRANSPOSITION
OF
EUROPEAN
UNION
LEGISLATION 15
Challenge:
“reduce
deficit
in
the
transposition
of
EU
legislation
to
national
law”
The
 transposition
 of
 community
 directives
 to
 the
 internal
 legal
 system
 represents
persistent
legal
adaptation
work.
As
a
rule,
all
Ministries,
as
well
as
the
Assembly
of
the
Republic,
are
involved.
The
 Government
 will
 be
 maintaining
 its
 pledge
 laid
 down
 in
 the
 Resolution
 of
 the
Council
of
Ministers
nº
63/2006,
which
approved
the
Better
Regulation
Programme,
to
ensure
that,
with
regard
to
matters
related
to
the
transposition
and
adaptation
of
community
 laws
 to
 the
 internal
 legal
 system,
 the
 transposition
 of
 directives
 is
monitored
 on
 time,
 within
 a
 framework
 of
 close
 cooperation
 between
 the
 Foreign
Affairs
Ministry
and
the
Presidency
of
the
Council
of
Ministers.
15 For detailed information, see New Cycle, part II.1.3 Improvement of the Legislative Process and 2
Business Environment.
24

The
 ministries’
 commitment
 to
 this
 legal
 procedure
 is
 carried
 out
 through
 various
coordinating
activities:
• Preparation
 of
 continuously
 updated
 lists
 describing
 the
 current
 situation,
 per
ministry,
of
all
directives
about
to
be
transposed,
taking
into
account
the
respective
state,
 either
 because
 the
 term
 for
 its
 adoption
 has
 elapsed
 (phase
 of
 the
 European
Communities
Court
of
Law,
phase
of
a
reasoned
opinion,
phase
of
notification
of
noncompliances,
administrative
letter
phase),
or
because
its
adoption
is
still
underway;
• Monthly
 distribution
 of
 these
 lists
 to
 the
 different
 ministerial
 cabinets
 and
representatives
 of
 the
 ministries
 at
 the
 Inter‐ministerial
 Committee
 for
 Foreign
Affairs;
• Regular
meetings
–
at
least
every
two
months
–
with
the
interested
ministries,
to
evaluate
the
situation
of
each
directive
in
the
respective
list,
defining
the
objectives
to
decrease
the
deficit
by
transposing
directives
and
assessing
the
ways
with
which
to
overcome
possible
setbacks
with
the
transposition
procedures
during
the
community
pre‐litigious
and
litigious
phases;
A
 new
 methodology
 was
 adopted
 in
 2008
 within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 Government’s
computer
network
system.
A
warning
system
was
created
for
deadlines
regarding
the
adoption
 of
 the
 legal
 projects
 concerning
 directives.
 This
 online
 system,
 which
 is
accessible
to
the
ministerial
cabinets,
warns
and
informs
of
the
fixed
deadlines
and
intermediate
phase
up
to
the
approval
of
the
legislation
by
the
Council
of
Ministers.
Also
within
this
realm,
in
terms
of
transposition
and
adaptation
of
community
laws
to
the
internal
legal
system,
the
Government
will
now
take
into
consideration,
identify
and
quantify
the
information
requirements
resulting
from
the
transposition,
in
excess,
of
community
laws,
normally
known
as
‘gold
plating’.
On
the
other
hand,
due
attention
will
also
be
given
to
better
consolidation
between
the
community
law
to
be
implemented
in
the
national
legal
system
and
the
legislation
already
 in
 force
 in
 Portugal,
 with
 identical
 material
 schemes.
 In
 this
 manner,
 the
Government
will
prevent
the
phenomenon
usually
known
as
‘double‐banking’,
making
community
and
national
schemes
more
coherent,
by
consolidating
principles.
Finally,
 the
 Government
 will
 ensure
 control
 of
 the
 transposition
 of
 the
 simplified
European
 legislation
 within
 the
 framework
 of
 the
 2005/2009
 simplification
programme,
 the
 fast
 tracks
 initiated
 in
 2007
 and
 the
 Action
 Programme
 to
 Reduce
Administrative
 Burdens
 in
 the
 European
 Union.
 Obligations
 to
 inform
 will
 also
 be
identified
and
quantified,
resulting
from
the
transposition
of
the
simplified
European
legislation
 to
 the
 internal
 legal
 system
 within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 said
 European
programmes
and
verification
of
the
respective
outcome.
The
 Portuguese
 situation
 has
 progressively
 improved
 as
 proved
 by
 the
 results
published
in
the
latest
Internal
Market
scoreboards:
Scoreboard
17,
July
2008
–
1.9%
deficit
corresponding
to
a
global
figure
of
32
non‐
transposed
directives;
Scoreboard
25

16
bis,
February
2008
–2.3%
deficit,
corresponding
to
37
non‐
transposed
directives;
Scoreboard
 16,
 July
 2007
 –
 4.4%
 deficit,
 corresponding
 to
 71
 non‐
 transposed
directives.
In
the
most
recent
data
published
by
the
Commission
in
August
2008,
based
on
the
latest
 information
 provided
 by
 Member
 States,
 Portugal
 shows
 a
 deficit
 of
 1.3%,
ranking
25 th ,
followed
by
Luxemburg
(1.5%)
and
Greece
(1.7%).
Response
PtW
5:
Results:
the
Portuguese
situation
has
improved
progressively:
• Ensuring
 that
 the
 directives
 are
 implemented
 on
 time
 in
 a
 framework
 of
 close
 cooperation
between
the
Foreign
Affairs
Ministry
and
the
Presidency
of
the
Council
of
Ministers.
• Several
inter‐ministerial
actions:
preparation
of
continuously
updated
lists
indicating
the
current
situation,
 per
 ministry,
 of
 all
 directives
 about
 to
 be
 implemented;
 regular
 meeting
 with
 the
ministries
to
assess
the
situation
for
each
directive,
etc.
• A
new
methodology
adopted
within
the
scope
of
the
Government’s
computer
network
system,
with
 a
 system
 to
 warn
 of
 deadlines
 regarding
 the
 adoption
 of
 legal
 projects
 related
 to
 the
directives.
• Combat
‘gold
plating’
–
the
Government
will
now
take
into
consideration,
identify
and
quantify
the
information
requirements
resulting
from
the
implementation,
in
excess,
of
the
laws
laid
down
in
community
directives.
• 
Avoiding
 double‐banking
 –
 better
 consolidation
 between
 the
 community
 legislation
 to
 be
implemented
in
the
national
legal
system
and
the
legislation
already
in
force
in
Portugal
• Control
 of
 the
 transposition
 procedure
 of
 the
 simplified
 European
 legislation
 within
 the
framework
of
the
2005/2009
simplification
programme,
of
the
fast
tracks
initiated
in
2007
and
the
Action
Programme
for
the
Reduction
of
Administrative
Burdens
in
the
European
Union
−
−
−
Scoreboard
17,
July
2008
–
1.9%
deficit,
corresponding
to
a
global
amount
of
32
non‐transposed
directives;
Scoreboard
16
bis,
February
2008
–
2.3%
deficit,
corresponding
to
37
non‐
transposed
directives;
Scoreboard
16,
July
2007
–
4.4%
deficit,
corresponding
to
71
non‐
transposed
directives.
26

|
9.
REDUCTION
OF
GREENHOUSE
GAS
EMISSIONS
Challenge:
 “preparation
 and
 application
 of
 the
 measures
 needed
 to
 reduce
greenhouse
gas
emissions”
New
policies
and
measures
recommended
in
the
National
Climate
Change
Programme
have
been
developed.
With
regard
to
the
energy
field,
continuous
investment
has
been
made
in
renewable
energy
resources,
especially
wind
power,
licensing
of
new
natural
gas
 combined
 cycle
 plants,
 which
 are
 more
 efficient
 in
 producing
 electricity.
 The
Regulation
on
the
Thermal
Characteristics
of
Buildings
(RCCTE)
has
been
approved,
as
has
the
Regulation
concerning
Energy
Systems
and
Air‐Conditioning
in
Buildings
(RSECE)
and
the
National
Energy
and
Quality
of
Air
in
Buildings
Certification
has
been
created.
As
for
the
Tax
Reform
on
Road
Vehicles,
an
environmental
factor
is
now
taken
into
account
when
calculating
the
tax
associated
with
carbon
dioxide
emissions
of
vehicles
to
 discourage
 the
 purchase
 of
 the
 more
 polluting
 vehicles.
 Within
 the
 transport
sector,
the
procedures
for
the
scrapping
of
vehicles
at
the
end
of
their
lifecycle
has
been
 simplified,
 acquiring
 a
 new
 one
 is
 encouraged,
 and
 the
 restructuring
 of
 the
railway
system
(CP)
available
has
led
to
an
increase
in
the
number
of
passengers
using
this
means
of
transport.
The
tax
on
diesel
fuel
for
heating
(ISP)
has
been
increased
so
as
to
encourage
the
use
of
other
less
polluting
sources
of
energy
(Decree
nº
16‐C/2008,
dated
9 th 
January).
Within
 the
 decarbonising
 sector
 of
 the
 Portuguese
 economy,
 the
 PNALE
 2008‐2012
has
been
approved
–
this
implies
a
further
and
effective
effort
to
reduce
greenhouse
gas
emissions
from
installations
covered
by
the
European
Emission
Trading
Scheme
up
to
2012.
With
regard
the
investment
made
in
flexibility
mechanisms
of
the
Kyoto
Protocol,
in
2007
 the
 Portuguese
 Carbon
 Fund
 (FPC)
 subscribed/invested
 a
 total
 of
 25
 million
euros
in
several
carbon
funds
that
invest
in
projects
related
to
flexibility
mechanisms
of
the
Kyoto
Protocol.
Response
PtW
6:
• National
Action
Plan
for
Energy
Efficiency
(PNAEE)
–
to
reach
an
improved
energy
efficiency
equivalent
to
10%
of
the
final
consumption
of
energy,
regarding
the
efficiency
of
the
final
use
of
energy
and
energy
services,
by
2015.
• Implement
the
Management
System
for
Intensive
Energy
Consumption
which
deems
it
compulsory
that
energy
audits
are
carried
out.
• Operators
are
obliged
to
prepare
Energy
Consumption
Rationalisation
Plans
(PREn),
establishing
targets
regarding
energy
and
carbon
intensities
and
the
specific
consumption
of
energy
which,
once
approved,
are
called
Energy
Consumption
Rationalisation
Agreements
(ARCE).
• Continued
investment
in
developing
renewable
energies
and
implementing
the
National
Strategy
for
Energy

(see
“Energy”
chapter,
part
II)
27

Main
Results
already
obtained:
|
• The
National
Energy
and
Quality
of
Air
in
Buildings
Certification
has
been
created
(SCE)
‐
(Decree‐Law
nº78/2006)
• The
Regulation
concerning
Energy
Systems
and
Air‐Conditioning
in
Buildings
(RSECE)
has
been
published
–
it
aims
at
improving
the
energy
efficiency
of
buildings
and
reducing
the
consumption
of
energy
and
CO2
emissions
(Decree‐Law
nº79/2006).
• The
Regulation
on
the
Thermal
Characteristics
of
Buildings
(RCCTE)
has
been
published
–
it
establishes
the
rules
to
be
complied
with
when
projecting
all
residential
and
services
buildings,
with
no
centralised
airconditioning
systems
(Decree‐Law
nº80/2006).
• National
Plan
for
Energy
Efficiency
(Resolution
of
Council
Ministers
nº
80/2008)
• Management
System
of
Intensive
Energy
Consumption
and
accessory
Regulation
(D.L.
nº
78/2008,
15.04
)
• Charges

on
high
energy
efficiency
light
bulbs
(o
D.L.
nº
108/2007,
12.04)
• Tax
Reform
on
Road
Vehicles
10.
FACTORS
THREATENING
SOCIAL
COHESION
Challenge:
“continuing
the
fight
against
factors
threatening
social
cohesion”
Promoting
 every
 citizen’s
 access
 to
 a
 number
 of
 social
 rights,
 such
 as
 minimum
income,
the
labour
market,
social
protection,
education
and
training,
housing,
health
care,
social
services
and
facilities,
among
others,
is
a
strategic
challenge
that
Portugal
has
 been
 gradually
 responding
 to
 in
 an
 articulate
 and
 cohesive
 manner,
 through
policies
especially
directed
at
groups
that
show
greater
vulnerability
and
greater
risk
of
social
exclusion,
thereby
strengthening
inclusion
and
social
cohesion
on
a
national,
regional
and
local
level.
Articulation
of
the
scope
and
measures
included
in
the
PNACE,
integrating
growth
and
competitiveness,
 qualification
 and
 employment
 and
 social
 and
 environmental
sustainability,
 with
 the
 National
 Strategy
 for
 Social
 Protection
 and
 Social
 Inclusion,
which
integrates
the
National
Action
Plan
for
Inclusion
(PNAI),
the
National
Pensions
Strategy
 and
 the
 National
 Plan
 for
 Health
 Care
 and
 Long‐Term
 Care,
 which
 in
 turn,
operates
in
conjunction
with
the
various
specific
plans,
such
as:
the
Action
Plan
for
the
Integration
 of
 Disabled
 or
 Impaired
 Citizens
 (PAIPDI),
 the
 National
 Plan
 to
 Promote
Accessibility
 (PNPA),
 the
 Plan
 to
 Integrate
 Immigrants
 (PII)
 and
 the
 National
 Plan
against
 People
 Trafficking
 and
 the
 National
 Equality
 Plan
 –
 Citizenship
 and
 Gender,
together
with
the
National
Plan
against
Domestic
Violence,
all
these
strengthen
social
cohesion
 and
 inclusion
 and
 contribute
 immensely
 to
 reducing
 poverty
 and
 social
exclusion.
The
 continued
 reforms
 in
 public
 finances
 and
 a
 policy
 of
 budgetary
 discipline
 are
important
 factors
 in
 ensuring
 the
 continuity
 of
 the
 social
 cohesion
 policies.
 In
 the
same
way,
all
ongoing
initiatives
to
improve
access
and
maintenance
of
a
business‐
28

friendly
 environment
 (including
 access
 to
 funding,
 to
 R&D
 and
 encouragement
 to
entrepreneurship),
 especially
 with
 regard
 to
 the
 SME,
 contribute
 towards
consolidating
the
social
cohesion
policies.
Concurrently,
 considering
 that
 there
 are
 several
 factors
 threatening
 social
 cohesion
and
which,
together,
encourage
exclusion
and
increase
situations
of
extreme
poverty,
an
active
inclusion
perspective
has
been
gaining
particular
relevance
as
measures
are
being
 directed
 at
 access
 to
 minimum
 income,
 to
 the
 labour
 market
 and
 to
 quality
social
services,
as
decisive
integration
and
sustainability
factors
for
total
inclusion
and
equal
opportunities
for
all
in
terms
of
social
and
economic
development.

However,
it
is
 worth
 pointing
 out
 that
 the
 investment
 in
 education
 and
 training,
 which,
 as
 a
structuring
 strategy
 from
 the
 very
 first
 years
 of
 life,
 is
 a
 determining
 factor
 in
preventing
 situations
 of
 poverty
 and
 social
 exclusion
 (see
 New
 Opportunities
Initiatives
and
measures
within
the
scope
of
Education).
Insertion
in
the
labour
market
is
one
of
the
most
inclusive
factors,
and
a
quality
job
is
the
 greatest
 guarantee
 of
 sustainable
 and
 complete
 social
 inclusion.
 The
 following
were
 included
 in
 the
 intervention
 programmes
 for
 the
 inclusion
 of
 everyone
 in
 the
labour
 market,
 between
 2005
 and
 2007:
 i)
 Inclusive
 Labour
 Market
 Programme
 –
47.800
 people
 with
 special
 insertion
 difficulties
 entered
 the
 labour
 market;
 ii)
Professional
 Training
 and
 Employment
 for
 the
 Disabled
 Programme
 –
 36.900
handicapped
people
and,
iii)
Intervention
Programme
for
Unemployed
Immigrants
–
23.500
 immigrants.
 It
 is
 expected
 that
 in
 2010
 these
 Programmes
 will
 embrace
153.000,

46.000
and
38.000
people,
respectively.
Furthermore,
 access
 to
 the
 network
 of
 social
 services
 and
 facilities
 is
 of
 major
importance
 and
 is
 a
 determining
 factor
 of
 inclusion,
 equal
 opportunities,
 and
conciliation
 of
 professional,
 personal
 and
 family
 life,
 contributing
 unquestioningly
towards
social
inclusion.
Worthy
of
note
is
the
Programme
for
the
Extension
of
Social
Facilities
Network
(PARES),
which
supports
early
childhood,
people
with
disability
and
the
elderly,
and
the
National
Network
of
Integrated
Continued
Care
(RNCCI),
aimed
at
providing
continuous
and
integrated
health
care
and
social
support
to
people
who,
regardless
 of
 their
 age,
 are
 dependent
 on
 others
 (see
 Driver
 Proximity
 Community
Services
Network).
On
the
other
hand,
access
to
the
health
system
is
an
undeniable
right
of
citizens.
If
access
to
this
right
is
facilitated,
it
will
guarantee
inclusion,
equal
rights,
quality
of
life
and
social
cohesion.
Therefore,
also
noteworthy
is
the
 Health
Centre
Service
which
was
 implemented
 and
 which
 registered
 1077
 consultations
 per
 day
 in
 2007;
 the
launch
of
the
Consultation
on
Time
Programme,
which
tries
to
ensure
that
the
first
hospital
appointments
are
effected
within
a
pre‐determined
time.
Scheduling
of
the
appointments
is
first
made
through
primary
health
care
services
and
then
via
the
GP
so
 as
 to
 facilitate
 citizens’
 access
 to
 hospital
 infrastructures,
 especially
 the
 more
disadvantaged
 citizens.
 The
 creation
 of
 the
 Oral
 Health
 Cheques
 Project
 has
 also
represented
a
major
progress
in
access
to
basic
health
care,
as
it
makes
it
possible
for
certain
segments
of
the
population
with
lower
income,
especially
children,
pregnant
women
and
the
elderly,
to
have
healthy
teeth.
29

Also
worth
highlighting
is
the
Social
Integration
Income,
which
provides
people
and
family
 members
 with
 support
 adapted
 to
 their
 personal
 and
 family
 situation,
contributing
 towards
 fulfilling
 basic
 needs
 and
 at
 the
 same
 time
 helping
 to
 ensure
progressive
 labour,
 social
 and
 community
 insertion.
 106,167
 families
 and
 286,837
beneficiaries
 benefited
 from
 this
 scheme
 in
 2006,
 and
 49,394
 insertion
 agreements
were
 signed;
 and
 in
 2007,
 the
 programme
 included
 117,740
 families,
 341,149
beneficiaries
 and
 64,982
 insertion
 agreements
 were
 signed.
 In
 August
 2008,
 this
measure
 embraced
 approximately
 341,149
 beneficiaries
 and
 128,915
 families
 and
73,693
 insertion
 agreements
 were
 signed.
 Also,
 the
 Supplement
 for
 the
 Elderly,
aimed
at
pensioners
over
65
with
an
income
below
that
legally
established,
benefited
18,275
pensioners
in
2006
(the
year
in
which
it
was
created);
and
in
2007
this
figure
increased
 to
 approximately
 55,771.
 This
 measure
 also
 includes
 additional
 health
benefits,
 such
 as:
 i)
 financial
 participation
 of
 50%
 of
 the
 price
 of
 medicines
 not
subsidised
by
the
State;
ii)
financial
participation
of
75%
of
the
expense
for
spectacles
and
 lenses
 up
 to
 a
 limit
 of
 €
 100,
 for
 every
 two‐year
 period;
 and
 iii)
 financial
participation
of
76%
of
the
expense
for
the
purchase
and
repair
of
dentures
to
a
limit
of
€
250,
for
every
three‐year
period.
The
 role
 played
 by
 the
 social
 protection
 system,
 in
 particular
 by
 positive
differentiation
 of
 benefits,
 which
 gives
 more
 to
 those
 more
 in
 need,
 is
 a
 powerful
social
cohesion
and
poverty
reducing
factor,
by
means
of
welfare
transfers.
Examples
of
 this
 are:
 i)
 increase
 of
 the
 child
 allowance
 for
 children
 and
 youngsters
 in
 large
families;
ii)
update
of
family
benefits
based
on
the
principle
of
positive
differentiation
in
favour
of
economically
fragile
families;
iii)
introduction
of
an
increase
in
the
child
allowance
 for
 single‐parent
 families;
 iv)
 a
 number
 of
 social
 measures
 to
 reinforce
social
 protection
 during
 maternity,
 paternity
 and
 adoption
 period,
 extending
 to
 the
unemployed
 or
 those
 whose
 contributions
 have
 been
 insufficient
 and
 are
economically
more
vulnerable.
The
 right
 to
 proper
 housing
 is
 another
 essential
 factor
 for
 full
 social
 inclusion
 and
equal
 rights.
 Thus,
 the
 various
 existing
 Housing
 Support
 Programmes
 are
confirmation
of
the
work
that
has
been
carried
out
to
provide
those
who
are
more
vulnerable,
 such
 as
 youngsters,
 families,
 and
 the
 elderly,
 with
 access
 to
 better
 and
more
 affordable
 conditions.
 Mention
 should
 also
 be
 made
 of
 the
 Programme
 to
Support
 Housing
 Construction
 at
 Controlled
 Costs
 (PCHCC);
 the
 Special
 Re‐housing
Programme
 (PER);
 the
 Pilot‐project
 Initiative
 for
 Urban
 Rehabilitation
 and
Reinsertion
of
Critical
Neighbourhoods;
the
Porta
65
Programme;
PROHABITA;
the
Housing
Rehabilitation
Pilot‐project
for
the
Elderly.
The
 promotion
 of
 social
 cohesion
 at
 a
 regional
 level
 has
 evolved
 through
 Social
Networks,
as
local
structures,
in
partnership
with
public
and
private
bodies,
working
as
articulation
platforms
in
Social
Action
Local
Councils,
so
as
to
better
respond
to
the
needs
 of
 the
 population
 taking
 into
 account
 the
 proximity
 and
 profitability
 of
resources
on
a
local
scale,
and
are
found
in
277
of
the
278
boroughs
on
the
continent.
During
the
first
quarter
of
2008,
about
96%
of
the
boroughs
had
finished
the
Social
Diagnosis,
 at
 least,
 88%
 the
 Social
 Development
 Plan
 and,
 79%
 of
 the
 Action
 Plans.
30

The
 Local
 Social
 Development
 Contracts
 Programme
 (CLDS)
 focuses
 on
 more
depressed
 areas,
 with
 a
 view
 to
 obtaining
 greater
 regional
 cohesion,
 developing
partnerships
 with
 local
 bodies,
 fighting
 poverty
 and
 promoting
 social
 inclusion
 of
those
more
vulnerable,
through
activities
within
the
employment
field,
training
and
qualification,
 family
 and
 parent
 intervention,
 and
 empowerment
 of
 the
 community
and
institutions.
19
CLDS
had
been
signed
by
April
2008,
which
includes
22
boroughs.
Response
PtW
7:
Macroeconomic
policy
- Public
finance
reform
- Budgetary
discipline
policy
Microeconomic
policy
- Access
to
funds
- R&D
policies
- Encouraging
entrepreneurship
Strengthening
social
cohesion
and
inclusion,
reducing
poverty
and
social
exclusion
by
establishing
the
following
Plans:
• National
 Strategy
 for
 Social
 Protection
 and
 Social
 Inclusion
 (which
 integrates
 the
 National
 Action
 Plan
 for
 Inclusion
 (PNAI),
 the
National
Pensions
Strategy
and
the
National
Plan
for
Health
Care
and
Long
Term
Health
Care)
• National
Equality
Plan
–
Citizenship
and
Gender
• National
Plan
against
Domestic
Violence
• Plan
of
Action
for
the
Integration
of
People
with
Disabilities
or
Impairment
(PAIPDI)
• National
Plan
to
Promote
Accessibility
(PNPA)
• Plan
for
Immigrant
Integration
(PII)
• National
Plan
against
People
Trafficking
Continued
investment
in
education
and
training
Integration
in
the
labour
market:
continued
implementing
the
following
programmes:
• Inclusive
Labour
Market
Programme
• Professional
Training
and
Employment
of
Disabled
People
Programme
• Intervention
Programme
for
Unemployed
Immigrants
Access
to
the
social
services
and
facilities
network
• Programme
to
Extend
the
Social
Facilities
Network
(PARES),
supporting
early
childhood,
the
disabled
and
the
elderly
• National
Network
of
Integrated
Continued
Care
(RNCCI)
Access
to
health
• Health
Care
Centre
• ‘Appointment
on
Time’
Programme
• Creation
of
the
Oral
Health
Cheques
project
Social
security
system
• Social
Integration
Benefit,
which
grants
aid
to
people
and
their
families
according
to
their
personal
and
family
situation
• Income
Supplement
for
the
Elderly,
for
pensioners
over
65
whose
income
is
below
a
legally
established
amount.
• Positive
differentiation
of
benefits
(e.g.
increase
in
child
allowance
for
children
and
youngsters
given
to
large
families;
update
of
family
benefits
based
on
the
positive
differentiation
principle
in
favour
of
families
that
are
economically
vulnerable;
additional
child
allowance
for
children
and
youngsters
of
single
parent
families;
establishment
of
a
number
of
social
measures
to
strengthen
social
protection
during
the
maternity,
paternity
and
adoption
period).
Access
to
Housing
• Housing
Support
Programmes,
• Aid
to
the
Construction
of
Housing
with
Controlled
Costs
Programme
(PCHCC);
• Special
Re‐Housing
Programme
(PER);
• Pilot‐project
Initiative
Urban
Qualification
and
Reintegration
of
Critical
Neighbourhoods;
• Porta
65
Programme;
• PROHABITA;
Pilot‐Project
for
Housing
Rehabilitation
for
the
Elderly.
Promotion
of
social
cohesion
on
a
regional
and
local
level
• Local
Contracts
for
Social
Development
Programme
(CLDS)
31

#2
PART
NATIONAL
REFORM
PLAN
NEW
CYCLE
2008‐2010
Consolidating
Reforms
1

|
INDEX
Introduction
................................................................................................................
3
Area
1
–
Quality
of
Finances
and
Public
Services
........................................................
9
Area
2
‐
A
Favourable
Business
Environment,
especially
for
SME
............................
24
Area
3
–
Better
Innovation
System
and
more
R&D

..................................................
34
Area
4
–
Combating
Climate
Change,
Pledging
in
Renewable
Energies
and
in
Energy
Efficiency

..................................................................................................................
45
Area
5
–
More
Positive
Mobility
through
Qualifications,
Employment
and
Social
Cohesion
....................................................................................................................
50
Area
6
–
Promoting
an
Intelligent
Territory
..............................................................
70
2

|
INTRODUCTION
Despite
 the
 economic
 and
 social
 problems
 that
 have
 resulted
 from
 the
 difficult
starting
point
in
2005
and
the
impact
of
the
current
international
crisis
international,
the
National
Action
Programme
for
Growth
and
Employment
(PNACE
2005/2008)
is
an
ambitious
programme
of
reforms
that
has
proved
itself
to
be
both
appropriate
and
viable
and
a
highly
effective
means
of
obtaining
results
and
meeting
the
defined
targets.
The
depth
of
the
structural
deficits
and
the
demonstration
of
the
adequacy
of
the
responses
have
led
Portugal
to
giving
unequivocal
priority
in
this
new
cycle
of
the
PNR
2008/2010
to
the
continuation
and
furthering
of
the
reforms
already
underway
in
the
scope
of
the
PNACE
2005/2008.
The
 results
 already
 obtained
 and
 in
 particular
 the
 consolidation
 of
 the
 public
accounts
 and
 strengthening
 of
 the
 competitive
 base
 allow
 for
 an
 even
 more
ambitious
 programme,
 introducing
 new
 transversal
 approaches
 and
 taking
advantage
of
the
convergence
with
the
NSRF
2007/2013.
In
 its
 PNR
 ‐
 New
 Cycle
 2008‐2010,
 Portugal
 assumes
 four
 Areas
 defined
 by
 the
European
 Council
 as
 the
 Priorities
 of
 the
 Lisbon
 Strategy,
 namely
 Intensifying
Research,
 Development
 and
 Innovation;
 Improving
 the
 Business
 Environment,
notably
 for
 the
 SMEs;
 Investing
 in
 People
 –
 Qualifications,
 Labour
 Market
 and
Social
 Protection
 and
 Economic
 and
 Ecological
 Conciliation
–
 Energy
 and
 Climate
Change,
 taking
 into
 account
 their
 relevance
 to
 the
 national
 challenges
 and
 the
weight
 already
 represented
 by
 these
 areas
 in
 the
 implementation
 process
 of
 the
PNACE
2005/2008.
In
addition,
the
PNR
–
New
Cycle
2008‐2010
also
assumes
specific
priority
areas,
the
Quality
of
Public
Finances
and
the
Modernisation
of
the
Public
Administration
and
the
 Valorisation
 of
 the
 Territory,
 given
 their
 strategic
 importance
 in
 the
consolidation
of
the
country’s
modernisation
process,
recognised
in
many
aspects
in
the
 actual
 recommendations
 and
 warning
 of
 future
 challenges
 from
 the
 European
Union
in
its
appraisal
process
of
the
reforms
in
Portugal.
In
this
context,
the
updating
of
the
National
Reform
Programme
in
Portugal
in
the
framework
 of
 the
 New
 Cycle
 of
 the
 Lisbon
 Strategy
 revolves
 around
 six
 priority
areas:
Area
1
–
Quality
of
Finances
and
Public
Services
Now
 that
 the
 ambitious
 targets
 defined
 in
 the
 PNACE
 2005/2008
 of
 consolidating
public
 accounts,
 the
 sustainability
 of
 the
 social
 security
 system
 and
 the
3

modernisation
 of
 the
 public
 services
 have
 been
 reached,
 in
 the
 PNR
 2008/2010
Portugal
 will
 place
 greater
 focus
 on
 improving
 the
 quality
 of
 public
 finances
 in
intervention
areas
that
boost
the
country’s
potential
growth
and
employment,
and
improve
the
productivity
of
factors
in
accordance
with
the
guidelines
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy.
Area
2
–
A
Favourable
Business
Environment,
especially
for
SMEs
The
 PNACE
 2005/2008
 enabled
 reforms
 to
 be
 undertaken
 that
 made
 Portugal
 an
example
of
good
practices
in
the
areas
debureaucratising
procedures,
transparency,
fostering
entrepreneurship
and
the
development
of
comprehensive
responses
to
the
needs
of
companies
and
SMEs
in
particular.
Priority
will
be
given
in
the
PNR
2008‐
2010
to
the
area
of
licensing,
integration
of
procedures
among
the
various
levels
of
decision
making
and
the
channeling
of
the
human
resources
available
in
the
NSRF
to
create
 competitive
 contexts
 that
 are
 more
 favourable
 to
 companies
 and
entrepreneurs.
Area
3
–
More
R&D
and
Better
Innovation
Systems
In
the
framework
of
the
PNACE
2005/2008,
public
investment
in
RD
doubled
and
a
significant
 momentum
 was
 seen
 in
 private
 investment
 which
 should
 be
 caught
 by
the
 enquiry
 into
 scientific
 and
 technological
 potential
 in
 2007.
 There
 was
 an
unprecedented
boost
in
S&T
human
resources,
competitive
networks
of
excellence
were
developed
and
partnerships
promoted
with
internationally
recognised
centres
of
knowledge.
In
the
PNR
2008
–
2010,
priority
will
be
given
to
the
consolidation
of
networks
 as
 competitiveness
 and
 technology
 poles
 or
 clusters,
 fostering
 collective
efficiency
 as
 an
 instrument
 of
 innovation
 and
 the
 creation
 of
 the
 competitive
dimension
at
European
and
world
level.
On
the
other
hand,
continuity
will
be
given
to
boosting
human
resources
in
S&T,
to
the
development
of
thematic
R&D
networks
and
 consortia
 with
 scientific
 institutions,
 and
 the
 creation
 and
 participation
 in
international
 knowledge
 networks,
 as
 well
 as
 to
 the
 stimulation
 of
 private
investment
 in
 R&D.
 After
 consolidating
 a
 new
 level
 of
 investment
 in
 the
 scientific
and
technological
system,
special
attention
will
be
focused
on
creative
innovation
in
the
context
of
the
different
value
chains.
Area
4
–
Combating
Climate
Change,
Pledging
in
Renewable
Energies
and
in
Energy
Efficiency
Portugal
 is
 one
 of
 the
 leaders
 in
 the
 promotion
 of
 renewable
 energies,
 giving
sequence
to
one
of
the
structuring
drivers
of
the
PNACE
2008/2010.
The
PNR
2008
/
2010
 pledges
 in
 the
 priority
 of
 energy
 efficiency
 as
 a
 way
 of
 reducing
 carbon
emissions
 and
 increasing
 competitiveness
 in
 the
 processes
 and
 Portugal
 will
 make
the
 renewable
 energies
 sector
 a
 key
 pledge
 both
 in
 terms
 of
 the
 incorporation
4

targets
 and
 through
 research
 into
 new
 sources
 of
 renewable
 energy
 and
 through
investment
in
the
production
systems
of
new
generation
renewable
energies.
Area
 5
 –
 More
 Positive
 Mobility
 through
 Qualifications,
 Employment
 and
 Social
Cohesion
In
 a
 country
 with
 low
 qualification
 levels
 and
 significant
 asymmetries
 in
 the
distribution
 of
 wealth,
 the
 PNACE
 2005
 –
 2008
 has
 made
 qualifications
 a
 priority,
namely
 with
 the
 reform
 of
 basic
 education
 and
 the
 improvement
 of
 vocational
qualification
 levels
 through
 the
 New
 Opportunities
 programme.
 The
 PNR
 2008
 –
2010
 strengthens
 this
 priority,
 taking
 advantage
 of
 the
 significant
 increase
 in
 the
resources
 allocated
 to
 human
 potential
 in
 the
 NSRF,
 in
 particular
 for
 the
improvement
of
qualifications
and
for
social
protection,
boosting
positive
mobility
in
a
context
of
the
modernisation
of
the
labour
market
and
the
improvement
of
social
cohesion,
 in
 articulation
 with
 the
 principles
 of
 flexicurity
 and
 in
 a
 climate
 of
confidence
and
articulation
with
the
social
partners.
Area
6
–
Promoting
an
Intelligent
Territory
The
 territory’s
 ability
 to
 attract
 qualified
 populations
 to
 settle
 down
 and
 to
 make
investments
in
sectors
with
high
added
value
is
a
critical
factor
for
raising
Portugal’s
growth
potential
and
to
improve
productivity
indicators
in
a
framework
of
regional
social
 cohesion.
 The
 PNACE
 2005‐2008
 incorporated
 the
 development
 of
infrastructures
that
led
to
a
rise
in
the
value
of
activities
developed
in
Portugal
in
important
areas
such
as
Tourism,
Technological
Services
and
Energy.
The
PNR
2008‐
2010
will
place
priority
on
infrastructures
that
boost
the
economic
centrality
of
the
Portuguese
 territory
 and
 do
 away
 with
 the
 costs
 of
 the
 periphery
 such
 as
 new
generation
networks,
port
and
airport
infrastructures
and
the
modernisation
of
the
railway
 as
 well
 as
 the
 networks
 of
 basic
 service
 infrastructures,
 notably
 those
 of
education
 and
 of
 science
 and
 technology,
 in
 the
 framework
 of
 a
 city
 and
 urban
network
policy
that
fosters
integrated
development
and
cohesion.
The
 definition
 of
 these
 priority
 areas
 also
 reflects
 the
 strong
 convergence
 of
 the
implementation
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy
with
the
NSRF
2007/2013.
The
 implementation
 of
 the
 Lisbon
 Strategy
 (macro,
 micro
 and
 employment
components),
notably
in
this
New
Cycle
2008‐2010
will
take
the
cohesion
policy
into
account,
ensuring
growth
that
will
enhance
social
and
territorial
cohesion
through
the
kind
of
economic
development
measures,
the
boosting
of
the
social
dimension,
and
 the
 valorisation
 of
 the
 development
 of
 an
 intelligent
 territory
 (Area
 6.),
respecting
 diversity,
 empowering
 endogenous
 resources
 and
 generating
 the
availability
of
infrastructures
that
bring
development
and
well
being.
In
carrying
out
the
actions
that
will
drive
each
of
the
areas,
the
external
dimension
associated
to
the
Lisbon
Agenda
will
be
taken
into
account,
namely
the
fostering
of
business
and
institutional
cooperation,
as
well
as
the
development
of
strategies
that
5

are
 transversal
 to
 all
 areas
 such
 as
 cohesion,
 cultural
 and
 youth
 policies
 and
 the
promotion
of
equal
opportunities
and
citizenship,
notably
gender
equality.
The
definition
of
the
priority
areas
of
the
PNR
New
Cycle
also
takes
into
account
the
need
for
convergence
of
the
implementation
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy
with
one
of
its
main
instruments,
the
NSRF
2007/2013.
Both
the
previous
and
the
current
cycle
of
the
Lisbon
Agenda
find
the
structural
funds
and
the
cohesion
fund
to
be
a
significant
lever
 for
 action,
 in
 particular
 in
 the
 convergence
 objective
 regions
 (North,
 Centre
and
Alentejo,
Azores),
as
the
funding
of
this
development
is
greater,
but
also
in
the
competitiveness
 and
 employment
 regions
 (Lisbon,
 Madeira,
 Algarve)
 where
 the
Lisbon
Agenda
finds
a
particularly
fertile
terrain
although
the
funding
is
less.
But
it
is
noted
that
the
PNR
contains
a
set
of
objectives,
measures
and
actions
of
a
legislative
and
regulatory
nature
in
various
areas,
as
well
as
incentives
and
support
measures
 targeting
 private
 agents
 or
 their
 surroundings.
 With
 regard
 the
 NSRF,
therefore,
 it
 is
 a
 Plan
 that
 comes
 to
 the
 aid
 of
 a
 wide
 range
 of
 instruments
 and
intervention
typologies.
It
is
also
noted
that
the
time
reference
frameworks
of
PNR
and
 of
 NSRF,
 2008/2010
 and
 2007/2013
 respectively,
 do
 not
 totally
 coincide.
However,
throughout
the
next
cycle
there
will
be
a
key
influence
between
the
two
processes
 which
 requires
 careful
 articulation
 between
 the
 respective
 coordination
structures.
The
following
figure
illustrates
the
coherent
and
consistent
association
between
the
priority
areas
of
the
New
Cycle
of
the
PNR
and
the
strategic
priorities
of
the
NSRF,
set
for
all
the
OP. 1
1 
For
greater
development
see
annex
“The
role
of
the
National
Strategic
Reference
Framework
(NSRF)
in
the
PNR”.
6

The
successful
implementation
of
the
PNACE
2005/2008
was
largely
the
result
of
the
impetus
provided
by
the
Technological
Plan,
a
strong
policy
idea
that
gave
rise
to
a
mobilising
 agenda
 for
 the
 Portuguese
 society
 and
 a
 commitment
 to
 government
action
focused
on
the
promotion
of
knowledge,
technology
and
innovation.
The
Technological
Plan,
recognised
by
the
majority
of
the
Portuguese
population
as
an
 important
 or
 very
 important
 agenda,
 allows
 the
 transversal
 governance
 of
policies
 to
 be
 strengthened
 and
 promotes
 public/private
 partnerships,
 as
 well
 as
creating
a
favourable
environment
for
the
launch
of
numerous
initiatives
that
prove
themselves
to
be
in
line
with
the
Plan’s
agenda.
The
PNR
New
Cycle
2008/2010
will
continue
to
be
implemented
in
total
articulation
with
 the
 Technological
 Plan,
 taking
 advantage
 also
 of
 the
 fact
 that
 they
 have
 the
same
head
office
and
coordination
structure.
The
 Technological
 Plan
 is
 a
 dynamic
 agenda
 which
 evolves
 to
 adapt
 itself
 to
 the
needs
and
priorities
of
the
public
policies
and
private
dynamics
of
the
Portuguese
economy
as
a
whole.
7

In
 its
 current
 formulation,
 the
 application
 of
 the
 Technological
 Plan
 is
 centred
around
 nine
 plans
 focused
 on
 new
 generation
 networks,
 collective
 efficiency
strategies,
 the
 pledge
 in
 science,
 policies
 supporting
 the
 SMEs,
 administrative
simplifications,
health,
justice,
education
and
sustainable
mobility.
A
significant
part
of
 the
 structuring
 measures
 of
 the
 PNR
 New
 Cycle
 2008/2010,
 in
 particular
 in
 the
dimensions
fostering
growth
and
competitiveness,
integrate
the
Technological
Plan.
The
 PNR
 New
 Cycle
 2008/2010
 is
 also
 aligned
 with
 the
 National
 Strategy
 of
Sustainable
Development
(ENDS
2015)
in
force
since
2006.
8

PRIORITY
AREAS
Each
 priority
 area
 is
 implemented
 through
 the
 continuation
 of
 measures
 from
 the
PNACE
 2005‐2008
 which
 remain
 in
 the
 New
 Cycle
 2008‐2010
 either
 due
 to
 their
nature
 or
 because
 their
 impacts
 will
 be
 particularly
 visible
 in
 this
 period
 and
 also
through
 new
 measures
 that
 demonstrate
 the
 focus
 and
 commitment
 to
 reforms
implicit
in
the
newly
established
six
priorities.
|
AREA
1
–
QUALITY
OF
FINANCES
AND
PUBLIC
SERVICES
In
 the
 New
 Cycle
 of
 the
 National
 Reform
 Plan
 2008‐2010,
 the
 implementation
 of
structural
reforms
will
be
focused
on
improving
the
quality
of
public
finances
and
on
continuing
with
modernisation
of
the
Public
Administration,
one
of
the
main
vehicles
for
the
implementation
of
public
policies.
In
addition,
initiatives
will
be
taken
to
improve
the
legislative
process
in
its
content,
impact
and
methodologies.
1.1.
 QUALITY
OF
PUBLIC
FINANCES
Context
The
reform
of
public
finances
and
the
rigorous
budget
policy
will
continue
with
the
pursuit
 of
 a
 balanced
 budget
 in
 the
 medium
 term
 and
 the
 implementation
 of
measures
that
strengthen
the
long
term
sustainability
of
the
public
finances.
In
fact,
the
 existence
 of
 structural
 budget
 deficits
 and
 the
 dynamics
 associated
 to
 the
expected
 evolution
 of
 expenses
 that
 are
 sensitive
 to
 the
 ageing
 of
 the
 population
makes
it
urgent
to
guarantee
the
intergenerational
financial
balance
that
does
not
put
the
continuity
of
public
policies
at
risk.
The
consolidation
of
the
public
accounts
will
continue
to
be
based
on
the
structural
reduction
 of
 the
 weight
 of
 the
 primary
 current
 expenditure,
 benefiting
 from
 the
budget
reform
processes
underway
that
improve
the
capacity
of
budgetary
control,
and
on
the
increased
efficiency
of
tax
paying
and
contributions.
The
progressive
improvement
in
the
primary
balance
(which
had
already
reached
a
positive
figure
in
2007),
in
conjunction
with
the
pursuit
of
the
policy
to
reduce
the
structural
deficit,
and
the
impacts
of
the
improved
external
credibility
of
our
public
finances
in
the
conditions
for
placing
debt
on
the
international
markets,
will
make
it
possible
 to
 reduce
 the
 weight
 of
 the
 public
 debt
 in
 the
 GDP.
 Moreover,
 the
development
of
the
new
management
model
of
public
debt
will
contribute
to
this
9

objective
along
with
its
impacts
on
the
increased
efficiency
in
the
management
of
the
funding
of
State
activities,
notably
by
reducing
the
stock
in
circulation
and
the
resulting
 financial
 burdens
 for
 the
 State.
 These
 developments
 will
 be
 pursued
through
 better
 programming
 of
 financing,
 increased
 negotiating
 capacity
 with
 the
financial
 system,
 better
 control
 of
 credit
 and
 liquidity
 risks,
 the
 minimisation
 of
operational
 risks,
 and
 the
 extension
 of
 the
 State’s
 central
 treasury
 to
 entities
hitherto
excluded
from
it,
benefiting
also
from
the
pursuit
of
the
policy
allocating
the
result
of
the
sale
of
public
participations
to
the
amortization
of
the
public
debt.
In
particular,
with
regard
the
privatisation
policy
based
on
the
reorganisation
of
the
public
participations
portfolio,
participations
in
companies
in
activity
sectors
which
do
not
justify
the
State’s
direct
presence
from
the
public
interest
viewpoint
will
be
disposed
 of,
 as
 will
 participations
 where
 the
 State
 has
 a
 residual
 shareholder
position
 and
 which
 were
 obtained
 as
 a
 result
 of
 business
 restructuring
 processes.
The
reduction
of
the
State’s
weight
in
the
business
sector
will,
in
turn,
enable
greater
competition
thus
favouring
the
efficient
application
of
economic
resources
and
the
increase
of
company
competitiveness.
The
 improved
 financial
 sustainability
 of
 the
 State’s
 business
 sector
 is
 one
 of
 the
main
 vehicles
 of
 public
 policies;
 as
 such,
 it
 makes
 a
 positive
 contribution
 to
 the
sustainability
 of
 public
 finances.
 In
 fact,
 the
 accumulation
 of
 negative
 results
 and
debt
 by
 public
 companies
 can
 become
 an
 additional
 risk
 for
 the
 sustainability
 of
public
 finances
 as
 in
 the
 case,
 for
 example,
 of
 the
 State
 needing
 to
 assume
 the
liabilities
 of
 a
 public
 company
 in
 order
 to
 guarantee
 that
 the
 latter
 honours
 its
commitments
thus
ensuring
its
survival.
In
 the
 area
 of
 Public
 –
 Private
 Partnerships
 that
 follows
 up
 on
 the
 measures
implemented
in
2006
and
2007
and
takes
the
intergenerational
equity
principle
into
account,
the
planning
and
control
mechanisms
of
this
implementation
instrument
of
public
policies
will
be
strengthened.
The
consolidation
of
public
accounts
and
their
sustainability
are
essential
to
improve
the
 competitiveness
 of
 our
 economy,
 by
 orienting
 resources
 to
 more
 productive
purposes
so
as
to
strengthen
financial
stability
and
confidence
in
the
future
of
the
Portuguese
 economy,
 creating
 conditions
 for
 increased
 private
 investment,
 and
 to
guarantee
the
sustainability
of
social
policies.
The
 evolution
 of
 the
 composition
 of
 the
 public
 expenditure
 should
 reflect
 its
progressive
 orientation
 to
 increasing
 competitiveness
 and
 employment,
 in
accordance
with
the
guidelines
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy
and
the
National
Reform
Plan,
as
well
as
the
need
to
confront
the
structural
increase
of
the
expenditure
sensitive
to
the
ageing
of
the
population.
Hence,
 in
 relation
 to
 previous
 years,
 the
 weight
 of
 public
 investment
 in
 human
capital,
in
R&D
(inducing
private
investment
in
R&D),
in
science
and
technology,
and
in
public
infrastructures
of
high
added
value,
notably
with
the
sectorial
technological
plans,
should
be
increased
as
a
proportion
of
the
total
primary
expenses.
Hence,
the
10

contribution
of
the
structural
funds
resulting
from
the
current
implementation
of
the
OPs
 that
 are
 part
 of
 the
 NSRF
 is
 extremely
 relevant
 due
 to
 its
 obvious
 focus
 (in
quantity
 and,
 from
 the
 perspective
 of
 greater
 selectivity,
 in
 quality)
 on
 these
typologies
of
public
investment.
Equally,
the
weight
of
the
current
expenditure
should
be
decreased
over
the
New
Cycle;
 for
 that
 purpose,
 the
 operational
 expenditure
 will
 have
 to
 more
 than
compensate
 for
 the
 expected
 increase
 in
 expenditure
 related
 to
 the
 ageing
 of
 the
population.
These
evolving
dynamics
will
be
linked
to
the
reduction
of
the
weight
of
expenditure
on
personnel
as
a
result
of
the
continuation
of
the
policies
controlling
recruitment,
the
promotion
of
better
planning
and
internal
mobility
and
the
control
of
 the
 evolution
 of
 the
 total
 payroll
 in
 the
 Public
 Administration,
 as
 well
 as
 the
rationalisation
 of
 the
 acquisition
 of
 goods
 and
 services
 to
 which
 the
 work
 of
 the
National
Agency
of
Public
Purchases
will
contribute.
In
 addition,
 there
 will
 continue
 to
 be
 a
 policy
 to
 increase
 the
 efficiency
 of
expenditure,
in
particular
in
the
priority
sectorial
areas
(e.g.
health,
education,
social
benefits),
 rationalising
 and
 eliminating
 waste
 in
 the
 use
 of
 public
 resources
 whilst
also
raising
the
effectiveness
and
quality
of
the
public
service
rendered.
The
 behaviour
 of
 the
 public
 entities
 as
 purchasers
 of
 goods
 and
 services
 has
 a
significant
impact
on
the
running
of
some
markets
and
on
the
business
environment
in
 general.
 More
 specifically,
 when
 public
 entities
 make
 extensive
 delays
 in
payments,
 suppliers
 are
 required
 to
 have
 greater
 working
 capital
 (and
 therefore
financial
 costs).
 Hence,
 public
 entities
 will
 pursue
 a
 policy
 of
 reducing
 payment
deadlines.
The
increase
in
the
effectiveness
and
efficiency
of
the
tax
and
contribution
system
will
continue
to
be
a
target
with
the
aim
of
assuring
in
a
fair
manner
appropriate
and
sufficient
 income
 to
 implement
 public
 policies,
 increasing
 and
 supporting
 the
voluntary
compliance
by
tax
payers
with
their
obligations
and
combating
fraud
and
tax
and
contribution
evasion.
A
 good
 budgetary
 framework,
 notably
 with
 regard
 the
 institutions
 and
 rules
associated
 with
 the
 process
 of
 preparing,
 executing
 and
 evaluating
 the
 public
budgets
 can
 benefit
 the
 credibility,
 transparency
 and
 quality
 of
 public
 finances.
There
should
therefore
be
greater
budgetary
discipline
based
on
mechanisms
that
make
budgetary
consolidation
more
long
lasting
with
a
view
to
the
sustainability
of
public
finances.
11

Measures
1.1.1. Consolidation
and
Sustainability
of
Public
Finances
• Definition
 of
 debt
 limits
 for
 public
 companies.
 In
 order
 to
 develop
 more
rigorous
 financial
 management,
 especially
 with
 regard
 optimising
 financing
and
 investment
 decisions,
 ceilings
 are
 to
 be
 fixed
 each
 financial
 year
 for
public
companies’
debt
bearing
in
mind
the
proposed
investment
plan,
the
current
debt
and
financing
capacity.
• Launch
of
restructuring
programmes
of
transport
companies.
With
a
view
to
medium/long
 term
 financial
 restructuring
 of
 public
 companies
 in
 the
transport
 sector,
 opportunities
 to
 improve
 internal
 efficiency
 will
 be
identified
in
relations
with
the
State
(particularly
with
regard
the
contracting
of
public
services)
and
in
the
management
of
the
stock
of
current
debt;
these
opportunities
 will
 be
 expressed
 in
 management
 contracts
 to
 be
 signed
between
the
State
shareholder
and
the
respective
management
boards.
1.1.2.
 
Composition
and
Efficiency
of
Public
Expenditure
• Running
 of
 the
 “Paying
 at
 the
 Right
 Time”
 Programme
 with
 a
 view
 to
reducing
the
indicator
for
the
average
payment
period
(PMP)
by
30
days
in
the
 public
 sector
 (registered
 at
 the
 end
 of
 the
 fourth
 quarter
 of
 
 2008)
 by
2010
1.1.3.
 
Efectiveness
and
Efficiency
of
Income
• Use
 of
 information
 as
 a
 lever
 to
 combat
 fraud
 and
 tax
 and
 contributory
evasion.
 An
 integrated
 information
 system
 will
 be
 implemented
 in
 the
 Tax
Administration
 to
 support
 tax
 inspections
 in
 its
 planning,
 control
 and
procedures
so
that
tax
inspection
can
become
more
efficient
and
target
the
control
 of
 risk
 tax
 payers
 and
 enable
 detection
 through
 the
 use
 of
 IT
programmes.
1.1.4.
 
Budgetary
Instituitions
and
Rules
• Development
of
Programme‐based
Budgeting.
Following
the
Commission’s
work
for
Programme
based
Budgeting
and
the
Budget
Review
of
the
OECD,
pluri‐annual
principles
and
the
evaluation
of
results
will
be
introduced
into
the
budget
process
and
new
budgeting
programmes
will
be
conceived;
this
is
a
 follow
 up
 to
 the
 three
 pilot
 programmes
 (in
 the
 areas
 of
 Cooperation,
Continued
 Health
 Care
 and
 Social
 Services
 in
 Higher
 Education)
 that
 the
Government
 will
 now
 present
 in
 the
 State
 Budget
 Report
 for
 2009.
 The
pledge
 in
 the
 management
 by
 objective
 model
 will
 improve
 the
 budget
planning
and
control
capacity
and
create
a
base
to
monitor
and
evaluate
the
performance
of
the
budgetary
services
and
programmes.
12

• Reformulation
of
the
financial
management
processes
in
the
public
sector.
The
current
financial
management
processes
in
the
public
sector
are
not
in
line
with
the
best
financial
management
practices
and
the
potential
provided
by
 information
 and
 communication
 technology.
 The
 redesign
 of
 financial
processes
at
the
different
phases
of
the
budget
planning
and
control
process
–
 preparing
 the
 budget,
 implementing
 the
 budget
 and
 reporting
 –
 is
therefore
a
priority
for
the
first
cycle.
Given
the
best
practices
in
this
area,
the
 redefinition
 of
 the
 financial
 processes
 and
 circuits
 should
 be
 based
 on
three
 fundamental
 principles:
 the
 definition
 of
 a
 plur‐iannual
 expenditure
framework,
 the
 transparency
 of
 processes
 and
 autonomy
 in
 management
and
responsibilsation
for
the
results.
• Introduction
of
accrual
and
analytic
accounting
using
the
RIGORE
software
in
the
integrated
services.
In
order
to
increase
control
of
the
assumption
of
expense,
 to
 provide
 support
 information
 for
 management
 decision
 making
and
to
increase
clarity
and
transparency
in
the
management
of
public
money
and
 financial
 relations
 of
 the
 State,
 the
 target
 has
 been
 set
 to
 introduce
reporting
 in
 the
 State
 Official
 Audit
 Plan
 using
 RIGORE
 software
 in
 50
integrated
services
of
the
State’s
Direct
Administration
by
2010.
1.2.
 MODERNISATION
OF
THE
PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION
Context
The
 modernisation
 of
 the
 Public
 Administration
 is
 one
 of
 the
 main
 vehicles
 for
implementing
public
policies
and
it
will
continue
as
one
of
the
transversal
drivers
of
the
implementation
of
the
National
Reform
Plan.
The
 reforms
 in
 the
 Public
 Administration
 express
 the
 recognition
 that
 public
resource
 management
 guided
 by
 the
 criteria
 of
 efficiency
 and
 effectiveness
 is
essential
for
a
competitive
economy
not
only
because
of
the
significant
weight
of
the
public
 sector
 in
 the
 Portuguese
 economy
 and
 the
 possibility
 of
 reducing
administrative
 costs
 
 imputed
 to
 the
 private
 sector,
 but
 also
 because
 by
 acting
 as
leader
 in
 the
 promotion
 of
 the
 quality
 governance
 of
 organisations
 and
 best
management
practices,
the
public
sector
can
obtain
significant
indirect
benefits
due
to
its
improved
performance.
The
 successful
 modernisation
 of
 the
 Public
 Administration
 necessarily
 implies
advancing
with
reforms
in
management
methods
and
rules,
so
as
to
improve
the
management
skills
of
public
managers
and
executives
and
draw
greater
value
from
the
 public
 resources
 allocated
 to
 the
 activity
 of
 the
 entity
 they
 are
 leading,
 by
improved
planning
and
controlling
of
the
activity,
rationalising
and
eliminating
waste
with
the
constant
aim
of
a
higher
quality
public
expenditure.
13

In
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 planning,
 control
 and
 evaluation
 of
 the
 management
 of
 the
Public
Administration
entities,
there
is
increased
orientation
towards
management
by
objectives
along
with
the
interconnection
of
the
current
evaluation
mechanisms
of
services
(QUAR)
and
the
evaluation
of
executives
and
functionaries
and
also
the
capacity
 of
 management
 information
 systems
 to
 provide
 timely,
 relevant
 and
reliable
 information
 that
 enables
 executives
 and
 functionaries
 to
 take
 the
 best
possible
 decisions.
 Using
 objectives
 to
 support
 management
 
 is
 intended
 to
communicate
 clearly
 what
 the
 service
 strives
 to
 achieve,
 defines
 prioirities,
 gives
executives
 and
 functionaries
 guidance
 so
 that
 they
 concetrate
 their
 efforts
 and
resources
on
what
is
important
and
on
the
results
to
be
obtained
and
also
creates
a
base
 to
 monitor
 and
 evaluate
 the
 perfomance
 of
 the
 service.
 Furthermore,
 it
provides
executives
with
a
powerful
tool
to
communicate
their
vision
and
strategy
and
motivate
their
teams
to
reach
the
objectives.
The
rationalisation
and
elimination
of
waste
in
the
use
of
public
resources
focuses
on
 the
 implementation
 of
 shared
 services
 in
 the
 accounting,
 finance
 and
 human
resources
areas,
on
the
consolidation
of
a
national
public
purchasing
system
and
a
new
management
model
for
the
State’s
fleet
of
vehicles
and
on
the
management
of
the
public
real
estate
assets.
In
the
scope
of
public
employment,
with
the
entry
into
force
of
the
three
pillars
of
the
 new
 system,
 created
 over
 the
 last
 three
 years
 (Law
 nr
 66‐B/2007,
 dated
 29
December,
 which
 approves
 the
 New
 Integrated
 Management
 and
 Performance
Evaluation
 System
 in
 the
 Public
 Administration,
 Law
 nr.
 12‐A/2008,
 dated
 27
February,
 that
 lays
 down
 the
 new
 systems
 of
 contractual
 ties,
 careers
 and
remuneration
 in
 the
 Public
 Administration,
 and
 Law
 nr.
 59/2008,
 dated
 11
September,
 which
 establishes
 the
 new
 work
 contract
 system
 in
 
 public
 offices),
evaluation
 of
 performance
 and
 management
 by
 objective
 provides
 the
 basis
 for
 a
more
 productive
 human
 resources
 management
 that
 motivates
 executives
 and
functionaries
 and
 therefore
 fosters
 excellence
 in
 the
 public
 services
 rendered
 to
citizens
and
companies.
Hence,
performance
evaluation
will
be
consolidated
in
the
Public
 Administration,
 as
 well
 as
 the
 planning
 and
 mobility
 capacities
 of
 human
resources.
 Lastly,
 the
 New
 Cycle
 has
 made
 a
 commitment
 to
 increasing
 the
qualifications
and
professional
training
of
workers
in
public
office.
The
second
large
vector
of
Public
Administration
modernisation
is
that
of
orienting
the
 Administration
 towards
 simplifying
 and
 improving
 the
 service
 provided
 to
citizens
 and
 companies.
Thus,
 and
 following
 on
 from
 the
 programmes
 in
 previous
years,
 the
 Simplex
 Programme
 2009
 will
 proceed
 to
 work
 towards
 making
administrative
 procedures
 simpler,
 more
 transparent
 and
 more
 rapid
 so
 as
 to
facilitate
 the
 lives
 of
 citizens
 and
 companies,
 consolidating
 the
 strategy
 that
associates
simplification
and
electronic
administration
as
one
of
the
key
factors
to
modernise
and
innovate
in
the
conception
and
distribution
of
public
services.
The
 simplification
 measures
 targeting
 small
 and
 medium
 enterprises
 will
 have
special
relevance.
14

With
regard
the
creation
of
new
intelligent
channels
of
access
to
pubic
services,
the
strategy
 of
 implementing
 proximity
 services
 will
 be
 continued
 and
 the
 range
 of
services
available
in
the
physical,
and
wherever
possible
virtual,
one
stop
shop
will
be
 broadened
 in
 articulation
 with
 the
 sectorial
 technological
 plans;
 greater
integration
of
services
dealing
with
the
“life
events”
of
citizens
and
companies
will
be
fostered
and
attendance
will
be
reorganised
 so
that
one
contact
or
interaction
will
 be
 enough
 for
 the
 interested
 party
 to
 act
 or
 obtain
 all
 the
 documents
 and
information
required.
In
 relation
 to
 the
 modernisation
 of
 Public
 Services,
 the
 measures
 in
 the
 health,
justice
and
education
which
have
specific
technological
plans
are
noteworthy,
with
their
aim
of
improving
services
rendered,
taking
maximum
advantage
of
technology
and
rationalising
structures
and
processes.
Measures
1.2.1.
 Reforms
in
the
Management
Methods
in
the
Public
Administration
• Implementation
of
shared
services
in
the
areas
of
accounting
and
financial
management
and
human
resources.
The
implementation
of
shared
services
in
the
areas
of
accounting
and
financial
management
and
human
resources
will
lead
to
a
change
in
the
way
Public
Administration
entities
undertake
their
administrative
 processes
 (back‐office)
 and
 technologies
 due
 to
 the
standardisation
 of
 rules
 and
 procedures,
 rationalisation
 of
 structures,
equipment
and
resources.
Hence,
we
will
have
a
more
modern
and
efficient
Public
 Administration,
 based
 on
 standardised,
 automated
 and
 integrated
processes.
The
target
has
been
set
to
implement
shared
service
systems
in
the
finance
and
 accounting
 area
 in
 50
 state
 entities
 by
 2010.
 The
 target
 for
 human
resources
 management
 is
 to
 have
 the
 salary
 processing
 of
 60,000
functionaries
in
shared
services
by
2010.
• Consolidation
 of
 the
 National
 System
 of
 Public
 Purchases
 and
 the
 New
Management
 Model
 of
 the
 State’s
 Fleet
 of
 Vehicles.
 In
 the
 area
 of
 the
National
System
of
Public
Purchases,
the
target
is
to
make
from
10%
to
15%
savings
 in
 the
 relevant
 expenditure
 (150
 million
 euros
 in
 the
 2009‐2010
period).
The
target
for
the
State
Vehicle
Fleet
area
is
to
make
savings
of
40
million
euros
in
the
2009‐2010
period.
• Progressive
implementation
of
the
burden
principle
in
the
use
of
real
estate
.
As
revealed
in
the
conclusions
of
the
recent
Survey
of
Public
Administration
Real
Estate
which
notes
more
efficient
occupation
ratios
in
rented
real
estate
than
 in
 owned
 real
 estate,
 the
 introduction
 of
 financial
 charges
 (rent)
 on
users
of
State
property,
including
Public
Administration
services
without
legal
personality,
will
foster
a
better
use
of
public
space.
15

• Increase
 in
 qualifications
 and
 training.
 A
 critical
 factor
 for
 the
 successful
modernisation
of
the
Public
Administration
is
that
of
the
qualification
of
its
executives
and
workers.
The
improved
qualifications
of
executives
and
staff
will
be
conducted
by
means
of
prospective
evaluation
and
the
preparation
of
skills
directories
and
the
development
of
made‐to‐measure
capacity
building
programmes,
 raising
 the
 capacities
 of
 executives
 and
 management,
 the
implementation
of
mobility
policies
through
the
development
of
professional
retraining
 programmes,
 the
 development
 of
 e‐Learning
 and
 practice
communities,
 the
 decentralisation
 of
 training
 by
 means
 of
 partnerships
between
 INA
 and
 local
 institutions,
 and
 alignment
 with
 the
 New
Opportunities
Initiative.
1.2.2..
 Simplification
and
Improvement
of
Attending
Citizens
and
Companies
• Reduction
 of
 charges
 made
 to
 companies.
 Following
 the
 approval
 in
 the
European
Council
of
March
2007
of
the
Action
Programme
for
the
Reduction
of
Administrative
Burdens
in
the
European
Union,
in
2008
the
Government
approved
 the
 National
 Pledge
 to
 Reduce
 Administrative
 Burdens
 for
Companies
with
a
view
to
replicating
the
objective
defined
by
the
EU
in
the
national
 plan.
 In
 2009,
 the
 evaluation
 process
 of
 the
 reduction
 of
administrative
 burdens
 companies
 resulting
 from
 the
 application
 of
 the
already
implemented
simplification
measures
will
proceed.
• Local
authority
Simplex.
In
2009,
the
evaluation
of
the
first
Local
Authority
Simplex
 Programme
 will
 take
 place;
 the
 programme
 was
 launched
 in
 2008
and
 will
 be
 extended
 to
 more
 local
 authorities
 with
 new
 simplification
measures
that
do
not
dispense
with
collaboration
between
municipalities
or
between
municipalities
and
the
central
administration.
• One
 stop
 shop
 and
 second
 generation
 citizen
 shops.
 In
 the
 scope
 of
 the
modernisation
 of
 public
 services,
 investment
 will
 continue
 to
 be
 made
 in
raising
 the
 quality
 and
 proximity
 of
 services
 to
 their
 users,
 namely
 by
increasing
the
range
of
public
services
available
in
the
one
stop
shop
system
(presentially
 or
 online)
 and
 through
 the
 expansion
 of
 Second
 Generation
Citizen
Shop
programme.

One
of
the
key
objectives
of
this
programme
is
to
rationalise
the
distribution
model
of
public
services
both
geographically
and
financially,
without
losing
proximity
to
the
citizen
and
economising
in
terms
of
the
cost
of
installation
and
exploitation;
therefore,
the
new
citizen
shops
should
 concentrate
 public
 services
 of
 the
 central
 administration
 and
 the
municipal
administration
in
the
same
space,
using
their
own
counter
or
multi
service
 counters.
 Their
 appropriate
 articulation
 with
 other
 distribution
channels
 is
 also
 foreseen,
 notably
 the
 voice
 channel
 and
 internet,
 thus
assuring
a
more
standardised
attendance
for
all
citizens.
16

• Multi‐channel
 service
 for
 companies.
 The
 same
 multi‐channel
 attendance
strategy
 will
 continue
 to
 be
 developed
 for
 all
 companies.
 The
 specific
attendance
for
companies
also
includes
the
voice
channel
and,
in
particular,
the
ongoing
improvement
of
the
web
channel
(Company
Portal).
• On‐line
 catalogue
 of
 licences.
 In
 the
 area
 of
 the
 single
 counter
 (one
 stop
shop)
initiatives
targeting
companies
and
continuing
the
project
initiated
in
2007,
 the
 on‐line
 catalogue
 of
 licences
 will
 be
 optimised.
 This
 catalogue
brings
 together
 licences,
 authorisations
 and
 administrative
 constraints
 and
gives
 access
 to
 relevant
 information
 on
 each
 of
 these
 aspects,
 namely
applicable
legislation,
competent
authority
and
contacts;
improvements
will
be
made
so
that
it
covers
all
existing
authorisations
in
the
legal
system
for
which
 information
 must
 be
 collected
 so
 that
 the
 catalogue
 can
 be
completed.

In
the
scope
of
the
transposition
work
of
the
Services
Directive,
along
 with
 the
 work
 of
 simplifying
 access
 procedures
 and
 the
 exercise
 of
activities
of
services,
a
new
single
counter
is
still
planned
–
included
in
the
licence
catalogue
–
with
electronic
procedures
that
enables
distance
access
by
electronic
means
to
the
authorisation
procedures
required
to
exercise
an
activity
in
Portugal.
The
pilot
scheme,
to
be
conducted
in
2008
with
Estonia,
already
uses
electronic
authentication
based
on
the
Citizen
Card.
Also
in
the
context
 of
 electronic
 identification,
 Portugal
 is
 participating
 in
 a
 European
consortium
 (14
 countries)
 for
 the
 creation
 of
 an
 interoperability
 platform
and
 for
 the
 recognition
 of
 electronic
 certificates.
 The
 services
 to
 be
 tested
include
company
start‐ups,
applications
for
higher
education
and
the
change
of
address.
• Seniors
 Counter.
 The
 Seniors
 Counter
 will
 be
 an
 integrated
 counter
 that
includes
 the
 availability
 of
 services
 and
 information
 related
 with
 pensions,
free
 time,
 health
 and
 other
 matters
 important
 to
 the
 elderly
 such
 as
transport,
 social
 support,
 leisure
 or
 services
 like
 arranging
 ambulances
 to
transport
the
sick,
booking
and
requesting
home
help,
municipal
services
for
seniors
 (payments,
 booking
 activities),
 public
 services
 of
 general
 interest
(telephone,
 electricity);
 another
 predominant
 characteristic
 is
 that
 the
service
will
be
provided
from
a
proximity
service
approach,
in
other
words,
in
addition
to
the
Citizen
Shops,
this
new
service
can
be
found
in
places
like
the
casas
do
povo,
local
authorities
or
even
railway
station.
• Elimination
 of
 certificates
 in
 public
 services.
 Project
 for
 the
 provision
 of
integrated
 services
 based
 on
 the
 fostering
 of
 communication
 between
entities
 or
 departments.
 In
 2008,
 the
 certificates
 to
 be
 eliminated
 will
 be
identified
and
the
implementation
of
the
certificate
catalogue
is
also
planned
(e.g.
procedures,
legislative
information,
costs
and
contacts).
This
transversal
project
 will
 work
 in
 articulation
 with
 the
 central
 and
 local
 administrations
and
 in
 the
 first
 phase
 will
 bring
 together
 almost
 all
 the
 entities
 of
 seven
ministries
and
six
municipal
town
halls.
17

• In
 relation
 to
 the
 tax
 system,
 the
 aim
 is
 to
 continue
 to
 build
 an
Administration
that
is
available
and
closer
to
the
citizen
and
companies
by
making
 it
 easier,
 quicker
 and
 cheaper
 to
 comply
 with
 tax
 obligations
 and
placing
the
taxpayer
at
the
centre
of
the
system.
This
involves
continuing
to
make
 improvements
 to
 the
 quality
 of
 the
 service
 rendered
 and
 to
 provide
quick
and
quality
responses
to
the
requests
of
taxpayers
and
establishing
a
relation
of
mutual
trust
with
complying
taxpayers
by
increasing
the
efficiency
of
the
system,
eliminating
mistakes
and
delays
in
recognising
rights
or
in
the
response
to
requests,
and
to
take
a
more
proactive
stance
in
the
interaction
with
the
taxpayers.
1.2.3. Technological
Plan
for
Health
• E_agenda
 in
 health
 –
the
 aim
 of
 this
 measure
 is
 to
 provide
 an
 electronic
platform
 for
 making
 NHS
 appointments.
 It
 starts
 with
 requests
 for
appointments
for
Primary
Health
Care
(PHC),
and
this
year
it
will
provide
the
citizen
with
the
interactivity
that
enables
the
patient
to
be
alerted
to
the
next
appointment
or
a
possible
re‐scheduling
with
several
hours’
notice.
• Health
 call‐centre
 –
 Health
 Line
 24
 (continuation)
 –
 Following
 the
 initial
implementation
phase,
and
given
the
adhesion
of
citizens
to
the
guidelines
of
Health
 24,
 there
 is
 expected
 to
 be
 a
 considerable
 impact
 in
 the
 decline
 of
unnecessary
 visits
 to
 the
 emergency
 services
 and
 a
 lower
 concentration
 of
users
in
the
services
provided.
The
potential
opportunity
of
giving
health
care
guidance
at
home
accompanied
by
the
service
is
also
being
considered.
• Support
for
the
expansion
of
the
electronic
clinical
process
(ECP)
–
Until
2010,
the
Ministry
of
Health
will
actively
support
the
creation
of
ECPs
in
all
health
institutions.
 The
 ECP
 is
 a
 highly
 developed
 electronic
 process
 because
 it
essentially
 constitutes
 an
 information
 collection
 process
 that
 is
 already
electronically
 registered
 in
 the
 various
 information
 subsystems
 of
institutions,
in
mobile
or
other
surgical
blocks,
in
hospital
admissions,
in
the
laboratory
for
complementary
diagnostic
means,
in
imaging.
• Transparency
Portal
–
(access
card
to
health
care)
–
Internet
site
where
the
citizen
can
collect
all
information
on
the
access,
listing
the
time
defined
and
clinically
 acceptable
 and
 disclosing
 the
 results
 for
 the
 corresponding
monitoring.
• Medical
prescriptions
by
electronic
means
for
holders
of
chronic
illnesses
–
electronic
platform
for
prescription
requests
for
patients
with
chronic
or
long
term
pathologies
in
the
NHS.
18

1.2.4. Technological
Plan
for
Education 2
• School
Simplex
Project
–
create
an
integrated
electronic
platform
to
support
school
management.
Aimed
at
increasing
the
efficiency
of
management
and
communication
 among
 agents
 of
 the
 education
 community
 and
 improving
access
to
school
information.
• School
 Card
 –
 generalise
 the
 use
 of
 electronic
 student
 card
 among
 the
education
community
so
as
to
increase
the
efficiency
of
school
management
and
 security
 in
 schools.
 The
 project
 envisages
 functions
 such
 as
 control
 of
access,
registration
of
attendance,
process
consultation,
and
electronic
purse
that
can
be
charged
off
school
premises
thus
leading
to
a
real
reduction
in
the
carrying
of
cash.
• Escol@segura
 safe@school
 –
 provide
 all
 schools
 with
 alarm
 systems
 and
video
 surveillance
 in
 order
 to
 increase
 the
 security
 of
 facilities,
 discourage
intrusions,
 theft
 and
 assaults
 in
 schools.
 The
 electronic
 alarm
 systems
 and
video
 surveillance
 safeguard
 the
 investments
 made
 in
 schools
 whilst
 also
guaranteeing
the
privacy
of
members
of
the
school
community.
• Institutional
 Portal
 of
 the
 Ministry
 of
 Education
 –
 develop
 a
 preferential
channel
 of
 communication
 between
 citizens
 and
 the
 Ministry
 of
 Education
(ME)
 that
 provides
 relevant
 information
 in
 the
 areas
 of
 national
 and
international
 education
 and
 concentrating
 the
 institutional
 contents
 of
 the
ME
 services,
 combating
 dispersion,
 overlapping,
 redundancy
 and
 failures
 in
contents.
1.2.5.
 
Technological
Plan
for
Justice
In
the
scope
of
the
sectorial
modernisation
programmes
for
the
increased
use
of
ICT,
the
 Ministry
 of
 Justice
 will
 introduce
 significant
 changes
 in
 three
 areas:
 Property
Register,
Civil
Status
Records
and
the
Dematerialisation
of
legal
proceedings.
• On‐line
property
register:
From
1
January
2009
it
will
be
possible
to
make
the
majority
of
property
register
acts
via
electronic
means.
Thus,
by
using
the
site
www.predialonline.mj.pt,
lawyers,
chambers
of
commerce
and
industry,
notaries
 and
 solicitors
 will
 be
 able
 to
 request
 registration,
 pay
 fees
 and
overcome
failures
in
the
registration
process.
Moreover,
 it
 is
 planned
 to
 make
 an
 on‐line
 property
 registration
 certificate
available,
 very
 similar
 to
 that
 of
 the
 “Permanent
 on‐line
 Certificate”
 of
 the
trade
register.
From
1
January
2009,
any
person
can
get
access
to
property
register
 information
 via
 internet,
 which
 will
 be
 permanently
 updated
 and
with
 certificate
 value
 by
 going
 to
 the
 site
 www.predialonline.mj.pt.
 This
electronic
 certificate
 is
 also
 accessible
 by
 use
 of
 a
 code
 that
 the
 interested
2 See Positive Mobility Area - Qualifications
19

party
can
deliver
to
any
public
or
private
entity,
thus
eliminating
the
need
to
deliver
a
paper
certificate.
In
the
first
quarter
of
2009,
the
“Special
registration
operations”
counter
will
start
operating.
This
counter
provides
a
special
and
personalised
service
for
users
 who
 require
 it
 due
 to
 the
 volume
 and
 complexity
 of
 the
 registration
requests
and
real
estate
operations
they
wish
to
make.
• New
on
line
Civil
Status
Records:
By
the
end
of
2008,
the
first
services
of
civil
status
records
will
be
available
on‐line
and
in
2009
this
will
be
extended
to
most
situations
for
the
recording
of
civil
status.
• CITIUS
and
the
dematerialisation
of
legal
proceedings.
In
2008,
professional
representatives
 (lawyers
 and
 solicitors)
 were
 given
 various
 incentives
 to
undertake
procedures
online.
Accordingly,
since
1
September
2008,
there
has
been
a
reduction
of
25%
to
50%
in
the
charges
of
the
Court
paid
by
parties
whose
professional
representatives
use
the
CITIUS
system
to
send
pleadings.
There
 has
 been
 a
 very
 significant
 use
 of
 these
 electronic
 means
 to
 deliver
pleadings
and
documents
through
CITIUS
–
Delivery
of
Pleadings
and
CITIUS
–
Injunctions,
which
does
away
with
the
sending
of
copies
on
paper,
and
the
efforts
 to
 publicise
 and
 train
 these
 professionals
 will
 continue
 in
 2009.
 For
example,
the
percentage
of
injunctions
delivered
using
CITIUS
–
Injunctions
is
95%
 while
 10%
 of
 pleadings
 and
 documents
 were
 delivered
 using
 CITIUS
 –
Delivery
of
Pleadings.
In
the
scope
of
the
CITIUS
dematerialisation
of
legal
proceedings
project,
the
following
 will
 also
 be
 made
 available
 in
 2008:
 i)
 new
 electronic
 means
 of
making
 seizures
 in
 the
 ambit
 of
 enforcement
 procedure/judicial
 debt
collection,
 ii)
 new
 portals
 on
 Internet
 that
 facilitate
 access
 to
 and
 the
consultation
 of
 information
 on
 courts
 and
 alternative
 means
 of
 
 dispute
resolution,
iii)
the
extension
of
IT
working
instruments
for
magistrates
of
the
Public
 Prosecution
 Service
 CITIUS
 –
 MP
 (penal)
 to
 all
 the
 DIAPs,
 iv)
 new
electronic
 searches
 and
 consultations
 through
 the
 CITIUS
 that
 will
 facilitate
criminal
 investigation,
 v)
 new
 electronic
 connections
 to
 entities
 that
collaborate
in
criminal
investigation
and
vi)
throughout
2008
and
2009,
new
wireless
 connections
 in
 courts
 that
 facilitate
 access
 to
 and
 use
 of
 
 CITIUS
applications.
As
 of
 5
 January
 2009,
 it
 will
 be
 mandatory
 for
 magistrates
 and
 the
 Public
Prosecution
 Service
 to
 use
 the
 CITIUS
 application
 for
 pleadings
 in
 civil
processes.
This
measure
will
do
away
with
the
printing
of
thousands
of
acts
that
are
irrelevant
to
the
case
decision
and
significantly
reduce
the
circulation
of
documents
on
paper
in
the
courts.
During
 2009,
 new
 electronic
 means
 of
 communication
 between
 lawyers,
courts
and
some
public
entities
will
also
be
made
available
along
with
new
functions
 in
 the
 IT
 applications
 in
 the
 courts
 that,
 in
 the
 scope
 of
 the
enforcement
procedure,
will
facilitate
and
simplify
the
procedural
flow
in
this
kind
of
process,
closely
related
to
a
reduction
in
the
payment
deadlines.
Also
20

in
 2009,
 a
 public
 list
 of
 failed
 executions
 due
 to
 non‐existence
 of
 collateral
assets
 will
 be
 made
 available
 online,
 with
 a
 view
 to
 avoiding
 legal
proceedings
 that
 are
 unlikely
 to
 be
 successful
 and
 to
 foster
 the
 prompt
compliance
of
contracts.
1.3.
 IMPROVEMENT
OF
THE
LEGISLATIVE
PROCESS
Context
The
 improvement
 of
 the
 legislative
 process
 is
 considered
 to
 be
 fundamental
 by
means
 of
 concluding
 and
 consolidating
 the
 measures
 foreseen
 in
 the
 Better
Regulation
 Programme
 and
 furthering
 the
 impact
 evaluation
 system
 of
 the
Government’s
normative
acts.
The
 transposition
 of
 the
 community
 directives
 to
 the
 internal
 legal
 system
continues
 to
 be
 a
 priority
 for
 Portugal.
 Thus,
 there
 will
 be
 renewed
 effort
 in
legislative
adaptation
so
that
a
substantial
recovery
can
be
made
that
will
meet
the
1%
target
in
2009
defined
by
the
European
Council
in
spring
2007.
Given
the
recent
evolution,
 the
 work
 to
 be
 undertaken
 will
 involve
 the
 continuation
 of
 activities
already
underway
to
boost
and
monitor
the
work
of
the
ministries,
and
to
continue
motivating
ministerial
offices
to
take
action
and
attribute
priority
and
urgency
to
the
approval
procedures
of
transposition
laws.
The
 conclusion
 and
 consolidation
 of
 measures
 foreseen
 in
 the
 Better
 Regulation
Programme,
the
furthering
of
the
impact
evaluation
system
of
normative
acts
and
the
reduction
of
the
shortfall
in
the
transposition
of
directives
are
therefore
three
goals
for
the
improvement
of
administrative
procedures
in
Portugal.
Measures
Better
Regulation
Programme.
This
programme
will
assure:
• Interoperability
 between
 the
 legal
 databases
 of
 DIGESTO
 (system
 for
 the
treatment
 and
 analysis
 of
 legal
 information)
 and
 the
 State’s
 databases
 for
treatment
of
legal
information.
• Definition
 of
 a
 technological
 model
 for
 the
 electronic
 reconstruction
(substantial
consolidation)
of
legislative
texts.
• Implementation
 and
 consolidation
 of
 open
 consultation
 procedures
 to
 be
undertaken
 by
 society
 that
 is
 able
 to
 foster
 the
 effective
 participation
 of
citizens
and
companies.
21

• Preparation
 of
 a
 practical
 guide
 for
 the
 drawing
 up
 of
 the
 Government’s
normative
acts.
Impact
 evaluation
 of
 the
 Government’s
 normative
 acts.
 
 This
 evaluation
 will
 be
reinforce
with
the
following
actions:
• Revision
 of
 the
 trial
 SIMPLEX
 model
 used
 in
 the
 prior
 assessment
 of
 the
administrative
 charges
 of
 all
 laws
 subject
 to
 the
 approval
 of
 the
 Council
 of
Ministers,
adjusting
it
to
the
“standard
cost
model”
methodology.
• Launch
 of
 a
 Practical
 Guide
 of
 the
 Prior
 Assessment
 of
 Administrative
Burdens
 of
 the
 Government’s
 Normative
 Acts
 for
 use
 by
 the
 Ministries
responsible
for
the
preparing
and
drawing
up
of
legislative
initiatives.
• Writing
 and
 presentation
 of
 an
 annual
 report
 by
 the
 Government
 with
 the
results
 of
 the
 impact
 evaluation
 of
 normative
 acts
 through
 the
 new
 trial
SIMPLEX
model.
• Adoption
of
a
national
pledge
of
a
25%
reduction
in
administrative
burdens
imposed
 by
 national
 legal
 and
 regulatory
 norms
 on
 events
 relevant
 to
 the
company
life
cycle.
Transposition
 of
 community
 directives
 to
 the
 internal
 legal
 system,
 that
 will
involve:
• Monitoring
of
the
timely
transposition
of
directives
by
the
Presidency
of
the
Council
of
Ministers
and
by
the
Ministry
of
Foreign
Affairs,
by
means
of
the
automatic
electronic
warning
systems,
the
monthly
updating
of
transposition
procedures
and
the
holding
of
periodic
inter‐ministerial
meetings.
• Combat
 “gold
 plating”
 (creation
 of
 administrative
 charges
 by
 national
legislation
 beyond
 those
 foreseen
 in
 community
 directives)
 and
 “doublebanking”
(compatibility
 between
 directives
 to
 transposed
 and
 already
existing
national
legislation
on
the
same
matter).
• Control
of
the
transposition
procedure
from
simplified
European
legislation
in
 the
 framework
 of
 the
 2005/2009
 simplification
 programme,
 from
 “fast
tracks”
 initiated
 in
 2007
 and
 the
 Action
 Programme
 for
 the
 Reduction
 of
Administrative
Burdens
in
the
European
Union.
22

|
AREA
 2
 –
 A
 FAVOURABLE
 BUSINESS
 ENVIRONMENT,
 ESPECIALLY
 FOR
SME
Context
In
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 national
 agenda
 for
 modernisation
 that
 has
 been
 underway,
Portugal
 has
 made
 considerable
 progress
 in
 terms
 of
 improving
 the
 business
environment.
The
Programme
of
administrative
elimination
and
simplification
(Simplex)
is
central
to
 the
 simplification
 and
 dematerialisation
 of
 countless
 formalities
 in
 the
 various
stages
 of
 the
 life
 cycle
 of
 companies
 and
 has
 contributed
 to
 the
 administrative
simplification
of
a
wide
range
of
business
activities.
Moreover,
 a
 vast
 range
 of
 initiatives
 aimed
 at
 boosting
 business
 investment
 have
been
 implemented
 together
 with
 initiatives
 to
 foster
 entrepreneurship
 and
management
skills,
to
facilitate
the
access
of
SMEs
to
funding
and
also
to
facilitate
the
internationalisation
processes.
However,
 the
 objective
 set
 for
 increased
 competitiveness
 and
 the
 change
 in
 the
competitive
base
of
the
Portuguese
economy
makes
it
necessary
to
create
a
more
business‐friendly
environment
and
this
implies
doubling
the
efforts
already
taken
in
areas
that
are
in
line
with
those
identified
at
EU
level.
In
this
context,
the
investment
support
systems
for
companies,
especially
the
SMEs,
launched
in
the
context
of
the
reform
made
to
the
incentive
system
for
companies
and
 closely
 articulated
 with
 the
 NSRF
 as
 its
 funding
 mechanism
 (through
 the
Competitiveness
Factors
OP
and
the
Regional
OP),
constitutes
the
key
framework
of
measures
underway
in
the
context
of
the
PNR
2008‐2010.
The
 incentive
 systems
 resulting
 from
 this
 reform
 are
 strongly
 oriented
 towards
innovation
 issues
 ‐
 in
 particular,
 two
 of
 the
 transversal
 systems
 meanwhile
regulated:
 the
 Incentive
 System
 for
 Innovation
 (IS
 Innovation)
 and
 the
 Incentive
System
 for
 Technological
 Research
 and
 Development
 (IS
 TR&D).
 Specific
 reference
will
be
made
to
these
in
the
R&D
and
Innovation
priority
area
(next
area
described).
The
 incentive
 system
 for
 the
 Qualification
 and
 Internationalisation
 of
 the
 SME
 (IS
Qualification
 of
 SME)
 should
 also
 be
 highlighted
 as
 it
 is
 vital
 to
 the
 promotion
 of
companies’
competitiveness;
this
is
more
directly
framed
in
this
specific
area
due
to
the
wide
range
of
investment
typologies
it
provides
for
and
the
fact
that
they
are
not
restricted
to
innovation
dimensions,
even
if
this
is
understood
in
the
broad
sense.
The
 future
 developments
 of
 the
 Simplex
 Programme
 as
 well
 as
 the
 measures
 to
improve
 the
 legislative
 process,
 including
 the
 impact
 evaluation
 of
 each
 new
legislation,
notably
for
the
SMEs,
as
described
in
point
1.2.
and
1.3,
is
expressed
in
23

continuing
the
reduction
of
administrative
burdens
for
companies
and
the
creation
of
a
more
business
friendly
environment.
The
 results
 achieved
 and
 the
 need
 to
 increase
 the
 internationalisation
 of
 the
Portuguese
economy
as
well
as
to
attract
investment
have
led
to
the
intensification
of
 the
 effort
 to
 create
 good
 conditions
 for
 companies,
 especially
 the
 SMEs,
 and
provide
 them
 with
 an
 increasingly
 favourable
 environment
 both
 for
 exporting
 and
from
the
perspective
of
expansion
or
making
new
investments.
Therefore,
the
improved
access
to
financing
continues
to
be
a
priority,
through
the
implementation
 of
 the
 INOFIN
 Programme
 –
 Facilitating
 access
 to
 financing
 for
entrepreneurs
and
SME
–
which
incorporates
the
FINICIA,
FINCRESCE
and
FINTRANS
programmes,
 as
 well
 as
 through
 other
 instruments
 in
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 NSRF,
 of
which
 the
 newly
 formed
 Support
 Fund
 for
 Financing
 Innovation
 is
 an
 example
(FINOVA
 ‐
 Decree‐Law
 nr
 175/2008,
 dated
 26
 August).
 FINOVA
 works
 as
 an
autonomous
 fund
 and
 strengthens
 the
 financing
 instruments
 for
 companies,
particularly
the
SME
and
projects
with
a
higher
level
of
innovation.
The
Support
System
for
the
Financing
and
Risk
Sharing
of
Innovation
(SAFPRI)
is
still
being
 prepared;
 it
 will
 create
 or
 strengthen
 the
 financing
 instruments
 as
 does
 the
Support
System
for
Collective
Actions
(SIAC)
that
complements
the
incentive
systems
directly
 oriented
 towards
 companies
 and
 aims
 to
 boost
 their
 results
 with
 the
creation
or
improvement
of
the
surrounding
conditions.
The
promotion
of
entrepreneurship,
according
to
the
intervention
approach
which
has
 been
 followed
 (specified
 in
 the
 Micro
 vector
 in
 Part
 3
 of
 this
 Report)
 will
continue
to
be
a
priority.
The
 work
 to
 promote
 qualified
 entrepreneurship
 will
 continue
 to
 involve
 an
intervention
line
that
is
based
on
the
introduction
of
financing,
notably
through
the
FINICIA
Programme,
as
the
lever
to
new
company
start‐ups,
with
new
more
qualified
entrepreneurs,
generating
a
new
standard
of
specialisation
that
is
increasingly
based
on
 technology
 intensive
 services
 and
 products,
 creativity
 and
 knowledge
 that
 can
respond
 to
 the
 growing
 demands
 of
 the
 international
 markets.
 One
 new
 line
 of
intervention
involves
stimulating
cultural
entrepreneurship. 3
The
 recognition
 of
 the
 contribution
 of
 women
 to
 a
 more
 far
 reaching
 concept
 of
competitiveness
 and
 innovation
 in
 the
 business
 fabric
 has
 also
 led
 to
 betting
 in
qualified
female
entrepreneurship
by
means
of
aid
conceded
in
the
ambit
of
NSRF,
through
 the
 Competitiveness
 Agenda
 (Competitiveness
 Factor
 Operational
Programme).
As
for
the
Tourism
sector,
Portugal
has
excellent
resources
and
tourist
potential
and
much
 work
 has
 been
 done
 to
 develop
 this
 so
 that
 it
 has
 a
 growing
 weight
 in
 the
Portuguese
economy.
In
2007,
tourist
consumption
represented
over
10.4%
of
GDP,
3 For more information, see point 3.3 of this section of the report.
24

contributing
 22.7%
 to
 the
 increase
 registered
 in
 the
 previous
 year,
 exceeding
 the
target
set
in
the
National
Strategic
Plan
for
Tourism.
The
indicators
already
available
for
2008
again
point
to
a
positive
evolution,
despite
the
excellent
results
of
2007.
In
the
first
half
of
2008,
the
revenue
from
tourism
exceeded
3,000
million
euros
which
is
an
increase
of
roughly
more
than
180
million
euros
over
the
same
period
in
the
previous
year
and
the
total
earnings
of
hotels
for
the
same
period
has
also
recorded
a
rise
of
5.2%.
Nevertheless,
the
fiercely
competitive
environment
in
which
Tourism
moves
means
that
 companies
 and
 all
 those
 people
 in
 the
 value
 chain
 of
 the
 product
 are
increasingly
 required
 to
 exceed
 the
 performance
 of
 their
 direct
 competitors
 in
capturing
the
market
share;
they
must
know
how
to
interpret,
develop
and
innovate
in
 producing
 the
 value
 that
 meets
 the
 demands
 of
 ever
 more
 knowledgeable,
experienced
 and
 sophisticated
 consumers.
 In
 this
 context,
 knowledge
 and
innovation,
 the
 upgrading
 of
 destinations
 and
 the
 dynamising
 of
 new
 centres
 of
tourist
attractions,
together
with
the
qualification
of
the
human
resources
working
in
 the
 activity,
 are
 essential
 components
 to
 compete
 successfully
 in
 the
 tourist
market.
It
is
important
to
stress
that
the
large
majority
of
measures
included
in
this
priority
area
 –
 A
 favourable
 business
 environment,
 in
 particular
 for
 SME
 –
 and
 especially
those
referring
to
the
access
to
financing,
to
the
promotion
of

entrepreneurship
and
to
 the
 promotion
 of
 good
 practices
 and
 the
 support
 of
 internationalisation
 are
embodied
in
the
national
SME
policy,
which
includes
measures
from
other
priority
areas
 due
 to
 its
 horizontal
 dimension,
 namely
 in
 the
 R&D
 and
 Innovation
 and
Qualification
Areas.
Measures
2.1
 Boosting
structuring
investment
• Support
programme
for
the
projects
of
Potential
National
Interest
(PNI).
This
programme
began
in
July
2005
and
will
be
continued
in
the
2008‐2010
period
and
 aims
 to
 accompany
 all
 the
 projects
 that
 obtain
 PNI
 status
 from
 the
perspective
of
making
the
procedures
more
agile
and
the
rapid
resolution
of
contextual
costs
incurred.
• Support
 programme
 for
 the
 projects
 of
 Potential
 National
 Interest
 with
Strategic
Importance
(PNI+).
This
programme
consists
of
a
Recognition
and
Monitoring
System
for
projects
of
Potential
National
Interest
with
Strategic
Importance
 (PIN+);
 the
 classification
 mechanism
 for
 this
 programme
 is
 set
out
 in
 DL
 285/07,
 dated
 17
 August.
 Once
 this
 classification
 has
 been
obtained,
 the
 Government
 pledges
 to
 assure
 the
 accelerated
 processing
 of
the
 authorisation.
 By
 2010,
 all
 investment
 projects
 that
 obtain
 the
 PNI+
status
will
be
monitored
so
that
the
overall
decision
making
process
will
be
as
quick
as
possible.
25

• Client/Supplier
Programme.
The
programme
aims
to
work
in
multinationals
established
 in
 Portugal
 so
 as
 to
 improve
 the
 positioning
 of
 Portuguese
companies
 as
 suppliers
 of
 raw
 materials,
 intermediate
 products,
components,
services
or
other
solutions.
The
programme
aims
to
cover
100
companies
during
this
year,
increasing
to
150
in
2009
and
175
in
2010.
2.2.
 Internationalisation
• Exporters
Club
Programme.
The
forming
of
an
exporters’
Club
is
intended
to
provide
 conditions
 that
 strengthen
 the
 internationalisation
 process
 of
companies.
The
goal
is
to
have
50
companies
in
the
programme
in
2008,
100
in
2009
and
150
in
2010.
• Building
Business
Skills
Programme.
This
programme
aims
to
boost
activity
in
 building
 business
 skills
 by
 providing
 a
 training
 programme
 on
 ways
 of
approaching
international
markets
in
order
to
overcome
the
weaknesses
of
the
 SME
 in
 the
 areas
 of
 trade
 and
 international
 business
 management.
 It
intends
 to
 hold
 40
 courses
 in
 2008,
 42
 in
 2009
 and
 45
 in
 2010.
 It
 is
 also
expected
that
the
number
of
companies
involved
in
these
initiatives
will
go
up
to
800
this
year,
1050
in
2009
and
1350
in
2010.
• Market
Place
Portugal.
This
measure
aims
to
create
a
technological
Platform
to
 publicise
 the
 Portuguese
 supply
 from
 SME
 with
 a
 view
 to
 giving
 them
greater
visibility
and
acting
as
an
auxiliary
instrument
for
conducting
trade
in
international
markets.
It
intends
to
cover
250
companies
in
2008,
400
in
2009
and
550
in
2010.
• InovVasco
 da
 Gama.
 The
 aim
 of
 this
 programme
 is
 to
 provide
 work
placements
 abroad
 for
 young
 entrepreneurs
 and
 managers
 in
 Portuguese
companies
that
have
or
wish
to
have
an
internationalisation
strategy
in
their
company
or
in
the
company
where
they
work.
It
envisages
offering
150
work
placements
a
year.
• Network
 of
 international
 resources.
 An
 International
 Network
 will
 be
created
and
promoted
that
brings
together
Portuguese
people
from
all
over
the
 world
 in
 order
 to
 contribute
 to
 a
 higher
 level
 of
 internationalisation
 of
the
Portuguese
economy
and
to
make
Portugal
better
known.
The
aim
of
the
Network
 is
 to
 have
 around
 1000
 users
 in
 2008,
 1500
 in
 2009
 and
 2000
 in
2010.
2.3.
 
Access
to
financing
• INOFIN
Programme
–
To
facilitate
access
to
financing
by
entrepreneurs
and
SMEs.
This
Framework
Programme
encompasses
the
following
programmes:
26

o FINICIA
 Programme.
 This
 programme
 aims
 to
 make
 specialised
financial
instruments
available
for
the
support
of
company
start‐ups,
such
 as:
 Pre‐seed
 Capital
 solutions
 targeting
 the
 concept
 testing
stages;
 Seed
 Capital
 solutions
 targeting
 knowledge
 based
 company
start‐ups;
Risk
Capital
and
Mutual
Guarantee
solutions
targeting
the
initial
 growth
 of
 start‐ups;
 thematic
 Micro
 Risk
 Capital
 and
 Micro
credit
 targeting
 young,
 female
 and
 social
 
 entrepreneurship
 with
regional
emphasis
associated
to
the
new
clustering
processes.
By
2010,
there
are
expected
to
be
(i)
600
projects
evaluated,
(ii)
75%
of
 evaluated
 projects
 approved,
 (iii)
 average
 of
 2
 work
 posts
 per
project
created,
(iv)
total
investment
total
of
€45m
made
(v)
€20m
in
financing
 by
 credit
 (with
 the
 support
 of
 Mutual
 Guarantee)
 and
 by
Risk
Capital.
o FINCRESCE
Programme.
This
programme
aims
to
provide
solutions
to
optimise
 financing
 conditions
 for
 companies
 that
 pursue
 innovative
growth
 strategies,
 through
 Risk
 Capital
 and
 Mutual
 Guarantee
solutions
with
a
view
to
the
innovative
and/or
international
growth
of
SME.
It
is
foreseen
that
by
2010,
(i)
2500
SME
will
be
recognised
with
the
Leading
 SME
 status,
 (ii)
 an
 annual
 Leading
 SME
 Convention
 will
 be
held,
 (iii)
 1200
 Leading
 SME
 will
 be
 involved
 in
 Benchmarking
processes,
(iv)
implementation
of
500
investment
projects
by
Leading
SME
 using
 Credit
 and
 Risk
 Capital
 instruments
 in
 the
 ambit
 of
 the
specific
financing
conditions
to
be
created.
o FINTRANS
Programme.
The
aim
of
this
programme
is
to
provide
Risk
Capital
and
Titleholder
Credit
solutions
in
order
to
support
operations
for
 the
 concentration
 of
 businesses,
 mergers
 and
 acquisitions
 and
Management
Buy
Out
(MBO)
and
Management
Buy
In
(MBI).
By
 2010,
 (i)
 involvement
 of
 10
 financial
 partners
 and
 specialised
entities,
(ii)
40
companies
identified
as
in
search
of
transfer
solutions
and
(iii)
10
transfer
operations
conducted
are
foreseen.
2.4.
 
Promotion
of
Entrepreneurship
• Entrepreneurship
 Programme
 and
 Economic
 Valorisation
 of
 Knowledge.
This
 programmes
 aims
 to
 foster
 the
 entrepreneurial
 culture,
 boost
 the
creation
of
new
companies
and
the
transfer
of
technology,
consolidate
and
promote
 the
 international
 growth
 of
 start‐ups
 and
 includes
 actions
 (i)
 to
promote
 the
 link
 between
 schools,
 universities
 and
 companies,
 (ii)
 to
dynamise
focal
points
within
universities
so
as
to
identify
research
projects
susceptible
 to
 entrepreneurial
 activity,
 (iii)
 to
 develop
 mechanisms
 for
 the
management
 of
 technology
 that
 effectively
 relate
 research
 with
 the
27

commercialisation
 of
 technologies,
 (iv)
 
 on
 management
 of
 intellectual
property,
(v)
on
the
development
of
methodologies
for
the
creation
of
EBT
based
on
intellectual
property
and
(vi)
the
identification
of
key
areas
based
on
the
competences
of
R&D
centres.
• Supprt
 for
 female
 entrepreneurship.
 This
 measure
 encompasses
 an
integrated
 support
 system
 for
 female
 entrepreneurship
 that
 contemplates
training,
 consultancy
 for
 the
 preparation
 of
 business
 plans
 and
 a
 support
award
at
the
time
of
the
start
up.
It
also
includes
aid
for
business
networks
of
activities
managed
by
women.
• Support
 for
 qualified
 female
 entrepreneurship.
 This
 support
 is
 expressed
through
a
10%
mark‐up
in
the
eligible
expenses
of
projects
applying
for
NSRF
R&D
 incentives
 for
 female
 
 entrepreneurship
 projects
 and
 own
 budget
allocation.
• Support
for
cultural
entrepreneurship.
This
measure
includes
the
creation
of
a
 post
 graduation
 in
 management
 specifically
 targeting
 agents
 from
 the
cultural
and
creative
sectors
with
a
view
to
qualifying
their
managers
through
training
 in
 business
 administration,
 as
 well
 as
 the
 conferring
 of
 awards
 for
innovative
and
sustainable
projects
in
the
cultural
area
of
recognised
merit.
Mention
 should
 also
 be
 made
 of
 specific
 aid
 for
 entrepreneurship
 aimed
 at
promoting
job
creation
as
specified
in
point
5.2.
2.5.
 
Promotion
of
good
practices/Recognition
of
Merit
of
SME
• Competences
 Programme
 and
 stimulus
 for
 the
 SME
 to
 adopt
 growth
strategies.
This
programme
includes:
(i)
SME
Academy
–
Qualifying
top
SME
for
 innovative
 and
 international
 growth;
 (ii)
 Dissemination
 of
 competitive
diagnostic
solutions
and
the
identification
of
good
practices
(benchmarking);
(iii)
 Generalisation
 of
 the
 use
 of
 Scoring
 tools,
 notably
 of
 innovation
(Innovation
 Scoring);
 (iv)
 Facilitating
 access
 to
 relevant
 information
 for
 the
business
of
SMEs.
By
 2010,
 the
 start
 of
 an
 SME
 Academy
 is
 planned
 which
 will
 act
 as
 the
mediator
between
the
knowledge
development
centres
and
the
SMEs
in
the
transfer
of
competences
and
the
strengthening
of
distinctive
capacities
with
the
involvement
of
around
1000
companies
working
in
Competence
Analysis,
Competitiveness

Diagnostics
and
Innovation
Scoring.
• Recognition
 of
 Merit
 of
 SMEs
 –
 Mobilising
 by
 setting
 the
 example.
 This
programme
 includes
 an
 articulated
 system
 of
 recognition
 of
 merit
 and
business
 excellence:
 Leading
 SME,
 SME
 of
 Excellence,
 European
 Enterprise
Awards.
28

• 
“Eguality
and
Quality”
award.
This
award
is
given
to
companies
and
entities
with
exemplary
policies
and
practices
of
gender
equality.
• Support
 for
 the
 adoption
 of
 Equality
 Plans.
 This
 is
 a
 system
 of
multidisciplinary
 support
 that
 includes
 consultancy
 services
 for
 the
development
of
diagnostics,
training,
the
implementation
and
evaluation
of
Equality
 Plans
 in
 the
 public
 and
 private
 business
 sector
 as
 well
 as
 in
 the
Central
and
Local

Public
Administration.
2.6.
 Boosting
the
Competitiveness
of
Tourism
• Knowledge
Platform
for
Destination
Management.
The
aim
of
this
measure
is
to
 develop
 an
 interface
 (knowledge,
 technical
 assistance
 and
 cooperation
platforms)
 to
 support
 the
 implementation
 and
 management
 of
 tourist
destinations
 and
 products,
 and
 to
 provide
 appropriate
 tools
 to
 monitor
effectiveness
 indicators
 in
 critical
 dimensions
 of
 the
 viability
 and
competitiveness
of
the
business.
This
Platform
is
planned
to
be
in
operation
by
2010.
• Dynamisation
of
Tourist
development
poles.
This
measure
incorporates
the
definition
 of
 the
 development
 concept
 of
 new
 tourist
 poles,
 the
 respective
infrastructure
and
private
investment
priorities
and
a
model
for
the
approach
to
 markets.
 It
 also
 includes
 the
 forming
 of
 incentive
 systems
 applicable
 to
public
and
private
projects
that
put
the
planned
concept
into
practice.
It
aims
to
 launch
 the
 public
 and
 private
 investment
 projects
 necessary
 to
 the
competitive
 development
 of
 new
 tourist
 poles,
 in
 terms
 of
 supply,
 in
 the
priority
markets.
• Upgrading
of
consolidated
Tourist
Destinations.
This
measure
aims
to
make
a
competitive
evaluation
of
the
consolidated
destinations
and
define
upgrading
programmes
 given
 their
 competitive
 re‐positioning
 and
 on
 the
 basis
 of
infrastructure
and
private
investment
priorities;
it
also
includes
a
new
model
for
 the
 approach
 to
 the
 markets.
 It
 foresees
 the
 launch
 of
 the
 public
 and
private
initiative
projects
necessary
for
the
competitive
re‐positioning
of
the
destinations,
in
terms
of
supply,
in
the
priority
markets.
• Dematerialisation
 of
 processes
 for
 relations
 with
 companies.
 This
 measure
aims
to
dematerialise
the
majority
of
the
procedures
involved
in
the
licensing
and
investment
support
processes
by
the
end
of
2010.
2.7. National
Strategic
Plan
for
Fisheries.
Implementation
of
the
intervention
policy
for
the
2007‐2013
period
and
which
forms
the
national
framework
of
the
PESCA
Operational
Programme.
29

• Sustained
exploitation
of
resources,
so
as
to
maintain
the
capacity
for
the
self‐regeneration
 of
 the
 ecosystems
 and
 promote
 biodiversity
 in
 order
 to
guarantee
 the
 future
 of
 the
 fishing
 sector
 and
 the
 well
 being
 of
 the
populations
 who
 depend
 on
 it.
 It
 therefore
 conciliates
 the
 preservation
 of
resources
 and
 environmental
 quality
 with
 the
 biological
 and
 ecological
constraints
and
with
the
economic
and
social
needs,
pledging
in
knowledge,
training
 and
 scientific
 research
 as
 pillars
 of
 economic
 growth
 and
 job
creation.
• Valorisation
and
qualification
of
human
resources,
as
pledge
in
continuous
training,
 consolidation
 of
 the
 mechanisms
 supporting
 the
 entry
 of
 new
professionals,
 increase
 of
 work‐linked
 training,
 boost
 of
 training
 support
mechanisms
 based
 on
 technological
 platforms
 and
 IT
 tools
 and
 increase
 of
dual
certification.
2.8.
 
Dynamisation
 of
 the
 Market,
 Development
 of
 the
 Internal
 Market
 and
Regulation
(see
response
to
future
challenge) 4
• Implementation
 of
 Services
 Directive.
 By
 the
 end
 of
 2009,
 the
 execution
measures
of
the
Services
Directives
will
be
fully
implemented.
The
opening
of
 a
 one
 stop
 shop
 with
 electronic
 procedures
 is
 foreseen
 as
 part
 of
 the
transposition
 work
 of
 the
 Services
 Directive
 and
 the
 simplification
 of
procedures
 for
 the
 access
 to
 and
 exercise
 of
 service
 activities;
 this
 will
provide
access
at
a
distance
and
by
electronic
means
to
the
authorisation
procedures
necessary
to
establish
or
render
services
in
Portugal.
The
 one
 stop
 shop
 will
 operate
 in
 the
 Company
 Portal
 (which
 has
 a
 one
stop
 shop
 for
 starting
 up
 a
 company,
 the
 “Company
 online”
 project)
 and
will
 be
 included
 in
 the
 current
 “Licence
 Catalogue”,
 which
 is
 an
 online
catalogue
 that
 brings
 together
 licences,
 authorisations
 and
 administrative
constraints
 and
 provides
 access
 to
 relevant
 information
 on
 each
 of
 these
matters,
namely
applicable
legislation,
competent
authority
and
contacts.
With
 this
 one
 stop
 shop,
 where
 all
 the
 service
 activities
 covered
 by
 the
Directive
that
are
subject
to
an
authorisation
procedure
are
found
(for
the
purposes
 of
 article
 9
 of
 the
 Directive),
 the
 service
 provider
 can
 start
 and
accompany
the
authorisation
procedure
to
establish
or
render
services
in
Portugal
and
comply
with
all
the
necessary
formalities
from
the
request
to
the
final
authorisation
associated
to
each
activity
using
electronic
means.
Relevant
information
such
as
the
applicable
legislation,
the
flowchart
of
the
authorisation
 procedure
 and
 all
 other
 aspects
 set
 out
 in
 article
 7
 of
 the
Directive
are
also
available.
4 This objective includes measures developed in Areas 1 and 4.
30

In
addition
to
the
electronic
one
stop
shop,
a
presential
one
stop
shop
is
also
 planned
 using
 a
 multi‐channel
 approach
 that
 enables
 a
 process
 that
was
initiated
electronically
to
be
handled
presentially
and
vice
versa.
The
 on‐line
 Catalogue
 is
 linked
 to
 the
 Competent
 Authorities
 (CA),
 by
electronic
 means,
 through
 a
 Public
 Administration
 Interoperability
Platform.
The
competent
authorities
retain
all
their
decision
making
powers
to
 assess
 and
 concede
 authorisation;
 however,
 the
 Interoperability
Platform
 allows
 communication
 between
 the
 different
 computer
 systems
of
each
of
the
CAs.
A
 pilot
 one
 stop
 shop
 project
 in
 the
 licence
 catalogue
 for
 three
 service
activities
–
Measure
107
of
the
Simplex
Programme
2008
‐
is
also
planned
for
2008.
Following
the
complete
transposition
of
the
Directive
at
EU
level,
the
CAs
will
 participate
 fully
 in
 the
 Administrative
 Cooperation
 foreseen
 in
 the
Directive
through
the
Internal
Market
Information
System.
The
 national
 rules
 in
 force
 in
 these
 areas
 will
 be
 applied
 until
 common
solutions
 for
 the
 signing
 of
 electronic
 documents
 have
 been
 adopted
 at
community
level.
• Implementation
of
the
intellectual
property
Directive.
The
transposition
of
the
 directive
 on
 means
 of
 complying
 with
 intellectual
 property
 provides
Portugal
 with
 extremely
 relevant
 legal
 instruments
 to
 combat
 the
counterfeiting
that
takes
place
in
society.
The
new
law
places
Portugal
on
a
par
with
the
states
that
give
closest
attention
to
the
effective
protection
of
intellectual
property,
and
provides
a
good
environment
to
attract
national
and
 foreign
 investment
 in
 sectors
 linked
 to
 knowledge,
 information
 and
creative
industries.
Obviously,
the
new
law
does
not
reject
the
production
of
new
developments
in
this
area,
especially
those
obtained
by
agreements
made
 between
 the
 companies
 and
 the
 representatives
 of
 the
 rights
holders.
In
addition,
there
is
expected
to
be
an
improvement
in
the
work
of
the
 courts
 and
 the
 other
 services
 involved
 in
 the
 fight
 to
 protect
 IP
 as
 a
result
of
the
increase
in
the
training
given
to
agents.
It
is
also
considered
useful
to
place
an
English
translation
of
the
Code
on
Copyrights
 and
 Related
 Rights
 on
 line
 and
 to
 make
 the
 complementary
legislation
to
this
available.
• Conclusion
 of
 the
 transposition
 of
 community
 directives
 related
 to
 the
Action
 Plan
 for
 the
 Financial
 Services
 ‐
 The
 transposition
 of
 the
 money
laundering
and
financing
terrorism
directives
is
underway
• Gradual
and
controlled
liberalisation
of
the
postal
services
‐
Transposition
of
 the
 Directive
 2008/6/CE
 aiming
 at
 the
 total
 liberalisation
 of
 the
 postal
31

services
 by
 31/12/2010
 (including
 notably:
 definition
 of
 the
 date
 of
 the
total
liberalisation
in
Portugal
and
of
the
obligations
of
the
universal
service
thereafter;
 evaluation
 of
 its
 net
 costs
 and
 financing
 system;
 status
 of
 the
postal
operator;
access
conditions
to
public
postal
network;
protection
of
citizens’
and
consumers’
interests).
• Reformulation
of
the
regulatory
framework
of
the
construction,
that
will
involve:
o 
Reformulation
 of
 Decree
 Law
 12/2004,
 dated
 9
 January
 –
 Legal
framework
for
the
concession
of
building
permits;
o Reformulation
 of
 Decree
 Law
 211/2004,
 dated
 20
 August
 –
 legal
framework
for
real
estate
mediation
activities;
o Creation
 of
 the
 Legal
 Framework
 for
 the
 real
 estate
 promotion
activities;
o Regulation
 of
 activities
 to
 promote
 the
 administration
 and
management
of
condominiums;
o Creation
of
a
legal
framework
for
practice
in
the
activity
of
real
estate
evaluator.
o Contact
 with
 a
 more
 restricted
 set
 of
 entities
 so
 as
 to
 form
 and
implement
the
Mediation
and
Arbitration
Centre;
the
documentation
for
the
deeds
to
form
the
Association
that
will
create
and
manage
the
Mediation
and
Arbitration
Centre
are
being
prepared;
the
centre
will
later
be
decentralised
with
the
opening
of
delegations.
o The
creation
of
real
estate
Identification
Card
(BII)
o The
regulation
of
electronic
book
of
the
construction
work,
as
said
in
the
Juridical
Regime
of
Urbanization
and
Construction
(Law
60/2007,
December,
 16),
 which
 integrates
 part
 of
 the
 information
 about
 the
construction
buildings
that
already
are
in
FTH.
• 
“Paying
at
the
Right
Time”
Programme
–
a
structural
reduction
is
planned
in
 the
 deadlines
 for
 payments
 to
 suppliers
 of
 public
 entities.
 This
encompasses
 measures
 such
 as
 the
 monitoring
 and
 publicising
 of
 the
average
time
it
takes
to
pay
suppliers;

setting
objectives
for
the
payment
deadlines
to
suppliers
and
the
creation
of
incentives
linked
to
the
level
of
compliance
 with
 these
 objectives;
 the
 implementation
 of
 operational
improvements
intended
to
speed
up
payment
to
suppliers;
the
creation
of
mechanisms
 to
 substitute
 debt
 to
 suppliers
 with
 medium
 and
 long
 term
financial
 loans
 in
 the
 specific
 case
 of
 
 autonomous
 regions
 and
municipalities.
• Continuation
 of
 the
 CITIUS
 –
 Injunctions.
 CITIUS
 –
 Injunctions
 is
 an
instrument
 that
 permits
 the
 delivery,
 payment
 and
 processing
 of
 the
injunction
 procedure
 entirely
 by
 electronic
 means
 and
 it
 has
 been
 in
operation
since
5
March
2008.
The
injunction
is
a
provision
that
allows
the
creditor
 of
 a
 debt
 to
 obtain
 an
 enforcement
 order
 quickly
 and
 simply
without
 having
 to
 declare
 action
 in
 a
 court.
 It
 is
 essential
 to
 have
 an
32

enforcement
order
in
order
to
proceed
with
the
legal
recovery
of
the
debt
through
the
courts
by
means
of
an
enforcement
procedure
that
makes
the
respective
seizure
viable. 
5
5 See results already obtained in Outcome part III of this report, micro level.
33

|
AREA
3
–
MORE
R&D
AND
A
BETTER
INNOVATION
SYSTEM
Context
When
 the
 Portuguese
 Government
 assumed
 the
 speeding
 up
 of
 scientific
 and
technological
development
as
a
priority,
it
launched
a
Pledge
with
Science
for
the
future
 of
 Portugal
 in
 2006
 which
 specifically
 set
 out
 the
 targets
 that
 it
 wanted
 to
reach
 and
 proposed
 concrete
 measures
 and
 instruments
 so
 that
 they
 could
 be
achieved
by
2010.
The
national
scientific
and
technological
progress
has
been
given
a
great
 impetus
 and
 there
 are
 results
 and
 experiences
 that
 reveal
 the
 large
 public
investment
made
in
this
area
(see
Outcome
of
execution,
part
III).
The
guidelines
proposed
point
to
extended
participation
in
this
movement
which
is
also
 one
 of
 the
 renewal
 and
 expansion
 of
 the
 social
 base
 of
 scientific
 and
technological
development
in
Portugal,
through
the
direct
involvement
not
only
of
science
and
technology
based
professions
and
public
and
private
organisations
but
also
of
students
and
their
families
in
general.
Society’s
growing
appreciation
of
the
scientific
and
technological
culture
must
therefore
be
one
of
the
central
supports
of
these
guidelines:
• Pledging
in
Knowledge
and
in
scientific
and
technical
competence
measured
at
the
highest
international
level;
• Pledging
in
human
resources
and
in
the
Scientific
and
Technological
Culture;
• Pledging
 in
 public
 and
 private
 R&D
 institutions,
 in
 their
 reinforcement,
responsibility,
organisation
and
network
infrastructure;
• Pledging
in
Internationalisation,
High
Standards
and
in
Evaluation;
• Pledging
in
economic
Valorisation
of
Research.
The
area
of
the
Information
Society
also
assumed
concrete
objectives
for
2010
in
the
 Connecting
 Portugal
 action
 programme
 launched
 in
 
 2005;
 the
 results
 already
achieved
by
this
programme
are
equally
encouraging
(see
report,
part
III).
Portugal
will
 continue
 its
 efforts
 to
 
 develop
 and
 mobilise
 the
 Information
 Society,
implementing
the
Connecting
Portugal
Programme,
and
giving
special
priority
in
the
2009‐2010
period
to
R&D
activities
in
the
area
of
information
and
communication
technologies
 and
 to
 the
 so‐called
 e‐Science
 instruments;
 this
 includes
 
 the
 highperformance
network
for
research
and
education,
digital
scientific
libraries,
the
open
access
 information
 and
 scientific
 data
 stores
 and
 the
 Grid
 computing
 and
 super
computing
and

the
work
platforms
for
distance
research.
Portugal
 thus
 increased
 its
 commitment
 and
 has
 concentrated
 it
 on
 achieving
specific
targets,
aimed
namely
at:
i)
achieving
5.5
researchers
(ETI)
per
thousand
of
the
active
population
by
2010
(the
figure
stood
at
3.8
in
2005
in
Portugal
and
5.5
in
EU25);
ii)
boost
public
investment
and
Scientific
Research,
assuring
at
minimum,
the
double
of
the
amount
of
R&D
expenditures
of
2003;
and
iii)
give
private
investment
in
R&D
a
growing
impetus,
contributing
to
triple
the
R&D
expenditures
of
2003.
The
34

intention
is
also
to
continue
to
increase
the
number
of
PhDs
a
year
from
a
total
of
1500
in
2007
to
1800
in
2010,
while
the
objectives
are
maintained
for
the
growth
of
internationally
referenced
scientific
production
and
the
international
registration
of
patents
in
the
EPO
and
the
USPTO.
In
the
innovation
area,
mention
should
be
made
in
particular
of
the
work
done
to
support
 collective
 efficiency
 dynamics
 aimed
 at
 strengthening
 the
 innovative
dynamics
 of
 clustering,
 agglomeration
 and
 networking
 as
 well
 as
 the
 economic
valorisation
 of
 knowledge
 generated
 by
 the
 Science
 and
 Technology
 System,
 that
produces
relevant
knowledge
to
support
strategic
business
options
and
public
policy.
We
note
the
following
main
lines
of
action
that
contribute
to
achieving
this
objective
in
this
context:
• Dynamisation
of
projects
around
strategic
projects
or
in
relevant
sectors
of
the
 economy
 –
 Development
 of
 initiatives
 that
 lead
 to
 the
 organisation
 of
economic
 agents
 for
 the
 definition
 of
 agglomeration
 strategies
 (e.g.
competitiveness
poles,
clusters,
networks,
strategic
projects);
• Monitoring
 of
 the
 economic
 aggregates
 and
 support
 for
 their
 collective
efficiency
 strategies
 –
 monitoring
 of
 the
 constitution
 and
 implementation
processes
 of
 the
 activity
 of
 economic
 aggregates
 and
 their
 governance
models,
as
well
as
the
development
of
action
plans
and
collective
efficiency
projects
presented
by
them;
• Production
 of
 strategic
 support
 knowledge
 for
 business
 initiatives
 –
Collection
and
treatment
of
information
by
the
economic
agents
involved
in
collective
efficiency
processes;
• Launch
 and
 monitoring
 of
 a
 strategic
 intelligence
 network
 in
 innovation
 –
Conception
 and
 operationalisation
 of
 a
 strategic
 intelligence
 system
associated
to
the
emergence
of
economic
aggregates.
Equally,
and
particularly
given
the
concern
to
foster
innovation
in
the
SMEs,
priority
is
 given
 to
 the
 introduction
 of
 the
 measures
 Value
 TR&D
 and
 Value
 Innovation
which
 are
 exclusively
 targeting
 the
 SME
 and
 notably
 small
 companies.
 The
philosophy
of
these
measures
is
to
encourage
an
approximation
of
these
companies
to
the
entities
of
the
National
Scientific
and
Technological
System
(NSTS),
by
funding
the
 contracting
 of
 TT
 service
 (in
 technological
 areas
 or
 in
 management
 support
areas,
 quality,
 environment,
 etc.)
 in
 these
 entities.
 They
 therefore
 aim
 to
 provide
companies
that
are
still
resisting
working
with
STS
entities
an
easier
means
to
do
so
through
 small
 innovation
 projects
 or
 TR&D
 in
 management
 or
 technological
 areas
framed
 in
 the
 Incentive
 Systems
 of
 the
 NSRF,
 TR&D
 IS
 and
 Qualification
 and
Internationalisation
of
SME.
These
 measures
 are
 part
 of
 a
 vast
 range
 of
 investment
 typologies
 foreseen
 in
 the
TR&D
and
the
Qualification
of
SME
IS,
operating
in
the
ambit
of
the
NSRF.
The
 inclusion
 of
 Culture
 in
 the
 New
 Cycle
 of
 the
 Lisbon
 Strategy
 is
 due
 to
 the
recognition
 that
 culture
 can
 generate
 wealth
 and
 is
 an
 engine
 of
 growth,
35

competitiveness,
employment
and
innovation.
In
this
area,
besides
the
importance
of
 cultural,
 geo‐strategically
 and
 economic
 value
 of
 Portuguese
 language,
 the
intention
is
to
stimulate
the
dynamic
of
the
culture
economy
and
bring
to
the
market
the
 cultural
 agents,
 demonstrating
 the
 interest
 and
 value
 of
 arts
 and
 creative
 and
cultural
industries.
Through
partnerships
between
Ministries,
Counties
and
private
entities,
a
broad
approach
is
needed,
following
the
life‐cycle
and
the
value‐chain
of
the
sector,
since
the
roots
of
individual
talent
to
their
full
establishment
and
consolidation
of
the
social
and
economic
value,
in
order
to
stimulate
creative
activities,
qualification
of
cultural
agents
and
competitiveness
in
creative
and
cultural
industries.
Culture
 in
 all
 its
 diversity
 can
 strengthen
 creativity
 and
 is
 a
 long‐lasting
 and
sustainable
 resource.
 Companies
 that
 use
 culture
 as
 a
 “raw
 material”
 reduce
 the
probability
of
relocation
as
this
would
lead
to
a
loss
of
the
framework
which
makes
them
 competitive.
 Providing
 a
 favourable
 environment
 for
 the
 creation
 and
development
 of
 SME
 in
 the
 cultural
 and
 creative
 sector
 and
 for
 the
 work
 of
 the
creators
 and
 economic
 agents
 is
 a
 strategic
 objective
 that
 is
 embodied
 in
 a
significant
set
of
specific
measures.
In
 short,
 the
 approach
 taken
 by
 Portugal
 to
 the
 priority
 area
 of
 Research
 and
Innovation
is
that
of
an
integrated
vision
that
gives
value
to
the
numerous
processes
and
 mechanisms
 that
 generate
 innovation
 and
 particularly
 value
 creation
 through
the
incorporation
of
creative
knowledge
in
products
and
processes.
Measures
3.1.
 More
R&D
• Increase
 aid
 for
 contracting
 new
 PhDs
 for
 the
 national
 scientific
 and
technological
system,
at
least
500
more
new
contracts
in
2008‐2010;
• Boost
 the
 allocation
 of
 Grants
 for
 Integration
 in
 Research
 (in
 recognised
R&D
centres)
for
students
in
the
first
years
of
higher
education
in
order
to
motivate
 students
 to
 start
 scientific
 activity
 and
 develop
 a
 critical
 sense,
creativity
and
autonomy
by
integrating
them
in
R&D
team
projects;
• Creation
 of
 new
 Thematic
 S&T
 networks
 aimed
 at
 the
 integration
 of
capacities,
 advanced
 training,
 demonstration
 and
 dissemination
 and
international
 cooperation,
 namely
 to
 support
 international
 partnerships
formed
for
S&T
and
Higher
education;
• Creation
 of
 new
 R&D
 Consortia,
 including
 support
 mechanisms
 for
 the
formation
of
Post
Graduation
Schools
in
Portugal,
with
a
view
to
boosting
post
graduation
activities
in
Portugal
in
an
international
context
as
support
36

for
reform
underway
in
higher
education
in
Portugal
and
the
modernisation
of
the
national
scientific
and
technological
system;
• Launch
 of
 the
 Mobilising
 Programme
 of
 State
 Laboratories
 including
 the
forming
of
R&D
consortia
and
nuclei
and
networks
aimed
at
modernising
the
national
scientific
and
technological
system;
more
specifically,
the
objective
is
to
 ensure
 the
 reform
 of
 the
 State
 Laboratories
 through
 close
 cooperation
with
 Associated
 Laboratories,
 Higher
 Education
 institutions,
 their
 R&D
institutes
 and
 centres,
 and
 other
 public
 and
 private
 entities,
 namely
 with
companies;
• Implementation
 of
 the
 Programme
 of
 Invited
 Full
 Professors
 for
 Research
and
to
attract
R&D
groups
to
Portuguese
institutions;
this
aims
to
attract
top
international
 researchers
 to
 Portugal
 and
 support
 the
 internationalisation
efforts
of
Higher
education
and
establish
partnerships
with
other
entities;
• Starting
 up
 of
 the
 new
 Associated
 Laboratories
 and
 increase
 the
 working
conditions
of
the
Associated
Laboratories;
• Conclude
 the
 building
 of
 the
 International
 Iberian
 Nanotecnology
Laboratory
(INL)
in
Braga,
following
the
international
call
for
tenders
already
launched
for
the
1st
phase,
start
of
international
recruitment
of
researchers
and
of
scientific
activities
and
extension
of
participation
to
other
countries
in
the
laboratory.
• Reinforcement
 of
 the
 “Partnerships
 for
 the
 Future”
 programme,
 notably
through
 the
 existing
 partnerships
 with
 the
 MIT
 (MIT‐Portugal
 Programme),
Carnegie
Mellon
University
(CMU‐Portugal
Programme),
University
of
Texas
in
Austin
(UTAustin‐Portugal
Programme),
and
Fraunhofer
Gesellschaft,
and
including
the
launch
of
a
new
partnership
with
Harvard
Medical
School
and
the
start
of
an
international
MBA
Programme
(Lisbon‐MBA)
in
the
ambit
of
the
collaboration
with
the
Sloan
School
of
Management
of
MIT.
• Implementation
 of
 the
 protocol
 
signed
 in
 April
 2007
 between
 the
Portuguese
 State
 and
 the
 Fraunhofer
 Society,
 in
 the
 scope
 of
 
 new
international
 partnerships,
 that
 laid
 down
 a
 framework
 for
 cooperation
between
the
Fraunhofer
institutes
and
the
Portuguese
institutions
aimed
at
developing
applications
of
RFID
technologies
and
the
concepts
of
“Internet
of
Things”
in
health
and
air
transport

logistics.
• Increased
intervention
of
the
Living
Science
Agency
for
the
promotion
of
the
scientific
 and
 technological
 culture,
 including
 the
 launch
 of
 the
 Showing
Science
 what
 is
 done
 in
 Portugal
 Initiative
 and
 broadening
 the
 Network
 of
Living
Science
Centres;
there
are
plans
to
build
at
least
four
more
centres
in
2008‐2010;
37

• Portuguese
Presidency
of
the
European
initiative
EUREKA
from
mid
2008
to
mid
2009;
• Revision
of
the
Scientific
Patronage
Law.
• Consolidation
 of
 the
 Network
 of
 Internet
 places
 for
 free
 public
 access
 to
computers
 and
 broad
 band
 internet
 and
 the
 pursuit
 of
 Digital
 Inclusion
policies
 through
 support
 programmes
 for
 participation
 from
 citizens
 with
special
needs
in
the
information
society.
• Start
 up
 of
 the
 Community
 Networks,
 following
 the
 building
 projects
underway
 in
 4
 zones
 where
 it
 is
 difficult
 for
 the
 market
 to
 introduce
 New
Generation
 Networks
 (Vale
 do
 Minho,
 Vale
 do
 Lima,
 Terra
 Quente
Transmontana,
Evora
District),
and
also
the
development
of
the
use
of
fibre
optic
networks
built
in
the
ambit
of
the
Digital
Cities
and
Regions
projects.
• Creation
 of
 a
 new
 platform
 to
 make
 medical
 contents
 available
 and
continued
 support
 for
 the
 setting
 up
 of
 a
 new
 Fraunhofer
 Institute
 in
Portugal
to
develop
application,
services
and
contents
for
the
promotion
of
digital
inclusion.
• Boosting
 vocational
 training
 in
 ICT,
 stimulating
 the
 expansion
 of
Technological
Specialisation
Courses
and
organising
national
programmes
of
ICT
Academies
in
higher
education
institutions
in
partnership
with
companies
with
internationally
recognised
certification
recognition
mechanisms.
• Reinforcement
 of
 the
 Online
 Scientific
 Library
 (b‐On)
 integrated
 with
 the
International
Indexing
System
of
scientific
and
technical
Publications
(Web
of
Knowledge)
 and
 the
 promotion
 of
 the
 availability
 of
 Open
 Access
 scientific
information,
namely
publications,
archives
and
scientific
repositories.
• Reinforcement
 of
 the
 National
 Infrastructure
 of
 Distributed
 Computing
(GRID)
 namely
 through
 the
 National
 GRID
 Initiative,
 participation
 in
 the
IBERGRID
 Network
 and
 international
 cooperation
 of
 CERN
 and
 other
international
partnerships
in
the
scope
of
the
European
Union.
• CIG/FCT
Protocol,
aimed
at
promoting
Research
in
the
Area
of
Social
Gender
Relations
 as
 a
 means
 of
 furthering
 multidisciplinary
 scientific
 knowledge
 in
this
field
and
enabling
the
definition
of
public
policies
and
action
strategies.
3.2.
Innovations
• Collective
Efficiency
Strategies.
Support
for
business
dynamics
that
generate
Collective
Efficiency
Strategies
such
as
Competitiveness
and
Innovation
Poles,
Clusters
and
Strategic
Intelligence
Network
in
Innovations.
38

By
 2010,
 the
 following
 are
 foreseen:
 (i)
 dynamisation
 of
 clustering
movements
around
strategic
projects
or
in
relevant
sectors
for
the
economy
–
 nr.
 of
 aggregates
 (clusters,
 poles
 or
 networks
 with
 dynamisation
intervention):
 12;
 (ii)
 monitoring
 of
 economic
 aggregates
 and
 support
 for
their
 collective
 efficiency
 strategies
 –
 nr
 of
 aggregates/collective
 efficiency
projects
 being
 monitored:
 20;
 (iii)
 launch
 and
 management
 of
 a
 strategic
intelligence
network
in
innovation
–
implementation
level
of
network
–
nr
of
network
hubs
50‐70%
of
aggregates
formed.
• Value
 TR&D.
 Measure
 framed
 in
 the
 NSRF,
 in
 the
 ambit
 of
 the
 Incentive
Systems
 for
 the
 Qualification
 of
 the
 SME,
 with
 a
 view
 to
 providing
 simple
support
 for
 the
 acquisition
 of
 TR&D
 services
 by
 SME
 from
 STS
 entities
 in
response
 to
 the
 company’s
 specific
 questions
 and
 needs;
 the
 aim
 is
 to
increase
 their
 
 
 competitiveness
 through
 the
 improvement
 of
 products,
processes
 or
 services
 (transfer
 of
 scientific
 and
 technological
 knowledge
which
is
new
to
the
company).
• Value
 innovation.
 Measure
 framed
 in
 the
 NSRF,
 with
 a
 view
 to
 providing
simple
 support
 for
 the
 acquisition
 of
 consultancy
 services
 and
 support
 for
innovation
by
SME
from
duly
qualified
entities
in
response
to
the
company’s
specific
 needs;
 the
 aim
 is
 to
 increase
 their
 competitiveness
 through
 the
improvement
 of
 products,
 processes
 or
 services
 (transfer
 of
 scientific
 and
technological
knowledge
which
is
new
to
the
company).
• R&D
and
Innovation
Agenda
for
Tourism,
encompassing:
• Stimulus
to
Research
and
Development
in
the
field
of
Tourism.
The
aim
of
this
measure
is
to
prepare
an
R&D
Priority
Agenda
for
direct
application
in
the
tourist
activity
by
identifying
the
main
international
trends
 of
 R&D
 opportunities/needs
 in
 Tourism
 and
 to
 reach
 a
consensus
on
a
priority
agenda
with
the
SCS
and
the
more
advanced
sectors
in
the
tourist
activity;
the
aim
is
also
to
set
up
a
Competence
Centre
in
Tourism
with
a
view
to
(i)
stabilising
relations
between
the
SCS
 and
 all
 agents
 intervening
 in
 the
 Tourism
 value
 chain,
 (ii)
dynamise
 and
 implement
 the
 R&D
 agenda
 for
 Tourism
 and
 (iii)
develop
 international
 cooperation
 with
 emphasis
 on
 the
 Eureka
Tourism
initiative.
The
launch
of
10
R&D
projects
in
the
Tourism
field
by
the
end
of
2010
is
planned.
• Boosting
 Innovation
 in
 Tourism.
 This
 measure
 includes
 boosting
 (i)
publicity
 and
 awareness
 campaigns
 among
 entrepreneurs
 and
executives
 about
 the
 importance
 of
 innovation
 in
 Tourism
 (ii)
activities
 stimulating
 qualified
 entrepreneurship
 in
 Universities
 and
Higher
 Education
 
 Institutes
 and
 (iii)
 boosting
 regional
 opportunities
grants
for
entrepreneurs
and
risk
investors
with
a
view
to
developing
business
innovation
projects
in
the
sector
and
also
the
creation
of
an
Innovation
 in
 Tourism
 Award.
 In
 the
 2009/2010
 period,
 20
 publicity
39

actions
are
planned
per
year
leading
to
the
launch
of
15
innovation
projects
in
tourism
by
the
end
of
2010.
• Excellence
 of
 Tourism
 Training.
 The
 programme
 includes
 (i)
 the
international
certification
of
the
training
supply
of
Hotel
and
Tourism
Schools
which
involves
the
certification
of
courses
taught,
the
review
of
the
study
plans,
the
training
and
qualification
of
trainers
and
access
to
 the
 international
 work
 programme
 for
 young
 trainees,
 (ii)
 the
upgrading
 of
 the
 training
 supply
 of
 Hotel
 and
 Tourism
 Schools
 and
adjustment
of
the
respective
study
plans,
and
also
(iii)
the
broadening
and
resizing
of
the
network
of
Hotel
and
Tourism
Schools
as
centres
that
 generate
 knowledge
 and
 good
 practices
 for
 the
 sector,
 the
territorial
monitoring
and
development
of
the
tourist
activity
and
of
its
new
poles
of
tourist
development.
The
 progressive
 and
 phased
 implementation
 of
 certification
 is
foreseen
 in
 all
 Hotel
 and
 Tourism
 Schools
 (currently
 16),
 with
 the
initial
implementation
in
the
schools
in
the
Algarve
region
planned
for
the
 2008/2009
 academic
 year;
 (ii)
 increase
 in
 the
 training
 of
Technological
 Specialisation
 Courses
 in
 the
 Hotel,
 Restaurant
 and
Tourism
area
targeting
middle
and
senior
managers
and
which
bring
together
 theoretical
 and
 practical
 training
 components
 with
 the
content
 and
 practice
 of
 the
 profession
 (application
 schools);
 (iii)
balanced
coverage
of
the
training
supply
in
areas
of
tourist
interest,
rising
by
more
than
1000
students
in
relation
to
installed
capacity
–
opening
of
new
installations
in
the

Lisbon,
Porto
and
Santa
Maria
da
Feira
schools
in
2009,
and
opening
of
new
installations
in
the
Setúbal
and
Portimão
schools
in
2010.
Creation
of
the
Hospitality
Management
Institute
and
the
Centre
for
Research
and
Advanced
Training
in
Tourism.
The
aim
of
this
measure
is
to
provide
post
graduate
training
for
executives
and
boost
research
in
 strategic
 matters
 related
 with
 the
 business
 and/or
 professional
activity
 of
 tourism.
 The
 Hospitality
 Management
 Institute
 was
formally
set
up
in
August
2008;
the
first
post
graduate
training
courses
of
the
Centre
for
Research
and
Advanced
Training
are
planned
for
the
2008/2009
academic
year.
• Health
 Cluster:
 The
 main
 objectives
 of
 structuring
 and
 developing
 the
national
cluster
of
the
pharmaceutical
industry
and
health
products
are:
to
increase
the
participation
of
national
companies
in
the
market
through
new
products,
 processes
 or
 services;
 to
 have
 the
 companies
 benefit
 from
opportunities
 to
 conduct
 innovation
 projects
 –
 the
 architecture
 and
 aim
 of
these
projects
can
be
achieved
in
different
ways,
namely
through
partnership
with
 other
 national
 or
 foreign
 companies
 and
 research
 centres
 –
 and
 to
increase
highly
qualified
scientific
and
technological
employment;
that
these
products
will
be
innovative
so
as
to
ensure
the
broadening
and
deepening
of
40

the
 technological
 base
 and
 increase
 the
 competitiveness
 in
 national
 and
international
markets
of
the
companies
that
produce
them.
• Creation
of
National
Rural
Network.
The
creation
of
an
integrated
National
Rural
 Network
 by
 agents
 working
 in
 Rural
 Development
 is
 a
 regulatory
requirement;
it
aims
to
facilitate
the
share
and
transparency
of
experience
and
knowledge
on
matters
related
to
the
objectives
and
practices
of
Rural
Development
so
as
to
increase
the
effectiveness
and
efficiency
of
policies.
In
2008,
the
support
programme
for
the
national
Rural
Network
to
be
financed
by
 EFARD
 was
 presented
 to
 the
 European
 Commission
 and
 is
 awaiting
 a
decision.
The
technical
and
scientific
intervention
areas
of
the
support
Programme
for
the
 National
 Rural
 Network
 relevant
 to
 Rural
 Development
 foresee
 the
participation
 of
 public
 and
 private
 entities
 in
 the
 access
 to
 experimental
knowledge
 (good
 practices,
 successful
 cases).
 The
 thematic
 areas
 to
 be
developed
will
result
both
from
the
obligations
to
the
European
Commission
and
 from
 the
 proposals
 presented
 by
 the
 members
 of
 the
 Network;
 they
should
 be
 relevant
 to
 meeting
 the
 needs
 already
 identified
 in
 the
 support
diagnosis
 for
 the
 Rural
 Development
 strategy.
 The
 thematic
 areas
 to
 be
developed
 will
 include
 themes
 related
 to
 the
 sustainable
 development
 of
agricultural
and
forestry
activities
of
the
territories.
The
 development
 of
 the
 National
 Rural
 Network
 contributes
 to
 attracting
Rural
 Development
 agents
 to
 introduce
 new
 procedures
 or
 practices
 into
their
work
that
have
proved
more
appropriate
to
the
objectives
in
compatible
situations.
The
 National
 Rural
 Network
 for
 Rural
 Development
 is
 articulated
 with
 the
other
National
Networks
of
the
Member
States
and
with
the
European
Rural
Network,
thus
creating
a
broad
field
of
access
that
encourages
cooperation
among
Rural
Development
agents
at
community
level.
By
facilitating
equal
access
for
Rural
Development
agents
in
all
regions
of
the
country
 to
 a
 universe
 of
 knowledge
 and
 the
 opportunity
 to
 share,
 the
National
Rural
Network
contributes
to
improving
territorial
cohesion.
• Dynamisation
of
the
Living
Labs.
In
the
context
of
the
European
Living
Labs
Network
developed
since
2006
and
with
a
view
to
responding
to
the
need
to
re‐balance
 innovation
 support
 policies
 that
 act
 from
 the
 supply
 side
 with
policies
that
act
from
the
demand
side.
Portugal
now
has
6
Living
Labs
and
it
is
hoped
that
more
will
be
able
to
 enter
 the
 European
 Network
 in
 November.
 The
 launch
 of
 the
 national
network
of
Living
Labs
‐
LL‐Portugal
–
is
also
being
prepared
with
the
aim
of
41

disseminating
 the
 practice
 of
 open
 innovation
 and
 consolidating
methodologies
of
innovation
management.
The
Living
Labs
aims
to
contribute
to
turning
the
innovation
process
towards
demand
and
the
concrete
needs
of
users
that
can
only
be
revealed
in
an
environment
of
co‐creation
and
experimentation.
3.3. Creativity
and
the
Portuguese
Language
and
Culture
• Creative
and
Cultural
Industries
Fund,
with
the
priorities
in
the
creation
of
a
market
instrument,
towards
the
investment
in
these
industries
and
in
their
support
 structures.
 This
 programme
 involves
 the
 market
 diagnosis
(macroeconomic
 studies
 and
 cultural
 sector
 statistics,
 in
 order
 to
 better
understand
de
business
model
and
value
creation
process);
stimulate
talent
since
early
years,
promoting
the
access
to
cultural
equipments
and
contents
to
young
children;
convert
talent
in
jobs
(INOV‐ART:
paid
trainees
abroad
in
cultural
institutions);
create
talent
networks
(namely
through
the
creation
of
a
electronic
platform
linking
industry
and
public
institucions);

stimulate
the
creation
 of
 clusters
 and
 the
 protection
 and
 encouragement
 of
 intellectual
property
rights.
• International
 Promotion
 Programme
 of
 the
 Portuguese
 language
 and
culture,
as
a
CPLP
Language,
valorsing
the
strategic
meaning
of
this
vector
of
Portuguese
 foreign
 policy,
 notably
 by:
 broadening
 the
 supply
 of
 presential
language
 learning
 in
 strategic
 geographic
 areas
 and
 also
 distance
 language
learning
by
offering
Portuguese
courses
for
foreigners
and
contents
intended
for
 advanced
 learners
 of
 the
 Portuguese
 language;
 
 increasing
 the
 training
supply
for
teachers
of
Portuguese;
boosting
the
presence
of
the
Portuguese
Language
 in
 the
 numerous
 organisms
 where
 Portuguese
 is
 the
 official
working
 language
 by
 the
 supply
 of
 training
 in
 translation/interpreting;
 the
development
 of
 research
 into
 Portuguese
 and
 the
 different
 areas
 of
Portuguese
 history,
 society
 sand
 culture
 and
 making
 material
 available
 in
internet
for
training
in
the
Portuguese
language
and
culture
and
cultures
of
the
 remaining
 members
 of
 the
 CPLP,
 notably
 research
 materials
 and
materials
 to
 attract
 new
 publics
 and
 assuming
 that
 higher
 education
institutions
serve
as
cultural
stages,
both
as
strategy
to
attract
new
university
publics
 and
 with
 the
 purpose
 of
 the
 constant
 repositioning
 of
 Portugal’s
image
of
the
21 st 
century.
• Study
 on
 the
 Economic
 Value
 of
 the
 Portuguese
 language
 with
 a
 view
 to
determining
the
direct
economic
value
of
the
Portuguese
language
(current
and
 potential)
 in
 the
 contemporary
 context
 of
 globalisation,
 notably
 in
economic
 and
 business
 activities
 in
 the
 areas
 of
 teaching,
 culture
 and
communication
that
involve
the
use
of
Portuguese.
42

• Lingu@e
 Portal
 –
 Forum
 on
 Multilingualism,
 in
 partnership
 with
 the
European
Parliament/Cabinet
in
Portugal
and
the
Luso‐American
Foundation;
discussion
 panels
 address
 the
 following
 themes:
 Language
 and
 Politics;
Language
and
the
Economy;
Language
and
Culture;
Language
and
Education.
• 

PORTUGEST
Programme:

based
on
the
post‐graduation
in
Management
and
Entrepreneurship
for
cultural
agents,
the
aim
is
to
valorise
human
capital
and
boost
 creative
 industries;
 the
 project
 consists
 of
 real‐time
 or
 recorded
broadcast
of
course
modules
at
the
study
centres
of
the
PLP
who
wish
to
be
associated.
This
involves
the
creation
of
a
technical
and
computer
platform
to
dynamise
 distance
 training
 (including
 simultaneous
 translation
 into
Portuguese
of
the
seminars
led
by
invited
professors)
and
the
development
of
appropriate
means/support
and
equipment
for
training;
agreements
with
companies
in
the
IT
sector
(Microsoft);
creation
of
a
multidisciplinary
team
to
develop
 the
 project;
 establish
 network
 of
 agents
 and
 institutions
 from
 the
various
countries
to
be
involved.
• Programme
for
the
Promotion
of
mobility
of
artists/
creators
and
national
heritage,
 stimulating
 the
 association
 between
 creators
 and
 companies
 and
fostering
 the
 mobility
 of
 creators
 and
 authors,
 notably
 with
 the
 aim
 of
promoting
 the
 internationalisation
 of
 Portuguese
 artists/creators
 and
 the
dissemination
of
Portuguese
historic
and
contemporary
artistic
heritage.
• Digitalisation
Programme:
development
of
online
digitalisation
service
using
information
 indicated
 in
 the
 catalogue
 of
 the
 National
 Library
 for
 the
digitalisation
 of
 specific
 items
 from
 its
 collections
 (material
 already
 in
 the
public
 domain).
 From
 the
 client
 standpoint,
 this
 is
 a
 debureaucratised
 and
dematerialised
process
that
raises
the
international
visibility
and
accessibility
of
patrimonial
assets;
There
 are
 plans
 for
 a
 project
 which
 will
 form
 an
 online
 service
 with
information
in
addition
to
the
traditional
biographical
reference
e.g.
adding
pictures
of
the
cover
and
abstracts
of
the
books,
with
automatised
services
of
personalised
 notification
 per
 profile
 –
 based
 on
 the
 kind
 of
 audience
 e.g.
books
 from
 children’s
 literature,
 in
 the
 typology
 of
 the
 documents
 e.g.
reviews
and/or
broad
themes,
providing
links
to
websites/services
related
to
the
editions.
• INOVART
 Programme.
 Support
 for
 the
 training
 of
 youths
 with
 specific
qualifications
in
the
areas
of
art
and
culture
by
means
of
professional
work
placements
 with
 referenced
 entities
 in
 the
 international
 context
 of
 the
 art
and
culture
sector.
• Investment
Fund
for
Cinema
and
Audiovisuals
(FICA).
Operating
since
2007
and
 is
 yet
 another
 source
 of
 funding
 for
 
 cinematographic
 and
 audiovisual
production
 in
 Portugal;
 among
 its
 various
 objectives,
 we
 highlight
 the
contribution
to
the
integrated
development
of
the
audiovisual
sector,
giving
43

preference
 to
 interventions
 oriented
 towards
 raising
 the
 sustainability
 
 of
cinematographic
 and
 audiovisual
 activities,
 boosting
 the
 creative
 and
competitive
capacity
of
small
and
medium
enterprises
(SME)
and
increasing
the
 penetration
 of
 works
 produced
 or
 co‐produced
 by
 these
 SMEs
 into
international
markets,
thereby
increasing
the
added
value
of
the
sector
and
the
business
opportunities.
• INSerralves
 –
 Incubator
 of
 Creative
 Industries:
 project
 aiming
 to
 fund
activities
of
a
group
of
companies
(76
companies
presented
projects
of
which
8
were
approved)
and
to
evaluate
the
impact
of
these
creative
industries
in
the
economy
of
the
region.
• Knowledge
 network
 in
 the
 scope
 of
 cultural
 tourism:
 project
 aiming
 to
create
a
technological
platform
for
the
dissemination
of
knowledge
using
the
European
Network
of
Village
Tourism
as
the
base.
The
Network
involves
an
international
 public‐private
 partnership
 (Portugal,
 Italy,
 Romania,
 Poland,
Finland,
 Belgium,
 Greece
 and
 Slovenia)
 and
 develops
 the
 concept
 of
 the
tourism
of
the
imaginary.
The
Network
searches
for
the
authenticity
brands
of
each
community
through
stories,
legends,
myths,
traditions
and
ancestral
knowledge.
• Training
Centro
of
excellence
in
Cultural
Management;
Executive
MBA`s
for
agents
of
the
cultural
and
creative
sector;
• Stimulus
 to
 the
 tertiarisation
 of
 the
 industrial
 facilities
 in
 decline,
 in
particular
in
regions
with
tourist
potential,
with
the
supply
of
various
services
including
cultural
and
leisure
service
and
fostering
cultural
entrepreneurship;
• Measures
to
stimulate
reading
activities,
towards
citizens
with
special
needs
or
 in
 situation
 of
 social
 exclusion
 (prisons,
 hospitals,
 NGO,
 rehabilitation
centres,
etc.)
• Legal
 archive
 to
 accede
 to
 bibliographic,
 phonographic
 and
 images
collections,
 regarding
 the
 author
 rights
 and
 similar
 rights.
 With
 the
 legal
diploma
 and
 the
 specific
 regulation,
 implementation
 procedures
 will
 be
developed,
 in
 order
 to
 speed
 up
 the
 process
 of
 legal
 archives,
 taking
 into
account
 the
 balance
 between
 costs
 and
 revenues,
 the
 necessity
 of
 a
 new
relation
between
State,
public
and
private
interests,
the
necessity
of
a
regular
investment
 in
 the
 preservation
 of
 the
 material
 and
 the
 changes
 of
technological
evolution.
44

|
AREA
 4
 –
 COMBATING
 CLIMATE
 CHANGE,
 PLEDGING
 IN
 RENEWABLE
ENERGIES
AND
ENERGY
EFFICIENCY
Context
The
 Government
 has
 launched
 an
 important
 set
 of
 measures
 aimed
 at
 reducing
energy
consumption
and
in
particular
in
buildings,
in
industry
and
in
transport.
The
 National
 Action
 Plan
 for
 Energy
 Efficiency
 (PNAEE),
 known
 as
 “Efficiency
Portugal
2015”
was
approved
in
2008;
this
involves
a
set
of
measures
with
the
target
of
 an
 improvement
 in
 Energy
 Efficiency
 by
 2015,
 the
 equivalent
 of
 10%
 of
 final
energy
consumption,
in
relation
to
the
efficiency
in
the
final
use
of
energy
and
to
energy
services.
The
 Plan
 is
 oriented
 to
 managing
 the
 demand
 for
 energy,
 working
 in
 articulation
with
the
National
Programme
for
Climate
Change
(PNAC)
and
the
National
Plan
for
the
Allocation
of
Emissions
Licences
(PNALE).
The
 Government
 approved
 a
 far
 reaching
 set
 of
 measures
 to
 limit
 the
 carbon
intensity
of
the
energy
mix,
and
with
a
significant
contribution
to
the
diversification
of
the
energy
supply
by
promoting
renewable
energies
and
Energy
Efficiency.
Portugal
has
pledged
in
particular,
in
the
development
of
wind
and
water
energies,
in
biomass,
biofuels
and
solar
thermal
energy.
Reinforcing
the
measures
already
established
in
the
framework
of
the
promotion
of
renewable
energy
sources
(FER)
in
2007
the
Government
defined
new
commitments
for
2010:
• 45%
of
all
electricity
consumed
is
to
have
a
renewable
base;
• the
biofuels
used
in
transport
should
reach
10%
of
the
consumption
of
road
transport
fuel;
• 5
to
10%
of
coal
used
in
electric
power
plants
will
be
substituted
by
biomass
or
waste.
Hence,
new
goals
were
set
for
the
various
sources
of
renewable
energy:
• Wind
Energy:
raise
the
installed
capacity
by
1950
MW
by
2012,
making
up
to
a
total
of
5100
MW
(of
which
600
MW
will
be
due
to
equipment
upgrading),
create
a
technological
cluster
and
the
investment
associated
to
wind
energy;
• Water
 Energy:
 Anticipation
 of
 the
 increase
 of
 power
 in
 the
 existing
hydroelectric
infrastructures
so
as
to
reach
an
installed
capacity
of
5575
MW
in
2010,
namely
575
MW
more
than
previously
foreseen,
and
use
70%
of
the
national
hydric
potential;
• Biomass:
Allocation
of
an
additional
100
MW
in
installed
capacity
by
2010,
to
a
 total
 of
 250
 MW,
 promoting
 articulation
 with
 forestry
 resources
 and
policies
to
fight
the
risk
of
fire;
45

• Solar:
Construction
of
the
biggest
photovoltaic
power
station
in
the
world
–
Moura
 power
 station
 and
 link
 with
 the
 micro‐generation
 and
 solar
 heated
water
policies
and
targets;
• Biogas:
 100
 MW
 target
 for
 installed
 capacity
 in
 anaerobic
 waste
 treatment
units;
• Micro‐generation:
Promote
the
installation
of
50,000
systems
by
2010,
with
incentives
for
the
installation
of
Solar
Heated
Water
in
buildings.
• Biofuels:
 Reach
 the
 target
 of
 biofuels
 being
 10%
 of
 road
 transport
 fuel
 in
2010.
Measures
4.1. Energy
Efficiency
(PNAEE),
known
as:
• Implementation
of
the
“Efficiency
Portugal
2015”
‐
National
Action
Plan
for
Energy
Efficiency
(PNAEE).
National
Action
Plan
for
Energy
Efficiency
aims
to
achieve
an
improvement
in
energy
efficiency
by
2015
equivalent
to
10%
of
the
final
energy
consumption,
in
relation
to
the
efficiency
of
the
final
energy
use
and
energy
services
(see
Outcome
Part
III).
The
 Plan
 complements
 a
 set
 of
 new
 Energy
 Efficiency
 measures
 that
 are
already
being
implemented
such
as:
• Reform
 of
 car
 tax,
 to
 internalise
 environmental,
 social
 infrastructure
costs.
 Measures
 taken
 in
 the
 SB
 2009
 that
 aims
 to
 reduce
 the
 negative
impact
 of
 the
 reform
 on
 the
 tax
 revenue
 and
 give
 continuity
 to
 the
progressive
reduction
in
the
carbon
dioxide
emissions.
• Creation
of
a
tax
on
inefficient
light
bulbs,
• “renewables
on
demand”,
• Energy
certification
of
buildings
And
introduces
new
measures
of
which
we
highlight:
• The
 launch
 of
 a
 reference
 award
 for
 the
 best
 practices
 in
 the
 area
 of
Energy
Efficiency;
• A
 2.5%
 bonus/reduction
 on
 electricity
 tariff
 for
 consumers
 with
 less
energy
consumption
and
an
incentive
tariff
for
the
least
efficient;
• The
awarding
of
an
“Efficiency
Cheque”
for
2
years
worth
10%
or
20%
of
annual
electricity
expenses
for
consumers
making
a
reduction
of
10%
or
20%,
respectively,
for
investments
in
Energy
Efficiency;
• The
 creation
 of
 a
 subsidised
 line
 of
 credit
 with
 €250m/year
 for
investments
in
energy
efficiency
measures,
with
a
strong
emphasis
on
urban
rehabilitation;
• The
launch
of
a
programme
for
the
renewal
of
large
electric
household
equipment
e.g.
€100
incentive
for
the
substitution
of
an
old
refrigerator
with
a
new
class
A++
one);
46

• The
 creation
 of
 an
 accelerated
 amortisation
 scheme
 for
 investments
 in
energy
efficiency
at
industry
and
services
level;
• The
creation
of
energy
Rationalisation
Agreements
with
the
industry;
• The
 energy
 certification
 of
 all
 State
 buildings
 and
 the
 launch
 of
 an
extensive
programme
for
the
optimisation
of
public
lighting;
• The
creation
of
a
fleet
of
“green
taxis”
with
reduced
emission
levels;
• The
 development
 of
 an
 innovative
 traffic
 management
 platform
 for
Lisbon
and
Porto
using
national
technology.
• Implementation
 of
 the
 Management
 System
 of
 Intensive
 Energy
Consumption.
 With
 the
 implementation
 of
 the
 Management
 System
 of
Intensive
 Energy
 Consumption
 –
 which
 institutes
 the
 conducting
 of
 energy
audits
that
are
mandatory
for
installations
with
an
energy
consumption
equal
to
 or
 more
 than
 1000
 tep/year,
 every
 six
 years,
 and
 for
 installations
 with
energy
 consumption
 equal
 to
 or
 over
 500
 tep/year
 but
 less
 than
 1000
tep/year
every
eight
years
–
the
operators
will
be
obliged
to
draw
up
Energy
Consumption
 Rationalisation
 Plans
 (PREn),
 setting
 a
 target
 for
 energy
 and
carbon
intensity
and
for
specific
energy
consumption
which,
once
approved,
will
be
named
Energy
Consumption
Rationalisation
Agreements

(ARCE).
• Publicity
 campaigns
 about
 the
 management
 System
 of
 Intensive
 Energy
Consumption
 in
 building
 and
 real
 estate
 companies
 and
 associations
 and
municipalities.
4.2. Alternative
energies
• Taking
 advantage
 of
 wind
 energy
 and
 other
 renewable
 energies.
 The
programme
aims
to
raise
the
installed
capacity
of
wind
energy
conversion
to
5100
MW;
intensify
the
use
of
hydric
potential
still
to
be
exploited
and
other
renewable
energies
–
biomass,
biogas,
waves,
water
and
photovoltaic.
Take
measures
leading
to
clear
and
rapid
administrative
mechanisms
for
licensing.
The
expected
results/impacts
up
to
2010
are
as
follows:
• Wind
Energy:
creation
of
an
industrial
cluster
with
a
total
investment
of
€1750m,
creation
of
roughly
1700
work
posts
and
the
setting
up
of
a
fund
of
€35m
for
innovation
in
the
area
of
renewable
energies;
• Forestry
Biomass:
an
estimated
investment
of
around
€225m
and
the
creation
of
roughly
700
work
posts;
• Biofuels:
creation
of
industrial
unit
with
an
estimated

investment
of
€100m;
• Water:
 Authorised
 Reception
 Points
 for
 922
 MW
 of
 new
 large
Hydroelectric
Power
Stations
with
an
estimated
investment
of
more
than
€1000m;
• Wave
Energy:
creation
of
a
pilot
zone
with
potential
exploration
of
up
to
 250
 MW
 for
 the
 technological
 development
 of
 new
 technologies
pilot
 projects
 and
 the
 drawing
 up
 of
 legislation
 regulating
 the
respective
authorisations
(licences
and
concessions);
47

• Photovoltaic:
Moura
Power
Station
with
a
forecast
production
of
56
GWh/year,
 the
 setting
 up
 of
 a
 photovoltaic
 module
 factory
 and
 a
research
laboratory.
Serpa
Power
Station
with
a
forecast
production
of
over
18
GWh/year;
• Micro‐generation:
Simplifying
the
legal
licensing
system,
substituting
the
existing
one
with
a
registration
system
subject
to
an
inspection
of
technical
conformity.
System
for
the
Registration
of
Micro‐production
set
up
(SRM).
4.3.
 Conversion
of
the
national
refinery
sector
• Porto
 Refinery:
 Grant
 the
 refinery
 with
 a
 new
 conversion
 unit
 for
heavy
crude
oil
through
the
associations
of
thermal
cracking
units
and
hydrocracking
to
obtain
diesel
with
a
high
environmental
quality.
The
aim
 is
 to
 build
 two
 new
 main
 units
 and
 three
 auxiliary
 units
 in
 the
Porto
 Refinery
 by
 the
 end
 of
 2010;
 reconfigure
 three
 existing
 units
and
one
new
storage
unit.
• Sines
Refinery:
Increase
the
diesel
production
capacity,
by
conversion
from
 vacuum
 heavy
 diesel
 and
 from
 visbreaking
 heavy
 diesel
readjusting
 the
 production
 profile
 to
 the
 market
 needs.
 Four
 main
units
and
three
auxiliary
units
will
be
built
at
the
Sines
Refinery,
three
existing
units
reconfigured
and
a
new
unit
for
making
sulphur
pellets
and
a
new
storage
unit
will
be
built.
4.4.
 Waste
Treatment
• Construction
of
Units
for
the
Organic
Valorisation
of
Urban
Solid
Waste.
In
the
 ambit
 of
 the
 strategy
 for
 diverting
 biodegradable
 waste
 from
 landfills
incorporated
in
the
PERSU
II
(2007‐2016),
from
the
perspective
of
complying
with
community
targets
consigned
in
the
Landfill
Directive,
the
units
for
the
organic
 valorisation
 existing
 in
 Portugal
 are
 expected
 to
 increase
substantially.
• Hospital
 Waste
 Treatment.
 Construction
 and
 exploration
 of
 an
 Integrated
Centre
of
Energy
Valorisation,
Recycling
and
Treatment
of
Hospital,
Industry
and
 Animal
 Waste
 based
 on
 the
 international
 best
 practices
 of
 waste
treatment
 with
 a
 view
 to
 minimising
 the
 environmental
 impact
 and
maximising
 energy
 efficiency
 
 and
 generating
 carbon
 credits.
 Launch
 Oct
2008
• Construction
of
units
for
the
energy
valorisation
of
sludge
from
ETAR
and
CDR.
With
a
view
to
resolving
the
problem
of
the
final
destination
of
sludge
and
of
waste
from
the
various
Multi‐municipal
Systems,
two
Stations
for
the
Energy
valorisation
of
sludge
and
fuel
derived
from
waste
(in
Estarreja)
and
48

with
 EDP
 (in
 Barreiro),
 a
 project
 promoted
 by
 Águas
 de
 Portugal,
 SGPS,
jointly
 representing
 a
 maximum
 installed
 capacity
 of
 58.8
 MW
 of
 electrical
energy.
4.5. Reducing
the
Emission
of
Green
House
Gases
• Continuation
of
the
Implementation
of
the
National
Programme
for
Climate
Change
(PNAC)
and
the
National
Plan
for
the
Allocation
of
Emissions
Licences
(PNALE).
49

|
AREA
 5
 –
 MORE
 POSITIVE
 MOBILITY
 THROUGH
 QUALIFICATIONS,
EMPLOYMENT
AND
SOCIAL
COHESION
The
employment
system
in
Portugal
has
been
facing
a
number
of
challenges
with
a
combination
 of
 different
 conjunctural
 dimensions
 linked
 to
 the
 international
situation
and
the
evolution
of
the
economy
and
national
labour
market,
as
well
as
more
structural
aspects
that
have
made
it
difficult
to
find
a
sustainable
solution
to
the
situation
of
the
last
few
years.
If
Portugal
is
to
confront
this
dual
challenge,
it
must
not
only
continue
to
pledge
in
the
structural
reforms
it
has
been
making
but
also
face
up
to
conjunctural
questions
proactively
 and
 dynamically.
 As
 such,
 the
 priorities
 most
 directly
 related
 with
 this
PNR
 component,
 and
 which
 allow
 an
 appropriate
 response
 to
 be
 made
 to
 this
situation,
are
concentrated
around
the
pledge
in
the
investment
in
education
and
training
 and
 in
 the
 improvement
 of
 the
 qualifications
 of
 the
 Portuguese
population;
in
the
promotion
of
job
creation
and
the
prevention
and
combating
of
unemployment
and
the
modernisation
of
the
social
protection
systems;
and
also,
in
the
fostering
of
the
balance
between
flexibility
and
security
in
the
labour
market
(See
National
Employment
Plan).
Fostering
 this
 balance
 between
 flexibility
 and
 security
 in
 the
 labour
 market,
 for
both
companies
and
workers,
which
is
part
of
the
process
of
modernising
the
labour
market,
is
clearly
visible
in
the
series
of
reforms
set
into
motion
by
the
Government
in
 recent
 years
 in
 articulation
 with
 the
 social
 partners.
 The
 overriding
 objectives
obviously
involve
creating
more
and
better
jobs
with
more
social
cohesion.
In
 this
 area,
 considering
 the
 abovementioned
 objectives
 and
 based
 on
 the
integrating
 components
 of
 the
 flexicurity
 strategy
 that
 has
 been
 developed
 in
Portugal,
 we
 stress:
 the
 reform
 of
 social
 security
 (2006),
 following
 the
 Agreement
with
 the
 social
 partners;
 the
 launch
 of
 the
 New
 Opportunities
 Initiative
 and
 the
Reform
of
Vocational
Training
(the
latter,
also
following
the
Accord
with
the
social
partners),
as
part
of
the
LLL
strategy
(2005
and
2007,
respectively);
and
the
revision
of
 the
 labour
 legislation
 and
 employment
 policies
 (2008/2009).
 The
 legislative
proposal,
which
approves
the
revision
of
the
Code
of
Labour,
aims
to
create
a
new
compromise
between
labour
rights
and
duties
based
on
a
more
effective
normative
framework
 and
 the
 development
 of
 the
 social
 partners’
 role
 in
 socio‐economic
regulation
and
it
reflects
the
measures
found
in
the
Agreement
obtained
with
the
social
 partners
 in
 the
 Social
 Dialogue.
 This
 has
 been
 given
 majority
 approval
 in
Parliament
and
should
enter
into
force
at
the
start
of
2009.
Mention
should
also
be
made
 here
 of
 the
 measures
 linked
 to
 the
 social
 protection
 of
 the
 most
disadvantaged.
50

The
instruments
and
measures
considered
here
are
in
tune
with
the
previsions
in
the
ambit
 of
 the
 NSRF,
 notably
 in
 the
 POPH,
 for
 the
 2007‐2013
 period
 and
 will
 be
strengthened
 by
 a
 healthy
 macro‐economic
 climate
 and
 by
 micro‐economic
dynamics,
notably
by
the
business
dynamics.
The
 equal
 opportunities
 policies,
 namely
 between
 men
 and
 women,
 assumes
 a
transversal
 dimension
 in
 all
 the
 measures.
 However,
 it
 is
 important
 to
 recall
 the
continued
 execution
 of
 the
 measures
 set
 out
 in
 the
 National
 Plan
 for
 Equality,
Citizenship
and
Gender
(2007‐2010),
the
Plan
for
Domestic
Violence
(2007‐2010)
and
the
National
Plan
against
People
Trafficking
(2007‐2010) 6 .
Concomitantly,
in
the
more
general
area
of
equality
for
all,
we
highlight
the
Plan
for
Immigrant
Integration
(2007‐2009) 7 
and
the
Plan
for
the
Integration
of
the
Disabled
or
Impaired
(2007‐2009) 8 .
All
these
plans
include
a
set
of
measures
and
targets
that,
due
to
their
importance,
will
contribute
to
the
execution
of
the
measures
included
in
the
PNR.
5.1. INVESTING
 IN
 EDUCATION
 AND
 TRAINING
 AND
 IMPROVING
 THE
QUALIFICATIONS
OF
THE
PORTUGUESE
POPULATION
Context
Overcoming
the
structural
deficit
in
the
qualifications
of
the
Portuguese
population
and
making
secondary
level
education
the
minimum
qualification
referential
for
all
will
continue
to
be
the
Government’s
main
pledge
in
this
dimension.
The
 valorisation
 of
 public
 schools,
 through
 the
 implementation
 of
 a
 vast
 set
 of
measures,
 has
 been
 expressed
 in
 the
 greater
 number
 of
 students
 and
 improved
school
 results
 and,
 consequently,
 in
 the
 drop
 in
 the
 failure
 rate
 at
 all
 levels
 of
schooling
 and
 in
 particular
 in
 the
 1st
 cycle
 of
 basic
 education
 and
 in
 secondary
school.
Indeed
there
has
been
a
marked
evolution
in
the
drop
out
rate
and
the
rate
of
students
not
passing
to
the
next
grade
both
in
basic
and
secondary
education
with
rates
falling
to
the
lowest
levels
for
the
last
12
years.
These
results
indicate
the
need
to
 pursue
 and
 consolidate
 the
 qualification
 measures
 of
 the
 public
 education
 and
training
service
that
have
been
adopted
in
priority
intervention
areas.
Higher
education
in
Portugal
has
also
been
undergoing
a
deep
seated
reform
that
comes
 within
 the
 current
 European
 movement
 of
 modernising
 universities
 and
polytechnics
 for
 the
 development
 of
 knowledge
 societies
 and
 economies.
 The
6 http://www.cig.gov.pt/
7 http://www.acidi.gov.pt/modules.phpname=Content&pa=showpage&pid=1016
8 http://www.inr.pt/content/1/26/paipdi
51

ealisation
of
this
reform
process
was
widely
recognised
in
the
analysis
presented
by
the
OECD
in
April
2008,
in
the
study
“Higher
education
in
the
Knowledge
Society”
–
comparative
analysis
on
policies
of
“Tertiary
Education”
that
involved
24
countries.
It
is
 noteworthy
 that
 in
 the
 2006‐2007
 school
 year
 the
 downward
 trend
 of
 new
students
 in
 higher
 education
 was
 inverted
 and
 this
 trend
 was
 again
 confirmed
 in
2007‐2008.
As
a
result,
in
2007,
the
number
of
students
attending
higher
education
in
Portugal
rose
for
the
first
time
since
2002.
This
effort
will
be
continued
in
2008‐
2010,
with
the
aim
of
consolidating
and
furthering
the
results
obtained
at
the
same
time
as
taking
care
to
adjust
the
responses
so
that
they
are
more
in
line
with
the
needs
of
the
labour
market.
At
the
same
time,
attention
is
also
focused
on
promoting
scientific
knowledge,
on
the
innovation
and
modernisation
of
the
productive
fabric,
in
line
with
the
priority
to
transform
the
Portuguese
production
model
by
boosting
activities
of
greater
added
value
(see
also
the
micro
component)).
To
this
end,
the
pledge
in
the
promotion
of
LLL
continues,
namely
centred
on
the
boost
in
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative
and
the
Reform
of
Vocational
Training.
The
Reform
of
Vocational
Training,
approved
by
the
RCM
nr.
173/2007,
dated
7/11,
following
 the
 signing
 of
 the
 Agreement
 for
 the
 Reform
 of
 Vocational
 Training,
foresees
the
enlargement
of
access
and
assures
that
all
training
provides
school
and
professional
progression
and
increases
the
relevance
for
business
modernisation
by
placing
qualification
at
the
centre
of
the
development
options.
This
demands
action
in
 five
 fundamental
 lines:
 (1)
 structuring
 a
 relevant
 and
 certified
 supply;
 (2)
reforming
 the
 institutions
 and
 the
 regulation
 of
 training;
 (3)
 defining
 appropriate
financing
 priorities
 and
 models;
 (4)
 promoting
 quality
 training;
 and
 (5)
 facilitating
access
and
furthering
the
demand
for
training.
Decree
Law
nr.
396/2007,
dated
31
December,
was
published
in
the
ambit
of
the
reform
setting
out
the
legal
regime
of
the
National
Qualification
System
(NQS).
The
 NQS
 assumes
 the
 objectives
 already
 confirmed
 in
 the
 New
 Opportunities
Initiative
and
promotes
the
necessary
instruments
for
its
effective
implementation
in
articulation
 with
 financial
 instruments,
 notably
 NSRF.
 This
 System
 adopts
 the
principles
set
out
in
the
agreement
signed
with
the
social
partners
and
restructures
vocational
 training
 inserted
 in
 the
 education
 system
 and
 inserted
 in
 the
 labour
market,
 integrating
 them
 with
 common
 objectives
 and
 instruments
 and
 under
 a
renewed
institutional
framework.
The
 strategy
 involves
 assuring
 the
 relevance
 of
 training
 and
 learning
 for
 personal
development
and
for
the
modernisation
of
companies
and
the
economy,
whilst
also
assuring
that
all
the
national
effort
in
training
is
in
fact
valorised
for
the
purposes
of
the
 school
 and
 professional
 progression
 of
 citizens,
 both
 directly
 via
 the
 dual
certification
 training
 found
 in
 the
 National
 Qualification
 Catalogue,
 and
 indirectly
via
the
New
Opportunities
centres
and
the
process
for
the
recognition,
validations
and
certification
of
competences.
52

Of
 the
 measures
 underway
 and
 being
 developed
 in
 the
 2008‐2010,
 in
 tune
 with
those
programmed
in
the
Operational
Programmes,
we
highlight:
Measures:
5.1.1.
New
Opportunities
• New
Opportunities
‐
Youths
–
the
initial
qualification,
the
diversification
and
expansion
 of
 the
 supply
 of
 professionalising
 education
 and
 training
 which
provides
 youths
 with
 dual
 certification
 –
 school
 and
 professional
 –
 that
facilitates
 qualified
 insertion
 in
 the
 labour
 market
 and/or
 the
 pursuit
 of
studies
 continue
 to
 be
 key
 features
 in
 the
 pillar
 for
 the
 young
 whilst
 also
aiming
to
combat
non‐achievement
at
school
and
early
school
leaving.
In
this
regard,
 we
 highlight
 the
 strong
 pledge
 in
 work‐linked
 training,
 vocational
courses,
CEF
and
CET,
among
others.
A
set
of
targets
up
to
2010 9 
have
been
defined
for
these
measures:
(a)
 Professionalising
 means
 of
 secondary
 level
 Education/Training
 (dual
certification):
No.
 of
 youths
 matriculated
 in
 2008
 =
 130
 000;
 2009=140
 000;
2010=145
000
No.
of
youths
to
be
covered
from
start
of
initiative
until
2010
=
650
000
(b)
 Professionalising
 means
 of
 basic
 level
 Education/Training
 (dual
certification):
No.
of

youths
matriculated
in
2008=22
500;
2009=
25
000;
2010=
27
500
No.
of
youths
to
be
covered
from
start
of
initiative
until
2010:
112
500
(c)
 Broadening
 of
 vocational
 education
 to
 secondary
 schools
 integrated
 in
public
network:
All
new
vocational
courses
created
from
the
start
of
the
initiative
until
2010=450.
• New
 Opportunities
 ‐
 Adults
 –
 the
 promotion
 of
 the
 qualification
 and
employability
of
the
working
population
with
low
schooling
levels
continues
to
require
the
development
of
training
strategies
based
on
the
principle
of
flexibility
 and
 adjusted
 to
 individual
 competence
 acquisition
 needs.
 Hence,
the
pledge
continues
in
the
recognition
of
learning
through
experience
(CRVC
system),
insofar
as
it
provides
for
an
increase
in
the
access
to
training
as
well
as
 raising
 its
 relevance
 and
 impact
 on
 individuals
 and
 organisations.
 The
supplies
of
education
and
training
targeting
adults
with
low
schooling
levels
9 http://www.novasoportunidades.gov.pt/
53

(EFA
courses)
as
well
as
valorising
professionalising
training
and
short
term
modular
 courses
 intended
 for
 the
 completion
 of
 school
 and
 professional
certification
trajectories
are
therefore
key
pieces
of
this
component.
Among
the
measures
of
this
component,
we
highlight:
 10
(a)
System
for
the
Recognition,
Validation
and
Certification
of
Competences:
No.
adults
certified
with
basic
education:
2008=
55
000;
2009=
65
000;
2010=75
000
No.
 adults
 certified
 with
 secondary
 education:
 2008=70
 000;
2009=100
000;
2010=125
000
Total
 no.
 adults
 certified
 from
 start
 of
 initiative
 until
 end
 2010:
 650
000
(b)
Adult
Education
and
Training
Courses:
No.
adults
certified
with
basic
education:
2008=32
000;
2009=36
000;
2010=42
000
No.
adults
certified
with
secondary
education:
2008=40
000;
2009=55
000;
2010=65
000
Total
 no.
 adults
 certified
 from
 start
 of
 initiative
 until
 end
 2010:
 650
500
(c)
No
of
New
Opportunities
Centres:
2008=
300;
2009=
400;
2010=500.
• The
external
evaluation
process
of
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative
and
the
way
 it
 was
 implemented;
 this
 process
 has
 already
 begun
 and
 will
 be
developed
in
more
depth
over
the
coming
years
as
it
is
an
extremely
wideranging
exercise.
On
one
hand,
the
evaluation
intends
to
assess
the
proposed
policy,
 the
 structure
 of
 its
 implementation
 and
 the
 procedures
 used
 for
 its
realisation
and
on
the
other
it
examines
the
quality
of
the
results
obtained
and
 the
 satisfaction
 level
 of
 those
 who
 entered
 the
 process
 at
 any
 time;
lastly,
it
produces
or
improves
the
system’s
monitoring
instruments
so
that
procedures
and
results
can
be
permanently
evaluated.
5.1.2.
Vocational
Training
• Reform
 of
 Vocational
 Training.
 Here,
 the
 proposed
 Decree
 Law
 regulating
the
 Regulation
 System
 for
 Access
 to
 Professions
 is
 in
 the
 final
 approval
phase
 following
 national
 public
 consultation 11 ;
 there
 are
 also
 the
 different
proposed
 orders
 in
 council
 that,
 resulting
 from
 the
 National
 Qualifications
Systems,
regulate
the
National
Qualifications
Framework,
the
model
of
the
individual
 competence
 record
 and
 its
 registration
 process,
 certificate
 of
vocational
 training,
 guidance
 for
 qualifications
 and
 careers
 and
 also
 the
10 http://www.novasoportunidades.gov.pt/
11
Cf.
Work
and
Employment
Bulletin
no.
5
Boletim
do
Trabalho
e
do
Emprego
n.º
5
–
Offprint,
9
August
2007.
54

certification
 of
 training
 entities.
 Parallel
 to
 this,
 the
 aim
 is
 to
 continue
structuring
a
relevant
and
certified
supply
and
foster
quality
in
training.
• Training
and
management
and
further
training.
o Training
 courses
 linked
 to
 processes
 of
 organisational
modernisation,
 restructuring
 and
 production
 conversions,
 that
contemplate
the
promotion
of
the
capacity
to
innovate,
manage
and
modernise
 companies
 and
 other
 entities,
 notably
 the
 Public
Administration,
as
a
fundamental
condition
for
the
modernisation
of
the
 productive
 fabric,
 the
 improved
 quality
 of
 employment
 and
increased
 productivity.
 This
 includes
 training
 for
 innovation
 and
management
 and
 the
 so
 called
 action‐training,
 oriented
 towards
training
associated
to
the
organisational
support
of
micro,
small
and
medium
 enterprises
 and
 other
 entities.
 We
 highlight
 the
 following
main
 targets
 for
 2010:
 (a)
 involvement
 of
 12,550
 organisations
 in
action‐training
programmes;
(b)
97,100
people
in
working
population
conclude
training
courses
for
innovation
and
management.
5.1.3.
 Improved
Teaching
Conditions
and
Equal
Access
to
Education
Opportunities
• National
Programme
for
the
Upgrading
of
the
School
Network
–
1st
Cycle
of
basic
education
and
pre‐School.
The
launch
of
the
National
Programme
for
the
Upgrading
of
the
School
Network
–
1st
Cycle
of
basic
education
and
preschool
was
aimed
at
guaranteeing
equal
opportunity
of
access
to
education
with
 the
 appropriate
 size
 and
 resources
 for
 educational
 success
 and
 the
improved
learning
of
students;
it
gives
priority
to
the
 reorganisation
of
the
school
network
by
working
in
close
proximity
with
the
local
authorities.
The
 upgrading
 and
 modernisation
 of
 1st
 cycle
 schools
 and
 pre‐schools
involves
 the
 building
 of
 new
 school
 centres
 as
 well
 as
 extending
 and
upgrading
existing
buildings;
NSRF
funding
will
be
mobilised
for
this
purpose,
through
 ERDF,
 along
 with
 municipal
 contributions.
 Expenses
 considered
eligible
include
not
only
building
and
extension
and
upgrading
of
schools
but
also
 improvements
 to
 the
 exterior
 within
 the
 school
 perimeter
 and
 also
investment
 in
 school
 furnishing.
 In
 the
 2008/09
 school
 year,
 classes
 have
started
in
50
new
school
centres
and
intervention
or
building
is
planned
in
roughly
600
school
centres.
The
launch
of
the
Support
Programme
for
the
Extension
of
the
Pre
School
Education
 Network,
 especially
 targeting
 councils
 with
 coverage
 below
 the
national
 average,
 is
 also
 given
 great
 importance
 in
 the
 area
 of
 promoting
equal
 access
 to
 education
 opportunities.
 This
 programme
 is
 the
 joint
responsibility
 of
 the
 Ministries
 of
 Education
 and
 of
 Labour
 and
 Social
Solidarity
 and
 aims
 to
 guarantee
 100%
 coverage
 for
 5
 year
 old
 children
55

throughout
the
country.
The
objective
of
the
measure
is
to
assure
the
correct
overall
supply
in
the
pre‐school
education
network,
where
some
constraints
are
 still
 found
 particularly
 in
 the
 periphery
 of
 the
 large
 urban
 centres.
 This
foresees
 the
 creation
 of
 760
 new
 classrooms
 in
 the
 metropolitan
 areas
 of
Lisbon
and
Porto.
• Generalised
 access
 to
 curriculum
 enrichment
 activities.
 The
 generalised
access
 to
 activities
 enriching
 the
 curriculum
 in
 the
 1st
 cycle
 of
 basic
education
is
a
priority
intervention
area
in
the
execution
of
Full
Time
School.
Here
we
note
the
mandatory
extension
of
English
teaching
to
pupils
in
the
1st
 and
 2nd
 years
 of
 schooling
 and
 the
 increase
 of
 the
 weekly
 teaching
 of
English
in
the
3 rd 
and
4 th 
years
to
135
minutes.
It
is
intended
as
a
boost
to
the
previous
line
of
action,
namely
by
means
Ministry
of
Education
funding
which
is
allocated
in
varying
amounts
in
line
with
the
activities
offered
to
pupils
for
the
enrichment
of
curricular
activities.
• Extension
 of
 the
 school
 social
 services.
 Changes
 have
 been
 made
 to
 the
conditions
 to
 access
 School
 Social
 Services
 in
 another
 measure
 to
 foster
success
 and
 integration
 in
 schools;
 it
 strives
 to
 increase
 transparency
 and
simplify
the
process
through
the
use
of
family
allowance
scales.

Although
the
nature
 of
 the
 support
 remains
 unchanged,
 the
 amount
 granted
 is
 raised
above
 inflation
 levels
 and
 also
 begins
 covering
 students
 in
 the
 10 th 
 to
 12 th
years
under
the
same
conditions
as
those
in
compulsory
schooling.
This
new
operational
 model
 of
 School
 Social
 Services
 in
 the
 2008/09
 school
 year
represents
a
growth
from
240,000
to
700,000
thousand
beneficiaries.
• Educational
 Areas
 with
 critical
 interventions.
 Again
 in
 the
 scope
 of
promoting
equal
access
to
learning
opportunities,
we
note
the
definition
of
a
varied
 selection
 of
 measures
 and
 intervention
 actions
 in
 schools
 located
 in
difficult
 neighbourhoods
 oriented
 towards
 the
 integration
 of
 the
 pupil
 in
school.
At
present,
this
positive
discrimination
programme
covers
26
schools
and
groupings
and
there
are
plans
to
extend
coverage
to
100
groupings.
• Special
educational
needs.
In
the
area
of
special
educational
needs
we
note
the
creation
of
a
network
of
reference
schools
for
the
blind
and
the
deaf,
as
well
as
specialised
units
for
disturbances
in
the
field
of
autism
and
multiple
disabilities
 (137
 autism
 units;
 220
 multiple
 disability
 units;
 1500
 trained
teachers
 and
 760
 auxiliary
 staff
 in
 training;
 a
 further
 31%
 of
 trainers
 and
interpreters
of
Portuguese
Sign
Language).
• Quality
 of
 learning
 and
 school
 results.
 Continuation
 of
 the
 Action
 Plan
 for
Mathematics,
the
National
Reading
Plan
and
the
Continued
Teacher
Training
Programmes
for
1 st 
cycle
teachers
of
Mathematics,
Portuguese,
Experimental
Teaching
of
Sciences
and
ICT.
56

5.1.4.
 Organisation
and
running
of
schools
• Autonomy
 and
 management
 of
 schools.
 The
 improved
 organisation
 and
running
 of
 schools
 is
 decisive
 to
 the
 increase
 of
 the
 efficiency
 and
effectiveness
of
the
school
system.
In
this
area,
reference
is
made
to
the
new
system
for
the
autonomy,
administration
and
management
of
schools
with
a
view
to
providing
a
framework
that
can
boost
leadership
and
foster
opening
up
 qualified
 participation
 to
 other
 partners,
 as
 well
 as
 increasing
 school
autonomy
and
competences.
New
management
bodies
will
be
elected
in
the
2008/09
school
year
and
the
internal
regulations
of
all
the
groupings
will
be
approved.
• Descentralisation.
In
the
field
of
adminstrative
decentralisaiton
emphasis
is
given
to
the
transfer
of
powers
to
the
municipalities
in
pursuit
of
a
closer
and
more
 efficient
 management
 model
 of
 educational
 resources
 as
 well
 as
 the
sharing
of
responsibiilites
and
greater
participation
from
local
communities.
The
 Ministry
 of
 Education
 has
 already
 signed
 protocols
 with
 90
 local
authorities
 for
 the
 transfer
 of
 powers
 regarding
 non‐teaching
 staff,
curriculum
enrichment
activities
and
management
of
schools.
• Evaluation
of
teacher
performance.
The
new
performance
evaluation
system
for
 teachers
 is
 a
 fundamental
 instrument
 for
 the
 improvement
 of
 school
results
and
the
quality
of
teaching
as
its
main
goals
are
upgrading
practices,
the
 differentiation
 of
 merit
 and
 the
 more
 thorough
 regulation
 of
 career
progression.
5.1.5.

 Modernisation
of
teaching
establishments
• Programme
for
the
Modernisation
of
Secondary
Schools.
In
the
first
phase
of
 Programme
 for
 the
 Modernisation
 of
 Secondary
 Schools,
 the
rehabilitation
of
25
secondary
schools
will
begin
in
the
2008/09
school
year,
adding
 to
 the
 4
 schools
 already
 modernised.
 The
 second
 phase
 of
 the
programme
 will
 take
 place
 in
 the
 2009/10
 school
 year
 when
 works
 will
 be
done
on
a
further
74
schools;
intervention
is
planned
in
330
schools
by
2015.
This
 Programme
 receives
 strong
 support
 from
 NSRF,
 in
 particular
 in
 the
framework
of
the
Valorisation
of
the
Territory
Operational
Programme.
• High
Speed
Internet.
The
goal
is
to
guarantee
high
speed
access
to
internet
in
all
computers.
To
this
end
local
area
networks
will
be
constructed
so
that
all
 classrooms
 will
 have
 a
 broadband
 internet
 connection
 (an
 increase
 of
broadband
is
planned
for
all
schools
to
more
than
48
Mb).
• Tecnological
 Kit.
 So
 as
 to
 guarantee
 school
 equipment
 with
 more
 modern
technological
 means,
 the
 Government
 launched
 six
 international
 public
tenders
 for
 the
 acquisition
 of
 310,000
 computers,
 9000
 interactive
 boards
and
 25000
 video
 projectors.
 The
 goal
 is
 to
 improve
 the
 ratio
 of
 pupils
 per
57

computer
 with
 broadband
 internet
 connection
 (going
 from
 a
 ratio
 of
 16
pupils
 per
 computer
 in
 2005,
 to
 5
 pupils
 per
 computer
 this
 year
 and
 to
 2
pupils
 per
 computer
 in
 2010),
 to
 guarantee
 one
 video
 projector
 per
classroom
and
an
interactive
board
for
every
3
classrooms.
• ICT
Academies.
The
creation
of
technological
company
training
centres
with
the
 aim
 of
 boosting
 student
 skills
 and
 employability
 is
 a
 measure
 that
enriches
 students’
 CVs
 with
 skills
 and
 is
 associated
 to
 the
 training
 and
certification
 of
 industry.
 This
 project,
 entitled
 ICT
 Academies,
 creates
 an
important
 link
 to
 the
 private
 sector,
 with
 the
 participation
 of
 7
 reference
companies.
A
protocol
has
already
been
signed
for
the
setting
up
of
the
first
30
 ICT
 Academies
 in
 schools
 that
 will
 enable
 training
 in
 technologies,
equipment
 and
 applications
 for
 students,
 teachers,
 non‐teaching
 staff
 and
the
whole
schooling
community.
• ICT
Placements.
The
ICT
Placement
project
which
promotes
training
in
a
real
working
 context
 for
 students
 in
 ICT
 vocational
 courses
 in
 national
 and
international
 companies
 of
 reference
 has
 attracted
 the
 interest
 of
 30
companies
 of
 the
 knowledge
 economy.
 These
 companies
 have
 offered
 300
work
 placements
 in
 Portugal
 and
 abroad
 for
 the
 2008/2009
 school
 year
 to
the
 best
 students
 in
 the
 ICT
 area.
 The
 aim
 of
 this
 project
 is
 to
 extend
 the
programme
to
more
companies
and
promote
more
work
placements.
• e.school
and
e‐primary
school.
Mention
is
also
made
of
the
launch
of
the
eprimary
school
 programme
 for
 access
 to
 the
 “Magalhães”
 computer
 for
pupils
 in
 the
 1st
 cycle
 free
 of
 charge
 or
 at
 reduced
 prices
 and
 the
 recent
extension
 of
 the
 e.school
 programme
 to
 pupils
 of
 the
 3rd
 cycle
 for
 the
purchase
 of
 a
 laptop
 with
 a
 broadband
 internet
 connection
 in
 very
advantageous
 conditions.
 This
 measure
 aims
 to
 reach
 500,000
 1st
 cycle
pupils
(free
of
charge
for
pupils
in
the
1st
scale
of
school
social
support
and
at
reduced
 prices
 for
 the
 remaining
 pupils)
 and
 500,000
 students
 of
 the
 3rd
cycle
and
secondary
school
(in
addition
to
150,000
for
teachers
and
200,000
for
workers
doing
training).
5.1.6
–
Reform
of
higher
education
and
its
articulation
with
the
labour
market
• Continuation
of
the
reform
of
Higher
education.
Continuity
will
be
given
to
the
 support
 for
 higher
 education
 institutions
 in
 the
 implementation
 of
 the
legislative
reform
made
in
recent
years;
this
aims
to
conclude
the
adaptation
of
 the
 degree
 and
 diploma
 systems
 to
 the
 Bologna
 Process
 (currently
 90%
complete)
with
a
view
to
guaranteeing
the
qualification
of
the
Portuguese
in
Europe
and
promoting
equal
opportunity
in
the
access
to
higher
education,
improving
 levels
 of
 attendance
 and
 the
 conclusion
 of
 courses,
 as
 well
 as
attracting
 new
 publics
 using
 a
 life
 long
 learning
 approach
 and
 improving
school
social
services.
58

Accordingly,
the
following
guidelines
and
actions
were
defined:
o Promoting
 the
 creation
 of
 university
 institution
 consortia,
 namely
with
 the
 participation
 of
 scientific
 institutions,
 and
 the
 creation
 of
regional
polytechnic
consortia
and
reorganising
their
training
supply.
o Guaranteeing
 the
 internationalisation
 processes
 underway
 in
 higher
education,
 notably
 in
 the
 ambit
 of
 the
 international
 partnerships
already
made.
o Supporting
 the
 transition
 to
 the
 new
 foundation
 system
 for
 public
institutes
 that
 have
 requested
 it
 in
 the
 context
 of
 the
 new
 Legal
System
for
Higher
Education
Institutions
(RJIES).
o Raise
the
quality
of
higher
education,
notably
through
the
work
of
the
new
National
Evaluation
and
Accreditation
Agency.
o Improving
 the
 conditions
 for
 entry
 and
 attendance
 of
 higher
education,
including:
revision
of
the
working‐student
status,
part
time
student
 system,
 access
 to
 attendance
 of
 different
 “loose”
 subjects,
revision
 of
 special
 access
 regimes,
 revision
 of
 regulation
 for
 social
service
 grants,
 extension
 of
 the
 loan
 system
 with
 mutual
 guarantee
launched
 at
 the
 end
 of
 2007,
 guaranteeing
 its
 consolidation
 in
Portuguese
society,
extension
of
the
merit
grant
to
private
education,
additional
 social
 services
 grant
 for
 Erasmus
 students,
 systems
 of
curricular
and
professional
work
placements.
o Broadening
 of
 the
 supply
 of
 Technological
 Specialisation
 Courses
(CET)
 in
 higher
 education
 institutions,
 with
 emphasis
 on
 Polytechnic
Institutes.
o Developing
and
improving
the
new
job
search
observation
system
in
Portugal,
 launched
 in
 September
 2007,
 with
 the
 analysis
 of
 courses
and
 institutions
 of
 those
 registered
 at
 job
 centres.
 The
 specific
obligations
 in
 the
 Legal
 Regime
 of
 Higher
 Education
 Institutions
 for
higher
 education
 institutions
 to
 disclose
 information
 on
 the
employment
of
their
new
graduates
will
also
be
reinforced.
o Launch
of
the
new
university
residence
programme.
o Revision
of
the
legal
system
for
distance
higher
education,
as
well
as
that
of
artistic
higher
education,
in
light
of
best
international
practices
following
the
international
evaluation
and
public
hearing.
5.1.7.
Youth
mobility
o Promoting
 Youth
 mobility.
 The
 overall
 objective
 is
 to
 cultivate
 the
recognition
 of
 different
 cultural
 identities,
 fostering
 the
 mobility
 of
 young
people
 between
 regions
 and
 countries.
 To
 this
 end,
 the
 International
 Field
Work
 (IFW)
 will
 continue
 to
 take
 place
 which
 organises
 an
 exchange
programme
 for
 young
 people
 from
 different
 countries
 and
 is
 promoted
 by
various
entities
and
with
the
support
of
IPJ
and
the
Agency
for
the
Youth
in
Action
Programme.
The
international
voluntary
service
is
another
means
of
59

promoting
this
mobility,
as
is
the
effective
articulation
of
the
supply
of
youth
tourism
Movijovem.
Target
group:
Youths
aged
12
to
30
years
(18
to
30
years
in
IFW)
5.2.
 PROMOTING
 JOB
 CREATION,
 PREVENTING
 AND
 COMBATING
UNEMPLOYMENT
Context
The
 promotion
 of
 job
 creation
 in
 the
 context
 of
 a
 lifelong
 learning
 approach,
attracting
 and
 keeping
 as
 many
 people
 in
 work,
 preventing
 and
 combating
unemployment
 and
 in
 particular
 youth
 and
 long
 term
 unemployment,
 is
 closely
articulated
 with
 the
 programmes
 and
 measures
 developed
 in
 the
 framework
 of
macro
 and
 micro
 economic
 policies
 the
 aims
 of
 which
 include
 the
 boosting
 of
 the
Portuguese
production
system,
and
the
creation
of
more
and
better
jobs.
Moreover,
in
the
context
of
the
conclusion
and
implementation
of
strategic
reforms
in
progress,
a
number
of
specific
initiatives
continue
to
be
applied
and
improved
and
which
try
to
respond
to
conjunctural
problems
as
well
as
structural
questions
of
the
Portuguese
employment
 system.
 In
 this
 area,
 emphasis
 is
 given
 to
 the
 active
 employment
measures,
executing
the
respective
activation
component
–
which
continues
to
play
a
vital
role
–
in
articulation
with
protection
in
unemployment
(subject
to
revision
in
2006),
taking
the
most
disadvantaged
populations
into
particular
consideration,
and
the
improved
action
of
the
Public
Employment
Services.
This
 challenge
 also
 responds
 to
 questions
 associated
 to
 preventive
 and
 early
management,
 intervening
 by
 using
 a
 proximity
 approach
 in
 the
 business
restructuring
and
relocation
process.
As
 for
 the
 immigrant
 population,
 the
 national
 immigration
 policy
 is
 currently
structured
 around
 four
 axes,
 namely;
 i)
 regulation
 of
 the
 flow
 of
 immigrants;
 ii)
promotion
of
legal
immigration;
iii)
fight
against
illegal
immigration
iv)
integration
of
immigrants.
As
such,
the
responses
for
the
immigrant
population,
notably
in
terms
of
reception
and
integration,
play
a
vital
role
in
social
cohesion
and
the
development
of
the
 country,
 and
 aim
 to
 guarantee
 the
 same
 access
 to
 rights
 and
 duties
 that
Portuguese
citizens
have
within
a
framework
of
equal
opportunities
for
all.
Portugal
has
 made
 considerable
 progress
 both
 in
 legislative
 responses
 and
 also
 in
 the
concrete
measures
promoted
by
different
entities;
it
is
now
necessary
to
consolidate
some
projects
already
implemented
and
activate
some
innovative
responses
to
the
existing
challenges
which
involve
all
the
society.
60

Measures:
• Continuation
of
the
INSERJOVEM
and
REAGE
initiatives.
These
initiates
aim
to
 provide
 a
 response
 to
 youth
 and
 adult
 unemployment,
 respectively
 –
 in
articulation
with
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative
–
so
as
to
avoid
an
influx
of
Long
 Term
 Unemployed
 and
 offering
 a
 new
 opportunity
 within
 6
 and
 12
months
 at
 most,
 respectively.
 The
 methodology
 of
 the
 INSERJOVEM
component
 has
 been
 strengthened
 through
 the
 early
 signaling
 of
 youth
unemployed
 for
 three
 months
 following
 the
 
 European
 Council
recommendation
 in
 spring
 2006:
 “it
 is
 urgent
 to
 improve
 the
 situation
 of
youths
in
the
labour
market
and
significantly
reduce
youth
unemployment”,
outstripping
the
objective
of
“offering
a
new
opportunity
in
the
form
of
a
job,
learning,
 complementary
 training
 or
 other
 measure
 that
 favours
 their
employability
within
a
maximum
of
four
months
by

2010”).
• Pursuit
 of
 Intervention
 Programmes
 for
 the
 Unemployed,
 taking
 different
approaches
 according
 to
 the
 specific
 public:
 young
 unemployed
 aged
between
 15‐22
 years
 –
 135,000
 targeted
 in
 2008‐2010;
 young
 unemployed
aged
 between
 23‐30
 years
 –
 140,000
 targeted
 in
 2008‐2010;
 unemployed
aged
 between
 31‐54
 years
 –305,000
 targeted
 in
 2008‐2010;
 qualified
unemployed
 ‐
 target
 of
 108,000
 targeted
 in
 2008‐2010
 and
 unemployed
adults
over
the
age
of
55
years
–
101,000
targeted
in
2008‐2010.
• Specific
 support
 for
 entrepreneurship.
 This
 aid
 comes
 essentially
 in
 the
framework
of
axis
5
of
the
POPH
–
Entrepreneurship
and
Transition
to
Active
Life
 (included
 in
 the
 approach
 of
 lifelong
 entrepreneurship,
 from
 school
 to
active
life).
This
aid
strives
to
promote
quality
and
mobility
of
employment
by
means
of:
(i)
motivating
the
entrepreneurial
spirit;
(ii)
aid
for
integration
of
the
 unemployed
 person
 into
 active
 life
 and
 (iii)
 support
 for
 young
 people’s
transition
 to
 active
 life,
 notably
 by
 pledging
 in
 work
 placements,
 forming
 a
vital
 resource
 for
 a
 sustainable
 development
 policy
 that
 also
 comprehends
the
 objectives
 of
 competitiveness
 and
 social
 and
 territorial
 cohesion.
 The
main
targets
set
for
2010
of
note
are
the
creation
of
11,600
work
posts
and
the
integration
of
35,000
trainees
in
organisations
following
the
conclusion
of
the
placement.
• Plan
for
the
Integration
of
Immigrants
and
in
particular
measures
foreseen
in
 the
 work,
 employment
 and
 vocational
 training
 area
 imply
 the
 better
integration
of
immigrant
citizens
into
the
labour
market.
The
aim
is
therefore
to
strengthen
mechanisms
defending
the
rights
and
interests
of
immigrants
as
well
as
to
facilitate
their
access
to
opportunities
in
the
labour
market,
be
it
through
 training,
 training
 and/or
 recognition
 of
 competences
 and
qualifications,
 the
 promotion
 of
 immigrant
 entrepreneurship
 and
 self
employment.
o Boosting
 the
 UNIVA
 Immigrant
 Network
 (RUI),
 by
 conducting
18,000
interviews/year
until
2010
with
about
50%
placements
(in
work
or
training);
61

o Recognition
of
qualifications
through
the
setting
up
of
6
support
offices
in
universities;
o Training
 courses,
 support
 for
 local
 consortia,
 reception
 and
integration
 activities,
 training
 activities
 and
 awareness
 initiatives
and
 public
 awareness
 campaigns
 in
 the
 scope
 of
 POPH
 reaching
about
40,020
people
by
2010;
o Programme
for
the
intervention
of
everyone
in
the
labour
market
targeting
 unemployed
 immigrants
 reaching
 roughly
 38,500
 in
2008‐2010
• Pursuit
of
the
Modernisation
of
the
Public
Employment
Service.
The
aim
is
to
boost
work
instruments
that
can
lead
to
a
more
effective
service
from
the
perspective
 of
 raising
 diversity,
 accessibility
 and
 quality
 of
 the
 channels
 of
services
 rendered
 in
 the
 employment
 area;
 emphasis
 goes
 to:
 (a)
 IEFP
 NET
Employment
 project
 that
 includes
 various
 valences,
 notably:
 the
 electronic
kiosks,
 a
 multi
 channel
 contact
 centre,
 SMS
 services,
 electronic
 application
service,
among
others;
(b)
the
Management
and
Information
System
for
the
Employment
 Area
 (SIGAE);
 and
 (c)
 the
 Intervention
 programme
 with
Employers
 from
 the
 perspective
 of
 enhancing
 the
 relations
 between
 the
Public
Employment
Service
and
companies.
5.3.
 FOSTERING
 THE
 BALANCE
 BETWEEN
 FLEXIBILITY
 AND
 SECURITY
 IN
 THE
LABOUR
MARKET
AND
IMPROVING
WORKING
CONDITIONS
Context
The
Tripartite
Agreement
for
a
new
System
for
the
Regulation
of
Labour
Relations,
of
Employment
Policies
and
Social
Protection
in
Portugal
refers
that
the
most
current
diagnoses
of
the
labour
market
generally
indicate
five
main
characteristics:
(1)
the
limited
 adaptability
 of
 companies
 and
 workers;
 (2)
 the
 weakness
 and
 the
 lack
 of
dynamisms
 in
 collective
 work
 contracting;
 (3)
 the
 formal
 rigidity
 of
 the
 legal
framework
of
the
labour
markets;
(4)
the
ineffectiveness
of
the
regulatory
norms
of
the
labour
market
and
the
(5)
high
percentage
of
atypical
jobs
in
employment
as
a
whole
associated
to
the
intense
segmentation
of
the
labour
market.
In
the
ambit
of
the
Tripartite
Agreement,
the
signatories
understand
that
in
order
to
overcome
the
main
problems
of
the
labour
market,
there
must
be
a
reform
of
the
Code
of
Labour
in
force
as
well
as
the
adoption
of
measures
in
the
field
of
active
employment
and
social
protection
policies.
The
Draft
Law,
approved
in
the
Council
of
Ministers,
 is
 framed
 in
 a
 broader
 strategy
 of
 reforms
 that
 covers
 various
indispensable
 instruments
 for
 a
 new
 sustainable
 articulation
 between
 economic
growth,
 improved
 business
 competitiveness,
 increased
 productivity,
 the
development
 of
 quality
 employment,
 the
 reduction
 of
 inequality
 of
 opportunities,
upgrading
 of
 labour
 relations
 and
 a
 more
 equitable
 sharing
 of
 the
 results
 of
economic
progress.
62

Accordingly,
 the
 Agreement
 sustains
 that
 internal
 means
 of
 adaptability
 are
powerful
instruments
to
make
work
more
adaptable
to
the
needs
of
companies
and
workers
and
that
it
also
has
the
advantage
of
contributing
to
dynamising
collective
bargaining
 and
 strengthening
 the
 role
 of
 social
 partners
 in
 socio‐economic
regulation.
Therefore,
the
effectiveness
of
the
normative
framework
is
strengthened
whilst
also
creating
legal
possibilities
for
the
increased
protagonism
of
the
social
partners
in
the
negotiated
regulation
of
economic
and
social
changes.
In
the
ambit
of
this
Agreement,
the
Government
and
the
social
partners
also
agreed
on
 the
 appropriate
 sharing
 of
 responsibilities
 and
 made
 it
 known
 that
 they
understood
 that
 the
 reform
 of
 labour
 relations
 required
 the
 renewal
 of
 public
policies
 coordinated
 by
 strengthened
 dialogue,
 social
 coordination
 and
 collective
bargaining
at
all
levels,
including
that
of
the
company.
Parallel
to
this,
the
work
of
the
State
in
the
field
of
prevention
and
inspection
of
working
conditions
is
encouraged
so
as
to
ensure
the
compliance
with
the
standards
and
agreements
established.
Measures
• Fostering
adaptability
in
companies
and
the
conciliation
of
professional
life
with
personal
and
family
life,
by
increasing
the
possibilities
of
flexibilisation
negotiated
in
the
collective
work
contract
or
by
collective
decision
within
the
company,
 of
 working
 hours,
 maintaining
 the
 limits
 on
 the
 duration
 of
 both
normal
and
supplementary
working
hours.
The
 innovative
 systems
 include
 the
 possibility
 of
 creating
 “time
 banks”,
timetables
concentrated
in
just
some
days
of
the
week,
the
increase
of
paid
parental
leave,
the
creation
of
specific
measures
in
some
sectors
of
activity
such
 as
 the
 very
 short
 term
 seasonal
 labour
 contract
 in
 agriculture,
 the
special
 holiday
 system
 in
 tourism
 and
 the
 open
 term
 intermittent
 work
contract.
• Right
to
Vocational
Training.
Promoting
the
entitlement
to
training
through
(i)
clarification
of
the
student
worker
status;
(ii)
adaptation
of
the
"training
clause",
so
that
it
becomes
mandatory
to
enrol
youths
up
to
the
age
of
18
and
without
full
compulsory
schooling
in
the
training/education
system
when
hiring;
 and
 (iii)
 increasing
 the
 right
 to
 continuous
 vocational
 training
 and
adaptation
 of
 mechanisms
 for
 its
 implementation,
 such
 as
 treating
attendance
 of
 RVCC
 processes
 similarly
 to
 continuing
 training;
 allowing
 the
accumulation
 of
 the
 annual
 minimum
 training
 by
 companies;
 allowing
 the
arrangements
made
for
training
to
be
adapted
for
collective
contracting
and
making
the
issuing
of
a
training
certificate
mandatory.
• Promotion
of
the
dynamics
of
collective
bargaining.
Emphasis
is
given
to
the
simplification
of
the
administrative
requirements
in
the
bargaining
process;
63

the
 alteration
 of
 the
 survival
 system
 and
 the
 expiry
 of
 collective
 working
conventions;
specification
and
improvement
of
the
articulation
between
the
collective

conventions
and
the
law;
broadening
of
the
range
of
matters
that
can
by
governed
by
collective
contracting.
• Termination
 of
 employment
 contract.
 Whilst
 fully
 respecting
 the
constitutional
principle
prohibiting
dismissal
without
just
cause,
the
proposal
simplifies
and
shortens
the
disciplinary
procedure,
increases
legal
insurance
of
the
parties
in
the
dismissal
process,
guaranteeing
added
protection
in
the
case
 of
 a
 pregnant
 employee,
 mothers
 of
 newborns
 or
 that
 are
 breast
feeding,
 and
 reinforces
 the
 infractions
 foreseen
 for
 the
 violation
 of
procedural
rules
in
the
case
of
a
trade
union
representative.
A
more
effective
normative
 framework
 is
 also
 proposed
 by
 means
 of
 the
 integration
 and
reform
 of
 the
 legislation
 formed
 by
 the
 Code
 of
 Labour
 and
 its
 regulation,
reducing
uncertainty
by
making
a
law
that
is
easier
and
more
accessible
to
users.
In
addition
to
the
simplification
and
systematisation
of
the
legal
norms
in
force,
the
simplification
and
debureaucratisation
of
the
relations
between
workers,
 employers
 and
 the
 Administration
 is
 also
 proposed,
 and
 the
effectiveness
of
the
legislation
and
the
framework
of
sanctions
strengthened
so
 as
 to
 discourage
 the
 disrespect
 of
 social
 and
 labour
 rights
 and
 unfair
competition
 based
 on
 non‐compliance
 with
 the
 social
 obligations
 of
 the
companies.
• Combating
 precarious
 employment
 and
 the
 segmentation
 of
 the
 labour
market.
 With
 the
 aim
 of
 combating
 illegal
 precarious
 employment
 and
reducing
 legal
 precarious
 employment
 as
 well
 as
 improving
 the
 social
protection
 of
 independent
 workers
 and
 recognising
 that
 the
 recourse
 to
atypical
forms
of
employment,
necessary
to
the
activity
of
companies
and
the
development
 of
 the
 economy
 should
 not
 be
 used
 as
 a
 means
 of
 getting
around
the
Law;
the
alteration
of
the
presumption
of
the
working
contract
is
also
 proposed
 and
 the
 creation
 of
 a
 new
 very
 serious
 infraction
 for
 the
concealment
 of
 a
 working
 contract
 so
 as
 to
 enable
 a
 more
 effective
supervision
and
control
of
the
use
of
«false
green
receipts».
The
admissibility
of
 the
 fixed
 term
 contract
 is
 limited
 in
 the
 case
 of
 newly
 opened
establishments
to
those
in
companies
with
fewer
than
750
workers,
and
the
length
of
fixed
term
contracts
is
reduced
to
3
years;
this
limit
is
applicable
to
the
 set
 of
 term
 or
 temporary
 contracts
 for
 the
 same
 work
 post,
 or
 the
rendering
of
services
for
the
same
purpose,
signed
between
a
worker
and
the
same
 employer
 or
 employers
 between
 whom
 there
 is
 an
 area
 or
 group
business
relationship.
Adaptation
of
the
social
protection
system.
Part
of
the
more
general
reform
of
the
Social
Security
begun
in
2006,
this
foresees:
The
increase
of
possibilities
offered
to
workers
in
the
field
of
conciliating
professional
with
personal
and
family
life.
In
this
area,
 special
 importance
 is
 given
 to
 a
 parental
 system
 that
reduces
 gender
 inequality.
 Hence,
 in
 the
 scope
 of
 the
Agreement,
 it
 was
 decided
 to
 substitute
 maternity,
 paternity
and
adoption
leave
with
parental
leave.
64

Measures
 linked
 to
 reducing
 the
 contributory
 rate
 on
contracts
without
any
fixed
term
and
increase
it
in
the
case
of
fixed
term
contracts.
Independent
 workers:
 extension
 of
 social
 protection
 in
 the
same
 set
 of
 eventualities,
 through
 the
 joining
 of
 the
 social
protections
systems
so
that
there
will
be
only
one
system
with
the
 scope
 of
 protection
 
 currently
 included
 in
 the
 extended
protection
 system
 (allowances
 for
 the
 family,
 sickness,
maternity,
 paternity
 and
 adoption,
 occupational
 diseases,
professional

benefits,
invalidity,
old
age
and
death).
o Revision
of
active
employment
policies,
encompassing:
• Aid
for
the
conversion
of
independent
work
into
contracts
with
no
fixed
term
for
workers
in
general;
• Aid
 for
 hiring
 young
 people
 on
 contracts
 with
 no
 fixed
 term,
 aid
for
 the
 conversion
 of
 independent
 work
 or
 fixed
 term
 contracts
into
contracts
with
no
fixed
term
and
facilitating
the
transition
to
active
life.;
• Facilitating
the
unemployment‐employment
transition,
preventing
and
combating
long
term
unemployment;
• Aid
for
the
entry
into
the
labour
market
for
people
over
55
years
of
age
with
the
exemption
or
reduction
of
employer
contributions
to
social
security;
• Aid
 for
 entry
 into
 the
 labour
 market
 of
 disadvantaged
 publics,
exempting
or
reducing
employer
contributions
to
social
security;
• Promoting
 new
 modes
 of
 the
 progressive
 approximation
 to
employment
 in
 the
 ambit
 of
 the
 activation
 of
 public
 policies,
notably
 through
 the
 creation
 of
 the
 “Social
 Activity
 Contract”
 –
that
 aims
 to
 support
 the
 temporary
 insertion
 of
 subsidised
unemployed
 persons
 in
 social/community
 activities
 –
 and
 of
 the
“Employment‐Insertion
 Contract”,
 aimed
 at
 supporting
 the
temporary
 insertion
 of
 GMI
 beneficiaries
 in
 social/community
activities.
o National
Strategy
for
Health
and
Safety
at
Work
2008‐2012.
Instrument
to
boost
the
protection
of
workers’
health
and
safety,
that
strives
to
reach
the
overall
objective
of
the
constant
and
consolidated
reduction
of
work
accident
rates
and
the
progressive
and
continued
improvement
in
the
levels
of
health
and
well
being
at
work
through
two
fundamental
policy
axes
for
health
and
safety
at
work:
that
referring
to
public
policies
and
that
of
the
promotion
of
health
and
safety
in
places
of
work.
o Continuation
 of
 the
 GLI
 Programme
 against
 undeclared
 and
 illegal
 work.
Programme
developed
with
a
view
to
reducing
informal
and
undeclared
work
through
the
use
of
inspection
services.
65

o Continuation
of
the
Annual
National
Plan
for
the
prevention
and
Combat
of
Fraud
 and
 Evasion
 of
 Taxes
 and
 Contributions,
 aimed
 at
 raising
 the
sustainability,
rigour
and
trust
in
the
social
security
system.
5.4.
 STRENGTHENING
SOCIAL
COHESION
Context
The
modernisation
of
the
social
protection
system
has
been
developed
in
a
gradual
and
 sustained
 manner
 adopting
 the
 logic
 of
 the
 anticipation
 and
 response
 to
 new
needs,
fighting
poverty
and
reproductive
inertia,
assuring
access
to
social
and
health
services
 and
 facilities
 in
 terms
 of
 their
 response
 and
 quality
 and
 fair
 territorial
distribution
 and
 safeguarding
 intra
 and
 inter
 generational
 cohesion,
 whilst
 also
guaranteeing
the
financial,
economic
and
social
sustainability
of
social
security
and
the
health
system.
Contradicting
 and
 reverting
 social
 inequalities
 and
 the
 problems
 associated
 to
demographic
 changes
 are
 the
 priority
 interventions
 areas
 of
 the
 Government.
Hence,
a
set
of
measures
has
been
adopted
that
allow
for
the
promotion
of
social
inclusion
 and
 prevent
 situations
 of
 poverty
 and
 social
 exclusion,
 above
 all
 in
 the
current
context
of
less
economic
growth.
An
integrated
strategy
of
active
social
inclusion
is
implicit
in
the
policy
priorities
for
the
2008‐2010
cycle;
this
conjugates
three
fundamental
objectives:
improvement
of
earnings
–
progressive
increase
in
the
Guaranteed
Minimum
Monthly
Remuneration;
Social
 Insertion
 Income;
 Income
 Supplement
 for
 the
 Elderly
 (CSI);
 increase
 in
 the
Family
 Allowances;
 among
 others;
 socio‐professional
 integration
 
 ‐
 through
 the
fostering
 of
 active
 employment
 policies
 or
 vocational
 training;
 and
 the
 improved
quality
 and
 access
 to
 the
 network
 of
 social
 facilities
 (PARES,
 Social
 Facilities
Programme
POPH,
for
the
elderly
and
the
disabled)
and
proximity
services
(primary
health
care
and
RNNCCI).
This
 perspective
 favours
 the
 development
 of
 integrated
 responses
 that
 allow
 for
close
 articulation
 between
 the
 proposed
 actions
 and
 the
 specificities
 of
 these
publics,
 and
 rooted
 in
 the
 conviction
 that
 the
 objective
 of
 social
 cohesion
 is
 to
 a
great
 extent
 one
 that
 is
 transversal
 in
 the
 framework
 of
 the
 PNR
 and
 that
strengthens
economic
growth
and
employment.
Nevertheless,
this
intervention
area
must
be
considered
in
close
articulation
with
the
National
Strategy
for
Social
Protection
and
Social
Inclusion
2008‐2010;
the
priority
axes
of
this
are:
(i)
respond
to
the
demographic
impact
and
(ii)
promotion
of
social
inclusion
 (reduction
 of
 inequalities).
 In
 particular,
 the
 National
 Action
 Plan
 for
Inclusion
 2008‐2010 12 ,
 the
 priorities
 of
 which
 are
 to:
 (1)
 combat
 poverty
 among
12 Ver: http://www.pnai.pt/
66

children
 and
 the
 elderly
 through
 measures
 that
 assure
 their
 basic
 rights
 of
citizenship;
(2)
correct
the
disadvantages
in
education/
qualification;
(3)
overcome
discriminations,
 strengthening
 the
 integration
 of
 specific
 groups,
 notably
 people
with
disabilities
and
impairments
and
immigrants.
In
addition
to
a
set
of
transversal
measures,
it
includes
specific
measures
to
respond
to
each
of
these
priorities
(see
PNAI
 2008‐2010)
 and
 which
 also
 contribute
 to
 the
 fulfillment
 of
 the
 measures
 set
out
in
the
PNR.
Emphasis
should
also
be
given
to
the
implementation
of
integrated
policies
targeting
specific
 groups,
 such
 as
 women
 and
 youth,
 with
 the
 implementation
 of
 the
 III
National
 Plan
 for
 Equality
 –
 Citizenship
 and
 Gender
 (2007‐2010)
 and
 the
preparation
 of
 a
 National
 Youth
 Programme
 currently
 underway.
 The
 aim
 of
 this
Programme
is,
notably,
to
strengthen
the
coherence
and
effectiveness
of
the
various
measures
 in
 the
 sectors
 targeting
 this
 universe,
 found
 in
 this
 document
 in
 the
appropriate
areas. 13
Measures:
o Minimum
Guaranteed
Monthly
Retribution.
With
the
purpose
of
increasing
families’
 incomes,
 a
 progressive
 increase
 will
 be
 made
 in
 the
 minimum
guaranteed
 monthly
 remuneration
 of
 about
 24
 %
 by
 2011,
 following
 the
Agreement
on
the
Fixing
and
Evolution
of
the
Minimum
Guaranteed
Monthly
Remuneration,
signed
with
the
social
partners.
o Social
Insertion
Income
(RSI
).
The
social
insertion
income
is
a
benefit
from
the
solidarity
subsystem;
this
insertion
component,
aimed
at
the
working
and
social
insertion
of
its
beneficiaries,
is
intended
to
give
around
80,000
people
new
 momentum
 by
 2010
 through
 the
 development
 in
 this
 cycle
 of
training/qualification
actions
and/or
in
the
labour
market.
o Income
 Supplement
 for
 the
 Elderly
 (CSI).
 The
 Income
 Supplement
 for
 the
Elderly
is
a
benefit
form
the
solidarity
subsystem
targeting
pensioners
aged
65
years
and
over.
The
monetary
value
of
the
benefit
is
defined
by
reference
to
a
threshold
fixed
annually
and
the
attribution
is
differentiated
according
to
the
concrete
situation
of
the
applicant.
This
measure
also
provides
additional
health
benefits
(DL252/2007)
consisting
of:
a)
50%
financial
participation
in
the
 share
 of
 the
 price
 of
 medication
 not
 covered
 by
 the
 State;
 b)
 75%
financial
participation
in
the
cost
of
buying
glasses
and
lenses
up
to
a
limit
of
€100
every
two
years;
c)
76%
financial
participation
in
the
cost
of
buying
and
repairing
removable
dentures
up
to
a
limit
of
€250
every
three
years.
o Family
 Support
 Policies
 The
 boost
 in
 the
 family
 support
 policies
 is
 given
through
 a
 series
 of
 increases
 in
 the
 social
 benefits
 for
 families,
 as
 well
 as
through
the
extension
of
the
school
social
services
(see
point
5.1)
13 See outcome , micro level , results of actions targeting youth.
67

o Social
Facilities.
The
boost
in
the
Social
Facilities
Programme
POPH
targeting
the
elderly,
the
disabled
and
impaired
foresees
the
creation
of
1378
places
in
facilities
for
the
elderly
by
2010
(3220
places
by
2015)
and
of
1408
places
in
facilities
for
the
disabled
by
2010
(1955
places
by
2015)
o Reform
 of
 primary
 health
 care.
 As
 Primary
 Health
 Care
 is
 the
 pillar
 that
sustains
 the
 whole
 health
 system,
 the
 reform
 consists
 of
 an
 organisational
change
 in
 health
 care
 services
 provided,
 developed
 by
 multi‐professional
teams
that
are
self
organized
and
in
direct
contact
with
the
citizens,
forming
the
 first
 line
 of
 a
 health
 system
 that
 is
 accessible,
 efficient,
 fair
 and
 in
proximity.
The
Mission
of
Primary
Health
Care,
the
structure
responsible
for
conducting
the
reform
process
at
this
level
of
care,
established
a
Strategic
Plan
for
2007‐
2009
 based
 on
 three
 pillars:
 1.
 Organisational
 quality
 and
 change,
 that
includes
 four
 strategic
 lines:
 leadership
 and
 autonomy
 of
 management,
better
 accessibility,
 evaluation
 and
 monitoring,
 management
 of
 ICT;
 2.
Clinical
governance
and
knowledge
management,
with
three
strategic
lines:
clinical
 governance,
 knowledge
 management
 and
 qualification
 of
professionals,
innovation
and
simplification
in
care
provided;
3.
Sustainability
and
development,
which
also
includes
three
strategic
lines:
accreditation
of
services,
 financial
 viability
 of
 primary
 health
 care,
 communication
 with
citizens
and
professionals.
The
 reform
 plan
 for
 Primary
 Health
 Care
 foresees
 that
 by
 the
 end
 of
 2009
(end
 of
 MCSP
 mandate)
 250
 Family
 Health
 Units
 (USF)
 will
 have
 been
installed.
 By
 then,
 the
 conditions
 should
 have
 been
 attained
 for
 the
 full
operation
 of
 the
 74
 Health
 Centre
 Groupings
 (ACES),
 framework
 entities
clinically
 and
 in
 management
 terms
 of
 all
 the
 operating
 units
 providing
primary
 health
 care;
 the
 forms
 of
 internal
 contracting
 will
 have
 been
consolidated
and
the
necessary
skills
obtained
by
the
managers
of
the
new
units
and
performance
evaluation
and
monitoring
developed.
o Development
 of
 the
 National
 Network
 of
 Continued
 Integrated
 Care
(RNCCI).
The
global
aim
of
the
RNCCI
is
to
provide
continued
integrated
care
to
 people
 who,
 regardless
 of
 age,
 are
 in
 a
 situation
 of
 dependence.
 This
provision
of
care
is
assured
through
Unit
for
Residential
Care,
Mobile
Units,
Hospital
Teams
and
Homecare
Teams.
The
 RNCCI
 model
 is
 based
 on
 the
 rationale
 of
 separating
 functions
(purchase/provision)
 by
 contracting
 services
 and
 decentralising
responsibilities
of
territorial
scope.
It
is
based
on
a
model
of
the
shared
and
inter‐sector
financing
from
the
Ministries
of
Health
and
of
Work
and
Social
Solidarity.
68

Following
 the
 start
 up
 of
 the
 implementation
 of
 the
 National
 Network
 of
Continued
Integrated
Care,
and
in
continuity
of
the
objectives
set
out
in
the
PNACE
 2005‐2008,
 in
 the
 2008‐2010
 period
 the
 priorities
 are
 the
development
 of
 responses
 (intra‐hospital
 and
 homecare
 teams
 and
residential
units)
for
palliative
care
and
for
the
Continued
Homecare
Teams,
in
articulation
with
Primary
Health
Care.
o Promotion
of
gender
equality.
With
the
intent
of
introducing
the
Gender 14
perspective
in
the
priority
policy
areas,
gender
equality
policies
of
measures
oriented
 towards
 economic
 independence
 and
 the
 conciliation
 of
professional
 life
 with
 family
 and
 personal
 life
 have
 been
 pursued
 and
furthered
and
new
initiatives
have
also
been
launched,
such
as:
• Gender
 Observatory,
 consisting
 of
 the
 development
 of
 an
information
 system
 and
 the
 integrated
 strategic
 evaluation
 of
gender
equality
and
violence.
o Implementation
 of
 a
 set
 of
 interventions
 aimed
 at
 developing
 a
governance
 system
 considering
 the
 gender
 equality
 dimension,
the
 promotion
 of
 gender
 equality
 and
 the
 integrated
 prevention
of
 victims
 of
 discrimination
 through
 support
 for
 organisational
change,
 training,
 information
 activities
 and
 aid
 for
 female
entrepreneurs
 
 (POPH)
 involving
 roughly
 13,110
 people
 by
 2010
and
the
creation
of
1059
companies
by
women
until
2010;
• Consolidation
of
the
People
Trafficking
Observatory;
• Creation
 of
 an
 Equality
 Portal
 to
 strengthen
 citizenship
 and
 the
transversal
 nature
 of
 policies
 fostering
 gender
 equality
 in
 the
Public
Administration;
• Strengthen
 the
 gender
 perspective
 in
 Central
 and
 Local
 Public
Administration
 policies,
 notably
 through
 the
 Sectorial
 plans
 for
Gender
Equality
and
the
boosting
of
Local
Plans
for
Equality;
• Creation
of
an
Award
for
Citizenship
with
parity;
• Promoting
 awareness
 and
 the
 publicising
 of
 issues
 related
 with
Gender
Equality
and
Gender
Violence
(POPH);
• Support
 for
 Training
 in
 the
 area
 Gender
 Equality
 and
 the
prevention
of
Gender
Violence
(POPH);
• Support
 for
 the
 adoption
 of
 Plans
 for
 Equality
 in
 the
 State’s
business
 sector
 and
 in
 the
 Central
 and
 Local
 Public
Administration
(POPH
and
POFC).
14 III National Plan for Equality – Citizenship and Gender (2007-2010), area 2.
69

|
AREA
6
–
PROMOTING
AN
INTELLIGENT
TERRITORY
Context
In
 recent
 decades
 Portugal
 has
 made
 significant
 investments
 in
 infrastructures
supporting
 accessibility,
 urban
 and
 rural
 development
 and
 the
 creation
 of
 better
living
conditions
for
the
populations.
These
 base
 investments
 now
 enable
 us
 to
 turn
 our
 focus
 to
 the
 priority
 of
articulation
 and
 taking
 full
 systemic
 advantage
 of
 these
 infrastructures
 by
introducing
 knowledge
 and
 efficiency
 in
 the
 value
 chain
 and
 strengthening
 the
strategic
pledge
to
reaffirm
Portugal’s
place
as
a
global
centrality
in
the
economic,
social
and
cultural
networks.
This
 strategic
 assumption
 led
 to
 the
 European
 Commission’s
 consideration
 of
 a
significant
part
of
the
Valorisation
of
the
Territory
Programme
included
in
the
NSRF
as
“earmarking”
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy.
The
 Logistic
 Portugal
 Programme
 Driver,
 already
 integrated
 in
 PNACE,
 will
 be
continued
and
represents
one
of
the
main
factors
of
competitiveness
linked
to
the
territory.
The
Cities
Policy
defined
by
the
Government
is
expressed
in
the
articulation
of
policy
instruments
 that
 are
 embraced
 in
 the
 NSRF
 2007‐2013,
 notably
 in
 the
 Regional
Operational
Programmes
and
the
Thematic
Valorisation
of
the
Territory
Operational
Programme.
 These
 instruments
 aim
 to
 qualify
 and
 integrate
 the
 distinct
 spaces
 of
each
 city,
 strengthen
 and
 differentiate
 their
 human,
 institutional,
 cultural
 and
economic
capital,
qualify
and
intensify
the
city’s
integration
in
the
surrounding
and
innovative
solutions
for
urban
rehabilitation.
The
 existence
 of
 a
 National
 Information
 System
 on
 Territorial
 Management
Instruments
and
the
availability
of
geographic
and
cartographic
information
are
both
fundamental
conditions
for
making
territorial
planning
and
management
processes
more
 effective
 and
 developing
 new
 services
 and
 new
 ways
 for
 the
 governance
structures
at
the
various
territorial
scales
to
act.
The
valorisation
of
endogenous
resources
–
the
sea,
the
coast,
the
rural
zones
–
is
a
fundamental
 concern
 and
 their
 intelligent
 integration
 in
 the
 sustainable
development
 and
 strengthening
 of
 their
 economic
 value.
 In
 this
 context,
 the
conclusion
of
PEAASAR
II
is
equally
relevant
along
with
all
the
measures
that
help
protect
natural
resources
and
biodiversity.
In
 this
 context,
 we
 underline
 the
 need
 to
 the
 reinforcement
 and
 dinamization
 of
biodiversity
and
nature
preservation
policies.
The
reformulation
and
modernization
of
 the
 National
 Authority
 for
 Nature
 Preservation
 (ICNB
 I.P.)
 and
 a
 new
 legal
70

framework
 to
 the
 promotion
 of
 public‐private
 partnerships
 create
 the
 context
 for
new
valorization
and
management
measures
of
nature
values
in
classified
areas
and
to
the
economic
and
social
valorization
of
biodiversity.
On
the
other
hand,
the
central
objective
is
to
promote
and
extend,
in
the
territory
and
 the
 cities,
 the
 diversified
 and
 quality
 access
 of
 citizens
 and
 institutions
 to
information
 and
 knowledge,
 valorising
 education
 and
 training
 for
 all,
 whilst
 also
stimulating
 the
 social
 appropriation
 of
 knowledge
 as
 well
 as
 fostering
 the
 use
 of
scientific
infrastructures.
The
 aim
 is
 to
 stimulate
 models
 of
 economic
 growth
 and
 territorial
 competitiveness
associated
 to
 knowledge
 in
 the
 territory
 and
 in
 the
 cities,
 promoting
 network
interconnections,
mechanisms
and
means
at
the
service
of
an
increasingly
diversified
population.
Giving
 emphasis
 to
 the
 empowerment
 of
 the
 communities
 and
 lifelong
 learning,
advantage
 is
 taken
 from
 behaviour
 in
 network
 which
 is
 facilitated
 nowadays
 by
 the
ICT.
 In
 addition
 to
 demonstrating
 and
 attempting
 to
 experiment
 new
 application
models
 of
 new
 technologies,
 new
 dynamics
 for
 mobilising
 demand
 should
 also
 be
facilitated,
namely
oriented
to
still
info‐excluded
groups
of
the
population.
The
reorganisation
and
upgrading
of
the
school
network
of
the
1st
cycle
of
basic
education
 and
 preschool
 education
 are
 extremely
 important
 measures
 that
 foster
motivating,
demanding
and
rewarding
learning
environments
which
are
essential
if
the
qualification
level
of
future
generations
is
to
be
increased.

The
definition
of
a
school
 network
 which
 is
 run
 at
 high
 standards
 is
 therefore
 a
 priority
 intervention;
preferably,
it
should
be
bound
to
teach
the
1st
cycle
in
articulation
with
preschool
education
 and
 given
 flexible
 and
 multi‐functional
 spaces
 –
 the
 “school
 centre”
concept
–
from
a
perspective
of
rationalising
means
and
optimising
resources
that
can
range
from
new
schools
buildings
to
the
extension
or
rehabilitation
of
existing
schools.
The
 measures
 outlined
 below
 translate
 this
 pledge
 in
 the
 promotion
 of
 intelligent
networks
 that
 make
 full
 use
 of
 and
 manage
 the
 territory
 as
 a
 factor
 of
competitiveness,
life
quality
and
cohesion.
Measures
6.1.
 Logistic
Portugal
Driver
• Development
of
the
National
Logistics
System
o The
 development
 of
 the
 National
 Network
 of
 Logistic
 Platforms
 will
allow
 the
 country
 to
 improve
 its
 ranking
 in
 the
 European
 logistics
distribution
centres.
o By
 developing
 the
 network
 of
 platforms,
 Portugal
 will
 increase
 its
logistics
 capacity,
 serving
 the
 main
 traffic
 of
 goods
 from
 or
 to
 the
71

national
 market,
 covering
 more
 than
 98%
 of
 the
 economy
 and
population.
o The
National
Network
of
Logistic
Platforms
will:
Boost
 current
 traffic
 and
 allow
 new
 traffic
 to
 be
 obtained,
generating
a
16%
increase
in
the
national
port
activity;
Boost
the
increase
in
the
global
overall
cargo
circulating
in
the
country
by
3%;
Foster
 the
 efficiency
 and
 productivity
 of
 logistics
 operators,
leading
to
a
10%
reduction
in
logistics
costs
and
consequently
a
rise
in
national

competitiveness;
Enable
the
economy
to
be
stimulated
by
the
creation
of
over
15,000
work
posts
;
Creates
 conditions
 to
 raise
 the
 share
 of
 freight
 transport
 by
rail
and
by
sea,
contributing
to
the
reduction
of
emissions
and
hence
to
the
compliance
with
the
Kyoto
targets.
• Implementation
 of
 the
 High
 Speed
 Rail
 Network
 The
 High
 Speed
 Rail
Network
 (RAV)
 will
 have
 a
 very
 significant
 impact
 on
 the
 Portuguese
economy
and
it
is
forecast
that
in
accumulated
terms
and
on
a
30year
time
horizon:
56,000
permanent
work
posts
will
be
created;
Private
investment
will
raise
by
126,000
million
euros;
GDP
will
rise
by
121,000
million
euros.
Other
benefits
identified
in
the
project
are
linked
to
the
urban
and
territorial
dynamics
 generated.
 The
 main
 vector
 of
 change
 is
 introduced
 by
 the
reduction
 of
 distances,
 measured
 in
 the
 time
 of
 the
 journey,
 promoting
greater
 social,
 economic
 and
 territorial
 cohesion.
 Indeed,
 the
 future
 of
 the
network
will
enable
more
than
half
the
population
living
in
Portugal
to
move
between
the
main
national
urban
centres
in
a
travel
time
of
2
hours
or
less
and
if
we
use
a
3
hour
journey
as
our
reference
about
90%
of
the
population
will
benefit
from
this
accessibility.
The
RAV
project
will
make
a
strong
contribution
to
the
increase
of
mobility
in
Portugal
and
to
regional
development
and
will
lead
to
a
significant
decline
in
the
territorial
asymmetries
that
currently
exist;
it
will
give
great
momentum
both
 to
 R&D
 in
 its
 areas
 of
 technological
 and
 industrial
 intervention
 and
development
 in
 
 Portugal,
 and
 also
 to
 international
 
 trade
 by
 bringing
Portugal
closer
to
the
rest
of
Europe;
it
will
have
a
significant
impact
on
the
evolution
 of
 the
 quota
 of
 rail
 traffic
 which
 could
 treble
 in
 the
 space
 of
 30
years,
considering
medium
and
long
distance
journeys
on
the
Lisbon
/Porto
and
 Lisbon
 /Madrid
 lines,
 and
 contribute
 decisively
 to
 the
 sustainable
development
 of
 the
 country.
 The
 RAV
 project
 will
 lead
 to
 a
 significant
reduction
 in
 energy
 consumption,
 in
 the
 polluting
 emissions
 and
 in
 road
accidents.
72

• Improving
 the
 regulation
 of
 the
 port
 system.
 The
 start
 of
 operations
 of
 a
Single
Port
Window
(JUP)
in
the
Port
of
Leixões,
Lisbon
and
Sines
is
a
highly
valuable
strategic
instrument
for
the
competitiveness
of
the
ports.
In
addition
to
the
direct
operational
benefits
which
significantly
reduce
the
direct
administrative
costs
of
the
economic
agents
using
the
ports,
be
it
the
naval
 or
 freight
 component,
 there
 is
 also
 a
 series
 of
 benefits
 that
 can
 be
applied
with
a
broader
strategic
horizon.
The
“Single
Port
Window”
is
translated
through
the
existence
of
a
single
port
system,
 or
 one‐stop‐shop,
 that
 simplifies
 the
 interface
 
 of
 the
 ship‐owners
with
 the
 different
 entities
 and
 which
 reduces
 the
 port
 transit
 time
 and
customs
 despatch
 from
 3
 or
 4
 days
 to
 just
 a
 few
 hours
 thanks
 to
 the
“electronic
dispatch
of
goods”.
• PORTMOS
 –
 Integration
 of
 the
 port
 system
 in
 the
 Sea
 Highways
 (AEM).
Portugal
has
an
extensive
sea
border
and
is
located
at
the
confluence
of
the
main
North/South
and
East/West
routes
of
the
west
Atlantic
coast
and
it
has
always
 been
 committed
 to
 implementing
 projects
 related
 to
 the
 Sea
Highways
 (AEM),
 with
 the
 creation
 and
 development
 of
 the
 PORTMOS
project
 —
 “Integration
 of
 Portugal’s
 maritime
 and
 port
 system
 in
 the
 sea
highways’,
 approved
 by
 the
 European
 Commission
 in
 the
 scope
 of
 RTE‐T
financing.
The
AEM
concept
introduced
in
White
Paper
“The
European
Transport
Policy
for
the
2010
Horizon:
The
Time
to
Choose”
approved
in
2001,
is
linked
to
the
development
of
inter
modal
transport
and
the
promotion
of
intra‐community
maritime
 transport.
 Using
 the
 success
 factors
 for
 the
 increase
 in
 road
transport
of
freight
over
recent
decades,
it
strives
to
transpose
the
principles
of
 continuity,
 standardisation
 and
 simplification
 to
 maritime
 transport
 as
these
 are
 vital
 to
 reducing
 the
 operation
 costs
 of
 maritime
 transport
 and
ensuring
 its
 competitiveness
 and
 the
 modal
 transfer
 of
 a
 large
 part
 of
 the
trajectories.
The
 AEM
 assumed
 decisive
 importance
 in
 the
 European
 Union
 when
 they
began
integrating
the
Trans
European
Transport
Network
(RTE‐T),
identified
as
projects
of
common
interest,
based
on
the
improvement
of
existing
links
and
new
maritime
links,
with
regularity
and
predetermined
frequency,
that
could
reduce
bottlenecks
on
land
and/or
improve
the
accessibility
of
insular
and
peripheral
regions
thereby
ensuring
cohesion
and
economic,
social
and
environmental
 growth
 within
 the
 community
 space
 (Decision
 no.
88412004/EC).
It
is
therefore
important
to
emphasise
that
the
development
of
the
AEM
is
linked
to
the
cohesion
and
growth
of
the
European
Union
as
a
whole,
which
intends
 to
 strengthen
 the
 supply
 of
 inter
 modal
 transport,
 in
 search
 of
 the
73

most
 suitable
 means
 of
 transport
 for
 the
 circulation
 of
 goods
 from
 their
starting
point
to
the
destination,
efficiently
and
without
breaches
in
cargo
or
constraints,
in
a
logistic
chain
where
maritime
transport
plays
a
key
role.
The
modal
transfer
and
the
reduction
of
bottlenecks
on
the
main
roadways
will
be
a
natural
consequence
of
this
logistic
chain
of
transport
and
a
relevant
factor
for
the
promotion
of
sustainable
development.
• Vessel
 Traffic
 System
(VTS)
 –
 Monitoring
 of
 navigation
 along
 the
 Atlantic
coast.
 The
 VTS
 system
 enables
 the
 competitiveness
 of
 the
 Portuguese
economy
 to
 be
 improved
 along
 with
 the
 safety
 of
 maritime
 traffic
 on
 our
coast
and
territorial
waters
and
also
the
accessibility
from
the
side
of
the
sea
to
the
ports
on
the
continent.
This
 system
 permits
 the
 increase
 in
 the
 flow
 of
 maritime
 traffic
 and
monitoring
 of
 ships,
 with
 the
 possibility
 of
 screening
 all
 their
 movements,
thus
 reducing
 the
 risk
 of
 collisions
 and
 assuring
 compliance
 with
 the
international
conventions
and
regulations.
It
 is
 estimated
 that
 a
 system
 like
 VTS
 can
 bring
 about
 a
 65%
 reduction
 in
maritime
accidents
on
the
coasts
of
the
continent
with
the
resulting
decline
in
the
loss
of
human
life.
In
economic
terms,
the
VTS
system
will:
Improve
the
efficiency
of
port
activities;
Promote
the
development
of
the
economy;
Provide
support
for
the
more
effective
control
and
supervision
of
fishing
activities
on
the
coast
and
other
economic
activities;
and
Contribute
 to
 a
 better
 use
 of
 the
 Portuguese
 Exclusive
Economic
Zone.
In
the
context
of
the
mplementation
of
VTS
System,
there
has
been
analyzed
the
VTS
projects
 in
 Madeira
 and
 Azores
 islands,
 in
 order
 to
 provide
 them
 the
 VTS
 coast
system.
In
2008,
it
is
been
expected
the
review
of
the
studies
to
the
enlargement
of
VTS
 System
 of
 Azores
 and
 Madeira
 islands,
 aiming
 the
 contractualization
 and
installation
of
VTS
System
in
the
islands
by
2009.
6.2.
 
Cities
Policy
• Urban
Networks
for
Competitiveness
and
Innovation.
This
measure
shapes
a
process
of
structured
cooperation
between
municipalities,
public
entities
and
private
entities
that
proposes
developing
and
implementing
a
joint
Strategic
Plan
for
urban
development
centred
on
the
territorial
factors
of
knowledge,
competitiveness
and
innovation.
It
aims
to
support
the
affirmation
of
cities
as
hubs
of
knowledge,
innovation
and
competitiveness
networks
of
national
or
international
scope,
to
promote
a
boost
in
the
greater
economic
functions
of
74

the
cities
by
obtaining,
by
means
of
networking,
thresholds
and
synergies
for
the
 upgrading
 of
 technological
 infrastructures
 and
 the
 development
 of
factors
 to
 attract
 innovative
 and
 competitive
 activities,
 to
 stimulate
cooperation
among
Portuguese
cities
and
between
these
cities
and
scientific
institutions
and
higher
education
so
as
to
maximise
the
share
of
resources,
potentials
 and
 knowledge
 and
 valorising
 factors
 of
 differentiation,
 to
promote
 the
 insertion
 of
 cities
 in
 international
 networks
 and
 reaffirm
 their
international
 image
 and
 to
 optimise
 the
 potential
 of
 infrastructures
 and
facilities
from
a
network
perspective.
• Partnerships
 for
 urban
 regeneration.
 This
 measure
 configures
 a
 structured
and
formal
process
of
cooperation
between
entities
that
propose
to
develop
and
implement
a
joint
Action
Programme
for
the
regeneration
of
a
specific
area
 of
 a
 city.
 The
 aim
 is
 to
 foster
 cohesion
 and
 social
 inclusion,
 the
integration
and
equal
opportunities
of
the
different
communities
that
make
up
 the
 city,
 stimulate
 the
 socio‐economic
 revitalisation
 of
 rundown
 urban
spaces,
upgrade
the
urban
environment
and
the
key
factors
for
the
quality
of
life
 of
 the
 population,
 make
 the
 cities
 more
 attractive
 by
 conserving
 and
valorising
 the
 spaces
 of
 urban
 excellence,
 strengthening
 citizens’
participation
 and
 innovating
 forms
 of
 urban
 governance
 through
 the
cooperation
of
the
various
urban
actors.
• Innovative
 Actions
 for
 Urban
 Development.
 This
 measure
 aims
 to
 bring
dynamics
 to
 innovative
 solutions
 responding
 to
 urban
 demands
 and
problems,
 centred
 in
 particular
 on
 the
 efficiency
 and
 re‐use
 of
 the
 existing
infrastructures
and
facilities,
on
the
exploitation
of
opportunities
offered
by
new
technologies,
on
the
empowerment
of
the
local
communities
and
on
the
development
of
new
public‐private
partnerships.
It
is
targeted
at
the
support
of
pilot
projects
that
aim
to
develop
or
transfer
solutions
for
application
in
the
Portuguese
cities
that
have
not
yet
been
tried
out
nationally
or,
where
this
 has
 happened
 with
 positive
 results,
 need
 applying
 on
 a
 larger
 scale
 to
stimulate
 their
 replication.
 Preference
 is
 given
 to:
 rendering
 of
 proximity
services;
 urban
 accessibility
 and
 mobility;
 security,
 risk
 prevention
 and
combating
 crime;
 management
 of
 public
 spaces
 and
 buildings;
 sustainable
construction;
 urban
 environment;
 creativity
 and
 entrepreneurship
 in
 the
valorisation
 of
 territorial
 resources;
 and
 urban
 governance
 with
 increased
participation
of
citizens
and
economic
players
6.3
–
Land
Use
Planning:
Information
Infrastructures
• SINERGIC
 –
 LAND
 register
 –
 National
 System
 for
 the
 Exploitation
 and
Management
of
Geographic
Information
–
strives
to
promote
a
coordinated,
effective
and
sustained
implementation,
management
and
exploitation
of
the
land
 register
 information;
 this
 is
 the
 basis
 of
 the
 national
 system
 of
geographic
 information,
 providing
 data
 that
 is
 the
 base
 of
 other
 kinds
 of
75

statistics
and
information
structures
in
which
the
localisation
is
the
common
referential.
 The
 existence
 of
 a
 register
 serves
 as
 a
 transversal
 support
 to
numerous
 kinds
 of
 statistics
 and
 information
 structures
 and
 is
 a
 key
 vector
for
 the
 administrative
 modernisation
 and
 debureaucratisation
 of
 processes
and
 procedures
 and
 for
 the
 increase
 in
 the
 transparency
 of
 public
 decision
making
processes.
• SNIT/
Land
Use
Planning
and
Urbanism
Portal.
The
aim
of
this
project
is
the
on‐line
 access
 to
 territorial
 planning
 instruments,
 the
 on‐line
 availability
 of
systematised
 alphanumeric
 and
 graphic
 information
 on
 the
 territorial
management
 system
 in
 the
 DGOTDU
 Website,
 which
 will
 include
 the
possibility
of
consulting
the
territorial
management
instruments
in
force
and
the
current
situation
of
the
respective
preparation,
alteration
and
revision
of
procedures,
 as
 well
 as
 collaborative
 platforms
 to
 monitor
 the
 territorial
management
procedures.
• Virtual
 maps.
 Based
 on
 the
 agreement
 signed
 between
 the
 Portuguese
geographic
 Institute
 and
 Microsoft
 allowing
 the
 aerial
 images
 of
 the
 whole
country
to
be
made
available
on
the
Virtual
Earth
platform,
the
central
Public
Administration
 benefited
 from
 the
 free
 licensing
 of
 the
 programming
interface
of
Virtual
Earth,
which
is
a
resource
of
enormous
potential
for
the
organisation,
 management
 and
 exploitation
 of
 Geographic
 Information
 by
the
Administration,
for
the
interaction
between
various
Public
Administration
entities
 and
 their
 relations
 with
 citizens
 and
 for
 the
 development
 of
 highly
innovative
services.
6.4
–
Upgrading
and
Valorisation
of
Endogenous
Resources
• Integrated
 Operations
 for
 the
 Upgrading
 and
 Valorisation
 of
 the
 Coast
 –
Coastal
Polis–
Encompasses
a
set
of
upgrading
and
valorisation
operations
in
risk
zones
and
rundown
natural
areas
on
the
coast.
The
main
aims
of
these
interventions
 are
 to
 strengthen
 the
 capacity
 of
 the
 natural
 resources
 as
 a
factor
of
competitiveness,
by
means
of
the
valorisation
of
economic
activities
linked
 to
 coastal
 resources,
 associating
 them
 to
 the
 preservation
 of
 the
natural
resources;
protecting
and
upgrading
the
coastal
zone,
with
a
view
to
the
 defence
 of
 the
 coast,
 promoting
 the
 conservation
 of
 nature
 and
biodiversity,
the
a
naturalisation
and
restructuring
of
lagoon
zones
and
the
preservation
 of
 the
 natural
 heritage
 and
 landscape;
 preventing
 and
defending
people,
goods
and
systems
from
natural
risks;
fostering
the
public
enjoyment
of
the
coast,
supported
on
the
upgrading
of
bathing
areas
and
the
environmental
 and
 cultural
 heritage.
 Three
 priority
 intervention
 areas
 have
been
defined:
North
Coast,
Ria
de
Aveiro
and
Ria
Formosa.
• PROVERE
 –
 Programme
 for
 the
 economic
 valorisation
 of
 endogenous
resources,
 aims
 to
 stimulate
 the
 initiatives
 of
 economic
 agents
 oriented
towards
improving
the
territorial
competitiveness
of
low
density
areas
with
the
purpose
of
giving
endogenous
resources
economic
value
that
will
tend
to
76

be
 imitated
 in
 the
 territory:
 natural
 resources,
 historic
 heritage,
 traditional
knowledge,
 etc.
 This
 instrument,
 which
 is
 specifically
 targeting
 territories
with
 fewer
 development
 opportunities
 due
 to
 low
 density
 –
 population,
institutional,
 economic
 activities,
 etc.
 –
 intends
 to
 implement
 action
programmes
 constructed
 in
 partnership
 and
 framed
 in
 medium
 and
 long
term
 development
 strategies,
 that
 make
 a
 decisive
 contribution
 to
strengthening
the
economic
base
and
to
making
the
target
territories
more
attractive.
 PROVERE
 is
 one
 of
 four
 kinds
 of
 collective
 efficiency
 strategies
foreseen
 in
 the
 NSRF.
 Each
 of
 these
 strive
 to
 stimulate
 the
 emergence
 of
initiatives
 fostering
 coherent
 and
 strategically
 justified
 competitiveness,
integrated
 in
 a
 plan
 of
 action
 that
 provides
 structured
 stimulus
 for
 the
appearance
of
economies
of
agglomeration
notably
by
means
of
cooperation
and
network
operating
among
companies
and
between
these
companies
and
other
relevant
players
for
the
development
of
sectors
to
which
the
territories
in
question
belong.
• Continued
 implementation
 of
 the
 Rural
 Development
 Programme
 for
 the
2007/2013
 period
 (PRODER),
 and
 which
 comprehends
 6
 measures
 and
 15
actions
 aimed
 at
 “fostering
 competitiveness”;
 4
 measures
 and
 19
 actions
aimed
at
the
“sustainable
management
of
the
rural
space";
5
measures
and
7
actions
aiming
at
"boosting
the
dynamics
of
rural
zones";
3
measures
and
4
actions
 aiming
 at
 "promoting
 knowledge
 and
 the
 development
 of
 skills" 15 .
Around
35%
of
the
actions
of
the
programme
in
progress.
• Implementation
 of
 the
 National
 Strategy
 for
 the
 Sea
 –
 encompassing
 the
following
Programmes:
1. Planning
and
Organisation
of
Maritime
Spaces
and
Activities
2. Information
and
Knowledge
Network
for
the
Sea
3. Surveillance,
Security
and
Defence
for
the
Sea
4. Communication
and
Raising
Awareness
about
the
Sea
5. International
Cooperation
for
the
Sea
The
 following
 Action
 Plans
 were
 launched
 and
 are
 being
 implemented
 in
2008:
• Plan
for
the
Organisation
of
Maritime
Space;
• Simplification
of
Procedures
and
Licensing
of
Maritime
Activities
• Environmental
Monitoring
of
the
Exclusive
Economic
Zone;
• Information
System
for
Marine
Biodiversity;
• Network
of
Protected
Marine
Areas
• Definition
 of
 the
 Terms
 for
 the
 Constitution
 of
 the
 Ocean
Consortium;
15 
http://www.gpp.pt/drural
77

• Updating
of
the
Clean
Sea
Plan;
• Awareness
campaign
and
promotion
activities
on
the
sea;
• Inclusion
 of
 the
 subject
 of
 the
 Sea
 in
 the
 Project
 Area
 and
 in
Educational
Resources.
• International
Cooperation
for
the
Sea
(CPLP)
6.5.
 Water
and
Sewerage
• Continued
Execution
of
the
Strategic
Plan
for
Water
Supply
and
Sewerage
2007‐2013
 (PEAASAR
 II)
 by
 means
 of
 strengthening
 the
 water
 supply
 and
sewerage
so
as
to
secure
the
right
levels
necessary
for
the
population
and
a
service
that
is
reliable
and
of
high
quality.
This
Plan
defines
objectives
and
proposes
a
set
of
measures
to
be
developed
in
order
to
achieve
each
of
these
objectives.
To
this
end
and
with
a
view
to
obtaining
the
most
effective
solution
to
the
problems
 that
 remain,
 the
 Strategy
 proposes
 an
 extended
 model
 of
partnership
 between
 the
 State
 and
 Local
 Authorities,
 the
 concentration
 of
which
 will
 depend
 on
 the
 interest
 of
 both
 parties.
 It
 consists
 of
 the
integration
 of
 the
 so‐called
 “lower
 slope”
 infrastructures
 in
 Multi‐municipal
systems
that
exist
or
are
to
be
formed;
the
integration
will
be
made
in
line
with
conditions
yet
to
be
agreed.
Notwithstanding
the
strategic
role
reserved
for
the
concessionary
companies
of
the
Multi‐municipal
systems
of
the
AdP
Group,
SGPS,
as
a
public
policy
instrument
for
the
sector,
the
strategy
also
pledges
 in
 the
 private
 sector
 for
 both
 management
 and
 financing.
 The
Strategy
will
be
implemented
between
2007
and
2013,
and
the
investment
foreseen
for
this
will
be
assured
by
means
of
own
capital
(companies),
bank
loans
(National
Banking
and
EBI)
and
community
funding
through
the
NSRF
During
 2008,
 the
 necessary
 studies
 will
 be
 conducted
 to
 define
 the
partnership
 to
 be
 constituted
 between
 the
 State,
 through
 AdP,
 and
 the
various
 municipalities
 which
 showed
 an
 interest
 in
 a
 possible
 partnership
with
 the
 concessionary
 companies.
 These
 studies
 will
 be
 completed
 by
 the
end
of
the
year.
The
 2009
 ‐2010
 period
 will
 be
 vital
 to
 the
 success
 of
 the
 creation
 of
partnerships,
 the
 implementation
 of
 the
 strategy
 and
 will
 be
 the
 start‐up
period
for
all
the
measures
adopted.
6.6.
 Digital
infrastructure
‐
Broad
band
• Promotion
 and
 development
 of
 New
 generation
 Community
 Networks.
Promoting
 the
 creation
 of
 Community
 Networks
 as
 public
 broadband
networks
 in
 disadvantaged
 regions
 or
 where
 there
 are
 shortcomings
 in
 the
telecommunications
 market,
 notably
 where
 it
 is
 difficult
 for
 the
 market
 to
introduce
New
Generation
Networks,
which
must
be
technologically
neutral
78

and
supply
identical
access
to
all
operators
bidding
for
their
exploitation.
The
aim
is
also
to
develop
the
use
of
the
fibre
optic
networks
already
built
in
the
ambit
of
the
Digital
Cities
and
Regions
projects.
• e‐Science
 Infrastructures.
 Boost
 and
 develop
 new
 e‐Science
 infrastructures
accessible
 throughout
 the
 territory
 and
 including
 the
 high
 performance
network
for
research
and
education
(RCTS),
the
digital
scientific
libraries,
the
information
repositories
and
the
open
access
scientific
data,
the
computing
Grid
and
super
computing,
and
the
platforms
for
distance
research
work.
• Network
of
Internet
places
as
community
centres
for
socialising
and
learning
new
technologies,
with
emphasis
on
the
peripheries
of
urban
centres.
Development
 of
 “community
 spaces”
 based
 on
 already
 existing
 and
 new
internet
places
so
as
to
foster
the
link
to
urban
and
rural
communities,
with
both
 intramural
 and
 extramural
 activities,
 with
 a
 view
 to
 new
 technology
based
socialisation
and
stimulating
associative
activities,
electronic
democracy
and
learning
by
means
of
the
Internet.
• Network
of
Living
Science
Centres.
Development
of
Living
Science
Network
as
an
infrastructure
for
the
promotion
of
the
scientific
and
technological
culture
in
 the
 territory,
 to
 stimulate
 the
 interest
 of
 the
 young
 for
 scientific
 and
technical
 careers
 and
 to
 facilitate
 the
 population’s
 appropriation
 of
 new
technologies
and
knowledge.
6.7.
 School
Network
• Rehabilitation
Programme
for
schools.

The
reshaping
of
the
network
from
the
 perspective
 of
 creating
 school
 centres
 involves
 two
 distinct
 kinds
 of
intervention,
 in
 accordance
 with
 the
 territorial
 and
 social
 context
 in
 which
they
are
located.
o Intervention
 in
 urban
 areas.
 Factors
 will
 be
 analysed
 such
 as
 the
existence
or
not
of
an
expansion
and
development
plan
of
the
urban
fabric
 where
 each
 school
 is
 located
 so
 as
 to
 justify
 the
 decision
 to
build
 a
 new
 school
 or
 carry
 out
 the
 structuring
 upgrading
 of
 the
school
space,
namely
by
extending
the
existing
installations;
o 
Intervention
in

rural
zones.
Focus
is
given
to
upgrading/extending
or
building
one
or
more
school
centres
in
areas
which
are
geographically
in
the
centre
of
other
small
basic
schools
of
the
1st
cycle.
The
 rehabilitation
 Programme
 for
 schools
 foresees
 intervention
 in
 600
schools
by
2010.
79

#3
PART
OUTCOME
OF
PNACE
EXECUTION
2005‐2008
Main
Results
in
2007‐2008

|
INDEX
Introduction
...................................................................................................................
3
Macro
level
....................................................................................................................

6
Sustainability
of
Social
Security
Driver
..........................................................................
12
Modernisation
of
Public
Administration
Driver
............................................................
13
Micro
level
....................................................................................................................
20
Knowledge
and
Innovation
Networks
Driver
................................................................
38
Connecting
Portugal
Driver
...........................................................................................
41
Energy
Driver
................................................................................................................
45
Logistical
Portugal
Driver
..............................................................................................
49
Qualification
Employment
&
Social
Cohesion
Level
...................................................
57
Valorisation
of
Primary
Schooling
Driver......................................................................
74
New
Opportunities
Driver
............................................................................................
75
Proximity
Communitarian
Services
Network
Driver
....................................................
78
2

|
INTRODUCTION
In
order
to
emphasise
the
evaluation
of
the
implementation
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy

–
National
Plan
for
Growth
and
Employment
2005‐2008
–
and
to
systematically
frame
the
monitoring
of
the
reforms
taking
place,
nine
“impact
drivers”
were
defined
within
the
 Macro,
 Micro
 and
 Employment
 dimensions,
 in
 compliance
 with
 the
 directives
 of
the
Renewed
Lisbon
Strategy.
Therefore,
and
in
accordance
with
what
was
defined
by
the
European
Commission
in
its
guide
for
the
preparation
of
the
October
2008
National
Reports,
the
following
is
a
presentation
of
a
performance
analysis
of
the
main
reform
processes
in
the
last
twelve
months,
favouring
those
“impact
drivers”.
The
 performance
 analysis
 is
 structured
 in
 those
 three
 levels,
 with
 the
 main
 results
being
presented
in
each,
organised
in
some
cases
by
intervention
area
so
as
to
clarify
the
 evolution
 of
 the
 reform
 taking
 place.
 At
 the
 end
 of
 each
 level,
 the
 results
 are
developed
within
the
scope
of
each
driver
included
in
it.
Considering
the
goals
set,
the
situation
is
globally
the
following:
• Consolidate
 public
 accounts
 and,
 in
 the
 horizon
 of
 2008,
 reduce
 Portugal’s
public
deficit
to
2.6%
of
the
GDP
–
from
a
deficit
of
6.1%
in
2005
to
3.9%
in
2006
and
2.6%
in
2007.
• Encourage
 economic
 growth,
 reach
 a
 GDP
 annual
 growth
 rate
 of
 2.4%
 ‐
 the
growth
rate
was
0.9%
in
2005,
rose
to
1.4%
in
2006.
An
actual
growth
of
1.9%
was
registered
in
2007.
However,
the
international
situation
does
not
allow
the
proposed
 objective
 to
 be
 considered
 feasible
 (see
 macro
 level
 results
 further
on).
• Promote
 the
 incorporation
 of
 R&D
 results
 in
 the
 productive
 processes,
reinforce
 public
 investment
 in
 Scientific
 Research
 (up
 to
 1%
 of
 the
 GDP)
 and
triple
 private
 investment
 in
 R&D,
 which
 in
 2003
 was
 only
 0.24%
 of
 the
 GDP.
Public
budget
for
GDP
has
doubled
in
2008
compared
to
2003,
exceeding
1%
of
the
GDP
for
the
first
time.
A
still
greater
growth
of
private
investment
in
R&D
is
foreseen,
to
be
confirmed
by
the
results
of
the
Survey
to
National
Scientific
and
Technological,
taking
place.
• Promote
 job
 creation,
 attract
 and
 retain
 the
 greatest
 number
 of
 people
 in
employment,
reach
a
global
employment
rate
of
69%
‐
the
employment
rate
went
 from
 67.5%
 in
 2005
 to
 67.8%
 in
 2007;
 this
 figure
 makes
 it
 difficult
 to
guarantee
 the
 established
 goal
 in
 2008
 but
 is
 maintained
 over
 the
 EU
 27
average
(65.4%
in
2007).
Therefore,
 and
 considering
 the
 four
 great
 national
 priorities,
 it
 can
 be
 said
 that
 it
significant
 progress
 has
 been
 made
 in
 each
 one
 of
 them,
 without
 undermining
 the
importance
of
continued
efforts
in
these
domains:
3

a)
Consolidation
of
public
accounts
In
June
2008,
a
year
earlier
than
forecast,
the
proceedings
for
excessive
deficit
taken
against
Portugal
in
2005
was
terminated.
The
budget
consolidation
process
initiated
in
2005
allowed
a
considerable
part
of
budgetary
imbalances
to
be
corrected.
The
public
accounts
 deficit
 in
 2007
 was
 at
 its
 lowest
 for
 the
 last
 30
 years,
 which
 allowed
 the
budgetary
target
in
2008
to
be
lowered
to
–
2.2%
of
the
GDP.
b)
Reform
of
Public
Administration
–
simplify
company
life
Public
Administration
reform
took
relevant
steps,
both
in
the
area
of
restructuring
and
modernising
 its
 management
 and
 in
 administrative
 simplification
 and
 the
improvement
 in
 the
 relationships
 of
 companies
 and
 citizens
 with
 the
 Administration
was
of
particular
significance.
These
results
were
recognised
and
made
an
impact
on
Portugal’s
positioning
in
various
international
 rankings,
 namely
 the
 European
 Commission
 eGovernment
 Ranking
 on
availability
and
sophistication
of
online
public
services
(2007),
where
Portugal
appears
in
 the
 3 rd 
 and
 4 th 
 place
 among
 EU27.
 Portugal
 has
 also
 100%
 of
 the
 services
 to
companies
available
online,
the
same
what
concerns
to
the
sophistication
level.
c)
S&T
and
Innovation
For
 the
 first
 time
 in
 Portuguese
 history,
 the
 public
 budget
 for
 research
 and
development
exceeded
1%
of
GDP
in
2008,
reinforcing
the
compromise
made
by
the
Government
 to
 give
 priority
 to
 national
 scientific
 and
 technological
 development
 (it
was
 0.78%
 of
 the
 GDP
 in
 2007).
 This
 effort,
 combined
 with
 the
 reinforcement
 of
human
resources
in
Science
and
Technology,
by
doubling
in
2005‐2007
the
number
of
new
 PhDs
 and
 post
 PhDs,
 compared
 with
 the
 last
 triennial
 and
 the
 promotion
 of
scientific
employment
supporting
the
hiring
of
over
700
new
doctorates,
enabled
the
national
 scientific
 production
 to
 be
 significantly
 higher
 than
 the
 last
 few
 years,
reaching
a
total
of
6,655
publications
referenced
internationally
in
2006
(circa
630
per
million
 inhabitants),
 which
 represents
 a
 45%
 growth
 in
 the
 last
 three
 years.
Furthermore,
 the
 number
 of
 Portuguese
 patents
 registered
 in
 the
 European
 Patent
Office
and
the
United
States
Patent
Office
also
increased
90%
and
70%,
respectively,
between
2005
and
2007.
Additionally
and
culminating
a
persistent
evolution
since
the
mid
 1990s,
 the
 monthly
 figures
 of
 the
 technological
 balance
 were
 systematically
positive
in
2007,
demonstrating
the
boost
in
technologically
based
services
export
in
Portugal
 and,
 therefore,
 the
 increased
 technological
 capacity
 of
 the
 Portuguese
companies
and
their
affirmation
internationally.
d)
Qualification
In
 addition
 to
 continuing
 to
 implement
 the
 New
 Opportunities
 Initiative
 (see
 New
Opportunities
Driver),
the
Reform
of
Vocational
Training
and
the
Reform
of
Primary
and
 Secondary
 Schooling
 (see
 Valorisation
 of
 Primary
 Schooling)
 and
 the
 Reform
 of
Higher
 Education,
 the
 Government
 has
 been
 implementing
 other
 measures
 at
 the
4

level
of
sustainability
of
education
and
training
(e.g.
the
evaluation
and
autonomy
of
schools),
in
terms
of
quality
(teacher
training,
National
Reading
Plan,
amongst
others)
and
also
other
measures
with
an
impact
only
visible
in
the
longer
term,
such
as
the
broadening
and
consolidation
of
pre‐school,
curricular
enrichment
and
the
extension
of
school
timetables.
In
the
last
twelve
months,
we
note
the
start‐up
of
the
implementation
of
the
NSRF,
given
 its
 strategic
 importance
 for
 the
 execution
 of
 the
 Lisbon
 Strategy
 as
 the
investments
 foreseen
 in
 this
 area
 are
 strongly
 oriented
 towards
 the
 objectives
 and
goals
 of
 this
 Strategy.
 Therefore,
 about
 10
 months
 following
 the
 European
Commission’s
 approval
 of
 the
 NSFR
 Operational
 Programmes,
 of
 the
 roughly
 10,000
applications
approved
until
the
end
of
August
2008,
totalling
around
€3300
million
of
community
 investment
 funds,
 it
 is
 found
 that
 90%
 of
 the
 foreseen
 investment
 is
included
 in
 the
 categories
 of
 expenses
 that
 are
 “friends”
 of
 the
 Lisbon
 Strategy
(“earmarking”).
It
is
noted
that
the
particularly
high
figure
for
earmarking
registered
to
date
reflects
the
 fact
 that
 the
 tenders
 or
 application
 periods
 started
 at
 this
 stage
 have
 mainly
involved
the
intervention
typologies
closely
connected
to
the
objectives
and
priorities
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy,
namely
regarding
the
qualification
of
the
Portuguese
and
above
all
 in
 the
 framework
 of
 the
 Human
 Potential
 OP,
 as
 well
 as
 to
 the
 fostering
 of
innovation
 and
 the
 stimulation
 of
 company
 investment
 in
 improving
 their
competitiveness
 within
 the
 scope
 of
 Competitiveness
 Factors
 OP
 
 and
 also
 the
Continent
Regional
OP.
The
implementation
of
the
Bologna
Process
has
evolved
very
significantly
in
the
last
few
years;
the
majority
of
higher
education
courses
opening
places
in
2007‐2008
were
already
 adapted
 to
 the
 Bologna
 Model.
 The
 integral
 conclusion
 of
 this
 process
 is
foreseen
 for
 2009‐2010.
 During
 this
 period
 the
 number
 of
 new
 graduates
 from
 the
scientific
and
technological
areas
has
been
increasing
significantly,
reaching
18.8
per
1000
of
the
population
aged
between
20
and
29
years
for
the
first
time
in
2007,
thus
exceeding
 the
 European
 average;
 at
 the
 same
 time,
 the
 number
 of
 new
 PhDs
 in
scientific
 and
 technological
 areas
 increased
 in
 2007
 to
 0.42
 per
 1000
 of
 population
aged
25
to
34
years
(the
figure
for
2001
was
0.3).
5

|
MACRO
LEVEL
The
 improvement
 in
 the
 quality
 of
 public
 finances,
 with
 emphasis
 on
 its
 long
 term
sustainability,
and
the
creation
of
a
stable
macroeconomic
environment
that
favours
economic
 growth,
 remained
 as
 the
 main
 strategic
 objectives
 within
 the
macroeconomic
area
in
the
last
year.
In
June
2008,
a
year
earlier
than
forecast,
the
proceedings
for
excessive
deficit
taken
against
Portugal
in
2005
was
terminated.
The
budgetary
consolidation
process
initiated
in
2005
enabled
the
correction
of
a
considerable
part
of
the
budgetary
imbalance.
In
2007,
the
public
accounts
deficit
was
the
lowest
for
the
last
30
years.
More
than
half
of
the
3.5
percentage
point
(p.p.),
reduction
in
the
deficit
in
relation
to
GDP
registered
in
2006
and
2007
(from
6.1%
to
2.6%
of
the
GDP),
resulted
from
the
decreased
weight
of
public
expenditure
in
the
GDP.
Also
the
weight
of
public
debt
in
the
GDP
was
reduced
in
2007,
parallel
to
the
evolution
of
the
budgetary
deficit;
this
stood
at
63,6%
(‐1,1
p.p.
than
in
2006),
thus
interrupting
the
upward
trend
of
the
six
previous
years.
Given
the
good
results
which
were
obtained,
the
budgetary
target
for
2008
was
revised
to
‐2.2%
of
the
GDP
(previously
‐2.4%).
On
 the
 other
 hand,
 the
 reforms
 taken
 in
 the
 social
 security
 systems,
 both
 in
 the
general
 regime
 and
 the
 social
 security
 regime
 for
 public
 servants,
 enabled
 the
reduction
 of
 the
 sustainability
 risk
 associated
 with
 the
 evolution
 of
 public
 expenses
which
 are
 sensitive
 to
 the
 aging
 of
 the
 population
 (namely,
 pension
 expenses),
removing
 Portugal
 from
 the
 group
 of
 “high
 risk”
 countries,
 favouring
 the
 long
 term
sustainability
of
pubic
finances
(see
“Social
Security
Sustainability
Driver”
Box),
through
the
maintenance
of
the
public
social
security
system,
that
will
assure
the
pensions
of
the
Portuguese
workers
in
the
long‐run,
guaranteeing
the
social
security
sustainability,
protecting
the
longer
careers
(through
active
retirement
policies)
and
protecting
low
income
 pensioners
 (stimulating
 positive
 discrimination
 policies
 in
 the
 pension’s
calculation.
In
2007,
the
Portuguese
economy
accelerated
in
relation
to
the
previous
year,
with
the
GDP
growing
1.9%
in
real
terms
(1.4%
in
2006).
However,
the
international
economic
situation
has
since
taken
a
downturn
mainly
due
to
the
prolonged
disturbance
in
the
international
 finance
 markets
 and
 to
 the
 bullish
 oil
 and
 food
 prices;
 this
 led
 to
 a
deterioration
 of
 the
 contribution
 of
 the
 net
 external
 demand
 and
 in
 a
 moderate
acceleration
of
the
price
growth
during
the
first
half
of
2008
in
Portugal.
It
is
worth
stressing
that
the
growing
rhythm
of
prices
in
Portugal
has
been
below
the
euro
zone
average
 and
 in
 the
 last
 few
 months
 the
 national
 inflation
 rate
 remained
 the
 second
lowest
of
these
countries.
The
 national
 finance
 system
 has
 maintained
 a
 solid
 financial
 structure
 and
 effective
supervision;
 we
 note
 in
 particular
 the
 capacity
 of
 Portuguese
 banks
 to
 adapt
 the
unfavourable
conditions
of
the
finance
markets.
6

The
 Government
 has
 strengthened
 its
 focus
 on
 the
 implementation
 of
 the
 National
Reform
Plan,
articulated
within
the
macroeconomic,
microeconomic
and
employment
areas,
 in
 the
 awareness
 that
 Portugal
 is
 not
 able
 to
 influence
 the
 international
economic
evolution
and
the
external
structural
clashes,
and
the
belief
that
the
national
economy
still
needs
to
make
real
adjustments
to
its
structure
so
as
to
create
a
more
favourable
environment
for
entrepreneurship
and
to
increase
productivity,
economic
growth
and
employment.
Therefore,
 in
 the
 macroeconomic
 domain,
 the
 structural
 reforms
 implemented
 last
year
 concentrated
 on
 modernising
 one
 of
 the
 main
 vehicles
 of
 governing
 action
 –
Public
Administration
–
in
the
fields
of
management
methods
and
rules,
administrative
simplification
and
Improved
Services
for
Citizens
and
Companies
(see
“Modernisation
of
Public
Administration
Driver”
Box),
in
the
rationalisation
and
control
of
the
use
of
public
resources
in
the
Health
sector,
fighting
fraud
and
fiscal
and
tax
evasions,
in
the
reinforcement
of
the
sustainability
of
the
State
Business
sector,
in
the
revision
of
the
budgetary
frameworks
and
the
reduction
of
the
payment
deadlines
to
suppliers
from
public
entities.
It
is
also
important,
within
the
macro
domain,
to
point
out
a
set
of
actions
and
results,
outside
 the
 social
 security
 and
 Public
 Administration
 modernisation
 sustainability
drivers,
of
which
the
following
stand
out:
1.1.
 Rationalisation
 of
 the
 Use
 of
 Public
 Resources:
 Efficiency
 and
Expenditure
Control
in
Health
With
 the
 aim
 of
 improving
 Health
 care
 in
 Portugal
 and
 its
 sustainability,
 the
Government
has
been
promoting
a
rationalisation
policy
in
the
use
of
public
resources
connected
with
the
health
area,
based
on
cost
control
at
the
macro
level
and
increased
efficiency
at
a
micro
level.
Of
 the
 initiatives
 within
 the
 areas
 of
 prevention,
 access
 and
 assistance
 quality,
emphasis
goes
to
the
Heath
24
Call
Centre
and
Internet
service
which
aims
to
improve
the
 access
 to
 health
 care
 and
 rationalise
 resources,
 the
 investment
 in
 information
systems
to
improve
epidemic
vigilance
and
the
definition
of
clinical
quality
indicators.
Efficiency
measures
were
implemented
at
a
macro
level
with
a
view
to
promoting
the
financial
 sustainability
 of
 the
 National
 Health
 Service,
 such
 as:
 reinforcing
 the
contractual
process
with
the
providers,
with
quantified
objectives
for
the
evolution
of
costs
 and
 results
 which,
 if
 not
 fulfilled,
 will
 carry
 financial
 penalties,
 the
 electronic
centralisation
 of
 budgetary
 control
 information;
 the
 implementation
 of
 a
 strict
prescription
 drug
 policy,
 with
 a
 reduction
 in
 the
 public
 selling
 price
 (e.g.
 Ordinance
nr.1016‐A/2008,
of
September
8th,
determines
the
reduction,
as
a
rule,
of
30%
of
the
maximum
 public
 selling
 price
 of
 the
 generics
 approved
 by
 31st
 March
 2008),
implementation
 of
 rules
 and
 procedures
 for
 the
 introduction
 of
 innovation,
continuation
of
the
hospital
drug
programme
with
emphasis
going
to
the
installation
of
the
first
hospital
pharmacy
open
to
the
general
public
distributing
single‐dose
pills
(in
trial
 mode)
 and
 the
 introduction
 of
 monitoring
 mechanisms
 for
 medication
expenditure,
both
at
hospital
and
outpatient
care
level.
7

Continuity
 was
 given
 to
 the
 implementation
 of
 efficiency
 measures
 at
 a
 micro
 level,
namely
 the
 restructuring
 of
 the
 primary
 care
 network
 with
 a
 reconfiguration
 of
 the
current
health
centres
through
the
creation
of
family
health
units
(smaller
and
more
flexible
 structures),
 142
 operational
 at
 this
 moment,
 and
 the
 aggregation
 of
management
 resources
 and
 structures.
 The
 restructuring
 of
 the
 secondary
 care
(hospitals)
 network
 is
 under
 way
 with
 the
 reform
 of
 the
 national
 maternity
 and
emergency
 network.
 The
 process
 of
 adopting
 the
 business
 management
 model
 in
hospitals
was
also
reinforced
with
the
transformation
into
EPE
of
over
ten
entities
in
2007
and
7
entities
in
September
and
October
2008.
A
network
of
continuing
care
is
being
developed
parallel
to
this.
The
 following
 processes
 were
 reinforced:
 strategic
 hospital
 planning,
 integrated
monitoring
 of
 performance
 with
 electronic
 availability
 of
 management
 information
with
a
monthly
periodicity
and
a
systematic
follow
up
of
performance;
internal
control
model
 based
 on
 the
 best
 international
 practices;
 introduction
 of
 the
 figure
 of
 the
internal
 auditor
 in
 each
 hospital
 unit
 and
 the
 conducting
 of
 external
 audits
 on
 the
Hospitals.
 The
 use
 of
 shared
 services
 is
 also
 being
 stimulated
 with
 three
 company
complementary
groupings
being
set
up
in
2007
(We
Are
People,
We
Are
Purchases
and
We
Are
Bills).
It
is
foreseen
that
the
purchase
and
logistic
centre
of
SUCH
will
achieve
savings
of
8.2
million
Euros
in
2008,
first
year
in
operation.
The
 economic
 and
 financial
 results
 of
 the
 several
 measures
 undertaken
 are
noteworthy;
in
2006
and
2007,
for
the
first
time
in
decades,
it
was
not
necessary
to
resort
 to
 budgets
 amendments
 in
 the
 NHS
 which
 was
 also
 the
 result
 of
 realistic
budgeting.
 Therefore,
 the
 financial
 situation
 of
 the
 NHS
 was
 close
 to
 the
 budgetary
balance
in
these
last
2
years.
Cost
control
was
noteworthy
at
both
the
level
of
primary
care
and
the
level
of
hospitals,
namely
EPE
hospitals
whose
total
costs
decreased
by
more
than
1%
and
operating
costs
grew
less
than
2%
in
2006
compared
with
2005,
and
unlike
 the
 two‐digit
 growth
 of
 the
 last
 few
 years.
 
 In
 2007
 total
 costs
 decreased
 by
0.6%
and
there
was
a
slight
increase
in
operating
costs
of
0.9%.
The
efficiency
increase
in
the
expenditure
is
demonstrated
by
the
fact
that,
parallel
to
cost
 control,
 it
 was
 possible
 to
 increase
 citizen
 access;
 this
 was
 due
 to
 increased
production,
 namely
 outpatient
 care,
 and
 to
 a
 20%
 reduction
 in
 the
 average
 time
 of
waiting
 list
 for
 surgery
 from
 2005
 to
 2006
 and
 a
 35%
 reduction
 from
 2006
 to
 2007
(about
49%
of
2005
compared
with
April
2008).
1.2.
 Fighting
Fraud
and
Fiscal
and
Tax
Evasion
Strengthening
 the
 fight
 against
 fraud
 and
 fiscal
 evasion
 is
 a
 priority
 area
 within
 the
scope
of
fiscal
policy
over
the
last
year,
with
focus
on
the
publication,
in
this
ambit,
of
Decree‐law
 nr.29/2008
 dated
 February
 25th,
 regarding
 the
 prevention
 and
 fight
against
 abusive
 fiscal
 planning,
 which
 foresees
 a
 set
 of
 duties
 to
 report,
 inform
 and
clarify
 actions
 with
 the
 Tax
 Administration
 by
 
 promoters
 of
 fiscal
 planning,
 namely
credit
 institutions
 and
 other
 financial
 institutions,
 independent
 auditors
 and
independent
 auditor
 companies,
 lawyers,
 law
 companies,
 solicitors,
 solicitor
companies,
accountants
and
other
entities
which
provide
accounting
services.
8

Considering
the
outcome
of
fighting
fraud
and
fiscal
evasion
in
2007,
emphasis
goes
to
the
 annual
 increase
 in
 the
 voluntary
 regulation
 of
 corrections
 to
 the
 tax
 base
 (29%)
and
back
tax
(28%),
the
16%
rise
in
the
amounts
of
back
tax
directly
found
by
the
DGCI‐
Directorate
 General
 for
 Taxation
 (around
 975
 million
 Euros),
 the
 additional
 charges
made
 by
 the
 DGAIEC
 –
 Directorate
 General
 for
 Customs
 and
 Excise
 Taxes
 of
 around
24.7
million
Euros,
the
annual
rise
of
6%
in
enforced
collection
(1633
million
Euros),
the
regularisation
of
fiscal
debts
to
the
sum
of
242
million
Euros
within
the
scope
of
the
 process
 leading
 to
 the
 publication
 of
 lists
 of
 debtors,
 and
 the
 reduction
 of
 the
established
 debt
 to
 3.1
 million
 Euros
 (resulting
 from
 an
 increase
 in
 voluntary
payments).
Improvements
in
the
efficiency
of
the
collection
of
social
contributions
was
continued
in
order
to
strengthen
the
sustainability
of
the
Social
Security
System.
In
2007,
within
the
 ambit
 of
 the
 National
 Plan
 of
 the
 Prevention
 and
 Fight
 against
 Fraud
 and
Contributory
 and
 Service
 Provision
 Evasion,
 special
 attention
 was
 given
 to
 the
 fight
against
evasion
and
to
crime.
The
results
from
2007
show
a
31.7%
increase
in
the
debt
collected
(to
313.7
million
Euros).
Compared
to
2004,
the
collected
debt
increased
by
377%
(2004:
€
65.7m;
2005:
€
129.4m;
2006:
€
238.3m;
2007:
€
313.7m).
1.3.
 Reinforcing
the
Sustainability
of
the
State
Business
Sector
Within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 State
 Business
 Sector
 (ESS),
 the
 revision
 process
 of
 the
legislative
 framework
 was
 continued,
 aiming
 for
 a
 better
 control
 of
 the
 activity
 of
companies
 with
 State
 participation,
 a
 greater
 transparency
 in
 their
 relationship
 with
citizens
and
the
link
between
the
salaries
of
public
managers
and
the
results
achieved
by
the
companies
by
means
of
a
previous
contract
setting
out
targets
and
objectives.
Therefore,
 after
 the
 approval
 of
 the
 New
 Statute
 of
 Public
 Manager
 (decree‐Law
nr.71/2007,
 dated
 March
 27th),
 the
 approval
 of
 the
 good
 governance
 principles
 for
companies
from
the
State
business
sector
(Council
of
Ministers
Resolution
nr.49/2007,
dated
 March
 28th)
 and
 the
 revision
 of
 the
 juridical
 regime
 of
 the
 business
 sector
(Decree‐Law
n.300/2007
dated
August
23rd),
the
strategic
guidelines
for
the
ESS
were
approved
in
March
2008
(taking
into
account
the
articulation
of
their
activity
with
the
sectorial
strategic
policies
defined
by
the
Government,
social
responsibility,
respect
for
the
 operation
 of
 market
 rules
 and
 for
 consumers,
 and
 economic,
 financial
 and
environmental
sustainability).
On
the
other
hand,
the
process
of
setting
strategic
objectives
for
EES
companies
was
initiated,
with
emphasis
going
in
this
area
to
the
five
port
Administrations,
Carris,
CTT
and
EP
–
Estradas
de
Portugal,
Parpública,
STCP,
TAP,
Transtejo,
NAV,
ANA
and
EDAB,
by
 signing
 management
 contracts
 with
 the
 respective
 management
 boards
 in
 which
the
 annual
 and
 pluriannual
 objectives
 are
 defined;
 this
 aimed
 to
 emphasise
management
 professionalism
 and
 the
 development
 of
 a
 culture
 geared
 to
performance.
Finally,
a
new
juridical
regime
was
implemented,
applicable
to
the
concession
of
public
subsidies
(Decree‐Law
nr.67/2008,
of
August
26th),
which
introduces
general
criteria
9

to
 define
 financial
 counterparts
 attributed
 from
 the
 State
 Budget
 to
 finance
 entities
providing
services
of
general
interest
and
to
finance
policies
for
promoting
economic,
cultural
and
social
activities.
This
contributes
to
boosting
discipline
and
transparency
in
allocating
 financial
 counterparts,
 particularly
 in
 the
 compensatory
 sums
 awarded
 to
service
providers
of
general
interest.
Thus,
it
is
foreseen
that
the
provision
of
a
general
interest
service
must
be
entrusted
to
the
referred
entity
by
means
of
a
contract
signed
with
 the
 State
 which
 lays
 down
 the
 obligations
 of
 the
 parties,
 the
 duration
 of
 the
contract,
 the
 manner
 of
 calculating
 compensation
 and
 the
 procedures
 and
 entities
responsible
for
supervision,
among
other
clauses.
1.4.
 Revision
of
the
Budgetary
Framework:
Budgeting
by
programme
The
long
term
sustainability
of
public
accounts
necessarily
involves
making
budgetary
consolidation
long
lasting.
To
respond
to
this
challenge,
the
Government
submitted
a
scheduled
 plan
 of
 works
 to
 the
 Assembly
 of
 the
 Republic
 in
 2006,
 aiming
 at
restructuring
the
proposal
for
State
Budget
by
programme.
Budgeting
by
programme
consists
 of
 a
 pluri‐annual
 cycle
 of
 planning,
 programming,
 budgeting,
 control
 and
evaluation
of
the
State’s
performance
so
as
to
guarantee
taxpayers’
contributions
are
better
 applied,
 that
 is,
 a
 quality
 public
 expenditure
 that
 triggers
 the
 socio‐economic
effects
capable
of
improving
the
level
of
well‐being.
Therefore,
 in
 March
 2007
 the
 Government
 formed
 the
 Budgeting
 by
 Programme
Committee
(COP)
which
depends
directly
on
the
Minister
of
the
State
and
of
Finance;
its
 main
 mission
 is
 to
 propose
 a
 model
 to
 the
 Government
 and
 the
 respective
methodology
for
the
structuring
of
the
State
Budget
by
programme.
COP
presented
an
interim
 report
 in
 May
 2007,
 which
 was
 submitted
 to
 the
 Assembly
 of
 the
 Republic
following
 analysis
 in
 the
 Council
 of
 Ministers
 and
 presented
 to
 the
 Parliamentary
Committee
for
Budget
and
Finance.
A
key
feature
of
budgeting
by
programme
is
that
the
budget
focus
changes
from
being
resource‐centred
 to
 result‐centred.
 Therefore,
 the
 anticipated
 definition
 of
 the
objectives
 associated
 with
 the
 budget
 allocated
 to
 a
 body
 takes
 on
 a
 greater
importance.
Those
objectives
will
later
allow
the
efficiency
of
the
expense
incurred
to
be
 monitored.
 At
 the
 beginning
 of
 2008,
 the
 significant
 step
 was
 taken
 of
implementing
 a
 new
 evaluation
 model
 of
 public
 services
 (SIADAP),
 based
 on
 QUAR,
thus
progressively
guiding
public
management
towards
performance.
Parallel
 to
 the
 conceptual
 work
 of
 the
 COP,
 it
 proved
 essential
 to
 prepare
 the
implementation
 and
 operationalisation
 of
 the
 theme,
 namely
 by
 launching
 pilots
already
in
the
preparation
of
the
State
Budget
for
2009.
The
Work
Group
for
the
Pilot
Implementation
of
Budgeting
by
Programme
(GTIPOP)
was
formed
and
it
took
charge,
in
 articulation
 with
 the
 CBD
 and
 with
 the
 various
 services
 and
 entities
 of
 the
 Public
Administration
with
competencies
in
the
area
of
budget
programming
and
execution,
of
 the
 operationalisation
 of
 the
 three
 pilot
 programmes
 which
 will
 be
 part
 of
 the
proposed
State
Budget
for
2009,
namely
pilots
in
the
areas
of
Portuguese
Cooperation,
Integrated
Continuous
Care
Network
and
Social
Action
in
Higher
Education.
10

The
work
of
COP
has
been
complemented
by
an
extensive
analysis
made
by
the
OECD
on
the
Portuguese
budgeting
model
which
culminated
in
a
report
on
this
matter.
1.5.
 Decrease
 of
 the
 risks
 associated
 with
 payments
 in
 commercial
transactions
The
 Programme
 “Paying
 at
 the
 right
 Time”,
 approved
 by
 the
 Council
 of
 Ministers
Resolution
 nr.34/2008
 of
 February
 22nd,
 is
 aimed
 at
 a
 structural
 and
 significant
reduction
of
deadlines
for
paying
suppliers
of
goods
and
services
provided
by
public
entities,
enabling
the
improvement
of
the
business
environment
in
Portugal,
reducing
financing
 and
 transaction
 costs,
 introducing
 greater
 transparency
 in
 the
 setting
 of
prices
and
creating
conditions
for
healthier
competition.
An
average
payment
period
of
30
to
40
days
is
established
as
a
long
term
goal;
this
is
considered
the
optimal
time
given
the
regular
nature
of
revenue
from
public
bodies
and
a
need
to
obtain
good
price
conditions
for
the
State
in
its
commercial
transactions.
In
 accordance
 with
 this
 Programme,
 the
 evolution
 of
 indicators
 of
 the
 average
payment
deadline
to
suppliers
is
publicised;
in
case
of
services
of
direct
and
indirect
Administration
 of
 the
 State,
 the
 goals
 set
 for
 its
 directors
 and
 managers
 will
 be
associated
to
this
evolution
and
the
level
of
achievement
degree
will
influence
their
performance
 evaluation.
 For
 2008,
 directors
 of
 services
 where
 the
 average
 payment
period
is
45
days
have
been
set
the
goal
set
of
reducing
that
figure
by
at
least
15%.
This
 publication
 seeks
 to
 increase
 visibility
 and
 transparency
 linked
 to
 payment
practices
in
the
Public
Administration.
“Paying
 at
 the
 right
 time”
 foresees
 the
 implementation
 of
 improvements
 within
 the
circuits
of
financial
control
so
as
to
speed
up
payment
to
suppliers,
as
well
as
audits
on
the
 services
 of
 direct
 and
 indirect
 administrations
 of
 the
 State
 which
 register
 an
average
 payment
 period
 indicator
 of
 over
 180
 days
 at
 the
 end
 of
 2008
 so
 as
 to
evaluate
the
quality
of
expenditure
and
treasury
management.
The
municipalities
and
autonomous
regions
which
complied
with
the
defined
eligibility
criteria
 were
 able
 to
 apply
 for
 medium
 to
 long
 term
 financing
 in
 order
 to
 pay
 short
time
 debts
 to
 suppliers.
 Thirty‐six
 eligible
 applications
 were
 accepted,
 totalling
 335
million
Euros,
of
which
134
million
were
financed
directly
by
the
State.
Other
 legal
 mechanisms
 also
 contribute
 towards
 the
 objectives
 of
 the
 Programme,
namely
Law
nr.67‐B/2007
of
December
31st,
which
establishes
the
mandatory
annual
publication
of
the
list
of
creditors
of
the
State’s
Central
Administration
and,
in
relation
to
 municipalities,
 municipal
 mechanisms
 for
 financial
 clearing
 and
 rebalancing,
foreseen
in
the
Local
Finance
Law.
CITIUS
Programme
–
injunctions
is
a
tool
which
enables
the
totally
electronic
delivery,
payment
 and
 processing
 of
 injunction
 procedures,
 available
 from
 the
 5th
 of
 March
2008.
11

The
“dematerialisation
of
injunctions”
permitted:
a)
The
electronic
delivery
of
an
injunction,
at
http://citius.tribunaisnet.mj.pt,
by
means
of
an
online
form
or
computer
file;
b)
The
electronic
payment
of
the
injunction
charges,
by
ATM
or
homebanking;
c)
 The
 electronic
 processing
 of
 the
 injunction
 by
 the
 National
 Counter
 for
Injunctions;
d)
 The
 sending
 of
 the
 Injunction
 to
 court
 by
 electronic
 means,
 where
 it
 is
opposed;
e)
The
sending
of
warnings
by
email
to
the
claimant
of
the
injunction
so
that
the
procedure
can
be
monitored;
f)
The
elaboration
of
an
electronic
enforcement
order
based
on
the
injunction,
which
allows
the
presentation
of
an
affirmative
action
based
on
that
electronic
order.
The
 totally
 dematerialised
 injunction
 procedure
 is
 simpler
 because
 it
 enables
 the
delivery
 and
 electronic
 payment
 of
 the
 injunction
 without
 the
 need
 of
 any
 travel.
 It
also
 makes
 it
 unnecessary
 both
 to
 annex
 the
 injunction
 in
 paper
 form
 to
 the
enforcement
request
and
deliver
the
certificates
in
paper
form
for
VAT
rebate.
It
is
quicker
because
the
automated
procedures
enable
quicker
processing
(electronic
notification
 order,
 electronic
 sending
 for
 printing
 and
 envelope
 insertion,
 etc.).
 It
 is
cheaper
because
the
justice
charge
for
electronic
delivery
of
an
injunction
has
a
50%
reduction.
The
dematerialisation
of
the
procedure
and
the
electronic
communications
with
users
has
done
away
with
hundreds
of
thousand
trips
to
judicial
offices
and
the
associated
costs.
Since
 5th
 March
 2008,
 over
 219,000
 injunctions
 have
 been
 received
 electronically
through
CITIUS,
representing
more
than
95%
of
the
injunctions
received.
Driver
1.
“Social
Security
Sustainability”
The
Social
Security
Reform
Agreement,
signed
by
the
Government
and
Social
Partners
in
October
2006,
took
its
first
step
when
the
Social
Security
Act
(Law
nº
4/2007,
of
16th
January)
came
into
force.
This
Act
incorporates
the
measures
agreed
with
social
partners:
the
new
pension
scheme
(Decree‐law
nº
187/2007,
of
10th
May),
review
of
the
Social
Security
system’s
model
(Decree‐Law
nº
367/2007,
of
2 nd 
November),
and
implementation
of
the
Public
Capitalisation
Scheme
(Decree‐Law
nº
26/2008,
of
22 nd 
February).
Measures
such
as
the
anticipation
of
the
new
rule
to
calculate
new
pensions,
the
new
rule
to
update
pensions
and
the
 additional
 financial
 penalisation
 in
 the
 case
 of
 early
 retirement
 came
 into
 force
 in
 2007.
 In
 turn,
 the
sustainability
factor
introduced
regarding
new
pensions
was
applied
as
of
January
2008.
The
Public
Capitalisation
Scheme
(RPC),
participation
in
which
is
individual
and
voluntary,
is
worthy
of
note
as
it
is
a
new
 means
 of
 topping
 up
 retirement
 pensions
 that
 beneficiaries
 of
 the
 Social
 Security
 are
 entitled
 to,
compensating
 for
 the
 effect
 resulting
 from
 the
 sustainability
 factor.
 Thus,
 and
 throughout
 their
 working
 life,
beneficiaries
 can
 make
 a
 monthly
 contribution
 towards
 the
 RPC
 corresponding
 to
 a
 percentage
 of
 the
 ratable
contributory
value,
which
is
credited
as
an
individual
account
in
participation
units.
Such
contributions
capitalise
according
to
the
return
ensured
by
the
fund’s
global
assets,
assuring
an
investment
profile
similar
to
the
Social
Security’s
 Financial
 Stabilisation
 Fund.
 When
 the
 beneficiary
 retires,
 the
 participation
 units
 deposited
 in
 the
beneficiary’s
 individual
 account
 are
 converted
 into
 a
 monthly
 income
 for
 life,
 which
 will
 complement
 the
beneficiary’s
pension.
12

As
for
public
workers’
Social
Security
systems,
the
adaptation
of
the
main
reform
measures
of
the
Social
Security’s
general
scheme,
approved
by
Law
nº
52/2007,
of
31st
August,
came
into
force
in
January
2008.
This
time,
there
was
a
gradual
increase
of
employers’
contributions
towards
the
Civil
Service
Pension
Fund
(CGA
–
Caixa
Geral
de
Aposentações),
bringing
it
closer
to
the
Social
Security
system
when
under
the
same
circumstances
(Law
nº
53‐
A/2006,
of
29th
December,
and
Law
nº
67‐A/2007
of
31st
December),
for
autonomous
bodies
and
those
already
legally
required
to
do
so.
The
reforms
carried
out
on
the
Social
Security
systems
–
both
the
general
scheme
and
the
public
workers’
Social
Security
scheme
–
placing
importance
on
the
introduction
of
the
sustainability
factor,
the
rules
to
update
pensions,
and
the
encouragement
to
“active
aging”,
have
helped
to
increase
the
Social
Security
systems’
capacity
to
face
adverse
changes
to
the
demographic
scenario
which,
in
turn,
have
helped
to
reduce
the
risk
of
unsustainability
associated
with
the
progressive
development
of
public
expenditure
sensitive
to
an
aging
population
(pensions
in
particular).
Thus,
Portugal
was
able
to
leave
the
group
of
‘high
risk’
countries
in
this
respect,
at
the
same
time
that
is
guaranteed
the
social
security
sustainability,
protecting
the
longer
careers
(through
active
retirement
policies)
and
protecting
low
income
pensioners
(stimulating
positive
discrimination
policies
in
the
pension’s
calculation.
In
order
to
reverse
the
demographic
trend
expected
in
future
decades
which
reflect
a
significant
decline
in
the
birth
 rate,
 the
 Government
 has
 continued
 its
 policy
 to
 encourage
 an
 increase
 in
 the
 birth
 rate.
 Thus,
 the
 State
Budget
Law
for
2008
(Law
nº
67‐A/2007,
of
31st
December)
sanctioned
the
increase
in
the
supplement,
based
on
the
 taxation
 of
 collective
 earnings,
 of
 the
 donations
 for
 the
 creation
 and
 maintenance
 of
 day
 nurseries,
kindergartens
and
breast‐feeding
rooms
integrated
in
the
respective
companies,
and
the
adoption
of
tax
incentives
for
families
with
dependents
under
three,
in
the
form
of
IRS.
Decree‐Law
nº
105/2008,
of
25th
June,
established
social
 measures
 to
 reinforce
 social
 protection
 during
 maternity,
 paternity
 and
 adoption,
 extending
 them
 to
 the
population
not
entitled
to
protection
under
the
social
security
system
because
they
are
either
not
in
the
labour
market
or
have
made
insufficient
contributions.
Also
worthy
of
note
within
the
scope
of
incentives
to
increase
the
birth
rate
is
the
construction
of
day
nurseries
–
an
area
prioritised
within
the
PARES
(Programme
to
extend
the
Network
of
Social
Facilities).
In
this
manner
18
650
places
were
approved,
corresponding
to
418
day
nurseries
and
a
total
investment
of
154
million
euros,
82.7
million
euros
of
which
is
from
public
funding.
Driver
2.
“Modernisation
of
Public
Administration”
The
modernisation
of
Public
Administration
is
a
key
area
of
the
strategy
for
the
country’s
progress
and
one
of
the
main
vehicles
to
implement
public
polices.
To
modernise
Public
Administration
is
to
implement
reforms
aiming
to
improve
 the
 quality
 of
 their
 governance,
 increasing
 the
 efficacy
 and
 efficiency
 of
 the
 public
 service
 rendered,
contributing
towards
increasing
the
satisfaction
of
their
users
and
motivation
of
public
workers.
Of
the
reforms
undertaken
in
Public
Administration
in
the
last
year,
those
that
aim
at
modernising
methods
and
rules
of
resource
management
connected
to
their
activity
are
worthy
of
note,
as
are
those
that
aim
at
directing
Administration
 towards
 citizens
 and
 companies,
 simplifying
 their
 lives
 in
 their
 relationship
 with
 the
 State
 and
improving
information
service
for
the
public.
Reforms
in
Management
Methods
and
Rules
in
Public
Administration
The
reforms
in
the
management
methods
and
rules
in
Public
Administration
aim
at
improving
the
capacities
of
managers
and
public
administrators
in
managing
and
gaining
more
value
from
the
public
resources
connected
to
the
activity
of
the
body
they
head,
whether
by
rationalising
and
eliminating
waste
or
by
planning
and
controlling
their
activity
better,
always
aiming
for
better
public
expenditure.
With
this
in
mind,
in
the
last
year,
reform
of
the
public
employment
scheme
was
strengthened
and
the
processes
to
control
admissions
and
recruiting
of
staff
were
reinforced,
 the
 Programme
 to
 Restructure
 the
 State’s
 Public
 Administration
 (PRACE)
 was
 concluded
 and
 the
reorganisation
 of
 the
 local
 services
 of
 the
 State’s
 decentred
 action
 was
 expanded,
 implementation
 of
 the
management
of
shared
resources
began
(which
included
the
public
purchases
processes),
planning,
control
and
evaluation
of
public
service
mechanisms
were
developed,
and
the
reform
of
the
management
of
public
real
estate
was
made
more
wide‐ranging.
In
this
last
year
there
have
been
structural
developments
in
the
reform
of
the
public
employment
scheme
and
therefore
on
the
management
rules
of
human
resources
in
Public
Administration,
with
three
of
the
legal
pillars
of
this
reform
coming
into
force
‐
Law
nº
66‐B/2007,
of
29th
December
(new
Integrated
Management
and
Evaluation
System
of
the
Performance
of
Public
Administration)
,
Law
nº
12‐A/2008,
of
27 th 
February
(new
contractual
ties,
13

careers
and
remunerations
in
Public
Administration),
and
Law
nº
59/2008,
of
11th
September
(new
labour
contract
for
public
office).
The
new
public
employment
system
aims
at
being
closer
to
the
common
system
and
tries
to
bring
incentives
(thus,
improving
performance)
of
managers
and
employees
in
line
with
the
need
to
improve
services
to
the
public
with
fewer
 resources.
 This
 new
 paradigm
 consists
 of
 complementing
 the
 normal
 fulfillment
 of
 legally
 determined
administrative
procedures
with
the
creation
of
incentives
for
managers
and
personnel
by
evaluating
performance
so
that,
through
their
own
initiative
and
talent,
they
may
be
able
to
reach
a
level
of
excellence
in
terms
of
public
services
rendered
to
citizens
and
companies.
Therefore,
as
of
2008,
for
example,
performance
awards
are
to
be
granted
depending
on
the
performance
evaluation.
With
the
same
objective
of
encouraging
talent,
quotas
have
been
 introduced
 to
 classify
 performance.
 This
 is
 to
 avoid
 previous
 practices
 in
 which
 there
 was
 an
 automatic
progression
in
career
which
had
led
to
an
unsustainable
drift
in
salaries.
The
 Contractual
 Ties,
 Careers
 and
 Remunerations
 Act
 was
 regulated
 by
 creating
 a
 Single
 Remunerative
 Table
(Regulation
 Decree
 nº
 14/2008,
 of
 31st
 July),
 which
 now
 has
 115
 positions
 (instead
 of
 22
 tables
 with
 522
positions),
and
the
merger
of
1715
careers
into
three
general
scheme
careers
(Decree‐Law
nº
121/2008,
of
11th
July).
The
latest
major
legal
pillar
of
the
public
employment
reform
–
the
new
Work
Contract
Scheme
for
Civil
Servants
–
was
 agreed
 with
 by
 two
 of
 the
 three
 trade
 union
 associations
 with
 which
 the
 Government
 negotiated
 the
document.
With
this
new
document,
the
public
employment
scheme
is
closer
to
the
common
employment
scheme
by
 introducing
 more
 flexible
 rules
 in
 managing
 human
 resources,
 and
 the
 concrete
 work
 conditions
 of
 the
statutory
 scheme
 also
 come
 closer
 to
 those
 in
 the
 private
 sector.
 For
 example,
 public
 employment
 legal
relationships
will
now,
as
a
rule,
be
based
on
a
contract,
meaning
that,
within
certain
limits,
an
employee
being
recruited
 for
 a
 certain
 job
 can
 negotiate
 his/her
 salary
 with
 the
 employer.
 Another
 example
 is
 that
 it
 is
 now
possible
 to
 shorten
 the
 normal
 period
 of
 work,
 or
 suspend
 the
 contract
 if
 it
 becomes
 temporarily,
 partially
 or
totally
impossible
to
provide
service,
either
by
the
employee
or
by
the
public
employer
and
upon
agreement
by
both
parties.
A
further
example
is
the
introduction
of
schemes
which
allow
flexible
timetables,
part‐time
work
and
telework,
which
was
not
possible
until
now
within
Public
Administration
and
which
now
follow
the
solutions
laid
down
in
the
Labour
Code.
The
 Disciplinary
 Law
 for
 public
 workers
 has
 been
 reviewed
 (Law
 nº
 58/2008,
 of
 9 th 
 September).
 The
 new
 Law
simplifies
 and
 introduces
 processes
 to
 hasten
 the
 legal
 channels
 of
 the
 disciplinary
 procedures
 and
 creates
 a
special
 procedure
 –
 the
 inquiry
 procedure
 –
 aimed
 exclusively
 at
 determining
 if
 two
 consecutive
 negative
performance
assessments
indicate
the
existence
of
a
disciplinary
infraction
which,
ultimately,
may
lead
to
dismissal
of
 the
 appointed
 employee
 or
 demotion
 to
 a
 non‐supervisory
 position,
 to
 be
 determined
 via
 a
 disciplinary
procedure.
Reform
 of
 the
 human
 resources
 management
 in
 Public
 Administration
 also
 goes
 through
 implementing
improvements
 when
 planning
 such
 resources
 –
 a
 fundamental
 area
 in
 terms
 of
 rationalizing
 their
 use.
 In
 this
manner,
 services
 with
 an
 excess
 of
 human
 resources
 should
 transfer
 them
 to
 more
 strategic
 and
 under‐staffed
areas.
 This
 is
 why
 the
 mobility
 of
 human
 resources
 is
 an
 essential
 mechanism
 to
 complement
 and
 ensure
 the
efficiency
of
human
resource
planning,
as
well
as
contributing
to
satisfying
workers
looking
for
new
professional
experiences.
 With
 this
 in
 mind,
 general
 mobility
 mechanisms
 have
 been
 strengthened
 (transferals,
 exchanges,
requests,
secondment,
specific
assignment,
special
assignment)
through
Law
nº
12‐A/2008,
of
27 th 
February.
With
regard
 to
 special
 mobility
 mechanisms,
 approximately
 2,300
 employees
 have
 been
 through
 that
 situation,
 and
currently
there
are
about
1,200
employees
in
a
special
mobility
situation
awaiting
new
functions.
Strict
 control
 of
 admissions
 and
 contracting
 through
 the
 application
 of
 the
 recruitment
 rule
 whereby
 one
employee
is
taken
on
for
every
two
that
leave,
has
enabled
a
reduction
of
expenses
with
staff
by
decreasing
the
number
of
public
workers
–
something
that
had
not
happened
in
decades.
Thus,
the
number
of
employees
fell
2.9%
in
2006
and
2.5%
in
2007,
corresponding
to
a
decrease
of
39,373
employees
in
two
years
(or
5.3%
in
two
years)
–
this
more
than
fulfilled
the
recruitment
rule
referred
to.
Within
this
period,
expenses
with
staff
saw
a
1.0
percentage
point
fall
in
the
GDP
(13.9%
of
the
GDP
in
2005
to
12.9%
of
the
GDP
in
2007).
The
effect
of
hospitals
becoming
privately
managed
during
this
period
was
also
considered
when
determining
this
figure.
The
PRACE
programme,
which
began
in
2006
and
finished
in
2007,
sanctioned
a
new
organisation
model
of
the
14

ministries’
central
services,
strengthening
the
support
provided
to
government,
as
well
as
two
organisation
models
of
the
regional
decentralised
services
(NUTS
II
and
regions),
replacing
the
30
already
existent
solutions.
After
430
charters
 were
 published,
 there
 was
 a
 reduction
 of
 about
 25%
 in
 the
 number
 of
 existing
 structures
 and
management
positions
through
the
PRACE.
With
 regard
 to
 the
 reorganisation
 of
 the
 State’s
 decentralised
 local
 services,
 note
 the
 results
 obtained
 in
 the
reorganisation
of
the
educational
network
at
the
primary
school
(1 st 
cycle),
where
approximately
2,200
isolated
schools
with
inadequate
teaching
conditions
were
closed
during
the
2006/07
and
2007/08

school
years;
and
the
primary
care
and
hospital
care
network
system
was
restructured,
the
health
centres
were
reconfigured,
and
Family
Health
Units
were
created
and
implemented
(142
in
operation,
covering
about
1.8
million
users).
These
structures
are
smaller,
flexible
and
capable
of
improving
citizens’
access
to
local
care
and
lessening
the
pressure
on
the
search
for
 different
 health
 systems
 at
 higher
 average
 costs.
 
 Also,
 Law
 nº
 52/2008,
 of
 28th
 August,
 approved
 a
 new
organisation
and
working
model
for
courts
of
law,
and
reduced
the
number
of
districts
from
231
to
39.
In
this
way,
the
 first
 step
 was
 taken
 in
 changing
 a
 generic
 offer
 in
 terms
 of
 legal
 responses
 to
 one
 where
 each
 of
 the
 new
districts
now
have
more
specialised
solutions
as
well
as
better
management
conditions.
The
aim
of
implementing
shared
services
in
Public
Administration
is
to
achieve
savings
by
accomplishing
efficiency
earnings
 associated
 with
 simplified
 processes,
 together
 with
 the
 introduction
 of
 new
 information
 and
communication
technologies,
and
by
reducing
the
costs
associated
with
economies
of
scale
and
range.
In
2008,
GeRAP
began
implementing
the
shared
management
of
resources
in
the
accountancy
and
financial
sector
of
the
Finance
 Ministry
 and
 Public
 Administration’s
 integrated
 service,
 as
 a
 pilot
 experiment.
 GeRAP’s
 activity
 in
 the
financial
field
will
include
the
dissemination
of
the
Public
Accounts’
Official
Plan,
standardisation
and
optimisation
of
processes,
and
reports
to
support
management.
In
the
supply
sector,
the
National
Agency
for
Public
Purchases
(ANCP)
has
already
launched
eight
public
tenders
in
2008
(from
a
total
of
fifteen
anticipated
for
this
year).
The
framework
agreement
for
mobile
communication
services
is
one
that
has
already
been
formalized,
as
well
as
the
framework
for
road
fossil
fuels.
These
framework
agreements
pre‐qualify
suppliers
and
establish
conditions
and
requirements
 regarding
 the
 supply
 of
 goods
 and
 services
 to
 the
 State
 (maximum
 prices,
 levels
 of
 quality
 of
minimum
services,
among
others),
thus
encouraging
competition
between
companies,
in
particular
SMEs.
This
new
generation
of
framework
agreements
to
be
celebrated
by
the
State
will
comprise
75%
of
the
transversal
public
expenses.
In
terms
of
managing
the
State’s
fleet
of
vehicles,
the
new
legal
scheme
established
by
Decree‐Law
nº
170/2008,
of
26th
August,
foresees
that
purchases
and
management
become
central
to
ANCP,
as
well
as
contracts
between
ANCP
and
the
user
services
under
the
same
obligations
as
those
allocated
to
the
vehicles,
the
creation
of
general
 standards
 for
 allocation
 of
 vehicles
 and
 their
 classification,
 and
 preference
 for
 an
 environmentally
advanced
 fleet
 of
 cars.
 The
 new
 scheme
 aims
 at
 eliminating
 waste
 resulting
 from
 an
 ad‐hoc
 management
 of
approximately
29,000
vehicles
–
a
fleet
that
is
scattered,
heterogeneous
and
old
(an
average
of
11
years).
The
 introduction
 of
 the
 SIADAP
 and
 the
 investment
 in
 a
 new
 performance
 evaluation
 process
 based
 on
management
 by
 objectives
 has
 been
 strengthening
 an
 assessment
 and
 making
 officials
 in
 Public
 Administration
aware
of
their
responsibilities.
There
have
already
been
created
public
documents
of
Evaluation
Frameworks
and
Accountability
(QUAR),
where
objectives
have
been
laid
down,
as
have
performance
indicators,
results
achieved,
available
means,
and
the
final
evaluations
of
the
services’
performance
in
approximately
98%
of
the
State’s
direct
and
indirect
services
in
2008.
Evaluation
of
the
services’
performance
is
based
on
their
self‐evaluation
which
is
then
critically
analysed
by
the
service
which,
in
each
ministry,
has
the
authority
in
terms
of
planning,
strategy,
and
evaluation.
 The
 Coordinating
 Committee
 for
 the
 Evaluation
 of
 Services,
 chaired
 by
 the
 Government
 member
responsible
 for
 Public
 Administration
 was
 created
 with
 the
 objective
 of
 ensuring
 coordination
 and
 encouraging
cooperation
and
the
sharing
of
good
practice.
As
for
management
of
the
State’s
assets
and
following
the
revision
of
the
public
real
estate’s
legal
system
(Decree‐
Law
 nº
 280/2007,
 of
 7th
 August)
 –
 which
 controls
 this
 system
 and
 aims
 at
 efficient
 and
 good
 use
 of
 public
resources
and
compliance
with
the
State’s
current
organisation
–,
and
the
Registration
of
Public
Administration
Property,
a
significant
amount
of
surplus
space
was
identified
when
compared
with
the
occupation
ratio
(average
floor
area
of
50
m2
per
worker)
which
has
enormous
possibilities.
Administrative
Simplification
and
Improved
Service
for
Citizens
and
Companies
In
2008,
the
Administrative
and
Legislative
Simplification
Programme
(SIMPLEX)
reaches
the
end
of
its
third
year
simplifying
 the
 lives
 of
 citizens
 and
 companies
 and
 their
 relationship
 with
 the
 State,
 as
 well
 as
 improving
 the
internal
efficiency
of
services
within
Public
Administration
itself.
15

Of
 the
 measures
 undertaken
 by
 the
 Government,
 almost
 90%
 were
 executed
 in
 2006,
 and,
 in
 2007
 this
 figure
reached
85%
thanks
to
a
Programme
that
included
235
simplification
measures.
The
 SIMPLEX
 2008
 consolidated
 the
 strategy
 to
 modernise
 administration
 ‐
 by
 associating
 administrative
 and
legislative
simplification
with
e‐Government
–
which,
in
the
context
of
the
reform
of
provision
of
public
services,
was
one
of
the
critical
factors
of
success
in
response
to
the
modernisation
and
innovation
objectives
in
the
public
sector.
This
programme
comprises
189
measures
directed
at
citizens
and
companies
and
continues
to
involve
all
the
 ministries
 and
 services
 of
 the
 respective
 areas
 of
 competence,
 with
 a
 common
 and
 shared
 responsibility.
Before
 being
 defined,
 an
 extensive
 public
 survey
 was
 carried
 out
 and
 a
 significantly
 superior
 response
 was
achieved
compared
to
its
predecessor.
The
‘life
event’
concept
was
reinforced
in
citizens
and
companies’
relationship
with
the
State,
including
the
onestop
service
–
capable
of
providing
integrated
service
solutions,
ensuring
that
the
person/company
requesting
the
service
can
do
so
or
obtain
the
information
needed
in
a
single
contact
or
interaction.
Following
a
recent
OECD
evaluation,
the
opportunity
to
establish
a
specific
evaluation
process
of
the
simplification
method
in
cooperation
with
the
local
administration
was
acknowledged.
Also
acknowledged
was
the
importance
of
establishing
institutional
cooperation
aiming
at
the
simplification
and
electronic
administration
at
two
levels
–
centrally
and
locally.
The
Local
Authority
Simplex
Programme
was
the
answer
to
this
recommendation
which,
as
well
as
the
measures
that
are
the
exclusive
responsibility
of
local
authorities,
also
includes
measures
that
rely
on
the
collaboration
between
these
two
levels
of
administration,
or
measures
that
depend
on
the
joint
work
of
two
or
more
local
authorities.
Portugal
responded
to
the
challenge
launched
by
the
European
Council
in
March
2007
and
undertook
to
comply
with
the
programme
to
reduce
administrative
costs
for
companies
in
the
European
Union
and
to
develop
its
own
national
programme.
In
this
way,
a
pledge
to
reduce
administrative
burdens
for
companies
was
integrated
in
the
SIMPLEX
programme,
with
the
objective
of
a
25%
reduction
in
administrative
burdens
imposed
by
national
legal
and
regulatory
rules,
by
2012,
in
events
relevant
to
the
life
cycle
of
companies.
A
number
of
pilot‐projects
were
launched
in
2007
with
the
main
aim
of
testing
the
application
of
the
Standard
Cost
Model
methodology
to
the
national
situation,
using
a
limited
number
(6)
of
SIMPLEX
measures
as
a
starting
point.
The
 progress
 achieved
 in
 Portugal
 in
 the
 electronic
 government
 field
 has
 been
 acknowledged
 by
 international
institutions.
So,
as
well
as
the
high
classification
obtained
in
the
Global
E‐Government
index
(Brown
University)
and
in
the
European
Ranking
for
Online
Public
Services,
now
in
2008,
the
Global
Information
Technology
Report
2007‐2008
 (World
 Economic
 Forum)
 has
 already
 acknowledged
 Portugal
 as
 2nd
 of
 127
 countries
 to
 place
Information
 and
 Communication
 Technologies
 within
 the
 Government’s
 vision
 for
 the
 future
 modernisation
 of
public
services.
Administrative
Simplification
targeting
citizens
A
 new
 One‐Stop
 concept
 (Citizen
 Shop
 –
 2nd
 generation
 shops)
 was
 launched
 –
 these
 shops
 enhance
 the
availability
of
public
services
founded
on
new
concepts,
such
as
the
one‐stop
service
–
in
person
or
through
the
Internet
–
based
on
a
back
office
cooperation
between
the
different
public
services
involved
in
the
processes.
The
first
2nd
generation
shop
was
opened
in
2007.
Within
this
context
of
new
concepts
in
the
distribution
of
services
at
one‐stop
shops,
the
first
‘I
Lost
my
Wallet’
service
was
launched.
Through
this
service,
a
citizen
can
have
identification
documents
re‐issued
within
the
Public
Administration
services
should
they
be
stolen
and
report
the
occurrence
to
the
competent
authority.
This
service
hopes
 to
 respond
 to
 over
 20%
 of
 the
 enquiries
 made
 at
 the
 One‐Stop
 Agencies.
 Up
 till
 August,
 over
 43,000
documents
were
renewed
at
the
two
agencies
available.
The
 “Ready
 House”
 service
 launched
 in
 July
 2007
 aims
 at
 eliminating
 the
 formalities
 of
 property
 transfer
 and
registration
by
dealing
with
all
aspects
in
one
single
place
and
in
one
go.
This
initiative
is
based
on
an
electronic
communication
platform
between
the
intervening
services
and
bodies
(registry
offices,
Tax
Administration,
local
authorities
and
financial
institutions),
ensuring
not
only
swiftness
and
security
of
the
service
provided,
but
also
a
reduction
 in
 costs
 to
 users
 (by
 about
 900
 euros
 considering
 a
 sale
 and
 purchase
 contract
 with
 a
 bank
 loan,
excluding
taxes,
and
following
the
contract
procedures).
There
are
83
“Ready
House”
agencies
available
and,
by
June
2008,
over
12,400
‘Ready
House’
procedures
had
been
accomplished.
16

The
“Succession
and
Inheritance”
Project
concentrates
the
main
processes
related
to
a
person’s
death
and
record
of
inheritance
assets.
It
is
now
possible
to
carry
out
all
operations
related
to
succession
and
inheritance
at
one
of
the
21
agencies
currently
in
existence
(division
of
assets,
payment
of
taxes,
and
registration
of
the
assets
divided).
The
 “Born
 Citizen”
 project
 aims
 at
 having
 children
 registered
 immediately
 after
 birth
 at
 maternity
 clinics
 and
hospitals
without
having
to
go
to
a
registry
office.
67,000
children
have
been
registered
at
the
32
“Born
Citizen”
agencies
already
in
operation
(76%
of
the
infants
born
in
health
centres
encompassed
by
the
project).
The
“Citizen
Card”
project,
which
began
in
February
2007,
has
been
extended
over
the
last
two
years.
So,
as
well
as
the
 nine
 islands
 of
 the
 Azores
 archipelago,
 it
 is
 now
 possible
 to
 obtain
 the
 Citizen
 Card
 in
 every
 district
countrywide.
Approximately
310,000
applications
were
registered
by
15th
September,
170
thousand
of
which
have
already
been
delivered
(of
these,
60%
have
a
qualified
electronic
signature
active).
Within
the
health
field,
the
“Appointment
on
Time”
Project
allowed
over
327,000
requests
for
first
time
specialist
appointments,
involving
about
90
%
of
hospitals
and
health
centres
on
the
Continent,
in
a
joint
effort
to
increase
the
attendance
efficiency
and
quality.
Another
step
forward
in
citizens’
relationships
with
the
labour
market
was
the
dematerialisation
of
the
Work
and
Employment
Form
(BTE).
On‐line
consultation
means
that
paperwork
is
no
longer
needed,
and
this
resource
has
become
more
accessible
to
citizens
and
companies.
Over
284,000
accesses
had
been
made
by
the
end
of
2007.
As
for
the
fiscal
field,
the
gamble
using
the
Internet
as
a
means
of
transaction
has
received
a
favourable
response
from
contributors
as
can
be
seen
by
the
increase
in
the
number
of
accesses
to
the
DGCI
and
DGAIEC
sites
(268%
more
in
2007,
that
is,
from
47.5
to
127.4
million
accesses).
All
forms
sold
at
finance
offices
were
made
available
on
the
Internet.
Up
to
May
2008,
the
number
of
IRS
declarations
delivered
via
the
Internet
represented
69%
of
the
total
number
of
declarations
delivered
(60%
in
2007).
As
for
filling
in
declarations
beforehand,
approximately
82%
were
effectively
dealt
with
in
2007
(1,036,717
declarations
were
completed
beforehand
out
of
a
total
of
1,264,165
received
 via
 the
 Internet).
 Over
 72%
 of
 the
 approximately
 11.6
 million
 rustic
 building
 registrations
 have
 been
computerised,
surpassing
the
initial
objective
of
50%.
Within
the
internal
security
realm,
a
fast
lane
has
been
created
for
those
with
an
electronic
passport
to
be
allowed
to
cross
air
and
sea
frontiers.
Paper
check‐in/out
registration
at
all
border
posts
was
eliminated
by
the
end
of
2007,
and
 the
 new
 automated
 control
 system
 for
 owners
 of
 electronic
 passports
 was
 implemented
 (Faro,
 Lisbon
 and
Funchal
airports).
Administrative
simplification
targeting
companies
During
the
Portuguese
Presidency
of
the
EU,
the
European
Union’s
Council
of
Ministers
for
competition
took
the
simplification
 path:
 elimination
 of
 the
 dual
 control
 of
 legality,
 the
 creation
 of
 online
 registration
 services,
 the
creation
of
one‐stop
shops
and
dispensing
with
the
obligation
to
report
the
same
information
to
different
bodies.
In
Portugal,
the
processes
to
simplify
formalities
and
create
new
services
for
companies
are
organised
around
the
idea
 of
 a
 life
 cycle,
 with
 every
 phase
 of
 a
 company’s
 existence
 and
 activity,
 from
 its
 start‐up
 to
 its
 extinction,
including
the
expansion
and
consolidation
of
its
business.
European
Commissioner
for
the
Internal
Market,
Charlie
McCreevy,
commented
favourably
on
Portugal’s
evolution,
considering
that
the
country
was
about
to
become
a
European
benchmark
with
regard
to
cutting
context
costs
for
companies.
The
 Company
 Portal
 enables
 electronic
 access
 to
 a
 wide
 number
 of
 public
 services,
 having
 become
 a
 powerful
means
of
communication
between
companies
and
Public
Administration.
The
 “Company
 within
 an
 Hour”
 project
 continues
 to
 expand
 its
 network
 of
 locations
 –
 from
 July
 2005
 to
 the
beginning
 of
 2008,
 over
 48,000
 companies
 were
 set
 up
 at
 the
 current
 101
 agencies
 available
 (about
 70%
 of
companies
 presently
 set
 up
 in
 Portugal).
 Approximately
 2,173
 companies
 had
 been
 set
 up
 through
 the
 Online
Company
Register
by
August
2008.
Continuing
the
simplification
process
and
elimination
of
linked
notary
and
trade
registration
acts,
Online
Register
17

services
 have
 been
 made
 available
 on
 the
 Internet,
 through
 which
 it
 is
 possible
 to
 register
 businesses
 or
 other
related
 acts
 (such
 as
 alteration
 to
 the
 company’s
 administration
 or
 equity).
 The
 new
 service
 at
www.empresaonline.pt
 where
 permanent
 certificates
 for
 company
 registration
 are
 available
 online
 has
 already
issued
about
875,000
certificates,
thus
eliminating
paper
formats.
Over
1,286,400
publications
of
companies’
life
events
were
published
online,
eliminating
series
III
of
the
Diário
da
República,
and
about
93%
of
national
brand
name
requests
were
made
via
the
Internet
in
August
2008,
through
“Brand
online”
(1,096
applications).
Portugal
is
one
of
the
European
countries
where
it
is
quickest
to
register
a
brand.
In
2007,
80%
of
applications
were
registered
in
5
months.
In
2006
the
waiting
time
was
7
to
8
months,
and
in
2002,
it
was
15
months.
With
 regard
 to
 the
 Tax
 Administration
 field,
 several
 simplification
 and
 dematerialisation
 measures
 were
 taken,
such
as
the
export
statement
copy
for
the
National
Institute
of
Statistics
(INE),
which
is
now
sent
electronically,
thus
replacing
paper
format
and
it
is
estimated
that
by
the
end
of
the
first
half
of
2008,
approximately
3,930,000
declarations
were
sent
to
the
INE
via
the
Internet.
The
Simplified
Business
Information
(IES),
combining
four
legal
obligations,
previously
made
through
four
different
public
 bodies,
 into
 a
 single
 act,
 received
 over
 405,000
 declarations
 in
 its
 first
 year
 available
 (2007).
 With
 the
adoption
 of
 the
 scheme,
 the
 obligation
 to
 deliver
 the
 annual
 fiscal
 and
 accountancy
 statement,
 the
 record
 of
accounts
and
information
for
the
National
Institute
of
Statistics
and
for
the
Bank
of
Portugal
can
now
be
done
in
a
single
act
through
the
Electronic
Declarations
site.
The
Decree‐Law
for
the
creation
of
a
company
card
has
already
been
approved
by
the
Council
of
Ministers.
This
single
 electronic
 document
 includes
 the
 three
 relevant
 numbers
 for
 identification
 of
 corporate
 bodies:
 the
collective
person’s
identification
number
(NIPC),
the
taxpayer
identification
number
for
companies
and
equivalent
bodies,
 and
 the
 company’s
 Social
 Security
 identification
 number
 (NISS).
 In
 this
 way,
 the
 legal
 body
 card
 and
taxpayer
card
for
companies,
which
were
issued
by
two
different
Public
Administration
Bodies
(the
IRN
and
the
DGCI)
despite
having
exactly
the
same
identification
number,
have
been
eliminated.
As
for
access
to
a
company’s
activity,
a
catalogue
of
licenses
and
authorisations
has
been
created
in
the
Company
Portal
 –
 this
 is
 a
 one‐stop
 shop
 where
 it
 is
 possible
 to
 access
 relevant
 information
 for
 each
 sector,
 such
 as
applicable
legislation,
competent
authority,
and
contacts.
In
 terms
 of
 access
 to
 industrial
 activity
 in
 particular,
 the
 already
 adopted
 simplification
 models
 were
 given
continuity
and
the
promulgation
of
a
new
scheme
for
the
exercise
of
industrial
activity
is
expected.
A
number
of
alterations
 is
 foreseen
 aimed
 at
 simplifying
 the
 licensing
 process
 based
 on
 the
 principle
 that
 the
 expected
complexity
 of
 the
 procedures
 needed
 for
 the
 exercise
 of
 an
 industrial
 activity
 should
 be
 proportional
 to
 the
respective
risk.
In
this
way,
different
levels
of
control
are
established
previously
according
to
the
potential
risk
and,
at
 the
 same
 time,
 the
 unnecessary
 phases
 of
 the
 procedure
 are
 eliminated.
 Thus,
 the
 one‐stop
 shop
 was
established
and
so
the
whole
process
can
take
place
via
a
single
interaction
with
a
Public
Administration
service,
through
a
physical
or
dematerialised
channel.
On
the
other
hand,
the
decision‐making
periods
are
shorter
and
the
processes
leading
to
their
effective
compliance
are
established
through
tacit
deferment
and
based
on
the
principle
that
additional
elements
can
only
be
requested
of
the
applicant
within
a
certain
period
and
by
a
single
interlocutor
–
 the
 coordinating
 body.
 The
 backup
 information
 system
 –
 integrated
 in
 the
 license
 catalogue
 –
 among
 other
features,
 will
 allow
 the
 interested
 party
 to
 see
 the
 procedure
 applied
 to
 his/her
 case
 beforehand,
 through
 a
simulator,
and
follow
the
different
phases
of
the
process.
The
 new
 scheme
 aims
 at
 consolidating
 the
 regulation
 that
 had,
 until
 now,
 been
 disperse,
 reorganising
 and
including
it
in
a
single
document
or
its
annexes,
so
that
upon
respective
consultation,
it
is
possible
to
obtain
the
information
that
previously
required
the
analysis
of
several
laws.
Administrative
Simplification
targeting
Public
Administration
The
 simplification
 and
 modernisation
 of
 administrative
 practices
 within
 Public
 Administration,
 especially
dematerialising
of
procedures,
aim
at
increasing
the
efficiency
of
public
service.
Any
laws
to
be
published
in
series
1
and
2
of
the
Diário
da
Republica
must
now
be
delivered
electronically
–
this
has
meant
a
complete
dematerialisation
of
requests
to
issue
laws
and
has
reduced
tons
of
paper
used
by
the
7,000
bodies
registered
in
the
National
Mint,
as
well
as
cutting
by
half
the
average
time
to
publish
laws
in
the
Diário
da
18

República.
The
 information
 and
 electronic
 availability
 of
 the
 Diário
 da
 República
 has
 been
 used
 profusely,
 with
 access
 to
legislation
and
other
laws
published
as
follows:
•
• The
number
of
visits
to
the
site
of
the
Electronic
Diário
da
República
(counter)
increased
by
nearly
50%:
1st
year
(July
2006
to
June
2007)
–
11.8
million
visits;
2 nd 
year
(July
2007
to
June
2008)
–
16.8
million
visits
• The
 number
 of
 requests
 made
 through
 the
 Universal
 and
 Free
 Public
 Service
 (i.e.
 document
consultation,
 document
 downloads,
 etc.)
 increased
 by
 nearly
 100%
 in
 its
 second
 year
 of
operation:
1 st 
year
(July
2006
to
June
2007)
–
21.1
million;
2 nd 
year
(July
2007
to
June
2008)
–
41.9
million
• In
2008,
during
a
consolidation
phase
of
the
measure
to
reinforce
access
to
the
Electronic
Diário
da
República,
 historical
 usage
 maximums
 were
 reached:
 Nr
 of
 accesses
 in
 a
 day
 (counter)
158,896
(11‐Sept‐2008);
Nr
of
hits
in
a
day
(clicks
per
page)
2,749,162
(8‐Jan‐2008);
Nr
of
different
users
in
a
day
67,933
(2‐Jul‐2008);
Nr
of
users
accessing
simultaneously
2,907
(5‐Feb‐2007).
With
 the
 new
 Public
 Contracting
 Code
 in
 force
 it
 is
 possible
 to
 use
 technology
 to
 launch
 public
 tenders
electronically,
establish
that
compulsory
evidence
of
compliance
with
the
qualification
requirements
will
now
only
fall
on
the
bidder
awarded
the
public
contracts,
and,
during
the
phase
in
which
proposals
are
presented,
bidders
no
longer
have
to
provide
qualification
documents
(this
will
only
be
necessary
on
the
part
of
the
contractor).
19

|
MICRO
LEVEL
In
the
micro
economic
sphere,
it
was
with
determination
that
Portugal
carried
on
with
the
implementation
of
PNACE
in
several
political
areas,
aiming
at
attaining
the
goal
set
for
increased
competitiveness
and
change
of
the
competitive
base
of
the
Portuguese
economy.
Centred
 on
 that
 goal,
 work
 was
 developed
 in
 line
 with
 the
 priorities
 defined
 by
 the
European
 Councils
 of
 spring
 2006,
 2007
 and
 2008,
 as
 well
 as
 with
 the
 domains
identified
 by
 the
 Council
 as
 needing
 special
 attention
 ("Future
 Challenges")
 in
 the
evaluation
of
the
2 nd 
execution
Report
for
PNACE.
In
fact,
in
line
with
one
of
the
“Future
Challenges”
for
Portugal,
the
implementation
of
the
Technological
Plan
was
pursued
–
a
plan
centred
on
the
boosting
of
knowledge,
technology
and
innovative
capacity
–
favouring
the
consolidation
of
the
connections
between
research,
higher
education
and
industry
and
fostering
increased
participation
from
the
private
sector.
Some
 indicators
 that
 demonstrate
 the
 impact
 of
 the
 technological
 plan
 are:
 the
inversion
of
Portugal’s
technological
balance,
which
was
positive
for
the
first
time
in
2007;
 over
 32%
 penetration
 of
 mobile
 broadband
 in
 population
 (with
 mobile
broadband
leadership);
the
classification
of
Portugal
in
the
3 rd 
place
of
the
raking
for
availability
 and
 sophistication
 of
 on‐line
 public
 services
 within
 the
 framework
 of
 the
EU;
 and
 the
 return
 to
 school
 of
 450,000
 Portuguese
 that
 signed
 up
 for
 the
 new
opportunities
programme,
for
validation
of
skills
and
re‐qualification.
The
global
results
of
the
Technological
Plan
can
be
seen
particularly
in
6
spheres:
 1
(1)
 Network
 Society:
 where
 there
 are
 outstanding
 results
 in
 the
 increase
 of
 the
coverage
and
penetration
of
the
land
and
mobile
Board
Band;
in
the
percentage
of
public
 services
 available
 on‐line;
 in
 the
 increase
 of
 regular
 users
 of
 the
 Internet
amongst
people
aged
between
16
and
74
years;
in
the
increase
of
the
Companies
with
Internet
and
Board
Band;
in
the
great
increase
in
international
connectivity
of
the
national
research
and
education
network
(RCTS).
(2)
Human
Resources
Qualification:
above
all,
in
the
decrease
in
the
level
of
early
drop
out
of
the
school
system,
with
resulting
increase
in
population
between
20
and
24
years
of
age
that
have
at
least
finished
secondary
school;
in
the
increase
of
the
percentage
of
higher
education
graduates
in
the
population
between
25
and
64
years
of
age;
in
the
increase
per
thousand
graduates
in
Science
and
Technology
in
the
population
between
20
and
29
years
of
age;
in
broadening
of
higher
education
to
 new
 audiences
 and
 their
 involvement
 in
 professional
 training;
 and
 in
 the
significant
increase
in
PhDs.
1 See Annex on the evaluation of the Technological Plan.
20

(3) Science
 and
 Technology
 Infrastructure:
 the
 pledge
 made
 in
 scientific
 and
technological
 development
 has
 been
 visible
 from
 the
 outset
 in
 the
 significant
increase
of
public
budgetary
appropriations
for
R&D;
in
the
increase
of
the
number
of
researchers,
in
particular
holders
of
PhDs;
in
the
increasing
promotion
of
R&D
activities,
 namely
 in
 partnership
 and
 according
 to
 theme
 networks;
 in
 the
significant
increase
of
internationally
referenced
scientific
production
(publications
per
million
inhabitants);
and
in
the
expansion
of
e‐Science
infrastructures
(research
and
 education
 network,
 digital
 scientific
 libraries,
 open
 scientific
 repositories,
computing
Grid).
(4) Financing
 System:
 the
 improvement
 in
 access
 to
 financing
 for
 innovation
 is
shown
in
the
increase
of
investment
in
venture
capital
as
a
percentage
of
GDP,
as
well
as
in
the
growth
of
the
public
expenditure
in
R&D
as
a
percentage
of
GDP.
(5) Economic
Activity
Conditions:
the
conditions
of
the
economic
activity
have
also
significantly
 improved,
 as
 seen
 in
 the
 increase
 in
 foreign
 direct
 investment
 in
Portugal
as
a
%
of
GDP;
the
increase
of
the
registering
of
patents
and
registered
Community
 trademarks;
 and
 in
 the
 evolution
 of
 the
 weight
 of
 the
 production
 of
renewable
energies
in
gross
production
plus
importer
balance.
(6) Entrepreneurship:
 the
 results
 of
 the
 technological
 plan
 are
 also
 felt
 in
 the
increase
in
the
Entrepreneurial
Activity
Rate
(Global
Entrepreneurship
Monitor)
and
in
 the
 consolidation
 of
 the
 processes
 that
 lead
 to
 the
 creation
 of
 new
technologically
based
companies.
(7) Business
Capacity:
the
Technological
Plan
also
has
significant
effects
in
terms
of
 business
 capacity;
 it
 is
 worth
 noting
 the
 increased
 employment
 in
 Knowledge
Intensive
Services
in
relation
to
total
employment
in
services
activity;
and
the
high
proportion
of
SME
that
declare
having
innovated
in
products
and
processes.
2.1.
 Scientific
and
technological
development
For
 the
 first
 time
 in
 Portuguese
 history,
 the
 public
 budget
 for
 research
 and
development
 exceeded
 the
 figure
 of
 1%
 of
 GDP
 in
 2008,
 reaffirming
 the
Government's
commitment
to
the
priority
given
to
national
scientific
and
technological
development
(it
was
0.78%
of
the
GDP
in
2007).
This
 increase
 in
 public
 investment
 in
 R&D
 over
 the
 past
 few
 years
 is
 linked
 to
 an
estimated
increase
in
the
investment
of
the
companies
in
R&D
of
about
75%
in
the
past
3
years,
using
as
reference
the
figures
declared
by
the
companies
for
tax
purposes
in
2006,
compared
to
2003,
the
last
year
in
which
the
tax
incentive
system
operated
until
it
was
reinstated
in
2006
by
the
present
Government.
In
fact,
only
after
2005
did
the
 company
 investment
 in
 R&D
 exceed
 the
 investment
 from
 higher
 education
institutions.
 We
 now
 await
 the
 results
 of
 the
 National
 Scientific
 and
 Technological
21

Potential
Survey
–
2007,
in
its
conclusion
stage,
to
confirm
the
expectations
of
a
very
significant
increase
in
private
investment.
It
should
be
stressed
that
this
priority
given
to
the
rapid
scientific
and
technological
development
 of
 the
 country
 has
 been
 accompanied
 by
 a
 strong
 mobilisation
 of
 the
national
 scientific
 community,
 with
 visible
 results
 in
 the
 impact
 of
 its
 assertion
 at
international
 level,
 including
 the
 involvement
 of
 researchers
 from
 Portuguese
institutions
 in
 European
 and
 international
 science
 and
 technology
 networks.
 This
strengthened
internationalisation
of
the
scientific
community
included
the
increased
cooperation
with
Spain,
namely
through
the
creation
of
the
INL
Iberian
International
Nanotechnology
Laboratory,
and
the
establishment
of
new
international
partnerships
in
 Science
 and
 Technology
 and
 Higher
 Education,
 with
 the
 New
 Partnerships
 for
 the
Future
Programme.
The
national
scientific
production
has
significantly
increased
in
the
past
few
years,
amounting
to
a
total
of
6,655
internationally
referenced
publications
in
2006
(about
630
per
million
inhabitants),
which
represents
a
45%
growth
in
the
past
three
years;
it
should
be
highlighted
that
two
of
the
5
most
quoted
scientific
articles
in
the
EU
are
coauthored
by
Portuguese
researchers.
These
 development
 dynamics
 currently
 involve
 about
 11,600
 doctorate
 researchers
working,
 in
 2007,
 in
 R&D
 centres
 (measured
 in
 terms
 of
 “full‐time
 equivalent”),
representing
 a
 25%
 increase
 in
 the
 past
 two
 years
 and
 double
 the
 number
 of
doctorate
researchers
in
comparison
with
2000.
Moreover,
during
the
past
two
years,
about
20%
of
the
total
of
the
new
doctorates
since
1990
obtained
or
had
their
PhDs
recognised
in
Portugal,
and
in
2007
the
figure
of
about
1,460
new
PhDs
per
year
was
reached.
 It
 should
 also
 be
 stressed
 that
 the
 percentage
 of
 the
 number
 of
 new
doctorate
 degrees
 achieved
 by
 women
 recently
 exceeded
 50%,
 the
 highest
percentage
ever.
Also
worth
mentioning
is
the
fact
that
the
number
of
new
doctorate
degrees
in
science
and
technology
areas
currently
represents
about
half
(47.3%)
of
the
total
of
new
doctorates,
while
in
the
early
1990’s
it
represented
only
1/3
of
the
total
of
the
doctorate
degrees
awarded
at
the
time
(namely
31.3%
in
1991
and
32.5%
in
1992).
In
 addition,
 and
 reaching
 the
 highest
 point
 in
 a
 persistent
 evolution
 since
 the
 mid
nineties,
the
monthly
figures
of
the
technological
balance
were
systematically
positive
in
 2007,
 showing
 the
 boost
 in
 the
 exports
 of
 technologically
 based
 services
 from
Portugal
 and,
 as
 such,
 the
 increased
 technological
 capacity
 of
 the
 Portuguese
companies
and
their
assertion
at
international
level.
Also
in
this
context,
the
number
of
Portuguese
patents
registered
in
the
European
Patent
Office
and
in
the
US
Patent
Office
increased
about
90%
and
75%
respectively,
between
2005
and
2007.
Naturally,
 these
 results
 are
 encouraging
 the
 national
 effort
 in
 the
 investment
 in
people,
knowledge
and
ideas
and,
in
particular,
the
commitment
assumed
by
Portugal
for
the
need
to
promote
the
national
scientific
and
technological
capacity,
namely
in
the
 context
 of
 the
 European
 Research
 Area,
 together
 with
 the
 reinforcement
 and
autonomy
of
the
scientific
and
technological
institutions.
22

Within
the
scope
of
fulfilling
the
Pledge
with
Science 2 
presented
by
the
Government
in
March
2006,
some
basic
factors
have
contributed
to
these
important
results:
• The
 total
 number
 of
 advanced
 training
 scholarships,
 directly
 awarded
 by
 the
Foundation
 for
 Science
 and
 Technology,
 has
 been
 increasing
 in
 the
 past
 few
years,
 having
 reached
 6,250
 scholarships
 in
 2007,
 of
 which
 about
 4,900
 are
doctorate
scholarships
and
1,350
are
post‐doctorate
scholarships.

Within
this
scope,
the
number
of
new
scholarships
awarded
on
an
annual
basis
increased
very
 significantly,
 with
 a
 77%
 increase
 in
 doctorate
 scholarships
 and
41%
 in
post‐doctorate
scholarships
in
the
past
two
years.
• Within
 the
 scope
 of
 promoting
 scientific
 employment,
 the
 support
 for
 the
placement
 of
 about
 720
 new
 doctorate
 degree
 holders
 has
 already
 been
agreed
with
institutions
from
the
national
scientific
and
technological
system,
following
calls
for
applications
for
open
contracts‐programs
in
2006
and
2008
by
the
Foundation
for
Science
and
Technology,
with
a
view
to
supporting
the
hiring
of
at
least
1,000
doctorate
researchers
by
2009.
• In
2008,
the
Foundation
for
Science
and
Technology
has
already
launched
two
new
programmes
to
boost
scientific
and
technological
research,
aiming
at:
(i)
supporting
 the
 integration
 in
 research
 (in
 recognised
 R&D
 centres)
 of
 more
than
5,000
students
of
the
early
years
of
higher
education,
and
(ii)
supporting
guest
research
chairs
in
Portuguese
universities.
• The
Foundation
for
Science
and
Technology
is
currently
financing
about
4,940
R&D
projects
in
all
scientific
areas,
which
corresponds
to
an
increase
of
more
than
800
new
projects
when
compared
to
2005.
Worth
noting
is
the
fact
that
in
the
 last
 call
 for
 applications
 launched
 by
 the
 Foundation
 for
 Science
 and
Technology
 projects
 amounting
 to
 more
 than
 600
 million
 euros
 applied
 for
financing,
corresponding
to
a
more
than
25%
rise
in
the
number
of
projects
and
100%
in
terms
of
financing
requested,
when
compared
to
the
previous
call
for
applications.
• Since
 the
 launch
 of
 the
 Pledge
 with
 Science
 in
 March
 2006,
 four
 new
Associated
Laboratories
were
set
up
in
the
areas
of
Biotechnology
(1),
Energy
and
Transportation
(1)
and
Nanotechnology
(2).
• The
extension
of
the
RCTS
in
fibre
ring
to
Spain
and
to
the
European
Geant
network
at
10
Gbps,
agreed
in
the
Portugal‐Spain
Summit
in
November
2005,
is
already
concluded
for
the
North
as
far
as
the
Minho‐Galiza
border
in
Valença,
and
 will
 be
 concluded
 in
 the
 next
 few
 months
 for
 the
 East
 up
 to
 the
 Caia
border.
 This
 way,
 Évora
 University
 and
 the
 polytechnic
 institutes
 of
 Viana
 do
Castelo,
 Setúbal
 and
 Portalegre
 are
 also
 connected
 to
 the
 RCTS
 fibre
 cable
2 With ambitious goals for the 2006-2009 term, this initiative involves the reinforcement of the scientific knowledge
technological competences measured at the highest international level, human resources and the scientific and
technological culture, reinforcement of responsibility, organisation in a network of R&D public and private institutions,
internationalisation, high performance demand and evaluation, and attainment of economic value from research.
23

network.
In
July
2008,
RCTS
was
connected
to
the
Geant
network
at
10
GBPS,
a
band
width
8
times
greater
than
the
one
available
in
July
2005.
• In
 2007,
 the
 Online
 Knowledge
 Library
 (b‐on)
 was
 extended
 to
 all
 scientific
and
public
higher
education
institutions,
and
a
new
financing
model
was
put
into
effect
that
assures
the
library’s
disciplinary
unit
and
universal
access.

The
b‐on
 provides
 unlimited
 and
 permanent
 access
 in
 Research
 and
 Higher
Education
Institutions
to
more
than
16,750
international
scientific
publications,
by
 16
 editors,
 through
 subscriptions
 negotiated
 at
 national
 level
 with
 these
editors.
 In
 2007,
 the
 number
 of
 articles
 downloaded
 in
 this
 library
 was
 4.2
million
(3.4
in
2005
and
3.7
in
2006).
In
addition,
we
stress
the
continuation
of
the
setting
up
process
of
the
Portugal‐Spain
R&D
 Institute,
 INL
 –
 Iberian
 International
 Nanotechnology
 Laboratory,
 following
 the
decision
taken
by
the
Portuguese
and
Spanish
Governments.
 3 
Still
in
November
2006,
the
 Portuguese
 Foundation
 for
 Science
 and
 Technology
 (FCT)
 and
 the
 Spanish
Dirección
General
de
Investigación
opened
a
joint
program
of
Iberian
empowerment
in
 nanotechnology,
 through
 a
 call
 for
 applications
 for
 scientific
 research
 and
technological
development
projects
in
Nanotechnology,
within
the
scope
of
scientific
and
 technological
 cooperation
 between
 Spain
 and
 Portugal
 related
 to
 the
 INL.
 The
competition
was
specifically
aimed
at
the
following
themes:
nanomedicine
(diagnostic
systems,
 therapeutic
 applications
 and
 “drug
 delivery”)
 and
 nanotechnology
 for
environmental
control
and
for
food
safety
and
quality.
The
competition
was
directed
towards
multidisciplinary
research
teams
of
international
scientific
and
technological
excellence
in
these
themes,
and
mixed
teams,
i.e.
involving
researchers
integrated
in
Portuguese
 and
 Spanish
 institutions;
 each
 project
 was
 required
 to
 have
 at
 least
 one
team
from
each
of
the
countries.
The
evaluation
of
these
projects
was
carried
out
by
an
 international
 panel
 of
 independent
 evaluators
 established
 in
 other
 countries,
appointed
by
agreement
between
FCT
and
the
Dirección
General
de
Investigación
from
Spain
and
this
is
the
first
time
that
the
two
countries
adopted
this
evaluation
scheme
of
 bilateral
 cooperation
 projects.
 10
 research
 projects
 were
 selected,
 with
 a
 total
amount
of
2.8
million
euros,
involving
36
research
teams
from
Portuguese
institutions
and
the
same
number
of
teams
from
Spanish
institutions;
15
doctorate
scholarships
were
initially
awarded
and
the
opening
of
a
new
call
for
applications
is
now
planned.
There
are
also
plans
to
integrate
post‐doctoral
studies
in
areas
of
specific
interest
to
INL,
to
be
carried
out
in
is
internationally
distinguished
laboratories.
The
call
for
an
international
tender
for
the
first
stage
of
the
construction
of
the
INL
took
 place
 in
 March
 2008;
 work
 on
 the
 first
 facilities
 is
 expected
 to
 start
 already
 in
2009.
The
staff
recruitment
will
also
begin
to
take
place
in
2009.
3 Institute created by Portugal and Spain in 2005; the first international research laboratory in the Iberian Peninsula
within the scope of nanoscience and nanotechnology, aiming at being seen as an institution of international excellence,
with about 200 researcher from Spain, Portugal and other countries, and with an annual operational budget of about 30
million euros and additional investment of a similar amount assured in equal amounts by the two countries.
24

Established
in
2006,
the
innovative
program
Partnerships
for
the
Future 4 
seeks
new
international
partnerships
in
Science
and
Technology
and
higher
education:
• The
 first
 stage
 of
 the
 international
 partnerships
 launched
 in
 2006
 was
successfully
concluded;,
in
September
2007,
the
first
doctorate
and
advanced
training
 programs
 were
 officially
 launched,
 bringing
 together
 several
Portuguese
 universities
 and
 American
 universities
 of
 great
 international
prestige,
namely
Massachusetts
Institute
of
Technology
(MIT),
Carnegie
Mellon
University
(CMU)
and
Texas
University
in
Austin
(UTAustin).

For
the
first
time
in
Portugal,
these
programmes
enabled
actual
themed
networks
involving
a
wide
range
of
Portuguese
institutions
to
be
implemented
in
2007,
with
the
aim
of
stimulating
 their
 internationalisation
 based
 on
 oriented
 projects
 of
 advanced
training,
 sustainable
 plans
 for
 the
 stimulation
 of
 new
 knowledge
 and
valorisation
 of
 new
 ideas,
 together
 with
 companies
 and
 institutions
 of
international
repute.
• Within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 MIT‐Portugal
 programme 5 ,
 launched
 in
 September
2006,
focusing
on
Engineering
Systems,
in
the
areas
of
Energy,
Transportation,
Design
 and
 Production
 and
 Bioengineering,
 several
 joint
 degrees
 were
launched
 in
 cooperation
 with
 MIT.
 The
 new
 advanced
 training
 programmes
developed
 with
 MIT
 stimulate
 the
 capacity
 of
 the
 Portuguese
 institutions
 to
attract
students
from
various
countries
and
they
involved
about
130
students
in
 the
 first
 year.
 During
 2008,
 and
 for
 the
 second
 year
 of
 the
 programmes,
more
 than
 350
 applications
 were
 received,
 about
 60
 new
 doctorate
 students
and
 45
 in
 professionalising
 master
 degree
 courses.
 Portuguese
 and
 MIT
professors
 and
 researchers
 have
 identified
 more
 than
 30
 priority
 areas
 in
research
 and
 development,
 particularly
 in
 complex
 processes
 associated
 to
design
 engineering
 and
 industrial
 production
 systems,
 sustainable
 energy
systems,
bio‐engineering
systems
and
transportation
systems.
In
this
context,
projects
of
interest
for
the
economic
sector
in
Portugal
were
launched,
and
this
synergy
 is
 also
 valued
 by
 the
 industrial
 affiliation
 programme
 notably
 in
 the
automotive
and
energy
sectors.
• The
 CMU‐Portugal
 Programme 6 ,
 launched
 in
 October
 2006,
 in
 the
 areas
 of
information
and
communication
technologies,
also
started
the
different
postgraduation
programmes
in
September
2007
that
lead
to
a
joint
degree
between
the
 Portuguese
 institutions
 and
 CMU.
 During
 2008
 and
 aiming
 at
 the
 second
year
of
the
doctorate
and
master
programs,
24
new
doctorate
students
and
55
master
 degree
 students
 have
 begun
 their
 studies.
 The
 partnership
 with
 the
Carnegie
Mellon
University
also
includes
the
development
of
research
activities
in
 several
 aspects
 of
 information
 and
 communication
 technologies;
 in
particular,
during
the
past
year
several
initiatives
were
activated
with
Portugal
4
The Partnerships for the Future aim at inciting the international opening of the universities and
stimulating the international excellence of R&D activities and those of higher education in the latest S&T
areas.
5 www.mitportugal.org
6 www.cmuportugal.org
25

Telecom,
 Nokia‐Siemens
 and
 Novabase
 within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 Industrial
Partners
Programme
which
also
includes
some
of
the
main
national
small
and
medium
sizes
enterprises
with
a
technological
base.
• Within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 UTAustin‐Portugal
 Programme 7 ,
 launched
 in
 March
2007,
 the
 main
 programme
 areas
 include:
 i)
 digital
 contents
 and
 multimedia
production
and
distribution;
ii)
advanced
computing;
iii)
mathematics;
and
iv)
science
 and
 technology
 trade,
 including
 the
 design
 and
 execution
 of
 new
corporate
projects
of
scientific
and
technological
base.
The
main
joint
degree
doctorate
programs
between
Portuguese
institutions
and
UTAustin
will
start
in
2008,
 and
 the
 first
 call
 for
 applications
 for
 research
 projects
 in
 the
 areas
identified
 is
 also
 open
 until
 October
 2008.
 Through
 the
 establishment
 of
 the
UTEN
 network,
 University
 Technology
 Enterprise
 Network,
 the
 aim
 is
 also
 to
mobilise
 centres
 of
 innovation
 and
 technology
 transfer
 and
 support
 for
 the
economic
valorisation
of
science,
already
existing
in
most
research
and
higher
education
 institutions,
 maximising
 their
 impact
 in
 the
 strengthening
 of
 the
scientific
 base
 and
 in
 the
 growth
 and
 competitiveness
 of
 the
 Portuguese
economy.
 These
 activities
 include
 supporting
 the
 incubation
 and
 growth
 of
Portuguese
 technologically
 based
 companies
 in
 emerging
 markets
 in
 close
cooperation
with
the
Austin
Technology
Incubator
ATI.
• For
 the
 first
 time
 in
 Europe,
 it
 was
 decided
 to
 establish
 the
 first
 Fraunhofer
Institute
in
Europe
outside
Germany
in
Portugal,
to
be
launched
by
the
faculty
of
 Engineering
 of
 Porto
 University.
 The
 director
 was
 selected
 and
 appointed
and
 the
 activities
 begun
 in
 June
 2008.
 The
 competitive
 and
 international
recruitment
of
about
30
senior
researchers
is
foreseen
during
the
first
stage.
This
 Institute
 will
 work
 in
 the
 area
 of
 Information
 and
 Communication
Technologies,
particularly
in
Ambient
Assisted
Living.
The
establishment
of
R&D
consortia
 and
 cooperation
 projects
 are
 also
 foreseen
 involving
 Portuguese
institutions
 and
 Fraunhofer
 institutes
 in
 four
 themes:
 i)
 logistics;
 ii)
biotechnology;
 iii)
 advanced
 production
 systems
 with
 application
 in
 the
automotive
industry;
and
iv)
nanotechnologies.
• The
preparation
of
new
international
partnerships
is
underway,
particularly
a
new
partnership
with
Harvard
Medical
School
in
the
area
of
medical
sciences.
The
public
effort
in
the
investment
in
science
and
technology
also
led
to
the
increase
in
the
 intervention
 of
 the
 Live
 Science
 Agency
 and
 the
 national
 and
 international
projection
of
its
work
of
exceptional
public
interest
thus
favouring
the
promotion
of
scientific
culture;
the
following
actions
merit
special
mention:
• The
 Live
 Science
 Agency
 approved
 in
 the
 past
 year,
 and
 are
 already
 in
execution,
 about
 1,100
 new
 projects
 for
 the
 reinforcement
 of
 experimental
teaching
of
sciences
in
basic
and
secondary
schools
and
for
actions
boosting
Scientific
 and
 Technological
 Culture,
 corresponding
 to
 14
 million
 euros
 of
public
funding
between
2007
and
2008.
7 www.utaustinportugal.org
26

• The
Live
Science
Centres
Network
was
increased,
and
today
it
has
16
Centres;
it
has
started
6
new
centres
since
2005,
representing
and
investment
of
about
8.3
million
 euros.
 At
 least
 5
 new
 centres
 are
 also
 foreseen
 to
 be
 added
 in
 2008‐
2009.
• In
 the
 past
 year,
 within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 Live
 science
 in
 the
 holidays,
 there
were
856
industrial
placements
of
secondary
education
student
in
about
70
institutions
of
research
and
higher
education,
including,
for
the
first
time,
an
exchange
 between
 Portugal
 and
 Spain,
 which
 embraced
 more
 than
 60
students.
 This
 programme
 has
 already
 embraced
 more
 than
 5,800
 secondary
school
students
since
1997.
• The
 mobilisation
 of
 thousands
 of
 Portuguese
 in
 the
 Summer
 for
 holiday
activities
in
Astronomy,
Biology,
Geology,
Engineering
and
visits
to
lighthouses,
involving
 about
 136
 institutions
 in
 the
 past
 year,
 which
 assured
 more
 than
2,300
 dissemination
 activities
 throughout
 the
 country.
 About
 17,000
Portuguese
 have
 signed
 up
 for
 these
 activities
 online,
 although
 the
 total
number
 of
 participants
 is
 much
 higher,
 since
 many
 activities
 do
 not
 require
prior
registration.
2.2.
 A
new
impulse
to
innovation
Of
the
measures
taken
to
promote
a
new
thrust
for
innovation,
we
note
the
following,
which
have
enabled
the
intervention
of
the
Innovation
Agency
to
be
extended
to
700
more
new
companies
since
2005:
• The
 support
 to
 eight
 Competence
 Networks,
 involving
 numerous
 companies
and
research
entities;
• The
completion
of
the
Knowledge
Valorisation
Network,
which
now
covers
all
public
universities
and
most
polytechnics;
• The
creation
of
190
R&D
centres
in
companies;
• The
 support
 to
 hiring
 of
 Doctorate
 and
 Master
 Degree
 holders
 by
 the
companies,
 which
 has
 reached
 a
 total
 of
 354
 doctorate
 and
 master
 degree
holders
supported
in
numerous
companies;
• The
 dissemination
 of
 the
 Scientific
 Employment
 Grant
 for
 companies,
 which
has
exceeded
more
than
one
thousand
subscribers;
• The
recovery
of
SIFIDE
–
Tax
Incentive
System
for
Business
R&D,
from
2006
on,
which
reveals
50%
more
applications
than
the
same
period
of
the
last
year
that
it
had
been
in
force;
27

• The
re‐launch
of
the
support
to
Consortium
Research;
• The
great
success
in
the
support
in
the
creation
of
new
technologically
based
companies.
In
 the
 dissemination
 of
 the
 applied
 R&D,
 a
 large
 exhibition
 of
 results
 was
 organised
during
the
3 rd 
Innovation
Days,
in
which
new
dissemination
tools
were
launched
on
the
Internet:
“Montra
do
Portugal
Inovador”
(Innovative
Portugal
Showcase)
and
“Bolsa
de
Oferta
e
Procura
de
Tecnologia”
(Technology
Supply
and
Demand
Exchange).
In
the
opening
of
calls
for
applications
oriented
towards
the
goals
of
public
policies,
emphasis
 goes
 to
 the
 cooperation
 between
 the
 Innovation
 Agency
 (Adl)
 and
 the
Ministry
of
Home
Affairs
within
the
scope
of
the
launch
of
the
Portuguese
Electronic
Passport;
 this
 led
 to
 the
 development
 of
 an
 innovative
 device
 for
 the
 collection
 of
biometric
 data
 by
 a
 Portuguese
 SME
 (also
 already
 in
 use
 in
 the
 Citizen’s
 Card)
 and
subsequently
control
equipment
for
electronic
passports
(already
in
use
at
Faro
and
Lisbon
 Airports);
 the
 cooperation
 of
 Adl
 with
 the
 Ministry
 of
 Health
 in
 processes
attracting
technologically
based
foreign
investment
and
in
the
identification
of
results
to
be
valued
and
competences
for
future
developments,
involving
innovative
products,
processes
and
services
which
assure
the
increase
and
depth
of
the
technological
base;
the
increase
in
market
competitiveness
and
the
capacity
to
export.
Business
 R&D
 has
 had
 an
 accelerated
 growth,
 led
 by
 a
 increasing
 number
 of
companies,
as
seen
in
the
results
of
the
use
of
the
Tax
Incentive
System
for
Business
R&D(SIFIDE)
 reintroduced
 in
 2006.
 Its
 impact
 in
 the
 economy’s
 competitiveness
 is
already
clearly
visible
and
is
reflected
in
the
Technological
Balance
of
Payments
and
in
the
changed
profile
of
industrial
exports.
The
 main
 advances
 seen
 in
 the
 promotion
 of
 the
 effective
 use
 of
 the
 ICT
 and
 of
 an
inclusive
 information
 society
 are
 included
 in
 the
 page
 dedicated
 to
 the
 Connecting
Portugal
initiative
(Connecting
Portugal
Driver).
2.3.
 Better
Business
Environment,
in
particular
for
SMEs
In
 the
 pursuit
 of
 a
 better
 environment
 for
 companies,
 a
 set
 of
 initiatives
 is
 being
implemented,
 of
 special
 relevance
 to
 the
 priority
 action
 defined
 in
 the
 European
Council
 of
 Spring
 2006:
 “Boosting
 the
 potential
 of
 companies
 in
 particular
 that
 of
SME”.
In
 this
 context,
 we
 note
 the
 developments
 that
 took
 place
 within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
administrative
 elimination
 and
 simplification
 programme,
 the
 results
 of
 which
 are
mentioned
 in
 the
 previous
 chapter
 (see
 Modernisation
 of
 the
 Public
 Administration
Driver:
simplification
of
business
life).
28

In
 particular
 we
 highlight
 the
 recent
 measures
 for
 the
 simplification
 and
 access
 to
industrial
property
–
Publication
of
Decree‐law
143/2008,
of
July
25
–
which
approves
different
 simplification
 measures
 and
 access
 to
 industrial
 property,
 that
 strives
 to
reach
three
objectives:
i)
the
reduction
in
the
time
required
for
the
concession
of
the
industrial
 property
 records;
 ii)
 the
 elimination
 of
 unnecessary
 formalities,
 which
burden
 citizens
 and
 companies;
 and
 iii)
 the
 creation
 of
 new
 services
 to
 stimulate
innovation.
• Reducing
 deadlines
 ‐
 with
 the
 goal
 of
 enabling
 trademark
 registration
 in
 just
three
months.
In
2005,
the
registration
of
a
trademark
took,
on
average,
almost
12
months
to
be
granted.
Currently,
with
the
online
industrial
property
services
(www.inpi.pt)
and
several
internal
simplifications,
the
trademark
registrations
take
 on
 average
 about
 4
 months,
 as
 long
 as
 there
 is
 no
 litigation
 involved.
Portugal
 is
 already
 one
 of
 the
 quickest
 countries
 in
 Europe
 for
 obtaining
 a
trademark
 registration.
 In
 case
 of
 drawings
 and
 models,
 the
 aim
 is
 for
 the
registration
 to
 take
 less
 than
 four
 months.
 Currently,
 the
 registration
 of
drawings
 and
 models
 take,
 at
 least,
 about
 9
 months
 where
 there
 is
 no
litigation.
• Several
 formalities
 that
 unnecessarily
 burdened
 citizens
 and
 companies
 were
eliminated.
This
is
the
case
of
the
suppression
of
the
obligation
to
obtain
the
trademark
concession
title,
which
was
not
required
to
confirm
the
trademark
registration.
The
interested
parties
no
longer
have
to
bear
this
cost
(about
22
euros).
 Another
 example
 is
 the
 elimination
 of
 the
 obligation
 to
 present
 the
declaration
of
intention
to
use
the
trademark
every
five
years.
This
redundant
and
unnecessary
formality
cost
about
27
euros.
• New
 services
 have
 been
 created
 to
 encourage
 innovation,
 such
 as
 the
provisional
patent
request.
This
is
a
new
instrument
that
enables
the
priority
of
a
 patent
 to
 be
 established
 immediately,
 in
 Portuguese
 or
 English,
 with
 a
minimum
 of
 formalities
 and
 at
 reduced
 costs.
 From
 this
 presentation,
 12
months
are
granted
for
the
presentation
of
the
required
documentation.
This
is
a
 new
 service
 that
 constitutes
 an
 encouragement
 to
 patent
 registration
 by
small
 and
 medium
 inventors
 who
 can
 now
 immediately
 establish
 a
 priority
through
a
simplified
act
that
involve
lower
costs.
These
measures
entered
into
force
on
October
1,
2008.
With
 regard
 the
 access
 to
 financing,
 emphasis
 goes
 to
 the
 implementation
 of
 the
FINICIA
 Program,
 with
 the
 creation,
 from
 September
 2007
 to
 August
 2008,
 of
 a
Platform
in
the
Azores
and
the
creation
of
Funds
of
Municipal
scope.
The
results
of
the
 implementation
 of
 this
 programme
 are
 mentioned
 in
 the
 Knowledge
 and
Innovation
Networks
Driver,
in
the
context
of
the
FINICIA
Platforms.
Regarding
the
public
instruments
for
venture
capital,
a
new
legislation
for
the
sector
was
approved
(Decree‐law
375/2007,
dated
November
8).
The
InovJovem
Programme
has
continued;
its
aim
is
the
integration
of
young
people
with
higher
education
qualifications
in
SMEs
and
it
was
originally
conceived
to
involve
1000
youths
but
it
has
approved
1149
applications
which
is
equivalent
to
4674
youths
covered
since
the
start
of
the
Programme;
4439
of
these
have
already
been
integrated.
29

The
execution
in
2007
was
over
90%:
almost
700
trainees
and
about
80
supports
for
integration.
With
a
view
to
boosting
business
investment
within
the
scope
of
the
Recognition
and
Monitoring
 of
 Projects
 of
 Potential
 National
 Interest
 (PIN)
 (measure
 29),
 156
investment
 projects
 were
 presented
 for
 evaluation
 and
 granting
 the
 PIN
 status,
 of
which
62
(53%)
were
recognised
as
being
of
Potential
National
Interest.
Some
of
these
projects
 had
 waited
 for
 more
 than
 a
 decade
 for
 licenses
 and
 permits
 for
 their
execution.
In
terms
of
Tourism,
all
projects
registered
in
the
measure
(42)
“Reinforcement
of
the
Tourism
 Cluster”
 of
 PNACE,
 were
 undertaken;
 a
 fundamental
 instrumental
 base
 was
set
 up
 –
 platforms
 (PróTurismo,
 Geographic
 Information
 System)
 as
 well
 as
 new
methodologies
(New
Model
Contracting
for
Promotion,
International
Cooperation
for
External
 Promotion,
 Tourism
 Satellite
 Account,
 development
 models
 for
 strategic
products,
international
cooperation
for
training)
–
essential
to
carry
out
the
National
Strategic
Plan
for
Tourism.
The
Internationalisation
Programme
foreseen
in
PNACE
(measure
43),
which
aims
at
the
 improvement
 of
 external
 competitiveness,
 integrating
 four
 initiatives,
 was
concluded.
The
proximity
network
in
Spain
was
built,
and
there
are
currently
4
support
points
in
operation
 –
 Madrid,
 Barcelona,
 Vigo
 and
 Mérida
 –
 providing
 support
 to
 company
activity.
The
 Brand
 Portugal
 project
 consists
 of
 carrying
 out
 promotional
 initiatives
 in
 a
restricted
number
of
markets,
aiming
at
contributing
to
the
change
in
perception
of
the
image
of
Portugal
in
those
markets.
Image
Campaigns
were
conducted
in
Germany,
Angola,
Spain,
Russia
and
Brazil.
These
initiatives
helped
to
create
conditions
for
the
growth
of
exports
into
these
markets,
in
particular
in
the
cases
of
Angola,
Russia
and
Brazil.
Within
the
scope
of
the
“Increase
of
the
export
base
through
the
pledge
in
important
lines”,
 several
 information,
 formative
 and
 promotional
 initiatives
 were
 undertaken,
contributing
to
the
increase
in
the
number
of
exporting
companies
and
the
change
in
the
 structure
 of
 our
 exports,
 based
 on
 more
 innovative
 and
 technologically
 more
developed
sectors,
generating,
thus,
grater
added
value
for
the
national
economy.
The
Inov
Contacto
Programme
led
to
578
industrial
placements,
15%
more
than
the
initial
objective
of
500
placements.
In
April
2008,
the
Government,
through
the
Council
of
Ministers
Resolution
no.
63/2008,
launched
a
new
stage
boosting
the
programme.
In
this
way,
it
was
established
that
the
Inv
Contract
should
provide
an
annual
average
of
550
industrial
placements
during
the
next
3
years.
Also
aimed
at
developing
the
economic
use
of
endogenous
resources,
the
structure
for
the
boosting
of
the
Sea
Strategy
was
launched
with
the
creation
of
the
Interministerial
Committee
for
Sea
Matters,
as
a
result
of
the
Resolution
from
the
Council
of
Ministers
40/2007;
the
objective
is
to
coordinate,
monitor
and
evaluate
the
implementation
of
30

the
 National
 Strategy
 for
 the
 Sea,
 assuring
 its
 articulation
 with
 other
 strategies,
planning
 instruments
 and
 programmes
 of
 a
 clear
 transversal
 scope.
 The
Interministerial
Committee
for
Sea
Matters
defined
the
following
programmes
in
the
context
of
the
implementation
of
the
National
Strategy
for
the
Sea:
1. Planning
and
Organisation
of
the
Maritime
Area
and
Activities
2. Information
and
Knowledge
Network
for
the
Sea
3. Surveillance,
Security
and
Defence
for
the
Sea
4. Communication
and
Awareness
Raising
for
the
Sea
5. International
Cooperation
for
the
Sea
These
Programmes
are
the
embodiment
of
strategic
activities
included
in
the
National
Strategy
for
the
Sea
and
includes
a
set
of
Plans
of
Action
which
enable
the
proposed
objectives
to
be
reached.
For
2008,
the
following
Plans
of
Action
were
launched
within
the
scope
of
these
programmes:
• Planning
the
Maritime
Area
Plan;
• Procedural
Simplification
and
Licensing
of
Maritime
Activities;
• Environmental
Monitoring
in
the
Exclusive
Economic
Zone;
• Information
System
for
Maritime
Biodiversity;
• Network
of
Protected
Maritime
Areas;
• Definition
of
the
Terms
of
Constitution
of
the
Oceanic
Consortium;
• Update
the
Clean
Sea
Plan;
• Sea
Awareness
Raising
Campaign
and
Promotion;
• Inclusion
of
the
Sea
Theme
in
the
Project
Area
and
Educational
Resources;
• International
Cooperation
for
the
Sea
(CPLP).
In
addition,
in
accordance
with
the
commitment
presented
in
the
programme
of
the
17 th 
 Constitutional
 Government,
 also
 included
 in
 the
 first
 primary
 action
 of
 the
National
Strategy
for
the
Sea
and
in
the
objectives
of
this
Interministerial
Committee
for
Sea
Matters,
the
creation
of
a
Permanent
Forum
for
Sea
Matters
was
approved.
The
Forum
was
launched
on
May
7,
2008.
The
aim
of
this
Forum
is
to
assure
an
increased
participation
of
the
civil
society
in
the
decision
processes,
the
creation
of
consultation
mechanisms
of
the
public
entities
to
non
 governmental
 organisations,
 companies
 and
 citizens,
 the
 monitoring
 of
 the
activities,
 measures
 and
 policies
 adopted,
 the
 boosting
 of
 the
 sea
 economy
 and
 the
dissemination
and
access
to
relevant
information
within
the
scope
of
Sea
Matters.
These
 initiatives
 are
 in
 full
 alignment
 with
 the
 lines
 of
 action
 presented
 in
 the
 Blue
Paper
for
the
European
Maritime
Policy
adopted
by
the
European
Commission
during
the
Portuguese
Presidency.
With
 regards
 the
 extension
 of
 the
 Portuguese
 continental
 platform
 beyond
 200
nautical
 miles
 (proposal),
 the
 exploratory
 hydrographical
 surveys
 have
 been
concluded
 in
 the
 area
 of
 Continental
 Portugal
 and
 Madeira
 archipelago
 and
 95%
 of
these
 surveys
 were
 made
 in
 the
 area
 of
 the
 Azores
 archipelago.
 
 The
 seismic
31

exploratory
surveys
are
included
for
the
area
of
the
Galiza
Bank,
SW
of
Madeira
and
SE
of
 the
 Azores
 archipelago.
 This
 data,
 which
 covers
 an
 area
 of
 more
 than
 1.2
 million
square
 metres,
 enables
 the
 preparation
 of
 formal
 documents
 that
 constitute
 the
proposal
to
extend
Portugal’s
Continental
Platform;
this
document
will
be
delivered
to
the
Commission
for
the
Continental
Platform
Limits,
created
within
the
scope
of
the
United
Nations
Convention
on
the
Sea
Law,
in
May
2009.
With
the
acquisition
of
the
ROV
Luso,
with
a
dive
capacity
of
6000
metres,
additional
surveys
have
been
carried
out
to
demonstrate
the
geologic
continuity
of
specific
areas
of
 the
 extended
 platform.
 The
 execution
 of
 hydrographical
 surveys
 will
 also
 be
undertaken
 to
 check
 and
 complement,
 notably,
 the
 definition
 of
 the
 whole
 of
 the
bathymetric
extension
of
2500
metres
and
saturation
in
areas
already
selected
whilst
also
carrying
out
additional
surveys
for
magnetism
and
gravimetry.
2.4. Fostering
Entrepreneurship
In
what
concerns
the
promotion
of
entrepreneurship,
the
intervention
logic
in
Portugal
has
 been
 to
 dynamise
 an
 all‐embracing
 approach,
 including
 several
 measures,
assumed
in
the
context
of
intervention
from
the
different
Ministries
and
which
act
in
an
integrated
way
during
the
whole
life
cycle
of
people.
In
this
framework,
there
has
been
a
pledge
in
the
creation
and
development
of
the
enterpreneurial
spirit
and
in
the
promotion
of
qualified
entrepreneurship,
aimed
at
the
emergence
of
new
managers
and
new
companies
in
strategic
areas
of
strong
growth
potential
and
innovation.
The
promotion
of
an
entrepreneurial
culture,
through
the
creation
and
development
of
the
entrepreneurial
spirit
from
the
more
elementary
levels
of
compulsory
schooling,
has
represented
a
significant
part
of
the
effort
undertaken
in
Portugal.
Therefore,
 entrepreneurship
 represents
 a
 fundamental
 interface
 activity
 between
education/training/insertion
 in
 the
 labour
 market,
 in
 the
 current
 educational
 system
and
constituted
the
vehicle
for
harmoniously
matching
the
educational
system
and
the
economic
and
productive
system.
The
following
initiatives
stand
out:
• Project
“Education
for
Entrepreneurship”
developed
within
the
framework
of
the
 Ministry
 of
 Education
 (DGIDC).
 The
 mission
 of
 this
 programme
 is
 to
guarantee
 that
 young
 students
 have
 access
 to
 an
 education
 which
 motivates
their
 entrepreneurship,
 through
 the
 development
 of
 competencies
 integrated
in
critical
and
creative
thinking,
oriented
towards
change
and
problem
solving.
This
 programme
 is
 directed
 at
 students,
 management
 bodies,
 teachers
 and
other
 education
 and
 school
 guidance
 technicians,
 as
 well
 as
 the
 remaining
beneficiaries
 and
 active
 intervening
 parties
 (students
 /
 teachers
 /
 parents
 /
technicians
/
local
community).
32

At
 a
 local
 level,
 the
 sustainable
 development
 of
 the
 project
 was
 achieved
through
the
involvement
of
partners
who
actively
participate
in
all
stages
of
the
project,
for
example,
the
technicians
of
the
Regional
Directorate
for
Education,
Parent
Associations,
Central
Business
(CB)
and
Business
Innovation
Centre
(BIC).
This
programme
was
initially
developed
as
a
pilot
version
between
September
2006
and
September
2007,
involving
23
pilot
schools,
143
projects
completed
and
 involving
 1,681
 students
 (from
 basic
 to
 secondary
 Schooling)
 and
 119
teachers,
involving
at
this
stage
99
schools.
From
August
2007
it
was
extended
to
all
schools
of
the
Continent.
• ENE
 Project
 –
 Enterprise
 at
 School
 –
 in
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 EQUAL
 initiative,
developed
 between
 June
 2002
 and
 October
 2004
 by
 BIC
 Algarve
 –
 Huelva,
 in
partnership
 with
 local/
 regional
 authorities,
 amongst
 which
 the
 Algarve
Regional
Directorate
of
Education.
In
2006,
the
project
was
spread
to
the
whole
of
the
Continental
Portugal
and
it
is
 currently
 in
 the
 appropriation
 stage
 in
 several
 schools.
 The
 aim
 of
 this
initiative
 was
 to
 provide
 a
 complementary
 response
 to
 the
 curricular
programmes
 of
 secondary
 schooling,
 especially
 favouring
 the
 active
participation
of
students
and
their
accountability
in
designing
their
own
paths.
The
 ENE,
 for
 students
 aged
 between
 15
 and
 19
 years,
 the
 majority
 of
 whom
attending
 technological
 courses
 at
 secondary
 school,
 was
 applied
 in
 ten
secondary
schools
in
the
Algarve
as
a
non
formal
learning
programme,
working
with
 subjects
 such
 as
 “Business
 Organisation
 Techniques”
 and
 “administrative
Works”
 or,
 transversally,
 in
 the
 “Project
 Area”
 with
 an
 average
 duration
 of
 3
hours
weekly.
It
 is
 basically
 a
 learning
 programme
 set
 around
 the
 preparation
 of
 a
 Business
Plan
during
one
school
year,
assisted
by
didactic
materials
and
by
a
diversified
range
 of
 activities
 which
 include,
 amongst
 others,
 teacher
 training,
 visiting
companies,
 competition
 of
 ideas,
 pitching
 of
 business
 ideas,
 company
internships
and
transnational
cooperation.
•
Programme
 Think
 Industry,
 which
 was
 considered
 to
 be
 a
 good
 practice
regarding
young
people’s
awareness
to
industrial‐based
activities.
Within
 a
 framework
 of
 a
 greater
 scope
 and
 transversality,
 the
 efforts
 in
 promoting
entrepreneurship
in
Portugal
also
include
the
strategic
stimulation
of
the
creation
of
new
 business
 ideas
 and
 the
 emergence
 of
 new
 managers
 with
 a
 new
 vision
 of
business
 which
 enable
 their
 future
 sustainability.
 Emphasis
 goes
 to
 the
 following
initiatives:
• Programme
 enterprise
 +,
 which
 integrated
 a
 set
 of
 actions
 based
 on
 the
following
objectives
and
results:
1. Induction
of
attitudes
and
behaviours
leading
to
the
development
of
an
innovative,
technological
and
enterprising
culture
‐
cycle
of
30
seminars,
of
 a
 regional
 and
 thematic
 nature,
 in
 partnership
 with
 universities,
polytechnics
and
other
knowledge
centres);
2. Development
 of
 competencies
 for
 entrepreneurship,
 through
 the
creation
 of
 an
 “entrepreneurship
 lab”,
 stimulation
 of
 the
 “packet
 of
ideas
 and
 means”
 and
 by
 the
 implementation
 of
 a
 programme
 of
33

“Training
 for
 Entrepreneurs”,
 providing
 management
 tools
 at
 different
levels.
In
the
scope
of
this
action,
the
main
results
are
as
follows:
providing
 access
 to
 specialised
 consultancy
 support
 for
 the
preparation
 or
 strengthening
 of
 business
 plans
 (125
 business
plans
were
backed
in
2007
and
2008);
boosting
competencies
in
project
presentation
techniques;
organisation
 of
 missions
 abroad
 to
 participate
 in
 events
 of
reference.
3. Dynamising
 of
 private
 investors
 networks
 (BA
 –
 Business
 Angels),
 in
which
cooperation
was
established
with
the
existing
BA
networks;
4. Fostering
the
start
up
of
new
companies
and
supporting
the
beginning
of
activity
by
means
of:
1. Providing
 coaching
 to
 14
 emerging
 companies
 with
 innovating
characteristics/
technological
base;
2. Enabling
access
to
incubation
processes
to
6
companies;
and
3. Enabling
 access
 to
 sources
 of
 financing
 –
 Enterprise
 –
 Market
 of
Ideas
and
Financing
(Risk
Capital,
Business
Angels,
banks
and
other
private
investors).
• Programme
 NEOTEC
 (new
 technology‐based
 companies),
 launched
 in
 2005,
aims
at
the
valorisation
of
the
entrepreneurial
potential
and
the
stimulation
of
an
innovation
culture.
Until
the
end
of
2007,
116
projects
were
approved
and
61
 technology‐based
 companies
 were
 formed
 in
 the
 areas
 of
 biotechnology,
electronic,
 automation
 and
 robotics,
 amongst
 others,
 with
 emphasis
 on
 the
facts
that
the
entrepreneurial
teams
involve
around
145
doctorates,
94
masters
and
138
graduates
and
that
74%
of
these
entrepreneurial
teams
are
aimed
at
the
world
market.
Because
they
concentrate
on
activities
of
high
technological
intensity,
 developing
 and
 producing
 in
 the
 great
 majority
 of
 cases
 “means
 of
production”
 for
 other
 sectors,
 the
 importance
 of
 these
 technology‐based
companies
is
multiplied
by
its
diffusing
innovation
effect
to
the
entrepreneurial
fabric.
• Programme
 NEST
 (Technological
 Support
 Companies),
 which
 fosters
technology‐based
entrepreneurship
through
the
creation
and
strengthening
of
a
 capital
 network
 with
 capacity
 to
 invest
 in
 existing
 technology‐based
companies
and
through
enabling
a
dialogue
with
companies
specialising
in
risk
capital.
Around
40
companies
were
supported.
• Competition
 of
 ideas,
 by
 creating
 conditions
 for
 the
 formalisation
 of
 good
business
 ideas,
 which
 in
 many
 cases
 would
 otherwise
 be
 retained
 in
 the
intensions
of
the
promoters
and
at
R&D
centres
where
they
originate
from
and
investment
forums;
it
consists
of
the
creation
of
“spaces”
with
the
objective
of
bringing
 entrepreneurs,
 investors
 and
 managers
 together
 to
 debate
 and
stimulate
the
investment
in
the
seeding
and
start
up
stage
of
technology‐based
companies.
34

Equally
directed
towards
entrepreneurship,
mention
must
also
be
made
of
measures
more
 directed
 towards
 specific
 publics,
 which
 promote
 the
 creation
 of
 selfemployment,
such
 as
 Local
 Employment
 Initiatives
 (ILE),
 backing
 for
 Employment
Projects
 promoted
 by
 beneficiaries
 of
 unemployment
 benefits
 (APE)
 and
 also
Microcredit
supported
by
different
entities
(IEFP/
ANDC/
ANJE).
− Local
Employment
Initiatives 8 

(ILE)
–
measure
with
the
objective
of
supporting
the
 projects
 leading
 to
 the
 creation
 of
 new
 entities
 and
 which
 originate
 net
creation
 of
 new
 jobs,
 contributing
 towards
 dynamising
 local
 economies
 by
means
of
small
investments.
Execution
of
the
ILE
between
2005‐2007
31 st 
of
Dec
2005
 31 st 
of
Dec
2006
 31 st 
Dec
2007
Covered
 Payment
 Covered
 Payment
 Covered
 Payment
ILE
 3,889
 24,681,957.69
 4,377
 27,955,774.41
 4,162
 28,413,009.68
Source:
IEFP
–
Activity
Report.
Covered
(n.
of
People);
Payments
(Euros).
− 
Backing
of
Employment
Projects
promoted
by
beneficiaries
of
unemployment
benefits
9 
 (APE)‐
 aimed
 at
 backing
 employment
 projects
 promoted
 by
beneficiaries
 of
 unemployment
 benefits,
 as
 long
 as
 they
 guarantee
 the
promoters
a
full
time
job.
Execution
of
APE
between
2005‐2007
31st
Dec
2005
 31st
Dec
2006
 31st
Dec
2007
Covered
 Payment
 Covered
 Payment
 Covered
 Payment
APE
 1,608
 3,379,736.32
 1,705
 3,514,404.22
 1,766
 3,390,503.28
Source:
IEFP
–
Activity
Report.
Covered
(n.
of
people);
Payments
(Euros).
Given
their
importance
within
the
Portuguese
context,
these
initiatives
are
planned
to
continue
 in
 the
 2008‐2013
 period,
 namely
 within
 the
 framework
 of
 the
 Human
Potential
Operational
Programme,
through
axis
5
–
Supporting
Entrepreneurship
and
Transition
 into
 Active
 Life,
 specifically
 in
 the
 Supporting
 Employment
 intervention
typology.
After
a
first
evaluation
of
tenders
completed
by
15 th 
April
2008,
5
applications
were
submitted
in
a
requested
amount
of
48,060,000€.
Still
 in
 relation
 to
 these
 specific
 publics,
 mention
 goes
 to
 Microcredit,
 based
 on
 a
partnership
between
three
entities:
the
State,
through
the
Institute
of
Employment
and
Vocational
Training
(IEFP),
which
supplies
technical
and
financial
support,
the
National
Association
for
the
Right
to
Credit
(ANDC)
which
operates
as
mediating
entity
between
technical
support
and
financing;
and
several
bank
organisations
providing
microcredit.
8 Alteration with Ordinance n.196-A/2001 of March 10th and the initial creation of Decree-Law n.189/96 of October 8th.
9 Creation with Ordinance n.196-A/2001 of March 10th.
35

The
maximum
amount
of
support
supplied
is
of
12,000
Euros
(30
times
the
guaranteed
minimum
monthly
remuneration).
Since
it
began
in
1999
and
until
the
end
of
2007,
747
companies
were
created,
with
agreed
credit
of
over
3
million
Euros.
Following
 the
 promotion
 of
 Microcredit,
 a
 protocol
 was
 established
 between
 the
Portuguese
Government
and
the
Imamat
Ismaili
in
December
2005,
for
the
creation
of
a
Microcredit
Bank
as
a
non
profit
agency,
with
the
aim
of
helping
the
people
who
are
more
exposed
to
situations
of
poverty
when
preparing
to
participate
in
the
extended
economy
and
accessing
healthcare
and
education.
Additionally,
 focus
 goes
 to
 a
 line
 of
 credit
 especially
 designed
 to
 finance
 young
 and
small
projects,
amounting
to
a
total
of
250,000€,
with
an
80%
limit
on
the
value
of
the
total
investment.
Parallel
 to
 this,
 focus
 goes
 to
 the
 action
 among
 other
 underprivileged
 public
 in
 the
labour
market,
including
women,
the
prison
population
and
immigrants.
− Women:
Measure
“Supporting
Female
Entrepreneurship” 10 
–
measure
aimed
at
assisting
the
creation
of
support
networks
to
female
entrepreneurship
and
the
vocational
training
adapted
to
the
creation
and
consolidation
of
micro
and
small
 companies,
 favouring
 the
 access
 to
 self‐employment.
 This
 measure
 was
centred
in
the
approval
of
vocational
training/consultancy
actions,
aimed
at
the
creation,
development
or
consolidation
of
micro
and
small
companies
managed
by
women.
By
2007,
(November)
around
142
projects
were
approved,
corresponding
to
an
investment
of
around
9,889,484€.
Around
3,728
women
did
vocational
training
and
 1,050
 received
 consultancy.
 It
 is
 important
 to
 mention
 that
 around
 387
women
were
aided
in
setting
up
a
company.
This
is
expected
to
continue
within
the
scope
of
POPH,
through
axis
7‐
gender
Equality,
 intervention
 typology
 7.6
 regarding
 Supporting
 Entrepreneurship,
associations
and
the
creation
of
entrepreneurial
networks
of
economic
activities
managed
by
women.
− Prison
 Population:
 Project
 “Entrepreneurship
 for
 the
 Social
 Reinsertion
 of
Prisoners”
 –
 with
 the
 strategic
 object
 of
 creating
 conditions
 for
 the
 socioprofessional
(re)insertion
 of
 the
 prison
 population
 and
 avoiding
 their
 relapse
into
 crime,
 through
 a
 pledge
 with
 the
 development
 of
 competencies
 
 of
entrepreneurship,
 led
 by
 the
 General‐Directorate
 of
 Prison
 Services
 (DGSP),
integrated
in
the
“Manage
to
innovate
in
the
prison
services”
partnership
and
co‐financed
 by
 the
 Community
 Initiative
 Equal,
 with
 a
 budget
 of
 one
 million,
five
hundred
and
forty‐eight
thousand
Euros.
The
 possible
 options
 at
 the
 end
 of
 this
 project
 are
 freelancing,
 creating
 one’s
business,
working
for
someone
else,
returning
to
school
or
vocational
training.
10 Operational Programme Employment, Training and Social Development, financed by the European
Social Fund.
36

The
 pilot‐project
 lasted
 a
 total
 of
 12
 months
 and
 took
 place
 in
 five
 prison
establishments
spread
over
Castelo
Branco,
Leiria,
Sintra
and
Beja.
The
 project
 was
 implemented
 for
 the
 first
 time
 in
 May
 2006,
 involving
 50
professionals
(Directors,
Heads
of
Prison
Guards,
Subheads
and
Prison
Guards,
Technicians
and
Teachers)
and
50
prisoners.
Currently
a
second
edition
of
the
project
is
being
prepared
at
The
Pilot
Prison
Establishments
and,
from
2008,
the
project
will
be
extended
to
the
whole
Prison
System
(52
prisons).
− Immigrant
 Population:
 At
 the
 end
 of
 2006,
 a
 Nucleus
 of
 Support
 for
Entrepreneurship
 (NAE)
 was
 opened
 in
 order
 to
 stimulate
 entrepreneurship
among
 immigrants
 by
 supporting:
 i)
 entrepreneurial
 initiatives;
 ii)
 company
start‐up
 process
 and
 iii)
 existing
 products
 in
 the
 financial
 system.
 A
 Support
Guide
 for
 the
 Entrepreneur
 is
 being
 prepared;
 the
 aim
 of
 the
 High
Commissioner
for
Immigration
and
Intercultural
Dialogue
(ACIDI)
is
to
intensify
the
 articulation
 with
 the
 National
 Association
 for
 Credit
 so
 as
 to
 improve
 the
support
in
the
concession
of
microcredit.
2.5.
 Energy
market
In
the
energy
domain,
also
in
line
with
one
of
the
“Future
Challenges”
dealt
with
in
the
first
 part
 of
 this
 Report,
 the
 move
 has
 been
 towards
 a
 liberalised
 and
 competitive
market,
 with
 the
 following
 legislative
 acts
 having
 been
 published
 regarding
 the
functioning
of
the
Iberian
Electricity
Market:
‐
 Decree
 Law
 264/2007,
 of
 24
 July,
 which
 alters
 Decree‐Laws
 240/2004,
 of
 27
December,
 and
 172/2006,
 of
 23
 August,
 putting
 in
 place
 a
 number
 of
 measures
aimed
at
implementing
a
new
stage
in
the
consolidation
and
further
exploration
of
the
 Iberian
 Electricity
 Market,
 dealing
 with
 the
 process
 for
 early
 stoppage
 of
 the
Power
Purchase
Agreements
referred
to
in
Decree
Law
240/2004,
of
27
December,
and
altered
by
Decree
Law
199/2007,
of
18
May,
for
the
purchase
of
electricity
by
the
supplier
of
last
resort
and
the
creation
of
a
power
guarantee
mechanism
‐
Order
nr.
27332/2007,
of
4
December,
by
the
Energy
Services
Regulatory
Authority
approving
the
joint
rules
for
contracting
Portugal‐Spain
interconnection
capacity;
‐
Government
order
nr.
57/2008,
of
11
January,
which
defines
the
rules
applicable
to
the
 sale
 of
 electrical
 energy
 via
 virtual
 capacity
 auctions
 of
 electrical
 energy
production;
‐
Order
nr.
2838/2008,
of
5
February,
regarding
the
electricity
virtual
capacity
auctions
by
the
sellers
actuating
within
the
Iberian
Electricity
Market.
The
virtual
capacity
auctions
have
contributed
towards
increasing
the
liquidity
of
the
market.
From
inception
until
June
2008,
the
accumulated
electrical
energy
traded
has
been
44
458
GWh,
with
a
total
value
of
2,
361.9
M€.
37

Portugal
 is
 already
 an
 example
 to
 follow
 in
 promoting
 the
 liberalised,
 competitive
market:
‐
Portugal
is
one
of
the
three
EU
countries
with
full
unbundling
of
the
electricity
and
gas
networks,
with
assets
concentrated
in
the
same
company;
‐
It
has
one
of
the
most
ambitious
objectives
in
the
EU
for
interconnection
capacity,
more
than
20%
in
2010,
currently
already
over
10%;
‐
 Portugal
 is
 one
 of
 the
 six
 countries
 with
 the
 lowest
 public
 capital
 among
 market
players,
together
with
the
United
Kingdom,
Germany,
Belgium,
Spain
and
Ireland;
‐
The
Iberian
Electricity
Market
is
the
second
regional
electricity
market
implemented
in
the
EU,
with
around
30
million
consumers.
In
addition
to
the
objective
of
promoting
a
liberalised
and
competitive
market
in
the
energy
 sector,
 the
 Government
 established
 another
 two
 objectives,
 environmental
compatibility
and
supply
safety,
which
are
enshrined
in
the
National
Energy
Strategy.
This
is
an
ambitious
policy
that
is
an
important
factor
for
the
sustained
growth
of
the
Portuguese
economy
and
its
competitiveness.
The
developments
in
this
sector
are
set
out
in
the
energy
driver.
Driver3.
Information
and
innovation
networks
Globalisation
 and
 the
 rapid
 changes
 in
 technology
 that
 characterise
 today’s
 society
 have
 made
 it
necessary
to
promote
the
effective
diffusion
of
knowledge
and
its
economic
appreciation,
key
factors
for
innovation
and
competitiveness.
The
Information
and
Innovation
Networks,
established
on
a
partnership
basis
and
on
specialised
sub
networks
 within
 the
 different
 segments
 in
 the
 process
 for
 generating
 the
 economic
 appreciation
 of
knowledge,
are
recognisably
important
instruments
for
encouraging
economic
activity.
The
emphasis
given
to
the
development
of
Information
and
Innovation
Networks,
with
a
view
to
excellence
based
on
the
 collaboration
 of
 institutions
 in
 the
 scientific
 and
 technological
 system,
 higher
 education
 and
 the
economic
 fabric,
 is
 a
 powerful
 instrument
 for
 improving
 the
 match
 between
 technology
 supply
 and
demand,
as
well
as
facilitating
access
to
financing
for
innovation.
Activity
 in
 this
 domain
 includes
 the
 setting
 up
 of
 initiatives
 aimed
 at
 supporting
 the
 creation
 and
galvanisation
of
R&D
Thematic
Networks,
namely
via
the
MIT‐Portugal,
CMU‐Portugal
and
UTAustin‐
Portugal
 programmes,
 together
 with
 the
 formation
 of
 the
 Competitiveness
 and
 Technology
 Centres,
groupings
of
companies,
teaching
and
training
establishments
and
research
units
geared
towards
the
development
of
innovative
projects
with
high
collective
efficiency
and
strong
international
visibility.
In
this
context,
concrete
and
complementary
measures
have
been
put
into
practice,
including:
Thematic
networks
and
R&D
consortia
in
the
New
Partnerships
for
the
Future
In
an
unprecedented
move
in
Portugal,
the
new
international
partnerships
in
Science
and
Technology
and
for
Higher
Education,
launched
in
2006
and
2007,
have
made
it
possible
to
implement
new
R&D
consortia
throughout
2007
via
thematic
networks,
involving
a
wide
range
of
Portuguese
institutions,
38

with
 the
 objective
 of
 stimulating
 internationalisation,
 and
 based
 on
 advanced
 training
 supervised
projects,
sustainable
plans
for
stimulating
new
knowledge
and
appreciating
new
ideas
in
collaboration
with
renowned
international
institutions.
In
this
context,
researchers
at
Portuguese
institutions
and
at
MIT
are
developing
joint
R&D
activities
in
priority
projects
and
themes.
The
thematic
networks
include:
• In
the
MIT‐Portugal
program,
a
partnership
established
with
the
Massachusetts
Institute
of
Technology
(MIT),
focussing
on
Engineering
Systems,
the
areas
of

(i)
Sustainable
Energy
Systems,
(ii)
Transport
Systems,
(iii)
Advanced
Conception
and
Production
Systems
and

(iv)
Bioengineering
Systems
• In
the
CMU‐Portugal
program,
a
partnership
established
with
the
Carnegie
Mellon
University
(CMU),
 focussing
 on
 ICTs,
 the
 areas
 of
 Software
 Engineering,
 Information
 Networks,
Information
Safety,
Language
Technologies,
Sensor
and
Risk
Management
Technologies
and
Networks
in
critical
Infra/structures,
and
Engineering
and
Public
Policies.
• In
the
UTAustin‐Portugal
program,
the
partnership
established
with
the
University
of
Texas
in
Austin
 (UTAustin),
 the
 areas
 of
 Digital
 Contents,
 Advanced
 Computation,
 Mathematics
 and
the
 marketing
 of
 science
 and
 technology,
 including
 support
 for
 the
 conception
 and
concretisation
 of
 new
 business
 projects
 with
 a
 scientific
 and
 technological
 basis
 (via
 the
UTEN,
University
Technology
Enterprise
Network).
• Through
 the
 setting
 up
 in
 Portugal
 of
 the
 first
 Fraunhofer
 Institute
 in
 Europe
 outside
 of
Germany,
the
area
of
Ambient
Assisted
Living,
with
plans
afoot
to
also
establish
consortia
of
R&D
 cooperative
 projects
 involving
 Portuguese
 institutions
 and
 Fraunhofer
 institutes
 four
areas:
 i)
 logistics;
 ii)
 biotechnology;
 iii)
 advanced
 production
 systems
 applicable
 in
 the
automobile
industry;
and
iv)
nanotechnologies.
In
 response
 to
 the
 Programme
 projects
 relevant
 for
 the
 Portuguese
 industrial
 community,
 a
 wide
groups
 of
 companies
 have
 adhered
 to
 and
 participated
 in
 the
 programmes
 as
 “Industrial
 Affiliates”,
among
them
some
of
the
major
companies
in
the
energy
and
automobile
sectors
in
Portugal,
and
from
the
ICT
and
multimedia
contents
sector,
including
big
national
and
international
companies
and
new
technology‐based
companies.
These
 R&D
 activities
 are
 also
 supported
 by
 the
 advanced
 training
 programmes
 of
 each
 partner,
involving
 researchers,
 lecturers,
 PhD
 and
 post‐graduate
 students,
 engineers
 and
 technicians,
 both
national
and
foreign,
in
institutions
and
companies.
So
 as
 to
 further
 the
 opportunity
 launched
 by
 the
 UTAustin‐Portugal
 program,
 the
 UTEN,
 University
Technology
 Enterprise
 Network,
 will
 be
 extended
 to
 the
 various
 programmes
 of
 the
 international
partnerships
 in
 progress,
 with
 the
 aim
 of
 guaranteeing
 the
 gradual
 development
 of
 a
 consolidated
network
of
technology
transfer
and
marketing
offices
in
public
and
private
technology
institutions
with
relevant
R&D
technology
in
Portugal
in
close
collaboration
with
international
partners.
Networks
of
Centres
of
Excellence
Following
the
creation
of
the
8
Networks
of
Centres
of
Excellence
in
2006,
organized
around
specific
areas
(Bio‐Energy,
Healthcare
and
Medicine,
Dematerialization
of
Transactions,
Mould
Micromachining,
Mobility,
 Polymers,
 the
 Agro‐forestry
 and
 Food
 Sector,
 Telecommunications
 and
 Information
Technology),
interim
assessment
began
in
2007‐2008,
to
provide
follow‐up
and
monitoring
to
ensure
that
 the
 objectives
 were
 being
 met
 and
 expected
 results
 achieved.
 The
 Networks
 of
 Centres
 of
Excellence
 consist
 of
 consortia
 of
 companies,
 research
 centres
 and
 institutes,
 technology
 centres,
39

universities,
polytechnics
and
other
Higher
Education
Institutions,
public
bodies
and
business
or
sector
associations,
with
a
view
to
creating
collaborative
networks
aiming
for
excellence,
while
simultaneously
allowing
 for
 the
 development
 of
 innovation
 clusters
 and
 intensive
 knowledge,
 contributing
 to
 the
development
of
the
economic
and
social
fabric
of
a
region
and/or
sector.
Altogether,
they
include
the
participation
 of
 100
 companies
 and
 associate
 companies,
 5
 technology
 centres
 and
 53
 scientific
 and
higher
education
institutions.
Competitiveness
and
Technology
Centres
With
a
view
to
creating
and
invigorating
the
Competitiveness
and
Technology
Centres,
the
following
initiatives
were
set
up:
i)
Cluster
mapping
and
the
respective
territory
intersection
grid:
in
progress;
ii)
Launch
of
a
pilot
phase
through
supporting
experimental
cases:
under
preparation;
iii)
Launch
of
implementation
phase;
under
preparation;
iv)
 Holding
 meetings
 with
 stakeholders
 representing
 the
 economic
 aggregates
 and/or
 sectors
 with
 a
view
 to
 divulging
 and
 galvanising
 initiatives
 to
 encourage
 collective
 efficiency
 strategies
(Competitiveness
and
Technology
Centres
and
other
Clusters);
v)
Framework
rules
and
regulations
for
the
Collective
Efficiency
Strategies
Programme
of
the
National
Strategic
Reference
Framework;
vi)
 Launch
 of
 the
 first
 Competition
 for
 the
 “Recognition
 of
 Competitiveness
 and
 Technology
 Centres
and
other
Clusters”,
within
the
scope
of
the
National
Strategic
Reference
Framework.
FINICIA
Platforms
Implementation
of
the
FINICIA
Programme
is
based
on
the
creation
of
partnerships
(called
Platforms)
between
the
institutions
of
the
Science
and
Technology
System
and
local
development
agents.
14
platforms
have
been
created
(13
on
the
mainland
and
1
in
the
Autonomous
Region
of
the
Azores)
involving
 all
 of
 the
 public
 Universities
 and
 Polytechnics,
 covering
 over
 160
 public
 and
 private
 bodies
(namely,
Banks,
Venture
Capital
Companies
and
Mutual
Guarantee
Companies,
Science
and
Technology
Parks
and
Municipal
Councils)
to
expedite
the
processes
for
scrutinising
ideas
and
projects
for
creating
innovative
companies.
Three
credit
lines
have
been
created
for
new
business
projects,
provided
by
the
BPI,
Millennium
and
BST
banks,
these
are
supported
by
a
Mutual
Guarantee,
guaranteeing
up
to
75%
of
the
value
of
the
credit
granted.
73
 municipal
 FINICIA
 funds
 were
 created,
 14
 of
 them
 between
 October
 2007
 and
 August
 2008,
 in
collaboration
with
banks
and
local
authorities.
These
were
for
micro
credit
operations
for
setting
up
micro
 and
 small
 companies.
 The
 total
 value
 of
 the
 Funds
 already
 created
 comes
 to
 a
 21.53
 million
Euros,
of
which
2.925
million
Euros
is
related
to
funds
created
since
October
2007.
By
the
end
of
August,
453
credit
and
risk
capital
financing
operations
had
been
approved,
of
which
390
have
 been
 implemented
 or
 are
 at
 the
 implementation
 stage.
 The
 number
 of
 credit
 operations
approved,
 supported
 by
 Mutual
 Guarantee,
 is
 295,
 which
 corresponds
 to
 an
 overall
 investment
 of
23.23
million
Euros.
95
risk
capital
operations
were
approved,
49
of
which
have
been
realised,
involving
a
global
investment
estimated
at
26
million
Euros
and
risk
capital
financing
to
the
sum
of
7.8
million
Euros.
Business
Angels
(BA)
Networks
Within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 Empreender+
 Programme,
 an
 initiative
 was
 launched
 to
 stimulate
 the
introduction
 of
 the
 Business
 Angels
 (BA)
 activity
 in
 Portugal,
 contributing
 to
 the
 creation
 of
 10
 BA
networks.
Knowledge
Enhancement
Centres
and
Business
Potential
Enhancement
Centres
Following
 on
 from
 the
 approval
 of
 the
 22
 Knowledge
 Enhancement
 Centres
 (Technology
 And
Knowledge
 Transfer
 Workshop)
 in
 2006,
 which
 provided
 an
 environment
 for
 University‐Company
cooperation
with
the
aim
of
identifying
and
fostering
the
transfer
of
innovative
ideas
and
concepts
to
the
 business
 fabric,
 the
 networking
 of
 this
 group
 of
 structures,
 involving
 Technology
 Centres,
University/Company
 interface
 structures
 (e.g.,
 INEGI,
 INOV
 INESC,
 UNINOVA),
 Industrial
 Property
40

Support
 Offices,
 IRC/EIC
 –
 Innovation
 Relay
 Centres
 /
 European
 Info
 Centres,
 Technology
 And
Knowledge
 Transfer
 Workshops,
 is
 now
 being
 promoted.
 In
 addition
 to
 the
 entrepreneurial
 support
activities
 in
 the
 Technology
 And
 Knowledge
 Transfer
 Workshops,
 12
 VPE
 nuclei
 (Valorização
 do
Potencial
 Empresarial
 ‐
 Business
 Potential
 Enhancement
 Centres)
 as
 part
 of
 the
 NEOTEC
 initiative,
involving
Higher
Education
institutions
and
other
bodies
connected
with
promoting
entrepreneurship.
Driver
4.
Connect
Portugal
An
Action
Plan
to
mobilize
the
Information
and
Knowledge
Society
In
July
2005,
the
Government
adopted
the
Connect
Portugal
initiative,
whose
actions
included:
•
Making
it
easier
for
Families
with
Students
to
Buy
Computers:
50%
of
the
amount
spent
on
buying
a
personal
computer,
including
software
and
terminal
equipment,
is
tax
deductible,
up
to
a
limit
of
€250
in
purchases,
between
1
December
2005
and
31
December
2008.
In
December
2005,
offers
appeared
on
the
market
allowing
for
the
purchase
of
computers
with
internet
connection
for
200€
or
250€,
after
the
aforementioned
tax
deduction.
•
Broadband
Internet
Connection
for
State
Schools:
in
January
2006
all
State
Schools
from
the
1st
to
the
12th
year
had
broadband
internet
connection
(one
year
before,
only
18%
had
broadband
internet
connection).
Portugal
was
thus
one
of
the
first
EU
countries
to
ensure
broadband
connection
for
all
state
schools,
as
it
had
been
a
pioneer
in
connecting
all
schools
to
the
internet
via
ISDN
in
2001,
and
all
schools
 from
 year
 5
 to
 year
 12
 in
 1997.
 In
 2007,
 school
 connection
 bandwidths
 were
 increased
significantly,
generally
to
twice
the
previous
bandwidth.
•
Approval,
on
16
August
2007,
of
the
Education
Technology
Plan,
which
has
the
following
targets
for
2010:
to
achieve
an
average
of
2
students
per
computer
with
internet
access
(in
2006
there
were
9.6
students
per
computer),
to
equip
all
classrooms
with
video
projector,
to
guarantee
internet
access
in
all
schools
at
48
Mbps
minimum;
to
adopt
the
electronic
card
for
all
students;
make
publicly
available
the
use
of
electronic
means
of
communication,
giving
all
students
and
teachers
email
addresses,
ensuring
that
90%
of
teachers
and
50%
of
students
have
their
ACT
skills
certified.
•
Launching,
in
2006,
the
Ministry
of
Education’s
Schools,
Teachers
and
Portable
Computers
initiative,
reinvigorating
1,100
schools
with
26,000
portable
computers,
and,
in
2007,
launching
the
programme
e.escola,
giving
students
and
teachers
in
primary
and
secondary
education,
and
adults
and
young
adults
in
the
New
Opportunities
Training
Programme,
portable
computers
with
mobile
broadband
connection
at

reduced
costs
(150
Euros
upfront
and
15
Euros
per
month,
and
less
for
students
on
school
benefits),
with
over
200
thousand
people
having
already
benefited.
•
Launching,
in
July
2008,
the
programme
e.escolinhas,
via
which
around
half
a
million
primary
school
students
will
receive
a
new,
low‐cost
computer,
assembled
in
Portugal
in
partnership
with
Intel.
•
 Considerably
 increasing
 the
 bandwidth
 for
 universities,
 polytechnics
 and
 research
 institutions:
 in
2005
the
bandwidth
for
the
RCTS
‐

the
Science
Technology
and
Society
Network
‐
more
than
doubled,
reaching
2.5
Gbps,
and,
in
July
2008
it
was
quadrupled
to
10
Gbps,
resolving
a
problem
that
had
been
dragging
on
for
several
years,
that
of
Portugal
being
the
only
country
in
the
EU15,
except
for
Greece,
with
no
connection
at
this
bandwidth
to
the
research
and
education
networks
in
the
other
countries.
The
connection
between
Lisbon
and
Braga
was
greatly
improved
with
the
acquisition
of
a
fibre‐optic
link
between
the
University
of
Lisbon,
the
Technical
University
of
Lisbon,
the
New
University
of
Lisbon,
the
Universities
of
Coimbra,
Aveiro,
Porto
and
the
Minho,
benefiting,
in
terms
of
student
numbers,
60%
of
 the
 higher
 education
 system
 and
 78%
 of
 universities
 with
 research
 units
 approved
 by
 the
international
assessments
of
the
FST
–
Foundation
for
Science
and
Technology,
and
also
increasing
the
bandwidth
 connections
 for
 the
 Polytechnics
 Institutes
 of
 Coimbra
 and
 Porto.
 The
 Lisbon
 –
 Braga
research
and
education
network
was
thus
speeded
up
to
10
Gbps.
•
Connection
of
the
RCTS
in
fibre‐optic
ring
to
Spain
and
the
European
network
Géant2
at
10
Gbps:
At
the
 Portugal‐Spain
 summit
 in
 November
 2005
 it
 was
 decided
 that
 each
 country
 would
 complete
 its
education
and
research
network
to
the
Minho‐Galiza
and
Alentejo‐Estremadura
borders,
with
mutual
benefits
 in
 increased
 international
 connectivity
 and
 connection
 safety
 in
 the
 event
 of
 a
 break
 in
 the
line,
 and
 much
 greater
 connectivity
 to
 the
 European
 Géant2
 network.
 The
 northbound
 fibre‐optic
section
 to
 the
 Minho‐Galiza
 frontier
 in
 Valença
 was
 concluded
 in
 2007,
 also
 ensuring
 the
 fibre‐optic
41

connection
 for
 the
 Viana
 do
 Castelo
 Polytechnic
 Institute.
 The
 Lisbon‐Setúbal‐Évora‐Portalegre‐
Alentejo/Estremadura
 Border
 progressed
 in
 2008
 and
 is
 almost
 concluded,
 and
 will
 also
 provide
 10
Gbps
fibre‐optic
connection
for
the
University
of
Évora
and
the
Polytechnic
institutions
of
Setúbal
and
Portalegre.
There
is
also
a
fibre
optic
connection
in
progress
for
the
Polytechnic
of
Santarém.
Thus,
in
terms
of
student
numbers,
more
than
70%
of
the
higher
education
system
and
82%
of
universities
with
research
units
approved
by
the
FST
have
connections
of
up
to
10
Gbps
in
a
public
sector
owned
fibre
optic
network.
•
 High
 usage
 of
 the
 Online
 Knowledge
 Library
 (b‐on):
 b‐on
 provides
 unlimited
 permanent
 access
 in
research
 and
 higher
 education
 institutions
 to
 over
 16,750
 international
 scientific
 publications
 by
 16
publishers,
via
internationally
agreed
subscriptions.
In
2005
the
number
of
articles
downloaded
in
this
library
was
3.4
million,
compared
to
2.1
million
in
2004,
numbers
that
demonstrated
very
high
usage.
In
2006,
 the
 number
 of
 downloads
 rose
 to
 3.7
 million,
 and
 in
 2007
 to
 4.2
 million.
 In
 2007,
 the
 Online
Knowledge
 Library
 (b‐on)
 was
 extended
 to
 all
 public
 higher
 education
 systems
 and
 also
 to
 State
Laboratories
and
non/profit/making
research
institutions
approved
in
the
FST
international
assessment
processes,
and
a
new
financing
model
was
put
in
place,
ensuring
disciplinary
unity
for
and
universal
access
to
the
library.
•
 The
 development,
 in
 2008,
 of
 a
 platform
 to
 integrate
 the
 open‐access
 scientific
 information
repositories
in
the
country
into
one
coherent
national
metadata
system
freely
available
to
the
scientific
and
 higher
 education
 institutions
 wishing
 to
 house
 their
 repositories
 there
 and
 safeguarding
 the
individual
 nature
 of
 the
 respective
 corporate
 identities.
 Currently,
 the
 following
 institutions
 have
repositories
of
this
type:
the
universities
of
the
Minho,
Porto
and
Évora,
ISCTE
and
the
National
Library
(dissertations
and
theses)
with
a
total
of
over
5,000
records.
•
 The
 launch
 in
 April
 2006
 of
 the
 National
 Grid
 Initiative
 (INGRID)
 promoting
 a
 Computation
 Grid
 in
Portugal,
 and
 approval
 at
 the
 Portugal‐Spain
 Summit
 of
 November
 2006
 of
 the
 bilateral
 initiative
IBERGRID
 to
 integrate
 in
 a
 coherent
 network
 the
 computational
 grid
 infrastructures
 of
 the
 two
countries,
 with
 the
 objective
 of
 achieving
 significant
 computation
 grid
 critical
 mass
 on
 a
 European
scale.
In
2007,
within
the
scope
of
the
IBERGRID
initiative,
the
bilateral
Technical
Commission
prepared
a
Design
Bases
Document
for
a
Common
Iberian
Distributed
Computation
Infrastructure
Plan.
Portugal
and
Spain
coming
together
in
IBERGRID
has
allowed
them
jointly
to
create
a
network
recognised
in
the
project
 EGEE
 –
 Enabling
 Grids
 for
 E‐science
 in
 Europe
 by
 the
 Southwest
 Europe
 Federation,
 which
currently
 has
 over
 1,500
 CPUs
 and
 has
 come
 to
 play
 an
 important
 role
 in
 the
 Computational
 Grid
infrastructure
of
Europe.
This
project
brings
together
scientists
and
engineers
from
over
240
scientific
institutions
in
45
countries
to
provide
a
permanent
Computation
Grid
infrastructure
with
41,000
CPUs
and
 5
 Petabytes
 of
 disc
 (5
 million
 Gigabytes),
 and
 keeps
 100,000
 computational
 processes
 running.
Portugal
 was
 initially
 involved
 in
 the
 project
 through
 the
 LIP
 –
 Particle
 Experimental
 Physics
 and
Instrumentation
Laboratory
(Lisbon
and
Coimbra),
but
participation
was
extended
to
the
universities
of
Porto
and
the
Minho,
the
Plasma
Physics
Centre
of
the
Instituto
Superior
Técnico,
the
Electronic
and
Telematic
 Engineering
 Institute
 (IEETA)
 of
 the
 University
 of
 Aveiro,
 and
 the
 Universidade
 Lusíada
(Famalicão),
 all
 of
 whose
 computational
 grid
 infrastructures
 were
 already
 contributing
 to
 the
 total
EGEE
infrastructure.
•
Promoting
and
supporting,
as
part
of
the
INGRID
programme,
15
R&D
grid/based
projects,
with
total
financing
 granted
 by
 the
 FST
 of
 around
 1.7
 million
 Euros,
 which
 were
 approved
 by
 a
 public
 tender
launched
 in
 November
 2006
 which
 received
 37
 bids
 and
 was
 assessed
 internationally,
 with
Computation
Grid
applications
geared
to

areas
ranging
from
the
simulation
and
analysis
of
high
energy
physics
data
such
as
those
that
will
be
produced
by
LHC
and
by
plasma
physics
and
nuclear
fusion,
to
predicting
 the
 evolution
 of
 the
 coastline,
 simulating
 forest
 fires,
 mapping
 atmospheric
 pollution,
simulating
protein
structure,
repositories
for
medical
applications,
brain
imaging.
•
 Supporting
 the
 construction,
 in
 2007‐2008
 of
 a
 main
 node
 for
 the
 Grid
 infrastructure
 with
 the
creation
of
a
large,
400
m2
data
centre
for
the
Computation
Grid,
and
the
increase
of
the
Portuguese
Grid
infrastructure
to
around
400
CPUs
in
May
2007,
650
CPUs
in
June
2008
and
over
1,200
CPUs
by
the
end
of
2008,
attaining
a
dimension
in
Portugal
that
is
of
relevance
at
European
level,
and
also
a
prominent
role
in
the
Council
of
Policies
for
the
2‐year
European
project
initiated
in
2007
to
prepare
the
creation
and
organisation
model
for
the
EGI
–
European
Grid
Initiative,
involving
the
national
Grid
Initiatives
of

38
countries,
including
the


EU
27.
Also
worthy
of
mention
is
Portugal’s
participation
in
the
 CERN
 project
 LCG
 –
 LHC
 Computing
 Grid
 (2003‐2023)
 that
 created
 the
 largest
 computing
 grid
system
 in
 the
 world
 to
 store
 and
 analyse
 data
 from
 CERN’s
 new
 LHC
 –
 Large
 Hadron
 Colider
experiment,
 which
 marked
 the
 2008
 scientific
 year
 with
 its
 fundamental
 importance,
 with
 the
 LIP
42

operating
one
of
around
60
Tier2
world
centres
(the
LCG
also
has
11
Tier
centres1
and
the
Tier0
centre
operated
 directly
 by
 the
 CERN).
In
 less
than
 two
 years
 from
 launching
 INGRID,
 Portugal
 entered
 the
European
 Computation
 GRID
 map
 and
 established
 the
 conditions
 for
 participating
 in
 an
 influential
position
in
the
decisions
on
the
future
of
the
European
GRID
Initiative
and
the
enormous
computation
GRID
system
that
is
being
built
in
Europe.
•
 Forecasting
 the
 components
 of
 strategic
 interest
 for
 new
 developments
 in
 the
 Information
 and
Knowledge
 Society
 within
 the
 scope
 of
 international
 partnerships
 especially
 in
 Information
 Safety,
Critical
Infrastructures
and
Sensor
Networks
in
the
CMU
–
Portugal
Programme
initiated
at
the
end
of
October
2006,
in
Advanced
Digital
Contents
and
Distributed
Computation
in
the
UT
Austin
–
Portugal
programme
initiated
in
March
2007,
in
Intelligent
Environments
supporting
Life
Quality
and
Inclusion
and
 the
 development
 of
 the
 Internet
 of
 Things
 in
 the
 Fraunhofer–
 Portugal
 Programme
 launched
 in
April
2007,
in
the
development
of
Contents
in
Portuguese
on
Healthcare
and
Research
made
publicly
available
in
the
Harvard
–
Portugal
Programme,
preparation
for
which
was
launched
in
April
2007.
•
Virtual
Campus
–
Higher
Education
Wireless
Network
(e‐U):
In
2005,
the
number
of
higher
education
institutions
 with
 wireless
 networks
 went
 from
 8
 to
 57,
 achieving
 coverage,
 in
 terms
 of
 students
enrolled,
of
over
85%
of
all
higher
education,
a
set
of
schools
with
over
310
thousand
students.
Since
this
 network
 has
 inter‐institution
 roaming,
 the
 integration
 of
 all
 higher
 education
 institutions
 is
therefore
 ensured
 in
 a
 single
 Virtual
 Campus,
 allowing
 a
 student
 of
 teacher
 who
 is
 temporarily
 at
another
 university
 or
 polytechnic
 to
 access
 the
 resources
 of
 his
 own
 establishment
 as
 if
 he
 were
actually
there.
In
2006
and
2007
the
planned
extension
of
services
and
contents
for
the
corresponding
projects
 took
 place,
 increasing
 the
 number
 of
 users.
 Extending
 the
 roaming
 within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
European
 network
 Eduroam,
 and
 in
 2008
 the
 infrastructures
 and
 services
 installed
 were
 certified,
including
access
for
citizens
with
special
needs.
•
High
Growth
in
Broadband
Penetration:
According
to
ANACOM
data,
broadband
penetration
(fixed
or
mobile)
in
the
population
was
three
times
greater
in
the
2nd
quarter
of
2008
than
the
1st
quarter
of
2005.
The
figures
for
the
second
quarter
of
2008
were
33%,
of
which
15%
were
fixed
connections
and
18%
mobile
connections.
There
was
a
steep
growth
in
broadband
penetration,
especially
with
regard
to
mobile
connections,
which,
in
the
second
quarter
of
2008
were
11
times
greater
than
they
had
been
two
years
previously,
radically
altering
the
panorama
of
Portugal
and
making
it
the
EU
country
with
the
highest
mobile
broadband
penetration.
Broadband
penetration
among
families
grew
50%
from
2005
to
2007
(1st
quarters).
•
Register
of
.pt
domains:
The
number
of
internet
domains
with
.pt,
covered
by
the
FCCN
–
Foundation
for
 National
 Scientific
 Computation,
 grew
 by
 36%
 in
 2005,
 to
 around
 80
 thousand
 domains,
 At
 the
beginning
 of
 March
 2006
 new
 rules
 came
 into
 force
 that
 made
 it
 easier
 to
 register
 domains
 and
allowed
 cost‐cutting
 by
 40%
 through
 adopting
 a
 totally
 on‐line
 registration
 system.
 As
 a
 result,
 in
August
2006
there
were
over
100
thousand
domains
registered.
In
2007
domain
name
registration
was
made
 more
 flexible
 and
 electronic
 receipts
 were
 adopted
 for
 the
 respective
 payments,
 which
 has
already
achieved
40%
user
accession.
In
September
2008
the
number
of
domains
registered
exceeded
234
thousand,
corresponding
to
2.3
times
the
number
for
the
end
of
2004.
•
 Approval,
 in
 April
 2007,
 of
 4
 Community
 Network
 projects
 –
http://www.umic.pt/index.phpoption=com_content&task=view&id=28&Itemid=187 -
tras
 Rede
 Comunitária
 do
 Distrito
 de
 Évora,
 Rede
 Comunitária
 do
 Vale
 do
 Minho,
 Valimar
 Net.
 The
Community
Networks
are
broadband
public
networks
in
less‐favoured
regions
or
where
there
are
gaps
in
 the
 telecommunications
 market,
 and
 they
 must
 be
 technologically
 neutral
 and
 provide
 identical
access
for
all
operators
in
tenders
for
their
operation.
These
projects
jointly
involve
the
installation
of
over
 1,000
 Km
 of
 fibre
 optic
 connections.
 The
 projects
 are
 now
 in
 progress,
 with
 over
 300
 Km
 of
technical
cabling
already
installed.
•
 Promotion
 of
 Digital
 Inclusion:
 Around
 327
 Internet
 Spaces
 are
 up
 and
 running
 at
 points
 spread
around
 the
 country,
 with
 special
 social
 equipment
 in
 local
 authorities,
 and
 over
 187
 in
 municipal
libraries,
 allowing
 free
 broadband
 internet
 access
 to
 anyone,
 with
 personal
 support.
 These
 are
 an
important
part
of
a
total
of
over
1,170
Internet
Spaces
set
up
in
other
settings,
namely
in
Digital
City
and
 Region
 projects
 and
 social
 solidarity
 institutions.
 The
 Internet
 Spaces
 Network
 was
 set
 up
 in
November
2006
to
ensure
coordination
of
initiatives
and
the
sharing
of
good
practice
for
this
powerful
instrument
for
social
integration.
An
NGO
network
for
social
solidarity
is
maintained
–
Rede
Solidária
–
with
 a
 specific
 presence
 on
 the
 Internet,
 240
 broadband
 Internet
 access
 points,
 650
 electronic
mailboxes,
 13
 video‐conference
 connections
 between
 schools
 and
 hospitals.
 The
 3rd
 Generation
Schools
Programme,
which
functions
in
collaboration
with
the
High
Commission
for
Immigration
and
43

Intercultural
Dialogue,
has
done
notable
work
on
social
inclusion,
involving
over
400
local
institutions,
around
400
technicians
and
the
support
of
48,000
children
and
young
people,
including
in
its
over
130
Digital
Inclusion
Centres.
(111
from
3rd
Generation
and
21
from
2nd
Generation).
•
 Significant
 increase
 in
 the
 availability
 of
 information
 at
 hospital
 Internet
 sites
 from
 2004
 to
 2006,
namely
the
duplication
of
sites
with
information
on
prevention
and
healthcare
(available
on
50%
of
the
sites)
 and
 four
 times
 the
 number
 of
 sites
 indicating
 what
 to
 do
 in
 the
 case
 of
 a
 medical
 emergency
(available
on
30%
of
sites).
•
 Growth
 in
 the
 number
 of
 companies
 with
 broadband
 connections,
 which
 in
 2006
 included
 98%
 of
large
companies,
90%
of
medium
companies
and
62%
of
small
companies.
•
 Improved
 availability
 of
 Online
 Public
 Services:
 On
 20
 September
 2007
 The
 European
 Commission
published
new
assessment
data
on
the
online
availability
of
basic
public
services,
now
regarding
the
situation
 in
 April‐May
 2007.
 The
 figures
 for
 Portugal
 were
 significantly
 improved,
 whether
 for
 the
service
sophistication
indicator
or
for
full
online
availability,
which
both
stood
at
90%
and
with
these
indicators
 for
 companies
 being
 100%.
 Portugal
 rose
 once
 again
 in
 the
 ranking
 of
 the
 31
 countries
considered,
 going
 to
 4th
 place
 on
 the
 sophistication
 of
 provision
 indicator
 and
 to
 3rd
 place
 for
 full
online
 availability.
 It
 was
 the
 biggest
 rise
 registered
 among
 all
 31
 countries.
 Bearing
 in
 mind
 the
improvements
made
in
the
2006
assessment,
from
October
2004
to
April‐May
2007
Portugal
rose
on
both
indicators,
from
11th
to
2nd
in
the
EU15
countries,
and
from
11th
and
13th
to
4th
and
3rd
in
the
EU‐27,
respectively,
for
the
indicators
of
sophistication
and
full
online
availability.
The
progress
made
in
electronic
public
administration
included:
the
creation
of
completely
online
companies
since
June
2006,
online
trademark
registration
since
December
2006
which
has
been
used
since
then
in
around
80%
of
cases,
cutting
to
1/3
the
response
time
to
a
request
for
registration,
making
Portugal
one
of
the
fastest
countries
for
trademark
registration,
provision
of
the
electronic
Citizen’s
Card
with
access
to
5
public
services
since
February
2007,
the
online
Simplified
Business
Information
(IES)
service
since
April
2007
which
has
already
received
over
158,000
renderings
of
accounts
by
this
means,
the
option
to
register
patents
online
from
September
2007,
the
making
of
around
70%
of
tax
returns
via
internet
in
2008
and
the
processing
of
all
VAT
via
internet
since
2005,
the
free
online
provision
of
the
Diário
da
República
since
June
2006,
saving
27
tonnes
of
paper
per
day,
and
the
Single
Vehicle
Document.
•
 The
 decision,
 by
 Resolution
 of
 the
 Council
 of
 Ministers
 in
 October
 2007,
 to
 give
 all
 citizens
 with
special
needs
access
to
all
Government
Internet
sites
and
those
of
Central
Government
public
services
and
bodies

in
accordance
with
the
directives
on
Internet
content
accessibility
of
the
World
Wide
Web
Consortium
 (W3C),
 thus
 extending
 a
 1991
 Resolution
 of
 the
 Council
 of
 Ministers
 to
 ensure
 Internet
access
to
the
sites
of
public
bodies
(which
did
not,
however,
define
an
enforceable
standard)
whereby
Portugal
 was
 the
 first
 country
 in
 Europe
 and
 the
 4th
 in
 the
 world
 to
 approve
 legislation
 with
 this
objective.
•
National
Programme
of
Electronic
Purchases:
At
the
end
of
2006
this
involved
all
16
ministries
(as
opposed
 to
 8
 in
 Jan
 2005),
 around
 920
 bodies
 (19
 in
 Jan
 2005),
 12
 categories
 of
 products
 (4
 by
 Jan
2005),
103
aggregation
and
negotiation
processes
(27
in
Jan
2005).
Total
traded
volume
was
41
million
euros,
 with
 a
 saving
 of
 around
 20%.
 The
 programme
 accelerated
 sharply,
 with
 electronic
 public
purchasing
 for
 2006
 being
 more
 than
 double
 the
 amount
 accumulated
 in
 the
 three
 previous
 years,
since
the
start
of
the
programme
in
2003,
and
after
having
grown
more
than
33%
during
2005.
44

Driver
5.
Energy
Energy
policy
is
increasingly
becoming
a
driver
for
economic
growth,
especially
thanks
to
its
capacity
for
generating
new
investment
in
projects
with
high
technology
input
and
for
creating
jobs.
The
 Government
 has
 adopted
 an
 ambitious
 energy
 policy,
 set
 out
 in
 the
 National
 Energy
 Strategy
(Resolutions
 of
 the
 Council
 of
 Ministers,
 October
 2005),
 establishing
 three
 main
 objectives
 for
 the
sector:
- Encouraging
competition;
- Guaranteeing
environmental
compatibility
for
the
whole
energy
process;
- Guaranteeing
the
safety
of
energy
supply.
The
Government
has
been
taking
a
strongly
proactive
policy
in
the
area
of
renewable
energies.
Hence,
in
its
sustainability
framework,
in
2007
it
defined
new
commitments
for
2010
in
promoting
renewable
energy
sources,
reinforcing
the
measures
already
established.
ENCOURAGING
COMPETITION
The
Government
established
a
central
objective
of
stimulating
the
energy
sector,
creating
liberalised
and
 competitive
 markets.
 The
 reorganisation
 of
 the
 whole
 legal
 and
 regulatory
 framework,
 with
 the
publication
 of
 framework
 laws
 and
 complementary
 legislation
 for
 electricity,
 natural
 gas
 and
petroleum,
was
the
first
concrete
step
in
implementing
this
strategy.
With
regard
to
the
liberalisation
of
the
markets,
the
measures
adopted
in
the
electricity
market
gave
all
consumers
 effective
 right
 of
 choice,
 as
 from
 4
 September
 2006,
 placing
 Portugal
 among
 the
 EU
countries
 that
 have
 achieved
 total
 liberalisation
 in
 this
 market.
 
 In
 the
 natural
 gas
 market,
 the
Government
has
forestalled
the
previously
agreed
dates
for
derogation,
bringing
forward
by
two
years
the
liberalisation
period
for
domestic
consumers
and
by
one
year
for
industrial
consumers.
The
 defined
 policy
 also
 included
 the
 creation
 of
 two
 large
 competing
 operators
 in
 the
 gas
 and
electricity
 sector:
 EDP
 –
 Energias
 de
 Portugal,
 S.A.,
 entered
 the
 natural
 gas
 business
 forming
 the
company
EDP
Gás,
SGPS;
and
Galp
Energia,
SGPS,
S.A.,
which
was
already
active
in
the
exploration
and
production,
 refining
 and
 distribution
 of
 petroleum
 products,
 in
 the
 areas
 of
 supplying,
 selling
 and
distributing
natural
gas
and
producing
electrical
energy
for
large
industrial
clients.
To
 allow
 for
 equitable
 and
 transparent
 network
 access,
 the
 Government
 created
 a
 single
 gas
 and
electricity
transportation
operator.
In
this
context,
in
September
2006,
REN
–
Rede
Eléctrica
Nacional,
S.A.
acquired
the
gas
transportation
assets
owned
by
Transgás.
A
new
holding
company
was
created

to
meet
this
new
mission
–
Redes
Energéticas
Nacionais,
SGPS,
which
manages
the
national
electricity
and
gas
transportation
system
through
the
following
companies:
‐

 RENGasodutos,
S.A.,
‐






RENArmazenagem,
S.A.;
‐

 RENAtlântico
Terminal
de
GNL,
S.A.;
‐
 REN‐Rede
Eléctrica
Nacional,
S.
A.
This
measure
placed
Portugal
among
the
five
European
countries
with
total
unbundling
of
the
transport
networks
and
among
the
three
who
have
these
assets
in
the
same
company
structure.
The
main
measures
to
encourage
competition
in
the
supply
markets
were:
‐

 early
 termination
 of
 the
 Power
 Purchase
 Agreements,
 thus
 freeing
 up
 around
 80%
(approximately

7.100
MW)
of
all
production
previously
pledged;
‐
 the
granting
of
licences
for
building
new
Combined
cycle
gas
turbine
plants
(CCGTs);
‐
 early
liberalisation
of
the
natural
gas
supply
market.
The
Government
also
made
the
Iberian
Electricity
Market
a
reality.
It
began
operating
in
July
2006,
with
the
start
of
OMIP
transactions.
The
Iberian
Electricity
Market
is
the
second
integrated
regional
market
implemented
in
Europe,
with
around
30
million
consumers.
45

GUARANTEEING

ENVIRONMENTAL
COMPATIBILITY
The
Government
approved
a
wide‐ranging
set
of
measures
to
limit
the
carbon
intensity
of
the
energy
mix
 with
 a
 significant
 contribution
 to
 the
 diversification
 of
 the
 energy
 supply,
 through
 promoting
renewable
energy
and
energy
efficiency.
In
the
area
of
renewable
energies:
Portugal
 invested
 particularly
 in
 the
 development
 of
 wind
 and
 hydro‐energy,
 biomass,
 biofuels
 and
solar
thermal
conversion.
To
 promote
 wind
 energy,
 a
 phased
 tender
 was
 launched,
 to
 attribute
 up
 to
 1950
 MW
 rated
 load
associated
to
the
creation
of
an
industrial
cluster.
In
2006
the
first
phase
was
awarded
with
a
total
of
1200
 MVA
 rated
 load
 and
 construction
 began
 on
 the
 industrial
 cluster
 for
 the
 wind
 energy
 sector;
investment
was
around
1750
M€
and
led
to
the
creation
of
around
1700
direct
jobs
and
4500
indirect
jobs.
 The
 tender
 also
 led
 to
 the
 creation
 of
 a
 35
 M€
 fund
 to
 support
 innovation
 in
 the
 area
 of
renewable
energies.
In
2007
the
second
phase
of
the
tender
was
awarded
to
attribute
up
to
600
MVA
capacity
and
in
2008
the
3rd
phase
was
begun
for
the
attribution
of
200
MVA
capacity.
With
regard
to
forest
biomass,
tenders
were
launched
to
attribute
a
total
of
100
MVA
of
electricity
production,
 destined
 for
 15
 forest
 biomass
 thermal
 power
 plants,
 with
 an
 estimated
 investment
 of
around
225
M€
and
the
creation
of
around
700
jobs.
Four
power
plants
have
already
been
awarded
and
another
8
are
at
the
award
stage.
For
 biofuels,
 a
 tax
 incentive
 was
 created,
 with
 exemption
 from
 fuel
 tax
 for
 products
 destined
 to
substitute
road
fossil
fuels.
This
measure
favours
the
development
of
a
new
agricultural
tier
based
on
biofuels,
 and
 the
 creation
 of
 industrial
 units,
 for
 esterification
 of
 vegetable
 oils,
 with
 an
 estimated
investment
of
100
M€.

In
2006,
five
industrial
units
began
producing
biodiesel,
two
large
and
three
small,
 with
 a
 total
 capacity
 of
 200
 000
 tonnes/year.
 In
 2007,
 two
 new
 plants
 began
 operating
 with
additional
 biodiesel
 production
 capacity
 of
 150
 ktonnes/year,
 making
 a
 total
 of
 350
 ktonnes/year
installed
capacity
by
the
end
of
that
year.
In
2008,
two
more
units
are
planned
to
start
operating,
with
an
installed
capacity
of
77.5
ktonnes/year.
To
support
the
sustainability
of
fish
farms,
in
particular,
a
special
tariff
was
defined
for
the
production
of
electricity
from
the
biogas
obtained
from
anaerobic
digestion.
For
wave
energy
a
sea
zone
was
created
to
install
pilot
projects
with
operating
potential
of
up
to
250
MW,
 with
 a
 view
 to
 developing
 new
 technologies
 and
 regulatory
 legislation
 was
 drawn
 up
 for
 the
respective
licences.
At
 the
 level
 of
 hydro‐electricity
 two
 reception
 pints
 were
 awarded
 for
 922
 MW
 from
 new
 large
Hydroelectric
Plants,
with
a
forecast
investment
of
over
1000
M€.
For
photovoltaic
energy,
licences
were
awarded
to
set
up
two
large
power
plants:
one
with
installed
power
of
46.4
MW
and
forecast
production
of
56
GWh/year,
entailing
overall
investment
of
250
M€
and
including
the
creation
of
a
photovoltaic
module
factory,
the
creation
of
around
100
jobs
and
the
setting
 up
 of
 a
 research
 laboratory.
 The
 other,
 with
 an
 installed
 capacity
 of
 11
 MW
 and
 forecast
production
of
over
18
GWh/year,
entails
an
investment
of
62
M€.
To
 reinforce
 the
 already
 established
 measures,
 in
 the
 framework
 of
 promoting
 renewable
 energy
sources
,
in
2007
the
Government

defined
new
commitments
for
2010:
• 45%
of
all
electricity
consumed
shall
be
on
a
renewable
basis;
• the
biofuels
used
in
transport
should
account

for
10%
of
road
fuel
consumption;
• 5
to
10%
of
the
coal
used
in
electrical
power
plants
shall
be
substituted
by
biomass
or
waste.
New
objectives
were
therefore
established
for
the
various
sources
of
renewable
energy:
• Wind
energy:
increase
installed
capacity
by
1950
MW
by
2012,
making
a
total
of
5100
MW
(of
which
600
MW
shall
be
from
equipment
upgrade),
the
creation
of
a
technology
cluster
and
the
investment
associated
with
wind
energy;
46

• Hydro/energy:
Bringing
forward
the
capacity
increase
in
existing
hydroelectric

infrastructures,
to
achieve
installed
capacity
of
5575
MW
in
2010,

575
MW
more
than
previously
forecast,
and
achieve
70%
utilization
of
national
hydro
potential;
• Biomass:
 Attribution
 of
 over
 100
 MW
 of
 installed
 capacity
 by
 2010,
 to
 a
 total
 of
 250
 MW,
fostering
articulation
with
forest
resources
and
fire
prevention
policies;
• Solar:
 Construction
 of
 the
 biggest
 photovoltaic
 power
 plant
 in
 the
 world
 –
 the
 Moura
 power
plant,
and
link
up
with
solar
hot
water
and
micro‐generation
policies
and
targets.
• Biogas:
Target
of
100
MW
of
installed
power
in
anaerobic
waste
treatment
units;
• Micro‐generation:
Promote
the
installation
of
50
000
systems
by
2010,
with
incentives
to
install
Solar
Hot
Water
in
buildings.
• Biofuels:
By
2010
reach
the
target
of
10%
biofuels
to
be
incorporated
in
road
fuels.
In
the
area
of
improving
energy
efficiency:
The
 Government
 launched
 an
 important
 set
 of
 measures
 aimed
 at
 cutting
 energy
 consumption,
especially
in
buildings,
industry
and
transport.
The
Building
Energy
Certification
System
was
created,
applicable
since
July
2007,
according
to
which
all
buildings
will
have
an
energy
consumption
certificate
giving
information
on
energy
consumption
for
the
building
and
measures
to
reduce
it.
New
regulations
were
also
approved
(RSECE
–
Regulation
of
Building
Energy
and
Air
conditioning
Systems
and
RCCTE
–
Regulation
of
Building
Thermal
Behaviour
Characteristics).
This
legislative
package
is
a
fundamental
step
for
increasing
the
energy
efficiency
of
buildings,
putting
new
demands
on
construction,
namely,
making
it
obligatory
to
install
solar
panels
in
new
buildings.
The
 Intensive
 Energy
 Consumption
 Management
 System
 (SGCIE)
 was
 created
 with
 the
 objective
 of
promoting
energy
efficiency
and
monitoring
energy
consumption
in
installations
with
intensive
energy
consumption
 (CIE).
 It
 defines
 the
 type
 of
 plant
 considered
 to
 be
 an
 intensive
 energy
 consumer
 and
establishes
 a
 diversified
 and
 administratively
 simplified
 regime
 for
 companies
 already
 committed
 to
reducing
the
CO2
emissions
defined
in
the
PNALE
(National
Plan
for
Attributing
Emission
Licences).
The
System
provides
for
obligatory
energy
audits
of
the
conditions
for
energy
utilisation,
and
the
design
and
state
of
the
plant,
for
plants
with
an
energy
consumption
of
1000
toe/year
or
more,
to
be
carried
every
six
years,
and
every
eight
years
for
plants
with
energy
consumption
of
500‐1000
toe/year.
Operators
are
obliged
to
draw
up
Energy
Consumption
Rationalisation
Plans
(PREn),
establishing
the
targets
for
energy
and
carbon
intensities,
which,
after
approval
by
the
Directorate‐General
for
Energy
and
 Geology
 (the
 supervising
 and
 monitoring
 body
 of
 the
 System
 For
 Managing
 Intensive
 Energy
Consumption
(SGCIE)),
are
called
Energy
Consumption
Rationalisation
Agreements
(ARCE).
Regarding
the
transport
sector,
in
2007
the
Government
began
a
fundamental
alteration
at
the
level
of
car
tax:
10%
of
car
tax
now
depends
on
the
emission
of
greenhouse
gases.
This
measure,
which
the
Government
 aims
 to
 extend
 progressively,
 establishes
 an
 economic
 incentive
 to
 buy
 more
 energy
efficient
vehicles.
Portugal
was
considered
by
the
international
community
as
one
of
the
most
progressive
countries
as
regards
cutting
carbon
dioxide
in
the
automobile
sector,
and
even
became
a
“study
case”.
With
the
approval,
in
2008,
of
the
National
Action
Plan
for
Energy
Efficiency
(PNAEE),
called
“Portugal
Eficiência
2015”,
a
set
of
measures
are
considered
with
the
target
of

achieving,
by
2015,
improved
energy
efficiency
equivalent
to
10%
in
end
consumption
and
in
energy
services.
The
 Plan
 is
 geared
 to
 the
 management
 of
 energy
 demand,
 in
 collaboration
 with
 the
 National
Programme
 for
 Climate
 Alterations
 (PNAC)
 and
 the
 National
 Plan
 for
 Attributing
 Emission
 Licences
(PNALE).
The
 PNAEE
 covers
 four
 specific
 areas:
 Transport,
 Residential
 and
 Services,
 Industry
 and
 State,
 In
addition,
it
establishes
three
transversal
work
areas
‐
Behaviour,
Taxation,
Incentives
and
Financing.
For
these
areas,
12
actuation
Programmes
were
created
in
the
various
areas
of
energy
efficiency:
• Car
Renewal,
47

• Urban
Mobility,
• Transport
Energy
Efficiency
System,
• House
and
Office
Renewal,
• Building
Energy
Efficiency
System,
• Instant
Renewables
and
Solar
Programme,
• Industry
Energy
Efficiency
System,
• Energy
Efficiency
in
the
State,
• Programme
“Mais
“(behavioural),
• Operation
E
(schools
and
young
people),
• Green
Tax,
• Incentives
and
Financing
(Energy
Efficiency
Fund).
The
 Plan
 also
 complements
 a
 set
 of
 new
 energy
 efficiency
 measures
 that
 are
 already
 at
 the
implementation
stage,
such
as:
• review
of
car
tax,
• creation
of
a
tax
on
inefficient
light
bulbs,
• “Instant
Renewables”,
• building
energy
certification
((see
PNR
New
Cycle).
and
introduces
new
measures,
including:
• the
launch
of
a
benchmark
award
for
best
practice
in
the
area
of
energy
efficiency;
• an
award/2.5%
reduction
in
the
electricity
tariff
for
low
consumers

of
electricity
and
a
tariffbased
incentive
for
the
less
efficient;
• attribution
 of
 an
 “Efficiency
 Cheque”
 for
 2
 years
 to
 the
 value
 of
 10%
 or
 20%
 of
 annual
electricity
 costs
 to
 consumers
 who
 have
 made
 reductions
 of
 10%
 or
 20%,
 respectively,
 to
invest
in
energy
efficiency;
• the
creation
of
a
subsidized
credit
line
with
€250M/year
for
investments
in
energy
efficiency
measures,
with
strong
focus
on
urban
rehabilitation;
• the
 launch
 of
 a
 programme
 
 for
 renewing
 large
 white
 goods
 (e.g.
 an
 incentive
 of
 €100
 for
substituting
an
old
fridge
for
a
new
one
of
class
A++);
• the
creation
of
a
regime
of
accelerated
depreciation
for
investment
in
energy
efficiency
at
the
level
of
industry
and
services;
• the
creation
of
energy
rationalisation
agreements
with
industry;
• energy
 certification
 for
 all
 State
 buildings
 and
 the
 launch
 of
 a
 big
 programme
 to
 optimise
public
lighting;
• the
creation
of
a
fleet
of
“green
taxis”
with
reduced
emission
levels;
• the
 development
 of
 an
 innovative
 traffic
 management
 system
 for
 Lisbon
 and
 Porto
 using
national
technology.
GUARANTEEING
THE
SAFETY
OF
ENERGY
SUPPLY
The
 implementation
 of
 all
 of
 the
 above
 measures
 contributes
 to
 achieving
 the
 objective
 of
guaranteeing
supply,
since
they
put
into
practice
the
National
Energy
Strategy,
which
includes:
• the
diversification
of
supply
sources;
• a
better
use
of
endogenous
renewable
energy
sources;
• improved
energy
efficiency;
• optimisation
of
the
running
an
development
of
gas
system
infrastructures,
storage
and
GNL
terminals;
and
• the
implementation
of
effective
solidarity
mechanisms
between
Member
States
in
the
case
of
an
energy
crisis.
48

Driver
6.
Portugal
Logistico
Logistics
System
and
External
Connectivity
The
following
are
projects
in
the
driver
“Portugal
Logístico”
:
• Development
of
the
National
Logistics
System
(see
Point
1)
• Implementation
of
the
High
Speed
Rail
Network
(see
Point
2)
• Construction
of
the
New
Lisbon
Airport
• Improve
port
system
control
(see
Point
3)
• PORTMOS
–
Integration
of
the
port
system
in
the
Sea
Highways
(see
Point
4)
• Monitoring
of
navigation
along
the
Atlantic
coastline
–
VTS
Vessel
Traffic
System
(see
Point
5
of
New
Cicle
report)
Evolvement
of
“Portugal
Logístico”
included:
1.
Development
of
the
National
Logistics
System
On
 9
 May
 2006,
 in
 Porto,
 the
 Government
 publicly
 presented
 the
 Plano
 Portugal
 Logístico,
 thus
establishing
 the
 fundamental
 principles
 of
 the
 system,
 the
 concept,
 network,
 sites
 of
 the
 various
platforms,
how
it
functions,
financial
viability
and
the
Government’s
modus
for
collaborating
with
the
whole
sector.
The
 National
 Logistics
 Platforms
 Network
 (“RNPL”),
 Portugal
 Logístico’s
 hardware,
 structured
 on
 the
main
 urban
 centres,
 national
 ports
 and
 frontier
 and
 regional
 routes
 will
 allow
 Portugal
 to
 be
transformed
into
an
Atlantic
Platform
for
international
movement
into
the
Iberian
market
and
raise
the
country
in
the
ranking
of
European
logistics
distribution
centres.
It
should
be
stressed
that
the
RNPL
will
promote
the
efficiency
and
productivity
of
logistics
operators,
allowing
 for
 an
 average
 reduction
 in
 logistics
 costs
 of
 around
 10%,
 with
 the
 consequent
 increase
 in
national
competitiveness.
The
RNPL
consists
of
12
logistics
platforms
complemented
by
2
air
cargo
centres
(Porto
and
Lisbon).
The
platforms
can
be
split
up
into
4
distinct
categories:
Urban
 national
 platforms
 (Maia/Trofa
 and
 Poceirão)
 –
 the
 main
 objective
 of
 these
 is
 to
galvanise
the
country‐s
economic
activity
by
creating
large
distribution
centres
and
replanning
of
logistics
and
transport
flows;
Port
platforms
(Leixões,
Aveiro,
Figueira
da
Foz,
Lisbon
and
Sines)
–
located
close
to
the
main
national
ports,
their
main
objectives
are
to
boost
port
activity
and
expand
their
area
of
influence,
namely
to
Spain,
as
well
as
to
encourage
intermodality
and
the
use
of
rail
transport;
Cross‐border
 platforms
 (Valencia,
 Chaves,
 Guarda
 and
 Elvas/Caia)
 –
 these
 seek
 to
 galvanise
regional
economy
and
capture
flows
of
industrial
investment,
as
well
as
to
extend
into
Spain
the
current
port
hinterlands;
Regional
platforms
(Tunes)
–
their
main
objective
is
the
replanning
of
logistics
and
transport
flows,
as
part
of
a
network
cohesion
strategy.
49

Many
 contacts
 were
 made
 with
 business
 groups,
 both
 national
 and
 foreign,
 who
 were
 interested
 in
taking
 part
 in
 the
 realisation
of
 Portugal
 Logístico,
 and
 also
 with
 local
 authorities,
 or
 groups
 of
 local
authorities,
interested
in
contributing
to
improving
the
project
presented.
Total
 investment
 has
 been
 altered
 as
 the
 projects
 have
 been
 concretised,
 with
 total
 investment
currently
being
estimated
at
over
1,600
million
euros,
including
land
access.
We
 would
 like
 to
 draw
 attention
 to
 the
 important
 agreements
 made
 between
 the
 Government
 and
private
 promoters
 for
 creating
 the
 Castanheira
 do
 Ribatejo
 and
 Poceirão
 platforms
 involving
 private
investment
of
270
and
500
million
euros,
respectively.
There
are
logistics
platforms
ready
for
use,
at
the
infrastructures
stage,
at
the
design
and
study
stage
and
under
discussion.
In
greater
detail,
the
current
state
of
affairs
for
the
National
Network
of
Logistics
Platforms
is
as
follows:
Already
concluded:
the
cross‐border

platforms
of
Chaves
and
Guarda
and
the
Sines
harbour
platform
(node
A);
Creating
 infrastructures:
 the
 Aveiro
 harbour
 platform
 (Aveiro‐Cacia
 node)
 and
 the
 Lisbon
harbour
platform
(Castanheira
do
Ribatejo
node);
At
the
design
stage:
the
national
urban
platform
of
Poceirão,
the
Leixões
and
Aveiro
harbour
platforms
(Port
of
Aveiro
node)
and
the
Elvas/Caia
cross‐border
platform;
Under
study:
the
Maia/Trofa
national
urban
platform,
the
Valencia
cross‐border
platform,
the
Tunes
regional
platform
and
the
harbour
platforms
of
Figueira
da
Foz
and
Sines
(node
B).
It
must
be
stated
that
Portugal
Logístico
is
essentially
a
private
initiative
plan,
with
the
State
assuming
a
regulatory
and
facilitating
position
in
its
implementation.
In
 this
 context,
 the
 necessary
 legal
 framework
 was
 created
 for
 developing
 Portugal
 Logístico.
 This
50

includes
the
publication
of
Decree
Law
152/2008,
of
5
August,
which
approved
the
Law
and
Jurisdiction
for
the
National
Logistics
Platforms
Network.
The
creation
of
a
specific
regime
for
these
matters
is
in
fact
 necessary
 and
 appropriate,
 since
 it
 provides
 a
 clear
 legal
 framework
 for
 the
 development
 of
logistics
activities.
The
Government
also
deemed
it
necessary
to
enshrine
the
“Portugal
Logístico”
project
in
the
national
territorial
management
instruments,
by
drawing
up
a
sector
plan
defining
the
strategic
framework
for
planning
 of
 the
 national
 logistics
 platforms
 network,
 establishing
 the
 directives
 to
 be
 considered
 in
regional
 and
 municipal
 planning.
 The
 Government
 thus
 entrusted
 the
 Instituto
 da
 Mobilidade
 e
 dos
Transportes
Terrestres
with
drawing
up
a
“Portugal
Logístico”
sector
plan,
which
should
be
concluded
soon.
2.
Implementation
of
the
High
Speed
Rail
Network
Studies
of
the
Lisbon‐Porto,
Lisbon‐Madrid
and
Porto‐Vigo
lines,
for
the
whole
track
length
(around
600
km),
 have
 been
 contracted
 up
 to
 the
 Conceptual
 Design
 and
 Preliminary
 Design/Project
 Execution
stages.
Subsequent
 to
 the
 Business
 Model
 presented
 on
 21
 June
 2007,
 a
 Public‐Private
 Partnership
 (PPP)
contracting
strategy
was
defined
for
the
3
priority
corridors.
Consequently
the
studies
for
the
Lisbon‐
Porto,
Lisbon‐Madrid
and
Porto‐Vigo
corridors
will
only
be
developed
by
RAVE
up
to
the
Conceptual
Design
stage,
so
as
to
obtain
the
Statement
of
Environmental
Impact,
required
for
the
launch
of
the
PPP
tenders.
Thus,
the
following
contract/acquisition
processes
were
defined,
geared
towards
developing
the
RAVE
business
plan:
PPP1,
Poceirão‐Caia
section,
for
the
infrastructure
(Lisbon‐Madrid
corridor);
PPP2,
 Lisbon‐Poceirão
 section
 (includes
 TTT),
 for
 the
 infrastructure
 (Lisbon‐Madrid
corridor);
PPP3,
Pombal‐Porto
section,
for
the
infrastructure
(Lisbon‐Porto
corridor);
PPP4,
Lisbon‐Pombal
section,
for
the
infrastructure
(Lisbon‐Porto
corridor);
PPP5,
Braga‐Valencia
section,
for
the
infrastructure
(Porto‐Vigo
corridor);
PPP6,
for
Signals
and
Telecommunications
for
all
corridors;
Contract
for
the
Lisbon
Station(Oriente)
and
adjacent
stretches;
Contract
for
the
Porto
Station(Campanhã)
and
adjacent
stretches;
Acquisition
of
Rolling
Stock.
With
regard
to
the
development
of
Conceptual
Designs
and
procedures
for
obtaining
the
Statement
of
Environmental
Impact,
cf
the
following
state
of
play:
Lisbon‐Porto
corridor
Lot
 D
 (Lisbon‐Alenquer)
 –
 The
 Conceptual
 Design
 and
 the
 Environmental
 Impact
 Study
were
submitted
to
the
Portuguese
Environment
Agency
on
19
June
2008
for
Assessment
of
Environmental
Impact.
Lot
D/C1
–
The
Conceptual
Design
and
the
Environmental
Impact
Study
were
submitted
to
the
 Portuguese
 Environment
 Agency
 on
 29
 July
 2008
 for
 Assessment
 Of
 Environmental
Impact).
Lot
C1
(Alenquer‐Pombal)
–
The
Conceptual
Design
and
the
Environmental
Impact
Study
were
 submitted
 to
 the
 Environment
 Institute
 in
 September
 2006
 for
 Assessment
 Of
Environmental
 Impact,
 receiving
 a
 favourable
 Statement
 Of
 Environmental
 Impact
 in
December
2007;
Lot
 B
 (Pombal‐Aveiro)
 and
 Lot
 A
 (Aveiro‐Porto)
 ‐
 The
 Conceptual
 Designs
 and
Environmental
Impact
Studies
are
currently
at
the
final
validation
stage,
submitted
to
the
Portuguese
Environment
Agency
to
begin
the
Process
for
Assessment
Of
Environmental
Impact
at
the
start
of
the
second
semester
of
2008.
Lisbon‐Madrid
Corridor
Lot
TTT
–
Environmental
Impact
Assessment
in
progress,
having
been
initiated
on
2
July
2008.
51

Lot
 3A2
 (Moita/Montemor‐o‐Novo),
 Lot
 3B
 (Montemor‐o‐Novo/Évora),
 Lot
 3C
 (Évora‐
Elvas),
Lot
LTF
(Elvas/Caia)
–
Environmental
Impact
Assessment
already
concluded,
with
favourable
 Statement
 of
 Environmental
 Impact
 having
 been
 issued,
 allowing
 for
 the
launch
 on
 2
 June
 of
 the
 Public‐Private
 Partnership
 Tender
 for
 awarding
 the
 design,
construction,
financing,
maintenance
and
provision
of
rail
infrastructures
for
the
Poceirão‐
Caia
line.
Porto‐Vigo
Corridor
In
light
of
the
decisions
in
the
Strategic
Guidelines
for
the
Rail
Sector
transmitted
on
28
October
2006,
as
a
first
step,
the
connection
between
Porto
(Campanhã)
and
Braga
will
be
effected
using
the
existing
infrastructures,
completed
with
a
new
stretch
to
be
built
from
scratch
between
Braga
and
Valencia.
Lot
1B
(Braga/Valença)
–
Submission
of
the
EP
and
EIA
in
the
2 nd 
Semestre
of
2008.
.
In
 December
 2007,
 the
 European
 Commission
 presented
 the
 community
 funding
 proposals
 for
 the
Trans‐European
 Transport
 Network
 (TEN
 T)
 for
 the
 2007‐2013
 period,
 according
 to
 which
 383.38
million
euros
are
allocated
for
High
Speed
rail
and
the
following
Priority
Projects:
Porto‐Vigo
Connection
(priority
project
nr.
19)
o Cross‐border
 Section
 Ponte
 de
 Lima‐Vigo:
 244.14
 M€
 (Portuguese
 part
 140.64
M€)
Lisbon‐Madrid
Connection
(priority
project
nr.
3)
o Cross‐border
Section
Évora‐Mérida:
312.66
M€
(Portuguese
part
191,43
M€)
o Tagus
Crossing
in
Portugal:
51.31
M€
The
 amount
 proposed
 for
 Portugal
 for
 the
 High
 Speed
 Network
 comes
 to
 383.38
 M€,
 which
corresponds
to
around

10%
of
the
3.9
billion
Euros
available
for
the
27
European
Union
countries,
in
the
whole
funding
for
the
rail
sector
of
the
Trans‐European
Transport
Network.
In
 the
 previous
 community
 support
 framework
 (2000‐2006)
 Portugal
 received
 around
 1.75%
 of
community
support
within
the
Trans‐European
Transport
Network.
Submission
of
applications,
two
of
them
in
conjunction
with
Spain,
within
the
scope
of
the
European
Economic
Interest
Grouping
–
High
Speed
Spain‐Portugal,
was
the
result
of
extensive
preparatory
work
which
included
presentations
by
RAVE
to
various
levels
of
the
European
Commission,
with
the
support
of
the
Government.
In
addition
to
the
TEN‐T
credit
line,
the
High
Speed
project
has
guaranteed
funding
of
955
million
euros
from
 the
 National
 Strategic
 Reference
 Framework
 –
 National
 Strategic
 Frame
 of
 Reference,
 via
 the
Cohesion
Fund.
3.
Improving
port
system
control
The
objective
of
improving
port
system
control
is
to
enable
and
encourage
competitive
practices
that
will
benefit
external
trade.
Related
measures
will
be:
the
drawing
up
of
a
parent
act
for
awarding
public
and
private
use
port
facilities,
the
re‐structuring
of
the
workforce,
relaxation
of
customs
practice
in
the
use
of
Portuguese
Ports
and
the
fostering
of
new
information
and
communication
technologies
at
the
ports.
As
a
result,
we
envisage
greater
appeal
for
the
maritime
option
in
external
trade
activities
and
extension
of
national
ports’
hinterlands.
With
 respect
 to
 the
 Law
 on
 Ports,
 this
 aims
 to
 codify
 the
 legislation
 for
 port‐related
 and
 logistics
activities,
including
accessory,
complementary
or
subsidiary
activities
in
the
port
areas
that
come
under
the
jurisdiction
of
the
port
authorities,
including
the
artisanal
fishing
grounds
and
expansion
areas,
and
also
to
authorize
modern
solutions
that
allow
for
efficient
management
of
the
port
sector
and
render
our
ports
competitive.
To
this
end,
the
most
important
legislation
applicable
to
the
port
areas
has
been
integrated,
 existing
 regulatory
 solutions
 have
 been
 improved
 and
 the
 gaps
 that
 inevitably
 exist
 in
separate
legislation
have
been
filled.
52

Approval
of
the
Law
On
Ports
created
a
regulatory
framework
for
the
maritime
and
port
sector,
which
provides
legislative
simplification
and
established
transparent,



harmonised,
sustainable
and
flexible
planning,
guaranteeing
overseas
competitiveness
for
our
national
ports.
In
terms
of
state
of
play,
the
Preliminary
Design
for
the
Law
on
Ports
is
at
the
consolidation
phase.
A
public
 discussion
 period
 is
 planned
 for
 October‐December
 2008,
 within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 public
presentation
 sessions
 that
 will
 take
 place
 at
 the
 main
 ports.
 The
 statute
 should
 be
 approved
 in
 the
Assembly
of
the
Republic
in
2009.
In
 relation
 to
 the
 relaxation
 of
 customs
 practice
 in
 using
 Portuguese
 Ports
 and
 the
 fostering
 of
 new
information
 and
 communication
 technologies
 in
 ports,
 we
 would
 draw
 attention
 to
 the
 Sole
 port
window
project.
The
Sole
port
window
is
supported
by
simplified,
harmonised
procedures
in
electronic
media,
providing
a
single
contact
for
interaction
with
a
“node”
where
the
information
is
placed
once
only
and
sent
to
all
bodies
that
provide
a
service
for
that
“node”,
whether
in
terms
of
transport
or
goods,
obtaining
the
respective
replies
on
the
same
channel.
The
projects
that
allow
for
development
of
the
Sole
port
window
in
national
ports
are:
The
Pcom
project,
which
will
allow
for
the
definition
and
development
of
the
infrastructure
required
 for
 running
 the
 “Sole
 port
 window”
 at
 three
 of
 the
 main
 national
 ports
(APDL/APL/APS)
 and
 officially
 integrate
 the
 Portuguese
 Customs
 Services
 in
 this
 electronic
relationship,
a
body
of
supreme
importance
in
the
processes
of
ships
and
goods
in
the
ports;
The
PIPe
project
which,
based
on
the
results
of
PCom,
will
guarantee
implementation
of
the
“Sole
 port
 window”
 model
 at
 all
 national
 ports
 and
 the
 simplification/harmonisation
 of
procedures
 with
 all
 economic
 agents
 and
 other
 Authorities
 (Maritime,
 Health,
 Veterinary,
Border
and
Police),
with
all
ports
having
a
harmonised
“modus
operandi”.
The
Sole
port
window
is
already
up
and
running
at
the
ports
of
Leixões,
Lisbon
and
Sines,
and
should
be
fully
operational
at
all
major
ports
by
the
end
of
2008.
4.
PORTMOS
–
Integration
of
the
port
system
in
the
Sea
Highways
The
Government
developed
the
PORTMOS
project
to
integrate
the
Portuguese
ports
in
the
Networks
of
Sea
 Highways,
 within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 Trans‐European
 Transport
 Networks.
 This
 project
 includes
identifying
a
set
of
criteria
and
requirements
considered
to
be
indispensable
for
there
to
be
articulation
between
 national
 and
 European
 ports,
 guaranteeing
 door‐to‐door
 transportation,
 without
 the
constraints
of
physical
articulation
in
the
transport
chain.
This
project
is
divided
into
three
phases:
1st
 Phase
 –
 Definition
 of
 concept/model
 and
 organisational,
 operational,
 infrastructure
and
 info‐structure
 requirements,
 together
 with
 the
 procedures
 associated
 with
 the
integration
of
the
national
maritime‐port
system
in
the
Sea
Highways.
2nd
Phase
–
Design
and
development
of
the
Sea
Highways.
Support
infrastructure
3rd
 Phase
 –
 Pilot
 actions,
 allowing
 for
 the
 definition
 and
 subsequent
 demonstration
 of
new
 activities
 with
 the
 participation
 of
 various
 international
 partners
 and
 of
 ports
included
in
the
already
defined
corridors.
The
 1st
 phase
 of
 the
 project
 culminated,
 In
 February
 2006,
 with
 the
 "Assessment
 of
 the
 impact
 of
integrating
 the
 Portuguese
 ports
 into
 the
 Sea
 Highways"
 and
 the
 elaboration
 of
 a
 publication
 in
Portuguese
and
English
dedicated
to
the
results
of
this
phase
called
“Definition
of
the
concept/model
and
requirements
of
the
Sea
Highways
and
integration
of
the
National
Maritime‐Port
system”.
The
2nd
and
3rd
phases
of
the
project
were
concluded
on
31
December
2007,
with
the
pilots
defined
in
the
 3rd
 phase
 being
 based
 on
 services,
 using
 the
 infrastructure
 developed
 in
 the
 2nd
 phase.
 The
conditions
 were
 established
 to
 assess
 performance
 changes
 resulting
 from
 the
 use
 of
 this
 new
 tool,
53

especially
 in
 the
 light
 of
 the
 set
 of
 requirements
 and
 criteria
 established
 in
 the
 1st
 phase
 for
 a
 Sea
Highway
service
with
ports
of
call
in
the
Portuguese
port
system.
The
two
pilots
are
the
services:
Leixões
‐
Tilbury
‐
Rotterdam
‐
Leixões,
operated
by
SAMSKIP;
Sines
‐
La
Spezia
‐
Sines,
operated
by
MSC.
Based
 on
 the
 experience
 already
 accumulated
 from
 the
 pilots
 and
 the
 respective
 use
 of
 the
infrastructure,
the
new
final
report
for
the
project
is
being
written
to
be
presented
to
the
European
Commission
in
the
2 nd 
Semester
of
2008,
as
agreed
with
the
Commission
representatives.
5.
Monitoring
shipping
along
the
Atlantic
coastline
(VTS
‐
Vessel
Traffic
Systems)
The
 main
 general
 objectives
 of
 this
 project,
 which
 allows
 for
 the
 control
 of
 all
 sea
 traffic
 up
 to
 50
nautical
 miles
 from
 the
 coast
 of
 mainland
 Portugal,
 are
 to
 improve
 safety
 and
 security,
 manage
 sea
traffic
and
preserve
the
environmental
heritage
in
the
national
coastal
zone.
Implementation
of
the
VTS
System
is
essential
for
achieving
the
3
Government
policies:
Safety/Security
Policy;
o Increase
the
safety
of
vessels
in
Portuguese
coastal
waters
and
in
the
Cabo
da
Roca
and
Cabo
de
S.
Vicente
Traffic
Separation
Schemes;
o Increase
safety
for
human
life;
o Support
the
organisation
of
coastal
search
and
rescue;
o Guarantee
more
national
security
and
defence
conditions;
o Support
 anti‐intruder
 measures
 and
 those
 to
 prevent
 the
 landing
 of
 illegal
 persons
and
illicit
activities
in
coastal
waters;
and
o Support
future
management
system
and
maritime
surveillance
developments.
Environmental
Policy;
o Protect
and
improve
the
marine
and
coastal
environment;
o
o
Guarantee
greater
application
of
the
principle
of
polluter‐payer;
and
Ensure
 that
 the
 transportation
 of
 dangerous
 merchandise
 is
 kept
 away
 from
 the
coast.
Economic
Policy.
o Improve
port
activity
efficiency;
o Encourage
economic
development;
o Provide
support
for
more
effective
control
and
supervision
of
coastal
fishing
activities
and
other
economic
activities;
and
o Contribute
to
a
better
use
of
the
Portuguese
Exclusive
Economic
Zone;
The
VTS
System
basically
consists
of
a
set
of
components
such
as
radars,
ship
automatic
identification
system
(AIS),
meteorological
sensors,
VHF
voice
communication
systems,
data
processing
and
merging
systems,
inter
alia,
which
integrate
in
a
complex
way
to
allow
for
the
monitoring
and
control
of
sea
traffic.
With
the
VTS
System
installed
on
the
continent,
two
levels
of
service
became
available:
The
Coastal
service,
covering
the
whole
of
the
coast
for
mainland
Portugal;
and
The
 Port
 service,
 covering
 the
 ports
 of
 Aveiro,
 Figueira
 da
 Foz,
 Viana
 do
 Castelo,
 Faro
 and
Portimão.
In
 coastal
 VTS,
 detection,
 communication
 and
 control
 capacity,
 by
 means
 of
 radars,
 ship
 to
 shore
communication
and
the
new
automatic
identification
system
(AIS),
extends
to
a
distance
of
50
miles
offshore,
with
constant
coverage
and
permanent
control
–
round
the
clock,
365
days
per
year.
In
port
VTS,
the
same
type
of
sensors
will
cover
the
approximation
zones
up
to
around
15
miles
outside
the
respective
limits,
the
authorised
anchorages,
the
bars
and
navigation
within
each
port,
facilitating
even
more
approach
operations
and
entry
into
National
Ports.
Budgeted
at
over
100
million
Euros,
the
mainland
VTS
project
is
of
high
technological
complexity.
The
system
consists
of:
54

Eight
coastal
stations
(from
Minho
to
the
Algarve);
Eight
port
stations
(three
in
Aveiro,
two
in
Figueira
da
Foz,
one
in
Viana
do
Castelo,
one
in
Faro
and
one
in
Portimão);
A
Control
Centre
in
Paço
de
Arcos;
A
reserve
Control
Centre
in
Ferragudo;
A
Port
Control
Centre
in
Aveiro;
and
A
total
of
33
coastal,
port
and
communications
stations
transporting
information.
The
wealth
of
information
collected
by
the
system,
which
will
be
stored
in
a
National
Maritime
Shipping
Database,
may
be
made
available
to
other
competent
bodies,
whether
national
or
foreign,
allowing,
through
 ongoing
 data
 exchange,
 for
 effective
 increase
 in
 the
 safety
 and
 security
 of
 Portuguese
 and
European
waters.
The
 integration
 of
 the
 information
 from
 the
 Portuguese
 VTS
 System
 in
 the
 Community
 Vessel
Monitoring
and
Information
System,
set
up
by
Community
Directive
2002/59/CE
of
27
June,
falls
into
this
context.
The
VTS
has
been
project
exemplifying
integration
and
coordination
between
the
various
Governance
areas,
 making
 use
 of
 the
 VTS
 infrastructure
 to
 provide
 information
 for
 other
 institutional
 agents
connected
 with
 the
 sea
 –
 Port
 Authorities,
 The
 Navy,
 Air
 Force
 and
 National
 Guard
 of
 the
 Republic,
inter
alia.
In
this
respect,
we
would
draw
attention
to:
The
 integration
 of
 components
 of
 the
 Global
 Distress
 Communications
 and
 Maritime
 Safety
System
in
the
Mainland
VTS
System;
The
integration
of
components
of
the
Integrated
Coastal
Vigilance
System
of
the
Fiscal
Brigade
of
the
National
Republican
Guard
in
the
mainland
VTS
System;
and
Use
by
the
Institute
for
Ports
and
Maritime
Transport
of
Portuguese
Airforce
installations
and
the
 sharing
 of
 broadband
 communications
 equipment,
 thus
 reinforcing
 the
 communications
network
of
the
Portuguese
Airforce.
These
are
clear
examples
of
the
effort
to
optimise
public
investment,
to
which
the
following
synergies
are
added:
Interconnection
 with
 the
 port
 systems
 for
 exchange
 of
 information
 with
 the
 port
administrations’
systems;
and
Interoperability
with
European
systems,
in
particular
with
SafeSeaNet
and
AIS
Mediterranean,
together
with
the
exchange
of
information
with
the
Spanish
VTS
systems.
It
is
also
planned
to
make
information
from
the
national
maritime
shipping
database
available
to
other
bodies
such
as
the
Directorate‐General
for
Fishing,
the
Aliens
and
Borders
Service,
Criminal
Police,
Public
Security
Police,
and
integration
of
AIS
information
from
the
Azores
and
Madeira
is
also
being
studied.
The
VTS
System
has
been
partially
operating
since
January
2008,
and
has
been
fully
operational
since
July
2008.
55

56

|
QUALIFICATION,
EMPLOYMENT
AND
SOCIAL
COHESION
Following
 the
 successive
 recommendations
 to
 Portugal
 in
 the
 area
 of
 Life
 Long
Learning
(LLL),
government
action
in
this
field
has
pledged
to
promote
a
strategy
which
strives
to
reach
all
citizens
and
results
in
learning
obtained
in
formal,
not
formal
and
informal
environments,
thereby
raising
the
employability
levels
of
people
at
all
stages
of
their
active
life.

This
strategy
also
includes
incentives
for:
- strengthening
innovation
and
entrepreneurship,
- competitiveness,
fostering
a
sustained
and
sustainable
development
process,
- the
updating
and
accumulation
of
skills,
- the
reduction
of
the
segmentation
of
the
labour
market,
- increasing
productivity.
It
is
within
this
base
framework
that,
in
the
context
of
the
challenge
of
"modernising
the
 labour
 market,
 fostering
 the
 creation
 of
 jobs,
 preventing
 and
 combating
unemployment",
 in
 the
 scope
 of
 which
 Portugal
 seeks
 to
 respond
 to
 one
 of
 the
conclusions
 of
 the
 2007
 Spring
 Council
 which
 states
 that
 it
 is
 “equally
 necessary
 to
strengthen
the
life
cycle
based
approach
to
work
in
order
to
improve
the
access
to
the
labour
market”.
The
government
action
on
this
matter
has
been
done
in
harmony
with
the
conclusions
of
the
2007
Spring
Council,
in
particular
with
the
guideline
for
Member
States
 in
 the
 sense
 of
 “developing
 policies
 that
 foster
 […]
 the
 role
 of
 
 the
 youth,
notably
in
their
transition
from
school
to
working
life,
of
the
elderly
and
of
people
with
low
qualifications
as
active
participants
in
the
economy
and
in
the
labour
market,
with
the
 aim
 of
 using
 all
 their
 potential
 to
 contribute
 towards
 the
 economic
 and
 social
development
of
our
societies”.
The
segmentation
of
the
Portuguese
labour
market,
the
object
of
a
Recommendation
to
 Portugal,
 today
 constitutes
 an
 essential
 challenge
 by
 introducing
 the
 need
 to
promote
and
adopt
an
integrated
strategy
which
first
and
foremost
takes
into
account
the
citizens
with
the
greatest
(re)integration
difficulties
in
the
labour
market,
adapting
answers
in
terms
of
active
employment
policies,
as
well
as
intensifying
an
LLL
policy
capable
of
increasing
employability,
particularly
of
those
who
are
weakest
in
terms
of
professional
qualifications.
The
equality
and
citizenship
policy,
notably
with
regard
to
gender
equality,
deserves
special
 attention
 considering
 that
 fostering
 the
 employment
 of
 women
 can
 be
 an
important
 factor
 for
 competitiveness
 and
 sustainable
 development.
 
 While,
 in
quantitative
terms,
Portugal
has
already
exceeded
the
goal
set
by
the
Lisbon
Strategy
for
2010
for
the
rate
of
female
employment,
in
qualitative
terms
there
is
still
a
long
way
to
go.
Indeed,
the
highest
and
best
academic
qualifications
achieved
by
women
have
not
resulted
in
an
improvement
of
their
participation
in
the
labour
market
and
we
 continue
 to
 register
 a
 strong
 horizontal
 and
 vertical
 segregation
 of
 the
 labour
57

market
 with
 negative
 reflexes,
 notably
 in
 the
 access
 to
 leadership
 positions
 and
equality
of
remunerations.
 11
The
 adaptation
 of
 work
 and
 social
 protection
 legislation
 to
 the
 new
 realities
 are
fundamental
 pillars
 in
 order
 to
 respond
 to
 the
 duality
 of
 the
 labour
 market
 and
 the
resulting
 situations
 of
 enormous
 imbalance.
 Therefore,
 within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
Tripartite
 Agreement
 for
 a
 new
 regulation
 system
 for
 labour
 relations,
 employment
and
social
protection
policies,
we
should
highlight
the
measures
linked
to
the
change
in
 the
 presumption
 of
 the
 work
 contract
 and
 the
 creation
 of
 a
 very
 serious
 new
administrative
 offence
 for
 feigning
 a
 work
 contract
 in
 order
 to
 enable
 an
 efficient
control
of
the
use
of
"false
freelance
worker
payment
receipts".
Still
in
this
field,
and
in
the
 area
 of
 social
 protection
 and
 employment
 policies,
 the
 Agreement
 also
 foresees
various
measures
(see
item
5.3
and
response
to
CSR).
The
Lisbon
Strategy
revamped
in
2005,
re‐focused
on
growth
and
employment,
upholds
that
social
protection
is
to
be
understood
as
a
productive
factor.
It
is
in
this
context
that
PNAI
is
included
in
a
specific
way,
whose
priorities
are
(i)
combating
poverty
of
children
and
 the
 elderly
 through
 measures
 that
 ensure
 their
 basic
 citizenship
 rights;
 (ii)
correcting
the
disadvantages
in
qualification
levels
as
a
means
of
prevention
exclusion
and
 stopping
 the
 cycle
 of
 poverty;
 (iii)
 overcoming
 discrimination
 through
 the
integration
 of
 disabled
 persons
 and
 immigrants.
 The
 National
 Strategy
 for
 Protection
and
Social
Inclusion
articulates
policy
measures
of
social
inclusion,
pensions
and
health
care
and
continued
care
(see
Proximity
Services
driver).
3.1.
 Improved
Qualifications
of
the
Portuguese
In
 addition
 to
 the
 implementation
 of
 the
 New
 Opportunities
 Initiative
 (see
 New
Opportunities
driver),
the
Reform
of
Vocational
Training
and
the
Reform
of
Basic
and
Secondary
Education
(see
"Valorisation
of
Basic

Education”
driver)
and
the
Reform
of
Higher
 Education,
 the
 Government
 has
 been
 implementing
 other
 measures
 at
 the
level
of
the
sustainability
of
education
and
training
(e.g.
the
evaluation
and
autonomy
of
 schools),
 at
 the
 level
 of
 quality
 (teacher
 training,
 National
 
 Reading
 Plan,
 among
others)
 and
 also
 other
 measures
 whose
 impacts
 will
 only
 be
 visible
 in
 the
 longer
terms,
 such
 as
 the
 broadening
 and
 consolidation
 of
 pre‐school
 education,
 the
curricular
enrichment
and
the
extension
of
school
timetables.
We
have
also
witnessed
a
strong
commitment
to
extend
school
social
action,
which
is
now
included
in
the
set
of
social
policies
and
expressed
jointly
with
the
family
support
policies.
 
 This
 change
 will
 enable
 access
 to
 school
 social
 action
 to
 450,000
 more
children
and
young
people
relative
to
the
regime
which
has
now
been
revised.

At
the
same
 time,
 the
 standardisation
 of
 support
 to
 children
 who
 attend
 pre‐schools
 and
students
 of
 basic
 education
 is
 fostered
 and
 assistance
 to
 those
 attending
 secondary
education
is
increases,
in
conformity
with
the
aim
of
generalising
schooling
at
this
level
11 See National Strategy for Equality and Citizenship 2007 -2013
58

of
 education.
 It
 is
 estimated
 that
 the
 level
 of
 secondary
 education
 the
 number
 of
beneficiaries
has
increased
to
130,000.
Following
the
signing
of
the
Agreement
on
the
Reform
of
Vocational
Training
with
the
majority
of
social
partners
on
14
March
2007,
Resolution
of
the
Council
of
Ministers
no.
 173/2007
 of
 7
 November
 was
 published,
 approving
 the
 Reform
 of
 Vocational
Training.
It
aims
to
create
the
conditions
for
the
execution
of
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative
 and
 respond
 to
 all
 the
 objectives
 and
 concerns
 expressed
 in
 the
 Bipartite
Agreement
of
2006.
Broadening
access,
ensuring
that
all
training
guarantees
academic
and
 professional
 progress
 and
 boosting
 its
 relevance
 for
 the
 modernisation
 of
companies,
placing
qualification
at
the
centre
of
development
options,
requires
action
in
five
fundamental
areas:


(1)
structuring
a
relevant
and
certified
offer;
(2)
reforming
institutions
 and
 the
 regulation
 of
 training;
 (3)
 defining
 priorities
 and
 adequate
financing
 models;
 (4)
 fostering
 the
 quality
 of
 training;
 and
 (5)
 facilitating
 access
 and
fostering
demand
for
training.
Within
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 reform,
 Decree‐Law
 no.
 396/2007
 of
 31
 December
 was
published,
 which
 establishes
 the
 legal
 regime
 of
 the
 National
 Qualification
 System
(SNQ).
It
assumes
the
objectives
that
have
already
been
set
in
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative
and
promotes
the
instruments
necessary
for
its
effective
execution
in
liaison
with
financial
instruments,
namely
the
National
Strategic
Reference
Framework.
This
system
 adopts
 the
 principles
 established
 in
 the
 Agreement
 entered
 into
 with
 social
partners
and
restructures
vocational
training
that
forms
part
of
the
school
system
and
that
which
forms
part
of
the
labour
market,
integrating
them
with
common
objectives
and
instruments
under
a
renewed
institutional
framework.

The
fundamental
strategy
includes
ensuring
the
relevance
of
training
and
learning
for
personal
development
and
for
the
modernisation
of
companies
and
the
economy,
guaranteeing
at
the
same
time
that
 all
 the
 national
 effort
 in
 training
 is
 effectively
 valorised
 for
 the
 purposes
 of
 the
academic
 and
 professional
 progress
 of
 the
 citizens,
 both
 directly,
 through
 dual
certification
 training
 as
 part
 of
 the
 National
 Catalogue
 of
 Qualifications
 (CNQ),
 and
indirectly,
 through
 New
 Opportunity
 Centres
 (CNO)
 and
 the
 process
 of
 recognising,
validating
and
certifying
skills.
The
 quality
 of
 the
 National
 Qualification
 System
 is
 the
 central
 aim
 of
 the
 various
elements
that
form
this
system,
namely
through
the
certification
of
training
bodies
and
the
 qualification
 of
 trainers
 and
 other
 training
 staff.
 The
 Operating
 Programme
 for
Human
Potential
is
a
central
instrument
of
the
public
financing
of
the
education
and
training
 policies.
 In
 this
 sense,
 the
 Reform
 of
 Vocational
 Training
 plays
 a
 key
 role
 in
creating
more
effective
and
efficient
conditions
for
the
application
of
these
resources.
Only
with
better
prepared
people
will
it
be
possible
to
assure
that
the
performance
of
the
 labour
 market
 with
 quality
 job
 creation
 is
 sustainable,
 following
 a
 period
 of
considerable
 business
 restructuring
 and
 relocation.
 
 Within
 this
 scope,
 in
 October
2007,
Portugal
submitted
to
the
European
Commission
a
request
for
intervention
as
part
of
the
European
Globalisation
Adjustment
Fund
in
the
amount
of
2.4
million
Euros
intended
 to
 help
 1,549
 workers
 in
 the
 automobile
 industry
 who
 lost
 their
 jobs
 and
required
support
to
find
new
work.
These
layoffs
took
place
in
three
companies:
one
in
59

the
region
of
Lisbon
(Alcoa
Fujikura,
which
manufactures
electrical
components)
and
two
 in
 the
 region
 of
 Alentejo
 (Opel
 Portugal,
 a
 factory
 for
 assembling
 trucks,
 and
Johnson
 Controls,
 which
 produces
 automobile
 seat
 covers).
 Fostering
entrepreneurship
 may
 also
 serve
 as
 a
 response
 for
 mitigating
 the
 effects
 of
restructuring
processes
and
it
has
been
encouraged
in
Portugal
from
an
early
stage
(at
the
level
of
the
school
system
and
training),
both
through
the
measures
provided
by
SPE
and
others,
such
as
Empreender
+,
FINICIA
(see
chapter
Micro).
The
 significant
 improvement
 in
 the
 qualification
 level
 of
 the
 Portuguese
 population
requires
continued
and
constant
work
both
by
providing
young
students
with
quality
education
 with
 equal
 opportunities
 and
 by
 recovering,
 for
 education
 and
 training,
significant
strata
of
the
adult
population
who
dropped
out
of
the
school
system
early
and
who
also
have
relatively
low
levels
of
participation
in
vocational
training.

Relevant
indicators
that
allow
us
to
assess
the
results
of
this
effort
are:
- the
 increase
 in
 the
 number
 of
 students
 registered
 in
 the
 different
 levels
 of
education,
implying
an
increase
of
around
21,000
students
in
the
system,
above
all
in
vocationally
oriented
schools,
especially
at
the
level
of
secondary
education;
- the
 increase
 in
 the
 number
 of
 students
 who
 returned
 to
 the
 higher
 education
system
(around
7,000
more
than
in
the
previous
year);
- the
reduction
of
repetition
dropout
rates
in
basic
and
secondary
education
(in
basic
education,
 the
 rate
 dropped
 from
 11.5%
 in
 2004/05
 to
 10%
 in
 2006/07
 and
 in
secondary
education,
for
the
same
years,
the
school
repetition
rate
dropped
from
31.9%
to
24.6%);
- the
reduction
of
dropout
rates
(in
2007,
the
dropout
rate
was
36.3%
in
comparison
with
38.6%
in
2005);
- the
increase
in
the
percentage
of
young
people
between
20
and
24
years
of
age
who
completed
at
least
secondary
education
from
49%
in
2005
to
53.4%
in
2007;
- the
certification
of
143,010
adults
with
school
qualifications.
These
indicators
demonstrate
that
although
it
is
known
that
education
and
training
are
relatively
long
processes,
it
is
possible
to
obtain
promising
results
in
the
short
term
as
long
as,
on
one
hand,
they
make
basic
and
secondary
education
attractive
and,
on
the
other,
 provide
 citizens
 with
 new
 opportunities
 for
 real
 personal
 and
 professional
valorisation.
As
regards
the
education
of
young
people,
sets
of
initiatives
were
launched
between
2005
 and
 2008,
 of
 which
 one
 is
 especially
 aimed
 at
 improving
 the
 quality
 of
 basic
education
(cf.
Valorisation
of
Basic
Education
Driver).
Pre‐school
 education
 has
 been
 progressively
 extended
 to
 children
 of
 three
 and
 four
years
of
age
and
has
been
generalised
for
children
of
five
years
of
age.
As
regards
secondary
education,
the
measures
sought
to
boost
the
attractiveness
of
this
level
of
education.
These
measures
range
from
the
diversification
of
trainings
on
offer,
 in
 liaison
 with
 the
 Ministry
 of
 Labour
 and
 Social
 Solidarity
 (the
 percentage
 of
60

secondary
education
students
attending
vocational
courses
has
increased
from
10%
in
2005
 to
 40%
 in
 2008)
 to
 the
 launching
 of
 an
 ambitious
 programme
 for
 the
requalification
of
secondary
schools
(providing
these
educational
establishments
with
spaces
that
respond
to
current
and
future
requirements,
in
accordance
with
modern
school
 architecture
 standards).
 They
 also
 range
 from
 the
 supply,
 at
 a
 low
 cost,
 of
laptop
 computers
 with
 broadband
 Internet
 connections
 to
 11th
 and
 12th
 grade
students
 (e.escola
 programme)
 and
 all
 teachers
 (e.professor
 programme,
 including
early
childhood
teachers)
to
the
approval
of
new
rules
for
school
management,
which
is
 now
 based
 on
 a
 new
 system
 for
 evaluating
 teachers
 (that
 includes
 monitoring
 of
classes),
whose
career
has
been
given
a
hierarchy
by
the
creation
of
the
position
of
tenure
 teacher
 (which
 can
 only
 be
 reached
 by
 teachers
 who
 satisfy
 a
 set
 of
prerequisites).
 Furthermore,
 they
 range
 from
 the
 installation
 of
 more
 than
 110,000
computers
in
2nd
and
3rd
cycle
and
secondary
schools
(so
that
in
2009
the
ration
of
five
students
per
computer
can
be
achieved)
to
the
extension
of
school
social
action
support
 to
 secondary
 education
 students
 and
 the
 launching,
 in
 liaison
 with
 the
Ministry
 of
 Science,
 Technology
 and
 Higher
 Education,
 of
 a
 tender
 for
 research
projects
about
success
at
school.
These
sets
of
initiatives
(a
total
of
70)
will
continue
to
be
carried
out
in
the
next
threeyear
period
 (2008‐2010),
 considering
 the
 excellent
 results
 that
 have
 so
 far
 been
achieved.
The
 School
 Libraries
 Programme,
 which
 has
 already
 been
 completed,
 is
 another
example
of
putting
in
practice,
considering
that
all
the
2nd
and
3rd
cycle
schools
now
boast
this
important
space
for
making
educational
resources
available.
In
 the
 higher
 education
 policy
 field,
 continuity
 was
 given
 to
 the
 concretisation
 of
measures
 aiming
 to
 assure
 the
 goals
 defined
 in
 the
 PNACE
 are
 met,
 namely
 (i)
guaranteeing
the
qualification
of
the
Portuguese
in
the
area
of
the
European
Union,
implementing
 the
 Bologna
 process,
 a
 unique
 opportunity
 to
 stimulate
 
 higher
education
 attendance,
 improving
 the
 quality
 and
 relevance
 of
 training
 offered
 and
fostering
 mobility
 and
 internationalisation,
 (ii)
 promoting
 equal
 opportunities
 in
 the
access
 to
 higher
 education,
 improving
 attendance
 levels
 and
 conclusion
 of
 degree
courses,
 attracting
 new
 groups
 using
 a
 lifelong
 
 learning
 approach,
 broadening
 the
involvement
 of
 higher
 education
 institutions
 in
 vocational
 training
 activities
 and
promoting
school
social
action,
and
(iii)
promoting
post‐graduate
education,
especially
at
the
PhD
level.
Hence,
critical
measures
for
the
process
of
reforming
higher
education
have
been
put
into
practice
over
the
last
three
years
with
results
that
are
already
visible
in
some
main
indicators
in
this
field.
We
 should
 highlight
 that
 in
 the
 2006‐2007
 school
 year,
 the
 declining
 trend
 of
 new
students
 in
 higher
 education
 was
 inverted
 (95,431
 in
 2006‐2007
 against
 84,363
 in
2004‐2005
and
82,720
in
2005‐2006).
This
trend
was
accentuated
in
2007‐
2008
with
a
17%
increase
in
the
number
of
new
students
enrolled
(6,820
more)
only
in
the
national
competition
 for
 access
 to
 public
 higher
 education.
 Special
 emphasis
 falls
 on
polytechnic
education
where
the
growth
reached
24%.
Consequently,
in
2007,
for
the
61

first
 time
 since
 2002,
 the
 total
 number
 of
 students
 attending
 higher
 education
 in
Portugal
increased.
On
 the
 other
 hand,
 the
 number
 of
 new
 graduates
 in
 science
 and
 technology
 has
significantly
increased
in
the
last
years,
having
reached
for
the
first
time
in
2006
the
value
of
18.1
per
1,000
among
the
population
between
20
and
29
years
of
age
(above
the
European
average).
At
the
same
time,
the
number
of
new
PhD
degrees
in
science
and
technology
increased
to
0.42
per
1,000
among
the
population
between
25
and
34
years
of
age
in
2007
(it
was
0.3
in
2001).
Following
the
implementation
of
the
full
regulation
that
aims
to
bring
higher
education
in

Portugal
in
line
with
the
Bologna
process
that
took
place
in
2006,
with
a
view
in
particular
 to
 the
 new
 legal
 system
 of
 degrees
 and
 diplomas,
 the
 opening
 of
 higher
education
to
new
groups
and
the
development
of
post‐secondary
education
without
conferring
academic
degrees
(via
the
Technological
Specialisation

Courses
–
CET),
very
significant
results
achieved
since
2006,
especially
in
the
past
2007‐2008
school
year,
are
known.
The
success
of
the
implementation
of
the
Bologna
process
and
the
attracting
of
new
groups
to
higher
education,
with
a
view
to
lifelong
learning
After
presenting
the
full
regulation
at
the
start
of
2006
which
aims
to
bring
higher
education
in
Portugal
in
line
with
the
Bologna
process,
 with
 regard
 to
 the
 initial
 training
 courses
 that
 offered
 places
 in
 the
 2007‐2008
 school
 year,
 about
 90%
 are
 already
organised
in
accordance
with
the
Bologna
process
principles
(including
public
and
private
higher
education).
The
opening
of
higher
education
to
new
groups
through
the
new
access
regime
for
those
over
23
years
of
age
resulted
in
the
number
 of
 adults
 entering
 higher
 education
 by
 this
 means
 rising
 to
 roughly
 10,850
 in
 the
 2006‐07
 school
 year,
 having
 also
increased
to
11,775
in
the
2007‐08
school
year,
against
around
just
900
adults
that
started
their
studies
in
higher
education
in
the
2005‐06
school
year.
Also
in
the
context
of
attracting
new
groups
to
higher
education
institutions,
we
registered
a
very
significant
rise
in
the
number
of
Technological
Specialisation
Courses
(CET)
operating
in
higher
education
institutions
as
well
as
the
total
number
of
new
students
in
these
courses.
A
total
of
more
than
4,800
new
students
admitted
in
2007
was
reached
(against
a
little
over
1,000
in
2005),
in
a
total
of
around
150
courses
offered
in
higher
education
establishments.
Special
 emphasis
 should
 be
 given
 to
 the
 implementation
 of
 the
 system
 of
 loans
 for
 higher
 education
 students
 with
 mutual
guarantee
assured
by
the
state,
brought
into
effect
in
September
2007,
and
complementing
the
school
social

action
system
for
higher
 education
 students,
 and
 the
 broadening
 of
 the
 scope
 for
 granting
 scholarships
 to
 students
 enrolled
 in
 technological
specialisation
courses
and
master
degree
courses,
thereby
providing
new
conditions
for
all
students
to
access
and
attend
higher
education.
The
system
of
loans
launched
by
the
Government
at
the
end
of
2007
included
more
than
3,100
students
at
the
end
of
the
first
academic
year
(2007‐2008),
having
surpassed
all
initial
expectations.
At
the
same
time,
it
was
recognised
internationally,
namely
by
evaluators
who
analysed
the
Portuguese
education
system
for
OECD
in
2006/07,
as
innovative
and
suitable
for
the
needs
of
strengthening
higher
education
in
Portugal
and
in
Europe.
We
now
plan
to
double
the
number
of
students
covered
by
these
loans
in
 the
 next
 academic
 year,
 while
 at
 the
 same
 time
 the
 Government
 will
 again
 reinforce
 the
 School
 Social
 Action
 Fund
 for
 the
neediest
students.
The
reform
of
higher
education
was
continued
in
2007,
based
on
the
implementation
of
a
set
of
central
measures
in
the
reform
and
following
the
recommendations
from
the
 OECD
 and
 ENQA
 in
 accordance
 with
 assessment
 studies
 made
 by
 these
international
institutions
in
2006,
with
emphasis
on:
• The
 new
 Legal
 Regime
 of
 Higher
 Education
 Institutions
 (RJIES),
 approved
 by
Law
 no.
 62/2007
 of
 10
 September,
 which
 aims
 to
 regulate
 notably,
 (i)
 the
organisation
principles
of
the
higher
education
system,
(ii)
the
autonomy
of
the
Universities
and
Polytechnic
Institutes,
(iii)
the
organisation
and

management
62

principles
 of
 higher
 education
 institutions,
 (iv)
 the
 legal
 regime
 of
 public
 and
private
 higher
 education
 institutions,
 (v)
 the
 regulation
 and
 planning
 of
 the
public
 network,
 (vi)
 the
 requirements
 for
 the
 creation
 and
 transformation
 of
higher
education
establishments,
(vii)
and
the
responsibility
and
supervision
of
the
institutions.
• The
new
Legal
Regime
for
the
Evaluation
of
Higher
Education
(RJAES),
approved
by
Law
no.
38/2007
of
16
August,
which
aims
to
create
an
evaluation
system
compatible
 with
 the
 best
 international
 practices
 in
 which
 exterior
 and
independent
 evaluation
 is
 mandatory
 and
 is
 the
 basis
 for
 the
 accreditation
process
of
the
institutions
and
their
courses.
• The
forming
of
the
Evaluation
and
Accreditation
Agency
for
Higher
Education,
through
 the
 Decree‐Law
 approved
 in
 August
 2007,
 which
 aims
 to
 boost
 the
quality
 of
 higher
 education,
 namely
 through
 evaluation
 and
 accreditation
procedures
of
higher
education
establishments
and
their
study
cycles,
as
well
as
the
performance
of
the
functions
inherent
to
the
insertion
of
Portugal
in
the
European
system
of
guaranteeing
the
quality
of
higher
education.
• The
new
Regulation
of
the
Regimes
for
the
Change
of
Course,
Transfer
and
Reentry
in
Higher
Education,
approved
by
Government
Order
no.
401/2007
of
5
April,
that
aims
to
facilitate
the
entry
of
higher
education
students
in
Portugal
to
continue
their
studies,
with
rapid
and
objective
recognition
of
the
school
and
vocational
training
acquired,
and
to
create
a
simplified
regime
of
re‐entry
in
the
same
 or
 other
 educational
 institution
 with
 accreditation
 of
 the
 school
 and
vocational
training
acquired.
• The
 new
 legal
 regime
 of
 recognition
 of
 higher
 foreign
 degrees
 through
 a
Decree‐Law
 approved
 in
 August
 2007,
 aimed
 at
 simplifying
 the
 system
 of
recognising
 foreign
 degrees
 in
 Portugal,
 including
 the
 various
 study
 cycles
(bachelors,
master’s
and
doctorate),
based
on
the
already
existing
mechanism
for
 the
 doctorate
 level,
 namely
 (i)
 speeding
 up
 the
 procedure
 for
 fixing
 the
range
 of
 degrees
 to
 which
 it
 applies;
 (ii)
 extending
 the
 mechanism
 to
 the
bachelor
and
master
degrees;
(iii)
and
including
for
these
degrees
an
automatic
conversion
procedure
for
classifications.
• The
implementation
of
a
mechanism
for
monitoring
the
progress
of
putting
the
Bologna
 Process
 in
 practice,
 through
 Decree‐Law
 no.
 107/2008
 of
 25
 June,
which
aims
to
guarantee
ways
of
supervising
the
transition
from
an
educational
system
 based
 on
 the
 transmission
 of
 knowledge
 to
 a
 system
 based
 on
 the
development
 of
 the
 skills
 of
 the
 students,
 in
 which
 the
 components
 of
experimental
work
or
projects,
among
others,
and
the
acquisition
of
transversal
skills
should
play
a
decisive
role.
• The
simplification
and
debureacratisation
of
procedures
and
making
access
to
higher
 education
 more
 flexible,
 also
 through
 Decree‐Law
 no.
 107/2008
 of
 25
June.
 This
 includes:
 the
 possibility
 of
 any
 interested
 individual
 enrolling
 in
isolated
 subjects
 with
 the
 guarantee,
 in
 the
 case
 of
 approval,
 of
 certification
and
also
accreditation,
if
and
when
they
enrol
in
a
course
which
offers
them;
the
 possibility
 for
 students
 attending
 a
 higher
 education
 course
 to
 enrol
 in
subjects
 that
 are
 not
 part
 of
 the
 curriculum
 of
 their
 course
 in
 any
 higher
education
 establishment,
 with
 the
 guarantee,
 in
 the
 case
 of
 approval,
 of
63

certification
and
inclusion
in
the
supplement
to
the
diploma;
and
the
possibility
of
enrolling
in
a
higher
education
course
as
a
part‐time
student.
We
should
especially
highlight
the
implementation
of
a
new
Legal
Regime
for
Higher
Education
Institutions
(RJIES)
by
higher
education
institutions,
which
has
been
carried
out
 successfully
 and
 in
 accordance
 with
 expectations.
 Namely,
 all
 the
 processes
 for
drawing
 up
 and
 approving
 new
 statutes
 are
 in
 the
 conclusion
 phase,
 which
 will
 be
followed
by
the
implementation
of
new
governance
schemes
in
all
institutions.
The
process
of
strengthening
the
autonomy
of
higher
education
institutions
was
amply
recognised
 in
 the
 analysis
 presented
 by
 OECD
 in
 April
 2008,
 in
 the
 study
 entitled
"Tertiary
 Education
 for
 the
 Knowledge
 Society",
 a
 comparative
 analysis
 of
 tertiary
education
 policies
 involving
 24
 countries,
 primarily
 at
 the
 level
 of
 legislative
 reform
introduced
by
the
new
Legal
Regime
for
Higher
Education
Institutions
and
especially
in
opting
for
the
creation
of
public
foundations
under
private
law.
This
study
also
clearly
shows
the
reform
progress
achieved
in
Portugal,
namely
with
regard
to
the
extension
of
the
recruitment
base
in
higher
education,
i.e.
through
an
innovative
 system
 of
 loans
 and
 the
 attraction
 of
 new
 groups,
 the
 stimulation
 of
internationalisation
in
higher
education
and
the
scientific
community,
the
opening
of
higher
 education
 institutions
 to
 society
 and
 the
 labour
 market,
 the
 reform
 of
 the
evaluation
 and
 accreditation
 system,
 and
 the
 strengthening
 of
 scientific
 and
technological
capacity.
In
 particular,
 the
 strengthening
 of
 the
 scientific
 and
 technological
 capacity
 of
institutions
 was
 also
 impelled
 through
 the
 Promotion
 of
 Scientific
 Work
 Programme
launched
 by
 the
 Foundation
 for
 Science
 and
 Technology,
 which
 has
 already
 enabled
entering
 into
 agreements
 with
 institutions
 from
 the
 national
 scientific
 and
technological
system
for
supporting
the
hiring
of
around
720
new
PhD
graduates.
This
mechanism
has
enabled
the
renewal
of
the
teaching
staff,
which
has
been
impelled
by
this
new
programme
for
supporting
the
hiring
of
new
PhD
graduates.
In
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 advanced
 training
 of
 human
 resources,
 in
 fulfilment
 of
 the
ambitious
 goals
 defined
 in
 the
 Pledge
 in
 Science,
 the
 total
 number
 of
 advanced
training
 scholarships
 directly
 granted
 by
 the
 Foundation
 for
 Science
 and
 Technology
has
been
on
the
rise
over
the
last
years,
having
reached
6,250
scholarships
in
2007,
of
which
around
4,900
were
doctoral
scholarship
and
1,350
post‐doctoral
scholarships.
In
this
 scope,
 the
 number
 of
 new
 scholarships
 awarded
 annually
 has
 increased
 very
expressively.
Doctoral
scholarships
increased
by
77%
(from
around
1,170
to
2,080
new
scholarships
awarded
annually)
and
post‐doctoral
scholarships
increased
by
41%
(from
around
640
to
900
new
scholarships
awarded
annually)
in
the
last
two
years.
Furthermore,
following
the
new
international
partnerships
of
higher
education
and
in
science
and

technology
established
during
2006
and
2007,
namely
with
MIT,
Carnegie
Mellon
University
and
the
University
of
Texas
at
Austin,
through
the
launch
of
the
MIT‐
Portugal
 Programme,
 CMU‐Portugal
 Programme
 and
 
 the
 UTAustin‐Portugal
Programme
 respectively,
 the
 advanced
 training
 programmes
 foreseen
 in
 all
 the
64

thematic
 areas
 (including
 post‐
 graduate
 and
 doctoral
 programmes)
 have
 already
started
 in
 the
 2007‐2008
 academic
 year,
 thus
 complementing
 the
 R&D
 programmes
and
 activities
 underway.
 Also
 underway
 is
 the
 preparation
 of
 new
 international
partnerships
 with
 higher
 education
 S&T
 international
 institutions
 of
 reference
 (e.g.
Harvard
Medical
School
and
others).
These
partnerships
strive
to
act
as
a
stimulus
for
the
international
opening
of
universities
and
boost
the
international
excellence
of
R&D
activities
 and
 advanced
 training
 in
 the
 leading
 S&T
 fields
 (see
 highlights
 in
"Investigation
and
Development"
chapter).
3.2.
 Fostering
job
creation,
prevention
and
combating
of
unemployment:
Active
Employment
Policies
In
these
priorities,
we
also
note
policy
measures
such
as
the
Social
Insertion
Income
(RSI),
the
Solidarity
Supplement
for
the
Elderly
(CSI),
the
Extension
of
the
Social
Facility
Network
Programme
(PARES
(sic).
In
the
intervention
area
of
the
Public
Employment
Service
(SPE),
we
highlight
the
role
played
by
the
INSERJOVEM
and
REAGE
Initiatives
(targeting
 youngsters
 and
 adults,
 respectively),
 whose
 intervention
 methodologies
have
been
progressively
adjusted
to
render
them
proactive
to
the
needs
of
the
labour
market
 and
 different
 groups,
 particularly
 those
 most
 exposed
 to
 exclusion
 from
 the
labour
market
and
society.
New
formats
have
been
implemented
in
the
framework
of
the
modernisation
of
public
services
to
enable
a
better
coverage
of
different
groups
based
on
criteria
such
as
age,
qualifications
 and
 disadvantage
 relative
 to
 employment.
 This
 contributes
 to
 a
 better
focus
on
those
with
greatest
insertion
difficulties
and
action
that
is
more
targeted
to
the
specificities
of
each
group.

In
addition,
procedures
have
been
implemented
that
foster
 the
 active
 search
 for
 jobs
 by
 the
 unemployed.
 The
 simplification
 of
administrative
 procedures
 for
 supporting
 technical
 interventions,
 as
 well
 as
 a
 faster
communication
with
unemployed
persons,
namely
by
sending
information
about
job
offers
 by
 SMS,
 and
 the
 increase
 in
 services
 available
 over
 the
 Internet,
 i.e.
NETemprego,
both
for
the
unemployed
(browsing
job
offers
in
Portugal
and
in
the
EU;
direct
application
to
job
offers;
browsing
information
on
potential
employing
bodies;
dissemination
of
the
CV
and
its
submission
to
bodies
which
have
announced
job
offers;
information
 on
 job
 searching
 techniques;
 information
 on
 services,
 programmes
 and
measure
 provided
 by
 the
 Employment
 and
 Vocational
 Training
 Institute),
 and
 for
employers
 (communicating
 job
 offers,
 browsing
 CVs
 registered
 online,
 electronic
submission
of
applications
to
vocational
programmes),
have
contributed
towards
the
staff
being
more
available
to
intervene
during
the
initial
phase
of
unemployment.

At
the
same
time,
the
reinforcing
of
some
measures,
such
as
professional
internships
and
initial
dual
certification
training
have
enabled
more
young
people
to
have
access
to
a
new
opportunity
in
a
shorter
period
of
time
after
applying
for
a
job.
Within
this
framework,
the
Personal
Employment
Plan
(PPE)
facilitated
the
fostering
of
proactive
attitudes
on
the
part
of
unemployed
young
people
who
are
beneficiaries
of
unemployment
protection
services
by
introducing
for
these
unemployed
persons
an
obligatory
 stage
 of
 Active
 Job
 Seeking,
 indicating
 the
 actions,
 frequency,
 periodicity
65

and
 means
 of
 proof
 of
 the
 actions
 undertaken
 with
 a
 view
 to
 entering
 the
 labour
market
by
their
own
means.
Following
 the
 conclusions
 of
 the
 2006
 Spring
 Council
 –
 "it
 is
 urgent
 to
 improve
 the
situation
of
young
people
in
the
labour
market
and
significantly
reduce
unemployment
amongst
the
young"
–
particularly
to
fulfil
the
goal
of
offering
a
new
opportunity
to
young
people
in
the
maximum
period
of
six
months
until
the

end
of
2007
(and
four
months
until
2010),
the
SPE
stepped
up
its
action
in
the
area
of
INSERJVEM
and
REAGE
methodology
 through
 the
 early
 detection
 of
 the
 young
 unemployed
 people
 at
 3
months
and
adults
at
6
months,
with
visible
results
in
2006
and
good
performances
with
regard
to
adults
(REAGE
initiative).
The
situation
of
the
economy
and
the
labour
market
in
particular
justified
the
launch
of
intervention
programmes
for
specific
unemployed
groups
–
in
the
most
extensive
framework
 of
 the
 set
 of
 active
 employment
 policies
 which
 are
 in
 a
 reform
 and
rationalization
 process
 –
 designed
 and
 implemented
 according
 to
 age
 group,
education/qualification
levels
and
also
to
greater
exposure
to
the
risk
of
exclusion.
The
development
 of
 these
 programmes
 contributed
 to
 a
 more
 adjusted
 and
 dynamic
execution
of
these
policies,
namely
by
giving
rise
to
a
significant
growth
in
its
number
of
beneficiaries.
Intervention
Programmes
for
the
Unemployed
Execution
2005
–
2007
Intervention
Programme 12 
 Physical
 Financial
Unemployed
 Young
 People
 (15‐22
 years
of
age)
134
thousand
413
M€
Young
People
(23‐30
years
of
age)
 109
thousand
 165
M€
Unemployed
persons
(31‐54
years
of
age)
 216
thousand
 263
M€
Highly
qualified
unemployed
persons
 76
thousand
 190
M€
Unemployed
Adults
(over
55
years
of
age)
 22
thousand
 17
M€
Inclusive
Labour
Market
 47.8
thousand
 118.2
M€
Disabled
Persons
 36.9
thousand
 191.4
M€
Unemployed
Immigrants
 23.5
thousand
 13.5
M€
Source:
Employment
and
Vocational
Training
Institute
(IEFP)
Given
the
particular
sensitivities
of
some
groups
exposed
to
the
risk
of
exclusion
from
the
labour
market

and
society
in
general,
and
the
recurrence
of
the
conclusions
of
the
Spring
European
Councils
which
emphasise
the
need
to
"increase
the
participation
in
the
 labour
 market,
 especially
 [...]
 that
 of
 people
 with
 
 disabilities
 and
 also
 legal
migrants
and
minorities"
(2006),
as
well
as
"to
reinforce
economic
and
social
cohesion
throughout
 the
 Union"
 (2007),
 we
 highlight
 with
 regard
 to
 disabled
 and
 impaired
persons:
- The
Information
and
Mediation
System
for
Disabled
and
Impaired
Persons
(SIM‐
PD)
 (database
 with
 information
 on
 legislation,
 existing
 resources
 
 and
 services
destined
for
disabled
or
impaired
persons,
the
implementation
in
18
districts
of
the
Information
 and
 Mediation
 Service
 and
 the
 functioning
 of
 the
 National
Coordination
Unit
of
the
SIM‐PD);
12 

Intervention
programmes
solely
under
the
responsibility
of
the
execution
of
the
Employment
and
Vocational
Training
Institute.
66

- The
National
Plan
for
the
Promotion
of
Accessibility, 13 which
fosters
the
creation
of
 accessibility
 in
 buildings,
 transport
 and
 information
 and
 communication
technologies
and
supporting
technologies
to
all
citizens
without
exceptions.
- The
 Portuguese
 Sign
 Language
 Programme
 (LGP)
 which
 consisted
 of
 creating
programmes
 for
 basic
 and
 secondary
 education,
 thus
 ensuring
 deaf
 children
 and
young
 people
 access
 to
 learning
 Portuguese
 sign
 language
 in
 public
 educational
establishments:
 pre‐school
 education;
 1st,
 2nd
 and
 3rd
 cycle
 of
 basic
 education
and
secondary
education
in
2008.
- The
 signing
 of
 5
 protocols
 for
 the
 creation
 of
 New
 Opportunity
 Centres
 for
 the
development
of
a
referential
instrument
in
the
RVCC
process
until
basic
education,
adapted
 to
 disabled
 and
 impaired
 persons.
 From
 June
 2007
 to
 June
 2008,
 582
disabled
and
impaired
persons
were
included.
In
Portugal,
countless
activities
have
been
developed
to
implement
inclusive
policies,
especially
 within
 the
 framework
 of
 the
 National
 strategy
 for
 Social
 Protection
 and
Social
Inclusion
2006‐2008,
in
which
we
stress
in
particular
the
National
Action
Plan
for
 Inclusion
 (PNAI)
 due
 to
 its
 strong
 interaction
 with
 PNE.
 We
 should
 mention
 the
approval
of
the
Action
Plan
for
the
Integration
of
the
Disabled
and
Impaired
in
2006
and
of
the
Plan
for
the
Integration
of
Immigrants
in
2007;
these
have
a
more
sectorial
dimension
and
reinforce
the
national
priorities
for
protection
and
social
inclusion.
The
 Lisbon
 Strategy
 revamped
 in
 2005,
 re‐focused
 on
 growth
 and
 employment,
upholds
that
social
protection
is
to
be
understood
as
a
productive
factor.
It
is
in
this
context
 that
 PNAI
 is
 included
 in
 a
 specific
 way,
 whose
 priorities
 are
 (i)
 combating
poverty
 of
 children
 and
 the
 elderly
 through
 measures
 that
 ensure
 their
 basic
citizenship
rights;
(ii)
correcting
the
disadvantages
in
qualification
levels
as
a
means
of
prevention
exclusion
and
stopping
the
cycle
of
poverty;
(iii)
overcoming
discrimination
through
the
integration
of
disabled
persons
and
immigrants.
The
National
Strategy
for
Protection
and
Social
Inclusion
articulates
policy
measures
of
social
inclusion,
pensions
and
 health
 care
 and
 continued
 care
 (Proximity
 Services
 Network
 driver)
 and
 Local
Social
 Development
 Contracts
 (CLDS),
 which
 are
 done
 in
 close
 cooperation
 with
 the
Social
Network
Programme.
The
Integrated
Intervention
Office
for
Business
Restructuring
(AGIIRE),
whose
mission
is
 speeding
 up
 the
 transition
 and
 restructuring
 process
 of
 companies
 and
 lessening
eventual
 negative
 impacts
 on
 social
 and
 territorial
 cohesion
 resulting
 from
restructuring
 processes
 through
 the
 activation
 and
 putting
 into
 practice
 of
 existing
instruments.
The
work
of
this
office
in
the
area
of
business
revitalisation
arises
from
a
favourable
 assessment
 of
 the
 economic
 potential
 and
 regional
 and
 social
 interest
 of
many
companies
which,
albeit
passing
through
a
less
favourable
phase,
have
skills
and
resources
that
are
capable
of
assuring
a
successful
turn‐around
if
duly
provided
with
an
adequate
strategy
and
consistent
management.

In
this
way,
it
aims
to
overcome
frequent
"market
failures",
avoiding
the
loss
of
the
economic
value
of
relevant
assets
and
guaranteeing
work
posts
and
the
production
of
wealth.

Thus,
within
the
scope
of
the
activity
of
AGIIRE,
a
total
of
6,270
contacts
were
registered
in
2007.
Intervention
processes
 were
 carried
 out
 (dialogue
 with
 creditors)
 in
 255
 companies,
 involving
13 
Resolution
of
the
Council
of
Ministers
no.
9/2007
of
17
January.
67

12,500
work
posts.
Furthermore,
two
processes
were
approved
within
the
scope
of
the
Integrated
 Systems
 of
 Incentives
 for
 Business
 Modernisation
 and
 Revitalisation
(SIRME) 14 and
91
within
the
scope
of
the
Extrajudicial
Conciliation
Procedure
(PEC) 15 .
In
 relation
 to
 AGIIRE,
 focus
 goes
 to
 the
 intervention
 of
 the
 Rapid
 and
 Personalised
Intervention
 Nuclei.
 In
 this
 context,
 it
 is
 also
 important
 to
 mention
 the
 role
 of
 the
consultancy‐training
 programmes
 for
 micro
 and
 small
 companies,
 which
 have
 been
promoted
by
various
public
and
private
bodies
(e.g.
business
associations)

as
is
the
case
with
the
GERIR
Programme
and
REDE
Programme.
The
goal
of
these
programmes
is
 to
 contribute
 towards
 increasing
 management
 capacity
 and
 improving
 the
companies’
organisation
and
competitiveness.
Currently,
this
form
of
intervention
has
been
considered
as
an
example
of
good
practices
in
the
training
area
for
this
segment,
which
 represents
 a
 large
 portion
 of
 the
 business
 fabric
 and
 which
 traditionally
 has
great
difficulty
in
and
even
resistance
to
accessing
information.
With
a
view
to
improving
the
effectiveness
and
efficiency
of
these
measures,
a
revision
process
 of
 the
 general
 principles
 of
 employment
 policies
 is
 under
 way,
 including
 its
concentration
into
a
reduced
set
of
programmes
with
internal
coherence
and
clarity
in
relation
 to
 recipients
 and
 operators,
 making
 it
 more
 transparent
 and
 known
 and
aiming
 to
 increase
 its
 scope
 and
 effectiveness
 in
 combating
 unemployment.
 At
 the
same
 time,
 it
 seeks
 to
 guarantee
 the
 flexibility
 required
 to
 bring
 it
 in
 line
 with
 the
specificities
 of
 the
 different
 target
 groups
 and
 territories,
 combining
 preventive
 and
corrective
 aid.
 This
 process
 is
 currently
 in
 the
 final
 discussion
 phase
 in
 the
 social
dialogue,
 after
 which
 the
 respective
 legislative
 framework
 will
 be
 altered,
 a
 new
promotion
 and
 monitoring
 system
 will
 be
 introduced
 together
 with
 the
 periodic
evaluation
 of
 the
 respective
 measures
 (at
 least
 biannually)
 in
 order
 to
 guarantee
labour
market
needs
and
effectiveness
are
permanently
being
upgraded
in
line
with
the
results.
Thus,
the
proposal
of
the
scheme
of
active
employment
policies
is
based
on
three
types
of
programmes:
i)
General
programmes;
ii)
Specific
programmes
and
iii)
Territory‐based
 programmes.
 The
 general
 programmes
 cover
 the
 whole
 country
 and
all
 groups
 and
 sectors,
 using
 the
 following
 types
 of
 intervention:
 a)
 Programme
 for
stimulating
the
creation
of
self‐employment
and
entrepreneurship;
b)
Programme
for
stimulating
 the
 quality
 of
 third‐party
 work
 and;
 c)
 Programme
 for
 stimulating
 job
seeking.
The
specific
programmes
are
aimed
at
particular
segments
of
the
unemployed
population,
while
the
territory‐based
programmes
are
aimed
at
specific
regions/areas.
3.3.
 Improved
working
conditions
The
 modernisation
 effort
 and
 the
 reform
 of
 the
 labour
 relations
 system
 started
 in
2006
were
continued.
The
constant
diagnosis
of
the
Green
Book
on
Labour
Relations
and
 the
 identification
 of
 the
 principal
 problems
 of
 the
 Portuguese
 labour
 relations
system,
expressed
in
the
White
Book
on
Labour
Relations,
represent
the
key
bases
for
14
 Assumed
 as
 a
 financial
 instrument
 based
 on
 the
 Fund
 for
 the
 Revitalisation
 and
 Modernisation
 of
 the
 Business
Community,
which
intervenes
as
a
financial
partner
in
the
acquisition
or
merging
of
companies.
15
For
situations
in
which
the
companies
are
confronted
by
debt
situations,
the
PEC,
mediated
by
IAPMEI,
directs
its
action
towards
 enabling
 an
 agreement
 between
 the
 company
 and
 its
 creditors,
 so
 as
 to
 render
 its
 recuperation
 viable.
 
 This
instrument
is
only
destined
for
companies
which
are
in
circumstances
of
legally
request
insolvency,
in
the
terms
of
the
Code
of
Insolvency
and
Recovery
of
Companies.
68

the
 proposal
 put
 forward
 by
 the
 Government
 to
 Social
 Partners
 of
 a
 tripartite
agreement
for
a
new
system
for
regulating
labour
relations,
employment
policies
and
social
protection
in
Portugal.
The
negotiation
of
this
agreement
originated
in
the
Draft
Bill
approved
on
26
June
by
the
Council
of
Ministers,
which
will
give
rise
to
the
reform.
The
Government
has
already
presented
the
proposal
in
Parliament
to
enter
into
force
on
1
January
2009
(Part
II,
item
5.3.).
With
a
view
to
giving
temporary
workers
better
protection,
the
new
legal
regime
for
temporary
 work
 was
 approved,
 which,
 in
 addition
 to
 making
 work
 contracts
admissible
for
temporary
assignments
for
an
undetermined
period,
also
gives
greater
penalisation
 to
 temporary
 work
 companies
 when
 illicitly
 assigning
 workers
 and
prohibits
clauses
limiting
the
freedom
of
work.
The
 fostering
 of
 social
 dialogue
 and
 collective
 bargaining
 continues
 to
 warrant
 the
special
 attention
 of
 the
 Government
 and
 Social
 Partners,
 who
 have
 in
 a
 joint
 effort
assumed
 strategic
 goals
 around
 the
 
 essential
 issues
 of
 the
 competitiveness
 and
modernisation
 of
 companies
 and
 the
 improvement
 of
 
 workers’
 living
 conditions,
notably
 by
 increasing
 the
 Guaranteed
 Minimum
 Monthly
 Income
 and
 vocational
training.
 In
 this
 context,
 a
 Tripartite
 Agreement
 was
 signed
 in
 2006,
 as
 part
 of
 the
social
dialogue,
between
the
Government
and
all
the
Social
Partners,
“Agreement
on
the
 Fixing
 and
 Evolution
 of
 the
 Guaranteed
 Minimum
 Monthly
 Income
 (GMMI)”.
 In
addition
to
fixing
the
respective
amount
for
2007,
it
includes
the
commitment
made
for
 the
 first
 time
 by
 those
 involved
 towards
 the
 gradual
 evolution
 of
 the
 minimum
salary,
so
as
to
reach
450
Euros
in
2009,
while
the
mid‐term
goal
assumed
for
2011
is
500
Euros.
Hence,
the
GMMI
is
no
longer
indexed
to
the
amount
of
pensions;
instead
its
 updating
 takes
 the
 evolution
 of
 the
 cost
 of
 living,
 productivity
 gains
 and
 the
 real
economic
gains
into
account.
The
issue
of
undeclared
work,
in
turn,
continues
to
be
the
target
of
special
attention
by
the
Government,
notably
within
the
framework
of
intervention
by
the
Authority
for
Working
Conditions,
considering
the
serious
consequences
for
the
workers
in
terms
of
social
rights.
The
 organisational
 restructuring
 that
 resulted
 in
 the
 joining
 of
 the
 functions
 of
fostering
 the
 improvement
 of
 work
 conditions,
 preventing
 vocational
 risks
 and
inspection
in
one
single
body
‐
the
Authority
for
Working
Conditions
(ACT) 16 enables
the
 creation
 of
 synergies
 of
 sharing
 information,
 rationalising
 means,
 action
effectiveness
and
consequently
the
improvement
of
working
conditions
in
general,
as
well
as
boosting
the
organisation
of
inspection
activities
at
the
national
level,
namely
as
concerns
undeclared
work.
The
 development
 of
 join
 actions
 with
 other
 national
 inspection
 bodies,
 i.e.
 Social
Security,
the
Ministry
of
Finance
and
the
Foreigners
and
Borders
Service,
has
enabled
the
obtaining
of
more
articulated
and
significant
results,
whose
nature
is
defined
by
16
The
Authority
for
Working
Conditions
(ACT)
was
set
up
within
the
scope
of
the
guidelines
defined
by
the
Programme
for
the
 Restructuring
of
 the
 State's
 Central
 Administration
 (PRACE)
 and
 the
 aims
 of
 the
 Programme
 of
 the
 XVII
 Government
with
regard
to
administrative
modernisation
and
the
improvement
of
the
quality
and
efficiency
of
public
services.

The
bylaws
of
ACT
were
approved
by
Decree‐Law
no.
326‐B/2007
of
28
September.
69

oth
 prevention
 and
 monitoring
 and
 repression,
 reverting
 this
 work
 of
 mutual
cooperation
in
benefits
for
the
workers
as
regards
the
legalisation
of
contracts
with
all
the
 advantages
 associated
 with
 it
 in
 terms
 of
 social
 rights.
 
 Hence,
 using
 fixed‐term
work
 contracts
 and
 temporary
 work
 outside
 the
 conditions
 stipulated
 by
 law
 (illegal
domestic
and
foreign
workers)
have
been
afforded
special
attention
by
the
inspection
services,
attentive
to
the
fact
that
these
types
of
contracting
are
associated
with
a
high
level
 of
 precariousness.
 Due
 to
 their
 extent,
 these
 actions
 have
 a
 strong
 power
 to
prevent
future
non‐compliance
on
the
part
of
the
employers
that
have
been
inspected,
as
well
as
potential
infringers,
thus
representing
an
indisputable
preventive
measure.
The
results
obtained
from
joint
actions
have
been
satisfactory
in
the
field
of
improving
working
conditions,
insofar
as
they
have
enabled
the
regularisation
of
the
situation
of
workers
 in
 companies,
 the
 insertion
 of
 more
 workers
 in
 Social
 Security,
 the
 Tax
Department
and
consequently
the
guarantee
of
the
rights
related
to
work.
In
2007,
an
overall
 
 amount
 of
 €
 4,421,622
 
 was
 identified
 in
 favour
 of
 Social
 Security
 and
 €
12,032,380
 with
 regard
 to
 salaries
 due
 to
 8,177
 workers,
 a
 large
 part
 of
 which
 was
from
undeclared
work.
In
terms
of
numbers
related
to
the
regularisation
of
workers,
47,900
companies
were
monitored
between
2005
and
2007
and
the
labour
situation
of
11,495
workers
was
regularised,
of
which
7,950
had
contracts
with
illegal
fixed‐terms,
1,840
 had
 illegal
 temporary
 work
 contracts,
 402
 had
 false
 contracts
 and
 1,303
 were
undeclared.
The
total
amount
of
penalties
and
fines
issued
was
€
13,480,560.
3.4.
 Modernisation
of
the
social
protection
system
The
European
Spring
Councils
of
2006
and
2008
declared
"the
primordial
importance
of
fighting
poverty
and
social
exclusion
and
the
fostering
of
active
inclusion..."
and,
at
the
 same
 time,
 the
 Portuguese
 system
 of
 social
 protection,
 as
 is
 the
 case
 in
 the
majority
 of
 developed
 countries,
 stands
 before
 strategic
 challenges
 that
 impose
 the
need
to
reform
and
modernise
in
a
structural
manner
the
systems
of
social
protection,
taking
into
account
social,
economic
and
financial
sustainability
based
on
the
principles
of
inter
and
intragenerational
solidarity
from
the
perspective
of
social
cohesion.
In
 this
 context,
 with
 the
 consensus
 of
 the
 majority
 of
 social
 partners,
 government
action
focused
its
intervention
on
three
fundamental
areas:
- The
Basic
Law
on
Social
Security
(Law
no.
4/2007
of
16
January),
which
introduced,
among
several
changes,
the
following:
the
sustainability
factor,
a
new
formula
for
calculating
 pensions;
 new
 mechanisms
 for
 updating
 pensions;
 strengthening
incentives
for
active
ageing;
the
convergence
of
special
social
protection
regimes
and
 the
 strengthening
 of
 mechanisms
 for
 combating
 fraud
 and
 tax
 evasion,
contributing
to
an
improvement
in
the
financial
situation
of
social
security
systems
and
 benefiting
 the
 long‐term
 sustainability
 of
 public
 finances.
 As
 regards
 the
evolution
 of
 the
 disbursement
 of
 pensions
 and
 the
 long‐term
 sustainability
 of
public
 finances
 in
 the
 context
 of
 the
 EU,
 Portugal's
 position
 has
 recently
 been
reclassified
 from
 a
 high‐risk
 country
 to
 a
 medium‐risk
 country
 as
 a
 result
 of
 the
expected
impact
of
social
security
reforms.
70

- The
 strengthening
 of
 actions
 concerning
 citizens
 and
 families
 that
 encounter
 the
greatest
 difficulties
 in
 adapting
 to
 changes,
 combating
 poverty
 and
 social
exclusion,
 especially
 through
 the
 measures
 contained
 in
 the
 National
 Plan
 for
Inclusion
2006‐2008,
the
Plan
for
the
Integration
of
Disabled
or
Impaired
Persons,
the
 Plan
 for
 the
 Integration
 of
 Immigrants
 (PII)
 and
 the
 investment
 in
 the
broadening
 of
 the
 network
 of
 facilities
 and
 services
 for
 children,
 the
 elderly
 and
disabled
persons.
- The
 fostering
 of
 policies
 which
 stimulate
 childbirth
 and
 support
 for
 families,
aimed
 at
 stimulating
 personal
 and
 family
 choices
 that
 are
 more
 conducive
 to
generational
 renewal
 through
 the
 effective
 conciliation
 between
 professional
activity
 and
 family
 and
 personal
 life,
 new
 incentives
 at
 the
 level
 of
 transfers
 to
families
in
the
period
before
birth
and
during
the
first
years
of
life
of
the
children
and
 a
 substantial
 reinforcement
 of
 the
 network
 of
 social
 facilities
 for
 supporting
early
infancy.
3.5.
 Inclusion
Policies
In
Portugal,
countless
activities
have
been
developed
to
implement
inclusive
policies,
especially
 within
 the
 framework
 of
 the
 National
 strategy
 for
 Social
 Protection
 and
Social
Inclusion
2006‐2008,
in
which
we
stress
in
particular
the
National
Action
Plan
for
 Inclusion
 (PNAI)
 due
 to
 its
 strong
 interaction
 with
 PNE.
 We
 should
 mention
 the
approval
of
the
Action
Plan
for
the
Integration
of
the
Disabled
and
Impaired
in
2006
and
of
the
Plan
for
the
Integration
of
Immigrants
in
2007;
these
have
a
more
sectorial
dimension
and
reinforce
the
national
priorities
for
protection
and
social
inclusion.
In
these
priorities,
we
also
note
policy
measures
such
as
the
Social
Insertion
Income
(RSI),
the
Solidarity
Supplement
for
the
Elderly
(CSI),
the
Extension
of
the
Social
Facility
Network
 Programme
 (PARES)
 and
 Local
 Social
 Development
 Contracts
 (CLDS),
 the
latter
in
close
cooperation
with
the
Social
Network
Programme.
As
regards
immigration,
Portugal
has
developed
over
the
past
years
a
set
of
initiatives
that
put
it
in
2nd
place
in
a
comparative
study
carried
out
in
28
countries
(25
European
Union
 Member
 States,
 Canada,
 Norway
 and
 Switzerland)
 by
 British
 Council
 and
Migration
Policy
Group
staff,
supported
by
the
European
Commission 17 .
From
these
we
should
 highlight
 the
 creation
 of
 the
 Plan
 for
 the
 Integration
 of
 Immigrants
 by
 a
Resolution
of
the
Council
of
Ministers
(in
2007)
and
the
amendments
to
the
Citizenship
Law
 (in
 2006)
 and
 the
 Law
 on
 the
 legal
 regime
 of
 entry,
 stay,
 exit
 and
 removal
 of
foreigners
in
and
from
national
territory
(in
2007).
The
first
defined
a
set
of
112
measures
distributed
by
sectoral
and
transversal
areas
with
 goals
 to
 achieve
 by
 2009
 by
 13
 Ministries.
 
 The
 Plan
 for
 the
 Integration
 of
Immigrants
represents
a
crucial
instrument
in
the
hosting
and
integration
policies
of
17 Information available at www.integrationindex.eu
71

Portugal,
 responding
 objectively
 to
 the
 challenges
 that
 are
 posed
 to
 both
 the
 host
society
and
the
individuals
who
have
chosen
our
country
as
a
place
to
live
and
work.
The
legislative
amendments
mentioned
enabled
the
opening
of
new
opportunities
for
acquiring
 nationality,
 guaranteeing
 full
 citizenship
 to
 thousands
 of
 individuals,
especially
 children
 and
 young
 people
 who
 do
 not
 know
 any
 other
 country
 except
Portugal
or
who
have
already
lived
here
for
several
years.
On
the
other
hand,
the
socalled
Immigration
 Law,
 which
 forms
 part
 of
 a
 more
 humane
 vision
 of
 the
phenomenon
 of
 migration,
 seeks
 to
 facilitate
 legal
 immigration
 and
 establish
mechanisms
for
defending
and
supporting
victims
of
human
trafficking.
This
is
used
to
fight
 the
 social
 exclusion
 and
 precarious
 situations
 in
 which
 many
 individuals
 find
themselves
 and
 also
 to
 seek
 to
 bring
 migration
 policies
 in
 line
 with
 the
 workforce
requirements
of
the
labour
market.
In
the
field
of
gender
equality
policies,
the
III
National
Plan
for
Equality
‐
Citizenship
and
 Gender,
 the
 III
 National
 Plan
 against
 Domestic
 Violence
 and
 the
 I
 National
 Plan
against
 Human
 Trafficking
 were
 approved.
 In
 this
 context,
 we
 should
 highlight
 the
following
results:
• The
 fostering
 of
 a
 new
 approach
 to
 the
 issue
 of
 gender
 equality
 as
 a
question
of
citizenship
that
involves
men
and
women,
put
into
practice
in
 the
 fulfilment
 of
 PRACE
 through
 the
 creation
 of
 a
 Commission
 for
Citizenship
and
Gender
Equality
(CIG),
whose
attributions,
in
addition
to
those
of
the
Commission
for
Equality
and
Women's
Rights,
also
include
the
Structure
of
the
Mission
against
Domestic
Violence
and
those
of
the
Commission
 for
 Equality
 at
 Work
 with
 regard
 to
 the
 promotion
 of
equality;
• The
 identification
 of
 the
 fostering
 of
 gender
 equality
 as
 one
 of
 the
fundamental
 factors
 of
 the
 National
 Strategic
 Reference
 Framework
through
 the
 establishment
 of
 Point
 7
 of
 the
 Operating
 Programme
 of
Human
 Potential,
 as
 well
 as
 through
 the
 recognition
 of
 the
 role
 of
women
in
the
competitiveness
of
the
economy
via
the
introduction
of
a
system
of
increasing
incentives
for
female
entrepreneurship
within
the
Operating
Programme
of
Competitiveness
Factors.
• Inclusion,
 supervision
 and
 monitoring
 of
 the
 principle
 of
 transversality
of
gender
equality
in
the
National
Strategic
Reference
Framework;
• Approval
of
the
Resolution
of
the
Council
of
Ministers
no.
49/2007
of
28
March,
which
establishes
the
principles
of
good
governance
of
the
state
business
sector,
namely
its
obligation
to
adopt
Equality
Plans;
• Approval
of
Regulatory
Decree
no.
1/2006
of
25
January
on
the
social
structures
for
supporting
and
sheltering
victims
of
domestic
violence;
• The
 amendment
 of
 the
 instrument
 which
 establishes
 the
 regime
 of
subscription
charges
for
access
to
health
care
services
in
the
scope
of
the
National
Health
System,
pursuant
to
Decree‐Law
79/2008
of
8
May;
• Solutions
 which
 enable
 speeding
 up
 and
 making
 more
 efficient
 the
mechanisms
of
legal
protection
to
victims
of
domestic
violence,
namely
72

the
 amendment
 to
 the
 Penal
 Code
 and
 the
 Law
 on
 the
 Access
 to
 the
legal
system.
3.6.
 Youth
Policy
With
 regard
 to
 youth
 policy,
 Portugal
 is
 preparing
 an
 integrated
 strategy,
 while
 we
should
already
highlight
a
set
of
relevant
measures
focusing
on
young
people
that
can
be
emphasised
as
results:
• The
 creation
 of
 an
 Agency
 for
 the
 Youth
 in
 Action
 Programme,
 the
 main
instrument
of
the
policy
of
the
European
Commission,
whose
head
office
is
in
Braga,
the
district
with
the
highest
percentage
of
young
people.
It
is
financially
and
 operationally
 controlled
 by
 the
 Portuguese
 Youth
 Institute
 and
 has
 been
afforded
 autonomy
 to
 decide
 so
 as
 to
 place
 community
 funds
 more
 at
 the
service
of
young
people
and
their
associational
structures.
• The
publication
of
the
Legal
Regime
for
Youth
Associations
and
the
respective
regulation
 of
 financial
 aid
 for
 youth
 associations,
 making
 them
 more
transparent
and
providing
them
with
equity
in
their
attribution.
• The
 launching
 of
 the
 Formar
 Programme
 whose
 aim
 is
 to
 supply
 heads
 of
associations
 with
 more
 knowledge
 to
 be
 able
 to
 manage
 their
 associations
more
efficiently.
• The
 e‐Juventude
 initiative
 was
 launched
 in
 partnership
 with
 the
 e‐Escolas
initiative,
which
will
enable
youth
associations
access
to
computers
under
the
same
conditions
as
e‐Escolas.
• Structural
 work
 was
 done
 on
 the
 training
 and
 infrastructure
 network
 of
information
 technology
 for
 young
 people,
 bringing
 public
 administration
 and
youth
 closer
 together
 through
 the
 implementation
 of
 a
 network
 of
 shops,
called
 PONTO
 JÁ,
 with
 a
 friendly
 image
 and
 service,
 and
 developing
 an
information
 system
 in
 order
 to
 integrate
 and
 provide
 information
 in
 multiple
channels:
on‐the‐spot,
Youth
Portal
and
Contact
Center/Youth
Line.
• Big
investment
and
boosting
activities
were
done
with
regard
to
youth
hostels
and
 youth
 mobility,
 such
 as
 the
 INTRARAIL
 Card,
 in
 a
 partnership
 between
Movijovem
and
CP.
o The
framework
for
the
support
of
Youth
Home
Renting
was
restructured
and
Porta
65
was
launched,
which
brought
more
transparency
to
the
support
given.
• Actions
 which
 moved
 tens
 of
 thousands
 of
 young
 people
 throughout
 the
country
 were
 carried
 out
 as
 part
 of
 the
 pledge
 in
 civic
 participation
(volunteering,
health,
justice,
forests,
immigration,
etc.)
and
Active
citizenship.
• In
the
scope
of
sectorial
activities,
we
should
highlight
the
creation
of
a
set
of
structured
programmes
based
on
the
INOV
Contacto
approach,
namely:
INOV
‐
Art,
Vasco
da
Gama
and
others.
• The
Finicia
Jovem
programme
was
launched
as
part
of
a
partnership
between
the
Portuguese
Youth
Institute,
the
Institute
for
Supporting
Small
and
Medium
Companies
and
Innovation
(IAPMEI)
and
the
Mutual
Guarantee
Society.
It
is
a
derivative
of
the
Finicia
Programme
of
IAPMEI,
but
is
aimed
at
promoters
who
are
between
18
and
35
years
of
age.
73

• The
PEJENE
Programme
was
strengthened
through
a
clear
agreement
between
the
 Portuguese
 Youth
 Institute
 and
 the
 Youth
 Foundation
 to
 grant
 financial
support
to
the
programme.
• The
 National
 Strategic
 Reference
 Framework
 Competitiveness
 attributed
 an
increase
 of
 10%
 in
 rating
 innovation
 projects,
 whose
 promoter
 has
 been
confirmed
by
the
Portuguese
Youth
Institute
to
be
younger
than
35.
• The
 Foundation
 for
 the
 Dissemination
 of
 Information
 Technology
 created
 in
partnership
 the
 GET‐IT
 Programme
 aimed
 at
 boosting
 entrepreneurship
through
ICT
training
• The
 Entrepreneurship
 in
 Schools
 programme
 launched
 by
 the
 Ministry
 of
Education
• The
 "CUIDA‐TE"
 (take
 care
 of
 yourself)
 Programme
 was
 launched
 by
 the
Portuguese
 Youth
 Institute
 together
 with
 a
 vast
 number
 of
 partners.
 Its
purpose
 is
 to
 provide
 young
 people
 with
 an
 integrated
 confidential
 support
service
consisting
of
several
areas:
human
mobility,
nutrition,
sexuality,
whose
aim
 is
 the
 prevention
 of
 risk
 behaviour
 and
 the
 fight
 against
 obesity,
complementing
the
work
done
by
the
Ministry
of
Health.
• The
launching
of
the
"Critical
Neighbourhoods"
Initiative
in
partnership
with
local
governments,
aimed
towards
the
social
and
healthy
integration
of
young
people,
making
them
actively
participate
in
"mentoring"
their
peers.
• Fostering
a
higher
capacity
of
young
people
to
use
information
technologies:
ICT
 workshops,
 carried
 out
 by
 the
 Foundation
 for
 the
 Dissemination
 of
Information
 Technologies;
 the
 Safe
 Internet
 Programme,
 resulting
 from
 the
joint
work
of
the
Ministry
of
Justice
(Judiciary
Police),
the
Ministry
of
Education
and
 the
 Portuguese
 Youth
 Institute,
 aimed
 at
 providing
 young
 people
 with
information
on
using
and
being
part
of
virtual
social
networks
in
a
safe
manner.
Driver
7.

Valorisation
of
Basic
Education
The
valorisation
of
basic
education
was
a
priority
of
the
Ministry
of
Education
for
the
period
between
2005
and
2008.
Hence,
an
integrated
set
of
measures
were
carried
out,
aiming
to
both
improve
the
quality
of
learning
and
reduce
failure
rates
at
school.
This
continued
and
consistent
effort
resulted
in
an
increase
in
the
number
of
students
enrolled
in
compulsory
education
during
this
three‐year
period.
In
addition
to
other
initiatives,
we
should
highlight:
a.
Curricular
Enrichment
‐
currently,
the
offer
of
curricular
enrichment
activities
is
ensured
in
99.6%
of
basic
education
schools
(1st
cycle).
In
particular,
the
offer
of
these
activities
in
schools
is
distributed
in
the
 following
 manner:
 study
 support,
 98.1%;
 English
 for
 the
 3rd
 and
 4th
 grade
 of
 schooling,
 98%,
English
for
the
1st
and
2nd
grade
of
schooling,
51.2%;
physical
and
sports
education,
96.8%,
musical
education,
81.4%
of
the
schools.
b.
 Continuing
 Teacher
 Training
 ‐
 the
 continuing
 training
 programme
 for
 1st
 cycle
 teachers
 in
Portuguese
language,
Mathematics
and
Experimental
Science
Education
included
6000,
7000
and
8200
teachers
during
the
school
years
of
the
three‐year
period
in
question,
respectively.
Teaching
training
was
carried
out
with
the
monitoring
of
University
and
Higher
Schools
of
Education
and
took
place
in
basic
education
schools.
c.
1st
Cycle
School
Network
‐
since
the
start
of
the
reorganisation
programme
of
the
1st
cycle
school
network,
2507
schools
were
closed
(192
in
2005,
1611
in
2006
and
704
in
2007).
The
students
from
74

these
 schools
 were
 transferred
 to
 schools
 with
 better
 conditions
 in
 terms
 of
 environment
 and
socialisation
 and
 appropriate
 meals
 are
 also
 guaranteed
 in
 accordance
 with
 the
 Programme
 of
Generalised
Supply
of
Meals
to
first
cycle
students.
The
transport
of
students
to
the
host
schools
has
also
been
ensured.
d.
Stability
of
Teaching
Staff
‐
the
teacher
allocation
system
was
changed
and
they
now
stay
in
schools
for
3
or
4
year
periods
with
a
view
to
ensuring
more
stability
in
the
educational
project
and
creating
stronger
ties
between
students
and
their
teachers.
e.
Information
and
Communication
Technologies
‐
given
that
all
first
cycle
basic
education
schools
have
broadband
Internet
connections,
training
actions
were
launched
with
the
aim
of
promoting
the
use
of
ICT
in
schools
from
the
first
year
of
the
first
cycle
of
basic
education.
Hence
first
cycle
schools
were
equipped
and
the
goal
of
one
computer
per
classroom
was
reached.
The
Basic
Skills
Programme
in
ICT
is
underway
specifically
focusing
on
basic
education
students.
Teachers
have
also
received
training
in
ICT.
f.
 Experimental
 Science
 Education
 ‐
 in
 the
 2006/2007
 and
 2007/2008
 school
 years,
 around
 4000
 1st
cycle
 basic
 education
 teachers
 were
 included
 in
 the
 continuing
 training
 programme
 relative
 to
experimental
 science
 education.
 The
 training
 was
 done
 in
 collaboration
 with
 higher
 education
institutions.
g.
Action
Plan
for
Mathematics
‐
this
plan
includes
financing
school
projects
for
improving
the
quality
of
learning
mathematics,
particularly
in
2nd
and
3rd
cycles.
It
included
around
400,000
students
and
8,000
teachers
per
year,
in
the
2006‐2008
period.
The
Action
Plan
for
Mathematics
includes
other
activities,
such
as
the
creation
of
an
item
bank
on
the
Internet
(with
around
5,000
questions),
the
drawing
up
of
a
new
programme
aimed
at
improving
the
cooperation
between
the
three
cycles
of
basic
education,
the
assessment
of
school
books
by
experts,
etc.
h.
National
Reading
Plan
‐
this
plan
aims
to
develop
the
taste
for
reading
in
1st
and
2nd
cycle
schools
by
 establishing
 an
 obligatory
 daily
 hour
 of
 reading.
 Protocols
 were
 signed
 with
 city
 councils
 and
 the
financing
of
books
for
classrooms
has
been
secured.
i.
Level
Tests
‐
in
the
2006/2007
and
2007/2008
school
years,
all
basic
education
students
‐
public
and
private
‐
enrolled
in
the
4th
and
6th
grade
of
schooling,
took
level
tests.
These
tests
(together
with
the
national
 exam
 of
 the
 third
 cycle)
 are
 analysed
 by
 class
 and
 the
 results
 returned
 to
 the
 teachers
 for
reflections
 and
 future
 improvements
 in
 teaching
 practices.
 The
 tests
 are
 done
 specifically
 for
mathematics
and
Portuguese
language.
j.
Education
Training
Courses
for
Basic
Level
II
‐
diversification
of
the
training
offer
in
basic
education
aimed
at
young
people
who
persistently
fail
at
school
and
who
do
not
complete
obligatory
education
before
reaching
the
age
of
15.
These
courses
are
aimed
at
reducing
dropout
rates
and
early
exit
from
the
school
system,
providing
vocational
training
at
the
same
time.
Driver
8.


New
Opportunities
The
New
Opportunities
Initiative, 18 which
was
launched
in
2005
as
a
joint
action
strategy
in
response
to
the
profound
lack
of
qualifications
among
the
active
population,
aims
to
reach
all
age
groups
and
forms
of
learning,
thereby
raising
the
employability
levels
in
all
the
stages
of
people’s
working
lives.
Hence,
the
Initiative
is
based
on
two
intervention
pillars
–
young
people
and
adults.
In
the
former,
the
focus
is
on
 combating
 failure
 at
 school
 and
 the
 early
 exit
 from
 the
 school
 system,
 while
 the
 latter
 seeks
 to
(re)qualify
the
active
adult
population.
This
 strategy
 introduces
 new
 and
 intensive
 dynamics
 to
 the
 upgrading
 of
 adult
 qualifications,
 as
 the
18 www.novasoportunidades.gov.pt.
75

timely
 recovery
 from
 the
 country’s
 historic
 delay
 in
 this
 field
 will
 only
 be
 possible
 with
 a
 strong
structural
intervention
around
the
two
pillars
of
the
Initiative.
Three
major
targets
must
be
met
by
2010:
•
Making
the
12th
year
the
minimum
training
reference
for
all;
•
Placing
50%
of
the
young
people
in
secondary
school
education
on
dual
certification
training
paths;
•
Qualifying
1
million
of
the
working
population
 –
i.e.
about
20%
of
the
active
population
 –
using
recognition
processes,
validation
and
certification
of
skills
for
the
development
of
dual
certification
training
(school
and
vocational)
which
they
need
to
reach
the
secondary
education
training
level.
New
Opportunities
for
Young
People
At
the
level
of
basic
education,
around
44,129
young
people
(2007)
were
enrolled
in
dual
certification
courses,
a
number
which
represents
a
great
increase
since
2005.
A
strong
investment
in
Education
and
Training
Courses
contributed
to
this
increase,
which
in
2007
saw
a
rise
in
the
vacancies
in
public
and
private
schools,
registering
around
2,090
courses
for
basic
education
(800
more
than
in
the
previous
school
year).
At
the
level
of
secondary
education,
around
120,764
young
people
were
enrolled
in
dual
certification
courses
 in
 2007.
 The
 relative
 value
 of
 young
 people
 attending
 secondary
 vocational
 courses
 already
represents
40%.
The
impact
of
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative
for
young
people
(2006
and
2007)
is
visible
at
the
level
of:
- the
increase
in
the
number
of
students
registered
in
the
different
levels
of
education,
implying
an
increase
 of
 around
 21,000
 students
 in
 the
 system,
 above
 all
 in
 vocationally
 oriented
 schools,
especially
at
the
level
of
secondary
education;
- the
 increase
 in
 the
 number
 of
 students
 who
 returned
 to
 the
 higher
 education
 system
 (around
7,000
more
than
in
the
previous
year);
- the
reduction
of
repetition
and
dropout
rates
in
basic
and
secondary
education
(in
basic
education,
the
rate
dropped
from
11.5%
in
2004/05
to
10%
in
2006/07
and
in
secondary
education,
for
the
same
years,
the
school
repetition
rate
dropped
from
31.9%
to
24.6%);
- the
reduction
of
dropout
rates
(in
2007,
the
dropout
rate
was
36.3%
in
comparison
with
38.6%
in
2005);
- the
increase
in
the
percentage
of
young
people
between
20
and
24
years
of
age
who
completed
at
least
secondary
education
from
49%
in
2005
to
53.4%
in
2007.
New
Opportunities
for
Adults
The
New
Opportunities
Initiative
has
a
strong
attendance
by
the
adult
Portuguese
population,
visible
in
the
participation
of
between
10
and
15%
of
the
active
population
that
has
not
completed
secondary
education.
From
the
start
of
the
initiative
to
August
2008,
more
than
516,000
Portuguese
adults
were
covered
by
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative
and
more
than
183,000
adults
were
certified.
From
 the
 beginning
 of
 2007
 to
 August
 2008,
 447,774
 candidates
 were
 enrolled
 in
 the
 New
Opportunities
Centres,
of
which
92,351
obtained
a
school
certificate.
From
this
number,
4,021
obtained
a
certification
at
the
secondary
level.
The
 demand
 for
 the
 New
 Opportunities
 Centres 19 
 is
 broken
 down
 as
 follows:
 (i)
 the
 aim
 of
 around
52.2%
of
adults
is
being
certified
at
the
level
of
secondary
education
(233,884),
who
belong
by
a
large
majority
to
the
age
group
between
25
and
34
(37%)
and
3%
of
those
enrolled
have
between
55
and
64
19
Adults
enrolled
between
2007
and
August
2008.
20
Former
Recognition,
Validation
and
Certification
of
Competences
Centres
21
In
June
2008.
22 
Structures
which
aim
to
respond
to
population
qualification
needs.
23
Mainland
Portugal
and
the
Autonomous
Region
of
Madeira.
24
The
kits
contained
booklets
that
were
destined
only
for
the
young
target‐group
and
various
didactic
materials.
76

years
of
age;
(ii)
the
aim
of
47.8%
of
adults
is
to
be
certified
at
the
level
of
basic
education
(213,890),
with
the
majority
of
those
enrolled
belonging
to
the
age
group
between
35
and
45
(36%);
10%
have
between
18
and
24
years
of
age
and
only
1%
are
65
years
of
age
or
older;
(iii)
they
are
largely
women;
(iv)
 they
 are
 unemployed;
 and
 (v)
 they
 mainly
 come
 from
 the
 North,
 Centre
 and
 Lisbon
 by
 order
 of
importance.
More
 than
 500
 protocols
 and
 cooperation
 agreements
 were
 signed
 with
 the
 aim
 of
 mobilising
employers
and
workers
(around
600
thousand
people)
for
the
purpose
of
qualification.
The
year
of
2008
witnessed
the
Extending
of
the
RVCC
processes
to
the
secondary
education
level
and
to
 professional
 competences
 (in
 addition
 to
 school
 competences),
 thus
 raising
 the
 integrating
framework
of
the
RVCC
system
and
its
dual
certification
approach
‐
school
and
vocational.
In
2007,
the
vocational
RVCC
was
being
tested
in
16
vocational
careers
and
43
Vocational
Training
Centres
of
the
Employment
 and
 Vocational
 Training
 Institute.
 It
 is
 estimated
 that
 from
 2008,
 this
 offer
 will
 be
progressively
generalised
to
all
vocational
careers
included
in
the
National
Catalogue
of
Qualifications
and
will
function
within
a
network
of
centres
covering
the
entire
country.
In
 2008,
 we
 registered
 a
 strong
 expansion
 and
 consolidation
 of
 the
 network
 of
 New
 Opportunities
Centres 20 
 (CNO)
 with
 around
 457 21 
 centres 22 
 that
 ensured
 coverage
 of
 the
 entire
 territory, 23 thereby
exceeding
by
far
the
target
set
for
2008
(157
more
than
had
been
planned).
We
should
highlight
the
fact
that
there
are
offers
of
dual
certification
trainings
for
adults
after
working
hours
in
the
majority
of
New
Opportunities
Centres
with
a
view
to
privileging
access
of
the
employed
population
and
extending
the
possibility
for
training.
Structuring
Measures
of
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative
- The
 National
 Catalogue
 of
 Qualifications
 (CNQ)
 www.catalogo.anq.gov.pt,
 which
 currently
contains
around
240
qualifications
that
are
not
at
the
level
of
higher
education.
At
the
same
time,
more
than
5,000
Short
Training
Units
were
set
up,
which
can
be
certified
autonomously,
of
which
800
 promote
 mobility
 within
 and
 outside
 the
 areas
 of
 education
 and
 training,
 and
 all
 enable
 a
higher
flexibility
in
access
to
qualifications.
- The
 Diversification
 of
 Opportunities
 for
 the
 Qualification
 of
 Young
 People
 ‐
 e.g.
 the
reorganisation
of
Technological
Specialisation
Courses
(CET),
the
creation
of
responses
for
those
who
 attended
 (and
 did
 not
 complete)
 training
 courses
 at
 the
 level
 of
 secondary
 education
(Alternative
Ways
of
Completing
Secondary
Education),
the
revision
of
the
curricular
structure
of
learning
courses
and
the
regulation
of
the
process
of
reorienting
the
training
path
of
students.
- The
Referential
System
of
Key
Competences
for
Education
and
the
Training
of
Adults
at
the
Level
of
Secondary
Education
‐
it
enables
the
possibility
for
all
network
centres
to
certify
adults
at
the
level
 of
 secondary
 education
 and
 at
 the
 same
 time,
 the
 launching
 of
 the
 Adult
 Education
 and
Training
Courses
at
the
level
of
secondary
education
within
the
scope
of
dual
certification.
- The
 dissemination
 of
 the
 use
 of
 the
Access
 Guide
 to
 Secondary
 Education
‐
 an
 instrument
 that
contains
information
about
all
education
and
training
offers
available
to
young
people
and
adults.
- The
 Information
 and
 Management
 System
 of
 the
 Education
 and
 Training
 Offer
 (SIGO)
 ‐
 a
 key
instrument
for
managing
and
monitoring
demand,
processes
and
results,
fundamental
for
directing
and
guiding
young
people
and
adults
to
training
offers
that
enable
them
to
develop
their
certified
skills,
thus
allowing
the
decentralised
management
of
the
training
offer.
- The
implementation
of
mechanisms
for
the
simplification
and
decentralisation
of
administration
in
 terms
 of
 the
 functioning
 of
 Adult
 Education
 Training
 Courses
 and
 the
 consolidation
 of
 local
monitoring
 structures
 in
 the
 scope
 of
 the
 regional
 services
 of
 the
 Ministry
 of
 Education
 and
 of
Labour
and
Social
Solidarity.
- The
 execution
 of
 Technical
 Guidelines
that
 articulate
 public
 and
 community
 financing
 strategies
and
the
strategies
and
results
defined
for
the
New
Opportunities
measure.
- The
 Quality
 Card
 of
 New
 Opportunities
 Centres,
 as
 an
 instrument
 for
 the
 regulation
 and
orientation
of
its
activity,
aiming
to
foster
demand,
clarify
action
strategies
and
service
levels.
This
Quality
Card
defines
the
mission,
structural
principles
and
the
different
areas
of
intervention
of
the
New
 Opportunities
 Centres.
 In
 addition,
 the
 Quality
 Card
 includes
 a
 System
 of
 Referential
Indicators
for
Quality,
which
defines
service
levels
and
results
to
be
obtained
in
each
of
the
areas
77

of
intervention.
- As
 a
 complement
 to
 the
 monitoring
 and
 evaluation
 covered
 by
 the
 Quality
 Card,
 a
 process
 of
external
 evaluation,
 long
 and
 profound,
 of
 the
 New
 Opportunities
 Initiative
 and
 Network
 of
Centres
was
launched
in
January
2008
with
the
aim
of
supervising
its
effectiveness
and
efficacy.
- The
 carrying
 out
 of
 various
 Information
 and
 Awareness
 Campaigns
 for
 qualification
 in
 2007,
namely
in
the
media
(television,
radio,
press)
with
the
objective
of
promoting
12th
year
schooling
and
the
social
valorisation
of
schools
and
vocational
training,
as
a
means
to
obtain
a
qualification
that
 enables
 better
 opportunities
 for
 employment
 and
 personal
 fulfilment.
 
 This
 campaign
 was
accompanied
by
the
distribution
of
booklets
destined
for
education
workers
and
young
people,
i.e.
students
aged
14‐15,
the
age
at
which
they
choose
their
secondary
education
course.
At
the
same
time,
New
Opportunities
kits
were
distributed24
to
schools.
The
Contribution
of
the
EU’s
Structural
Funds
to
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative
The
 steps
 already
 taken
 in
 the
 implementation
 of
 the
 New
 Opportunities
 Initiative
 have
 benefited
greatly
from
structural
fund
support,
in
particular
that
of
the
European
Social
Fund
(ESF)
in
the
scope
of
the
 CSF
 III,
 which
 required
 a
 strategic
 reorientation
 of
 the
 planned
 investment
 in
 the
 field
 of
employment
and
training
policies
in
line
with
the
strategies
and
targets
defined
in
the
framework
of
this
Initiative.
This
 strategic
 guideline
 was
 heavily
 stressed
 in
 the
 National
 Strategic
 Reference
 Framework.
 The
qualification
of
Portuguese
men
and
women
is
a
central
priority,
expressed
by
the
increase
of
financing
directed
for
this
purpose.
For
this
reason,
the
ESF
represents
around
37%
of
the
set
of
Structural
Funds
from
which
mainland
Portugal
will
benefit,
increasing
by
10
percentage
points
its
position
relative
to
CSF
III.
This
corresponds
to
an
amount
above
6000
million
Euros,
70%
of
which
are
allocated
to
the
implementation
of
the
New
Opportunities
Initiative.
Driver
9.


Proximity
Community
Services
Network
The
Proximity
Community
Services
Network
is
formed
by
a
set
of
projects,
responses
and
social
and
health
facilities,
whose
aim
is
to
ensure
the
continuity
of
the
provision
of
care
(health
and
social)
to
people
who
are
in
a
situation
of
dependency
for
various
reasons,
in
such
a
way
as
to
promote
their
overall
recovery
(via
continuous
rehabilitation,
readaptation
and
reintegration),
giving
special
attention
to
social
exclusion.
In
most
cases,
its
work
is
developed
using
a
cooperation
model
between
the
State
and
Civil
Society
and
targets
 particularly
 the
 following
 intervention
 areas:
 i)
 childhood
 and
 youth;
 ii)
 the
 disabled;
 iii)
 the
elderly;
iv)
family
and
community;
v)
drug
addicts;
vi)
people
infected
with
HIV/AIDS
and
their
families;
vii)
other
intervention
areas
(mental
health,
integrated
social
responses).
The
pledge
in
the
expansion
and
upgrading
of
the
proximity
services
network,
in
terms
of
number
of
responses,
quality
and
equity
in
territorial
distribution,
is
not
only
an
important
instrument
to
foster
conciliation
 between
 the
 professional
 activity
 and
 the
 personal
 and
 family
 life
 and
 equal
 gender
opportunities,
the
reduction
of
absenteeism,
but
it
will
also
contribute
to
generating
numerous
new
jobs
 in
 the
 tertiary
 sector.
 Hence,
 the
 Government
 proposes
 to
 use
 the
 "Extension
 of
 the
 Social
Facilities
 Network
 Programme" 25 
 and
 the
 "Support
 
 Programme
 for
 Investment
 in
 Social
 Facilities"
to: 26 (i)
 increase
 the
 installed
 capacity
 of
 crèches
 by
 2009
 –
 
 31,161
 places
 (to
 reach
 the
 Barcelona
commitment:
33%);
(ii)
improve
social
responses
for
the
elderly,
creating
19,000
new
places
by
2009;
(iii)
 provide
 4,600
 places
 in
 integrated
 continued
 care
 network
 facilities
 by
 2008
 and;
 (iv)
 add
 1,850
25
Government
Order
no.
426/2006
of
2
May
and
Order
no.
10516/2006
of
11
May.
26
Government
Order
no.
869/2006
of
29
August.
78

places
in
social
responses
to
the
disabled
by
2009.
The
total
investment
planned
in
the
scope
of
the
PARES
Programme
by
2009
is
450
million
Euros
and
the
creation
of
around
15,000
new
work
posts.
In
 the
 3
 stages
 of
 PARES,
 618
 facilities
 were
 approved,
 corresponding
 to
 1,049
 social
 responses
 and
38,470
 places.
 The
 total
 investment
 in
 these
 facilities
 is
 422.5
 million
 Euros,
 of
 which
 210.7
 million
Euros
come
from
public
financing.
With
these
new
responses,
the
Government
plans
to
create
around
10,300
new
work
posts.
As
regards
crèches
in
particular,
around
18,650
places
in
418
crèches
and
a
total
 investment
 of
 154
 million
 were
 approved,
 of
 which
 82.7
 million
 stem
 from
 public
 financing
(provisional
amounts).
The
 fight
 against
 poverty
 and
 social
 exclusion
 is
 not
 only
 based
 on
 services
 and
 social
 and
 health
facilities,
but
also
on
developing
proximity
networks
which,
by
identifying
the
characteristic
problems
and
specificities
within
a
certain
territory,
develops
adjusted
intervention
strategies.
In
this
context,
the
CLDS
 –
 Local
 Social
 Development
 Contracts
 (Government
 Order
 no.
 396/2007
 of
 2
 April)
 are
introduced.
Their
territories
are
previously
selected
according
to
the
existing
needs
and
the
respective
municipalities
invited
to

develop
a
project
together
with
a
coordinating
NGO,
which
is
organised
from
the
Local
Social
Networks
through
intervention
partnerships
at
strategic
points:
family
and
community;
employment
and
training
and
accessibility
and
information.
At
 the
 level
 of
 social
 minimums,
 a
 number
 of
 alterations
 were
 made
 in
 the
 legislation
 on
 the
 RSI
 –
Social
Insertion
Income
due
to
the
alterations
conferred
by
Law
no.
45/2005
of
29
August,
as
well
as
the
intervention
strategy
itself,
strengthening
the
insertion
component
of
the
beneficiaries,
in
terms
of
both
social
and
professional
integration.
The
intervention
logic
of
the
RSI
is
based
on
the
monitoring
of
families
 by
 partners
 from
 the
 Local
 Insertion
 Nuclei
 and
 the
 IPSS
 with
 specific
 protocols
 for
 this
purpose,
 pledging
 in
 taking
 full
 advantage
 of
 community
 resources
 in
 supporting
 the
 so‐called
situations
of
extreme
need.
In
2006,
106,167
households
and
286.837
beneficiaries
were
covered
and
49,394
 integration
 agreements
 were
 signed,
 while
 in
 2007,
 117,740
 households
 and
 341,149
beneficiaries
were
covered
and
68,173
integration
agreements
signed,.
Relative
to
2008
(August),
this
measure
 covered
 around
 341,149
 beneficiaries
 and
 128,915
 families,
 and
 73,693
 integration
agreements
were
signed.
Also
in
the
area
of
social
protection
for
the
most
needy,
the
Solidarity
Supplement
for
the
Elderly
(CSI)
was
created
by
Decree‐Law
no.
232/2005
of
29
December.
It
represents
a
special
benefit
for
combating
the
poverty
of
the
elderly
and
is
part
of
the
subsystem
of
solidarity
aimed
at
pensioners
over
65
years
of
 age,
 assuming
 the
 character
 of
 a
 supplement
 to
 the
 pre‐existing
 income.
 Its
 value
 is
 defined
 by
reference
 to
 a
 threshold
 that
 is
 defined
 each
 year
 and
 its
 attribution
 varies
 in
 accordance
 with
 the
concrete
 situation
 of
 the
 pensioner
 who
 requests
 it.
 The
 Solidarity
 Supplement
 for
 the
 Elderly
 was
introduced
progressively
for
three
years,
i.e.
it
was
established
that
the
age
for
recognising
the
right
to
the
solidarity
supplement
for
the
elderly
would
be
80
years
in
2006,
70
and
above
in
2007,
and
65
and
above
in
2008.
As
at
the
end
of
the
first
quarter
of
2008,
70,400
elderly
persons
(the
majority
of
whom
were
women)
benefited
from
this
measure.
Expressed
in
figures, 27 the
gradual
implementation
of
the
measure
covered
18,275
beneficiaries
in
2006,
of
which
74%
were
women
(only
the
elderly
aged
80
and
above).
In
2007,
the
number
of
beneficiaries
increased
to
around
55,771
(the
elderly
aged
70
and
above)
 and
 in
 2008,
 persons
 aged
 65
 years
 and
 above
 were
 included
 in
 the
 measure.
In
 September
2008,
the
measure
covered
about
125.727
beneficiaries.
Between
2006
and
2007,
a
variation
of
the
average
payment
was
registered
between
75
and
79
Euros,
having
a
growing
trend
in
light
of
the
new
reference
threshold.
The
National

Network
of
Integrated
Continued
Care 28 
(RNCCI),
created
by
Decree‐Law
no.
101/2006
of
6
June,
within
the
scope
of
the
activity
of
the
Ministries
of
Health
and
of
Labour
and
Social
Solidarity,
is
based
on
two
fundamental
pillars,
the
National
Health
Service
and
the
Social
Protection
System,
and
strives
to
cover
the
all
of
mainland
Portugal.
It
is
based
on
the
Proximity
Community
Services
in
order
27 
2006,
2007,
beginning
of
2008
28 www.rncci.min-saude.pt. Pilot study until July 2007 when it started covering the entire territory of mainland Portugal.
29
74 for women and 72 for men.
30
Government Order no. 376/2008 of 23 May.
31
Government Orders 1087-A/2007 of 5 September and no. 189/2008 of 19 February.
79

to
respond
to
its
primary
goal
of
providing
integrated
continued
care
to
people
who,
irrespective
of
their
age,
are
in
a
situation
of
dependency,
seeking
to
ensure
continuity
of
outpatient
treatments
after
hospital
 discharge.
 This
 decentralised
 intervention
 model
 fosters
 effective
 dynamics
 of
 regional
 and
local
partnerships
between
public
and
private
sector
bodies
(non‐profit
and
profit).
It
is
innovative
in
that
it
is
an
integrated
and
articulated
model
of
health
and
social
security
with
a
preventative,
recovery
and
palliative
character.
Since
the
start
of
the
National
Network
of
Integrated
Continued
Care,
20,332
users
were
referenced
and
14,239
attended.

During
the
first
half
of
2008,
an
increase
of
183%
was
registered
in
comparison
to
April
2007,
characterised
by
the
increase
in
the
number
of
places
created
in
response
to
residential
care
of
around
2,539,
while
it
is
planned
to
make
4,600
places
available
by
the
end
of
2008.
The
 RNCCI
 model
 defines
 four
 types
 of
 residential
 care,
 while
 the
 occupancy
 rate
 in
 convalescence
units
is
92%,
in
medium
and
short
term
stay
units
97%
and
in
palliative
care
units
83%.
The
profile
of
the
users
of
the
National
Network
for
Integrated
Continued
Care
is
as
follows:
(a)
the
majority
of
them
are
women
(58%);
(b)
their
average
age
is
73; 29 (c)
the
majority
of
users
who
are
older
than
80
are
women
(57%)
in
comparison
to
men
(20%);
and
18%
of
the
users
lived
alone.
We
should
highlight
the
development
and
implementation
of
organisational
measures,
namely:
⎯ The
implementation
of
the
online
registration
and
monitoring
system
of
the
network
at
the
national
level.
⎯ The
growth
of
the
policy
of
equality
with
monitoring
visits
started
by
the
Local
Coordination
Teams,
which
performed
80
visits.
At
the
same
time,
parameters
for
organisational
audits
by
external
auditors
and
quality
indicators
with
emphasis
on
results
were
defined.
⎯ The
 identification
 of
 12
 referential
 units
 with
 training
 provided
 in
 the
 workplace
 to
 38
professionals
 in
 liaison
 with
 similar
 units
 in
 Catalonia;
 visits
 by
 guardians
 to
 the
 referential
units
 with
 the
 holding
 of
 workshops;
 the
 organisation
 of
 a
 seminar/workshop
 entitled
"Building
 a
 Plan
 for
 Improvement:
 A
 path
 to
 quality"
 for
 a
 number
 of
 units
 and
 the
identification
of
opportunities
for
improvement
in
the
short‐term
for
each
unit.
Internship
in
Catalonia
by
representatives
of
the
5
regional
structures
of
RNCCI.
⎯ The
creation
of
a
single
instrument
for
bio‐psycho‐social
assessments
(IAB)
and
the
provision
of
trainings
to
all
new
RNCCI
workers
in
a
total
of
215
hours
of
training.
⎯ The
 strengthening
 and
 development
 of
 other
 professional
 skills
 in
 15
 trainings
 that
 covered
361
trainees
in
a
total
of
383
hours.
Thirteen
trainings
were
also
carried
out
which
included
476
participants
during
a
total
of
156
hours.
The
totality
of
the
coordinating,
referential
and
service
 instances
 of
 RNCCI
 were
 covered,
 including
 all
 professional
 profiles
 and
 the
 entire
geographical
area
on
which
RNCCI
is
implemented.
⎯ The
drawing
up
of
a
guideline
medicine
record
for
RNCCI,
made
available
at
the
site,
about
the
problems
related
to
medicines
for
the
elderly.
⎯ The
 creation
 of
 the
 "Modelar
 Programme"
 ‐
 a
 public
 investment
 programme
 for
 the
"modelling" 30 of
facilities
with
support
for
the
creation
of
new
places.
⎯ New
Government
Orders
establishing
the
prices
of
RNCCI
responses. 31 .
⎯ The
publication
of
Normative
Order
no.
34/2007
on
the
co‐participation
of
beneficiaries
in
the
National
Network
of
Integrated
Continued
Care.
⎯ The
publication
of
Order
no.
28941/2007
of
20
December
which
sets
up
the
Working
Group
for
 putting
 the
 objectives
 mentioned
 in
 the
 National
 Programme
 for
 Palliative
 Care
 into
practice.
⎯ The
publication
of
Order
no.
1408/2008
of
11
January
which
identified
the
Units
which
form
part
of
the
National
Network
of
Integrated
Continued
Care.
We
 should
 point
 out
 that
 a
 study
 on
 the
 Assessment
 of
 the
 Satisfaction
 of
 Hospitalised
 Users
 was
carried
 out
 this
 year
 in
 cooperation
 with
 the
 Higher
 Institute
 of
 Work
 and
 Business
 Sciences.
 Its
conclusions
were
as
follows:
(i)
96.6%
of
those
interviewed
affirmed
that
the
care
provided
at
the
unit
was
good
(71.4%)
or
very
good
(25.2%);
(ii)
80%
of
those
interviewed
consider
that
they
have
gotten
better
since
they
arrived
at
the
unit;
(iii)
98%
of
those
interviewed
affirm
that
they
would
recommend
the
unit
in
which
they
currently
reside.
Among
the
users
who
had
already
been
released,
45%
considered
the
care
provided
very
good
and
80

47%
considered
it
good,
around
96%
of
the
users
said
that
they
would
recommend
the
unit
in
which
they
were
hospitalised,
and
90%
of
the
users
consider
that
their
stay
there
has
improved
their
health.
81

ANNEXES
1

2
|
INDEX
1.
Measures
Grid
(SEPARATE
FILE)
2.
Links
to
connected
Programmes
and
relevant
information
..................................
3
3.
Study
of
impact
indicators
of
Technological
Plan
................................................
10
4.
Role
of
the
National
Strategic
Reference
Framework
(NSRF)
in
the
Portuguese
National
Reform
Programme
(NRP)
.........................................................................
18
5.
The
Rural
Development
and
Fisheries
Programmes
and
the
Portuguese
National
Reform
Programme
(NRP
2008‐2010)
......................................................................
22

|
LINKS
TO
CONNECTED
PROGRAMMES
AND
RELEVANT
INFORMATION
RELEVANTS
WEBSITES:
• Lisbon
Strategy
–
www.estrategiadelisboa.pt
• Technological
Plan
–
www.planotecnologico.pt
• Education
Technological
Plan
–
www.escola.gov.pt
• Electronic
Diário
da
República
–
www.dre.pt
• State’s
Electronic
Certification
System
–
www.scee.gov.pt
• e‐
Initiatives
and
eSchool
initiative
‐
http://www.eescola.net/
• New
Opportunities
Initiative
–
www.novasoportunidades.gov.pt
• Company
Portal
–
www.portaldaempresa.pt
• Citizen
Portal–
www.portaldocidadao.pt
• Company
in
an
Hour
–
www.empresanahora.pt
• Brand
in
an
Hour
• https://www.portaldaempresa.pt/CVE/Services/MarcaNaHora/elaborarPedido.aspx
• Electronic
declarations
–
www.e‐financas.gov.pt
• Online
Automobile
‐
http://www.automovelonline.mj.pt/
• Ready
House
‐
http://www.casapronta.pt/CasaPronta/
• New
online
Company
Register
Services
• http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MJ/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070710_MJ_Doc_Registo_Comercial_Online.h
tm
• Civil
Register
Simplification
procedures
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MJ/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070629_MJ_Doc_Registo_Civil.htm
• Online
Company
register
and
permanent
certificate
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MJ/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20061220_MJ_Doc_Registo_Online.htm
• Simplified
Business
Information
and
other
Simplification
measures
‐
http://www.mj.gov.pt/site_IES/site/home.htm
• National
Reading
Plan
(Read+)
–
www.planonacionaldeleitura.gov.pt
• Direct
Social
Security
‐
https://www.seg‐social.pt/consultas/ssdirecta/
• New
Border
Control
Systems
–
RAPID
‐
http://www.rapid.sef.pt/
• Netemmployment
–
www.netemprego.gov.pt
• Hospital
Medication
Programme
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/NR/rdonlyres/7D32F26D‐
7D5E‐4EE9‐AC9B‐1D0928B070B0/0/Programa_Medicamento_Hospitalar.pdf
• Sustainability
Report
of
SNS
Financing
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MS/Comunicacao/Programas_e_Dossiers/20070622_MS_Doss_Financiamento_SNS.htm
• Social
Charter‐
http://www.dgeep.mtss.gov.pt/estudos/cartasocial.php
MODERNISATION
OF
THE
PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION
"Paying
at
the
right
time"
Programme
http://www.min‐financas.pt/inf_geral/default_PPTH.asp
• Evaluation
System
of
Services
/
Evaluation
Frameworks
and
Responsibilisation
(SIADAP
1
/
QUAR)
www.quar.gov.pt
• SIMPLEX
Programme
2008
‐
http://www.simplex.pt/2008programa/index.html
• SIMPLEX:
Balance
2007
‐
http://www.simplex.pt/downloads/2007BalancoSimplex.pdf
• Reform
of
Contractual
Ties,
Careers
and
Remuneration
in
the
Public
Administration
• http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MF/Comunicacao/Programas_e_Dossiers/20070316_MFAP_Doss_Regimes_AP.htm
3

• On
line
Land
Register:
www.predialonline.mj.pt
• CITIUS
‐
http://citius.tribunaisnet.mj.pt
• Mobility
in
the
Public
Adminsitration
• http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MF/Comunicacao/Programas_e_Dossiers/20070115_MEF_Doss_Mobilidade.htm
• Shared
Services
in
the
Public
Administration
• http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MF/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20061214_MEF_Doc_Servicos_Partilhados.htm
• Restructuring
Programme
of
the
State’s
Central
Administration
–Organic
Laws
• http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MF/Comunicacao/Programas_e_Dossiers/20060330_MEAI_Prog_Prace.htm
• Principles
of
Good
Governance
of
Companies
in
the
State’s
Business
Sector
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MF/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070328_MEF_Doc_Governo_SEE.htm
R&D
AND
INNOVATION
• FINICIA
Programme
‐
http://www.iapmei.pt/iapmei‐art‐02.phpid=234&temaid=9
• FINICRESCE
Programme
‐
http://www.iapmei.pt/iapmei‐mstplindex.phpmsid=6
• Inovar
Platform
‐
http://www.mineconomia.pt/innerPage.aspxidCat=17&idMasterCat=15&idLang=1&idContent=64&idLayou
t=1
• INOFIN
‐
http://www.mineconomia.pt/innerPage.aspxidCat=16&idMasterCat=15&idLang=1&idContent=62&idLayou
t=1
• Innovation
Scoring
‐
http://www.innovationscoring.pt/
• Cohitec
Initiative
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MEI/Comunicacao/Intervencoes/20070621_MEI_Int_SEAII_Cohitec.htm
• InovJovem
Programme
‐
http://www.inovjovem.gov.pt/
• InovContact
Programmes
‐
http://www.networkcontacto.com/
• Inov
Vasco
da
Gama
Programme
‐
http://www.networkcontacto.com/pt/ns0/tb276/s0/hi590/tb.aspx
• Tax
Incentive
System
for
Business
Research
and
Development
‐
http://sifide.adi.pt/
• InovCapital
–Successful
Partnerships
for
Innovation
‐
http://www.inovcapital.pt/
• Connecting
Portugal
Programme
‐
http://www.ligarportugal.pt/
• CMU
Portugal
‐
http://www.cmuportugal.org/
• MIT
Portugal
‐
http://www.mitportugal.org/
• UT
Austin
Portugal
‐
http://www.utaustinportugal.org/
• Pledge
with
Science
‐
http://www.mctes.pt/archive/doc/MCTES_compromisso_com_a_ciencia.pdf;
http://www.fct.mctes.pt/ciencia2007/
• BD
PhDs
in
Companies
‐
http://www.adi.pt/BDE.htm
• Scientific
Employment
‐
http://www.degraucientifico.pt/PresentationLayer/adi_home_00.aspx
• Connecting

Portugal
Programme
‐
http://www.ligarportugal.pt/
• Information
Society,
ICT
and
Nanotechnology
‐
http://www.umic.pt/
• Network
of
Internet
Spaces
‐
http://www.umic.pt/index.phpoption=com_content&task=view&id=18&Itemid=37
• Access
Programme
‐
http://www.umic.pt/index.phpoption=com_content&task=view&id=10&Itemid=37
• Digital
Cities
and
Regions
‐
http://www.umic.pt/index.phpoption=com_content&task=view&id=17&Itemid=12
• Community
Networks
‐
http://www.umic.pt/index.phpoption=com_content&task=view&id=28&Itemid=187
4

• NEOTEC
–
New
Technologically
Based
Companies
‐
http://www.umic.pt/index.phpoption=com_content&task=view&id=2956&Itemid=397
• E‐Science
‐
http://www.umic.pt/index.phpoption=com_content&task=view&id=29&Itemid=187
• Information
Society
Reports
and
Statistics
‐
http://www.umic.pt/index.phpoption=com_content&task=category&sectionid=17&id=95&
Itemid=171
• INL
Iberian
International
Nanotechnology
Laboratory
‐
http://www.umic.pt/index.phpoption=com_content&task=view&id=2795&Itemid=212
ENERGY,
ENVIRONMENT
AND
LAND
USE
PLANNING
National
Strategy
for
Energy
‐
http://www.dre.pt/pdf1sdip/2005/10/204B00/61686176.PDF
• New
targets
for
the
Energy
Sector
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MEI/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070126_MEI_Doc_Metas_Energia.htm
• National
Dam
Programme
‐
http://www.inag.pt/index.phpoption=com_content&view=article&id=59:%20Programa%20
Nacional%20de%20Barragens%20com%20Elevado%20Potencial%20Hidroel%C3%A9ctrico
• National
Plan
for
the
Attribution
of
CO2
Emission
Licences
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/NR/rdonlyres/3F26D0DB‐C8A7‐485A‐8D4A‐
0DB6CBE4C300/0/PNALE2.pdf
• Portuguese
Carbon
Fund
‐
http://www.dre.pt/pdf1sdip/2006/03/060A00/22092210.PDF
• National
Action
Plan
for
Environment
and
Health
2007‐2013
‐
http://www.maotdr.gov.pt/CmsPage.aspxPageIndex=1&ID=55
• Política
de
Cidades,
Polis
XXI
‐
http://www.dgotdu.pt/pc/documentos/POLISXXIapresentacao.pdf
• Strategic
Plan
for
Solid
Urban
Waste
2007‐2016
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/NR/rdonlyres/858B51E5‐9E93‐4816‐97C7‐
58BB005B367D/0/PERSU_2.pdf
• Strategic
Plan
for
water
supply
and
sewerage
‐
http://www.maotdr.gov.pt/Admin/Files/Documents/PEAASAR.pdf
• Logistics
Portugal
Plan

‐
http://www.moptc.pt/tempfiles/20060721113606moptc.pdf
• Stratgies
for
the
maritime‐port
sector
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/NR/rdonlyres/5A7FF2BF‐4283‐43A3‐8DA6‐
7541411D1DCE/0/Estrategia_Sector_Maritimo_Porturario.pdf
• PENT:
National
Strategic
Plan
for
Tourism
‐
http://www.turismodeportugal.pt/Português/turismodeportugal/planoestrategiconacional
doturismo/Anexos/PENT%20VER%20INGLES.pdf
• National
Strategy
for
the
Sea
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MDN/Comunicacao/Programas_e_Dossiers/20061005_MDN_Prog_Estrategia_Mar.htm
• Rural
Development
Programme
(ProDeR):



http://www.proder.pt
• National
Strategic
Plan
of
Rural
Development
:
http://www.gpp.pt/drural
• European
Agricultural
Fund
for
Rural
Development
(FEADER):


http://www.gpp.pt/drural
• National
Rural
Network:


http://www.gpp.pt/drural
• Operational
Programme
for
the
Fishing
Sector
(PROMAR):

http://www.dgpa.min‐
agricultura.pt
• European
Fishing
Fund
(FEP)
:
http://www.dgpa.min‐agricultura.pt
MINISTRIES
5

• Ministry
for
the
Interior

www.mai.gov.pt
• Ministry
of
Agriculture,
Rural
Development
and
Fisheries
www.min‐agricultura.pt
• Ministry
of
Science,
Technology
and
Higher
Education
www.mctes.pt
• Ministry
of
Culture
www.min‐cultura.pt
• Ministry
of
National
Defence
www.mdn.gov.pt
• Ministry
of
Justice
www.mj.gov.pt
• Ministry
of
Health
www.min‐saude.pt
• Ministry
of
Finance
and
Public
Administration
www.min‐financas.pt
• Ministry
of
Public
Works,
Transport
and
Communications
www.moptc.pt
• Ministry
of
the
Environment,
Land
Use
Planning
and
Regional
Development
www.maotdr.gov.pt
• Ministry
of
Foreign
Affairs
http://www.mne.gov.pt/mne/pt/
• Ministry
of
Labour
and
Social
Solidarity
http://www.mtss.gov.pt/
• Minister
of
the
Presidency
http://www.mp.gov.pt/
• Government
Portal
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT
• Ministry
of
the
Economy
www.min‐economia.pt
• Ministry
of
Education
http://www.min‐edu.pt/
OTHER
PUBLIC
ENTITIES
• Lisbon
Strategy

www.estrategiadelisboa.pt
• Technological
Plan
–
www.planotecnologico.pt
• UMIC
–
www.umic.pt
• Science
and
Technology
Foundation
‐
http://www.fct.mctes.pt/
• Directorate
General
of
Energy
and
Geology
‐
http://www.dgge.pt/
• Competition
Authority
‐
http://www.autoridadedaconcorrencia.pt/
• AICEP
–Global
Capital
‐
http://www.capitalglobal.pt/
• Support
Institute
for
Small
and
Medium
Enterprises
‐
http://www.iapmei.pt/
• ADI
–
Innovation
Agency
‐
http://www.adi.pt/
• Agency
for
Administrative
Modernisation
(AMA)
–
www.ama.pt
• National
Agency
for
Qualifications
(ANQ)
–
www.anq.gov.pt
• Vine
and
Wine
Institute
(IVV):

http://ivv.min‐agricultura.pt
• National
Forestry
Authority:

http://www.dgrf.min‐agricultura.pt/portal
QUALIFICATION
AND
REFORM
OF
VOCATIONAL
TRAINING
National
Qualifications
Catalogue
http://www.catalogo.anq.gov.pt
Despacho
nº
1356/2008,
DR
93,
Série
II,
de
2008‐05‐14
–
approves
the
initial
version
of
the
National
Qualifications
Catalogue.
http://www.anq.gov.ptcr=9376
• Legal
System
of
the
National
Qualifications
System
and
structures
that
regulate
its
operation
Decreto‐Lei
nº
396/2007,
DR
251,
Série
I,
de
2007‐12‐31
http://www.anq.gov.ptcr=8934
• Vocational
training
reform
measures,
agreed
by
the
majority
of
the
social
partners
with
seats
on
the
Permanent
Council
for
Social
Coordination
Resolução
do
Conselho
de
Ministros
nº
173/2007,
DR
214,
Série
I,
de
2007‐11‐07
http://www.anq.gov.ptcr=8768
• Creation
of
the
National
Vocational
Training
Council
to
substitute
the
National
Advisory
Council
for
Vocational
Training
Decreto‐Lei
nº
39/2006,
DR
36,
Série
I‐A,
de
2006‐02‐20
http://www.anq.gov.ptcr=8938
• Reform
of
Vocational
Training
‐
6

http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MTSS/Comunicacao/Programas_e_Dossiers/20061023_MTSS_Doss_Reforma_Formacao_
Profissional.htm
• Launch
of
the
Technological
Plan
for
Education

–
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/NR/rdonlyres/C25B2D33‐16F0‐4EC1‐BA84‐
87048F76D64B/0/Plano_Tecnologico_Educacao_DR.pdf
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/ME/Comunicacao/Programas_e_Dossiers/20070723_ME_Prog_PTecnologico_Educacao.h
tm
• Programme
for
the
Modernisation
of
Secondary
Schools
http://www.gepe.min‐edu.pt/np4/newsId=7&fileName=Moderniz_Tecnologica.pdf
• e‐schools:
Programme
for
Access
to
Computers
and
Broadband
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MOPTC/Comunicacao/Programas_e_Dossiers/20070605_MOPTC_Doss_ProgramasE.htm
• Expansion
of
Profissionalizing
Education
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/NR/rdonlyres/37661B34‐7D5B‐471E‐9AF5‐
8A485EE64084/0/Expansao_Ensino_Profissionalizante.pdf
• Boosting
the
practical
and
experimental
component
in
secondary
schools‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/ME/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070515_ME_Com_Curricula_Secundario.htm
• Report
on
the
evolution
of
education
2006/2007
/
IGE
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/NR/rdonlyres/4263380C‐D55E‐4E9C‐98FB‐
8E7EF3E0077A/0/Rel_Org_Ano_Lectivo_2006_2007.pdf
• Positive
results
in
the
fight
against
low
achievement
and
dropping
out
of
school
http://www.gepe.min‐edu.pt/np4/newsId=271&fileName=TXsret.pdf
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/ME/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070108_ME_Doc_Estatisticas_Escolares.htm
• Reform
of
the
Teaching
Career
in
Basic
and
Secondary
Education
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/ME/Comunicacao/Programas_e_Dossiers/20070713_ME_Doss_Reg_ECD.htm
• Support
for
Secondary
Education
in
the
Fight
against
Early
School
Leaving
2007/08
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/ME/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070903_ME_Doc_Medidas_2007_08.htm
• Contracts
for
the
Development
of
Schools
in
Difficult
Social
Milieus
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/ME/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070312_ME_Doc_Escolas_Meio_Dificil.htm
• Recognition
of
competencies
at
secondary
school
level
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/ME/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20061116_ME_Doc_Competencias_Secundario.h
tm
• Adjusting
Higher
Education
for
the
Bologna
Process
–
http://www.mctes.pt/archive/doc/BolonhaII_2008_04_30.pdf
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MCTES/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070513_MCTES_Doc_Bolonha.htm
• New
Evaluation
System
for
Higher
Education
–
http://www.mctes.pt/archive/doc/l_2007_038.pdf
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MCTES/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070323_MCTES_Doc_Regime_Avaliacao_E
nsSup.htm
• Creation
of
Higher
Education
Evaluation
and
Accreditation
Agency
http://www.mctes.pt/idc=31&idi=285&idt=22
• General
Reform
of
Legal
system
of
Higher
Education
Institutions
http://www.mctes.pt/docs/ficheiros/MCTES_5_Maio_2007___Evora.pdf
• System
of
Loans
for
Higher
Education
Students
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MCTES/Comunicacao/Programas_e_Dossiers/20070907_MCTES_Doss_Emprestimos_Estu
dantesEns_Sup.htm
7

• National
Reading
Plan
‐
http://www.planonacionaldeleitura.gov.pt/
• Outcome
of
the
1st
Year
of
the
National
Reading
Plan
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/ME/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070530_ME_Doc_PNLeitura.htm
WORKING
RELATIONS
Law
that
changes
the
Labour
Code
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministerios/MTSS
/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20060320_MTSS_Doc_Altera_Codigo_Trabalho.htm
http://www.mtss.gov.pt/tpl_intro_destaque.asp283
• White
Paper
on
Labour
Relations
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MTSS/Comunicacao/Publicacoes/20070627_MTSS_Pub_Livro_Branco_Rel_Laborais.htm
• Agreement
on
the
Fixing
of
the
Guaranteed
Minimum
Wage
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Primeiro_Ministro/Documentos/20061205_PM_Doc
_Salario_Minimo.htm
• Labour
Mediation
System
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MJ/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20060505_MJ_Doc_Mediacao_Laboral.htm
• Reform
of
Active
Employment
Policies
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MTSS/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070713_MTSS_Doc_Politicas_Emprego.htm
• Programme
for
the
Prevention
and
Eradication
of
the
Exploitation
of
Child
Labour
‐
www.peti.gov.pt
SOCIAL
COHESION/EQUAL
OPPORTUNITIES/PROXIMITY
SERVICES
NETWORK
• Aid
for
the
Family
and
Birth
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MTSS/Comunicacao/Programas_e_Dossiers/20070723_MTSS_Prog_Natalidade.htm
• Report
on
the
Monitoring
of
the
Pilot
Experiments
of
the
National
Network
of
Integrated
Continued
Care
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MS/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070824_MS_Doc_Rel_Experiencias_RNCCI.ht
m
• First
phase
of
the
application
to
the
PARES
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MTSS/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20061109_MTSS_Doc_Candidaturas_PARES.ht
m
• Presentation
of
Local
Social
Development
Contracts
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MTSS/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070410_MTSS_Doc_CLDS.htm
• National
Strategy
for
the
Inclusion
of
Beneficiaries
of
the
Social
Integration
Benefit
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MTSS/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070327_MTSS_Doc_Insercao_RSI.htm
• National
Action
Plan
for
Inclusion
(PNAI)
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MTSS/Comunicacao/Programas_e_Dossiers/20061023_MTSS_Prog_PNAI.htm
• Network
of
Social
Reintegration
Educational
Centres
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MJ/Comunicacao/Outros_Documentos/20070413_MJ_Doc_Centros_Educativos_Reinser
cao.htm
8

9
• New
Opportunities
Centre
for
the
mentally
handicapped
‐
http://www.portugal.gov.pt/Portal/PT/Governos/Governos_Constitucionais/GC17/Ministeri
os/MTSS/Comunicacao/Notas_de_Imprensa/20060927_MTSS_Com_Novas_Oportunidades.
htm

|
STUDY
OF
THE
IMPACT
INDICATORS
OF
THE
TECHNOLOGICAL
PLAN
SUMMARY
It
 is
 3
 years
 since
 the
 launch
 of
 the
 Technological
 Plan
 (PT)
 and
 some
 quantified
information
should
therefore
be
provided
on
its
implementation
and
its
effects
as
a
driver
of
social
and
economic
changes
in
our
country.
At
a
time
when
the
majority
of
the
 planned
 measures
 have
 already
 been
 implemented
 or
 are
 in
 a
 relatively
advanced
stage
of
implementation,
a
new
phase
of
reporting
should
be
adopted
on
the
 progress
 achieved
 so
 far
 and
 the
 signs
 of
 what
 impacts
 the
 PT
 will
 make
 in
Portugal;
it
will
only
be
possible
to
measure
these
impacts
in
the
medium/long
term.
To
this
end,
together
with
the
additional
motivation
resulting
from
the
discussions
that
 took
 place
 in
 the
 meetings
 of
 the
 PT
 Advisory
 Council,
 two
 Portuguese
academics
were
asked
to
conduct
a
study
that
identified
and
defined
impact
chains
and
indicators
by
establishing
Relations
between
the
Areas
of
Application
of
the
PT
and
 also
 forecast
 the
 identification
 and
 respective
 quantification
 of
 the
 execution
indicators
and
results
that
demonstrate
the
path
followed
and
the
signs
of
the
PT
future
impacts.
BRIEF
SUMMARY
A
 study
 was
 conducted
 by
 two
 eminent
 Portuguese
 academics
 ‐
 João
 Caraça
 and
Vítor
 Corado
 Simões
 in
 order
 to
 identify
 impact
 chains
 and
 define
 a
 set
 of
appropriate
 indicators
 to
 gauge
 the
 economic
 results
 and
 impacts
 of
 the
Technological
Plan
(PT).
It
should
be
noted
at
the
outset
that
when
we
speak
of
the
impacts
of
the
PT,
due
to
their
very
nature,
we
are
referring
to
aspects
that
can
only
be
measured
effectively
in
 the
 medium/long
 term;
 however,
 this
 does
 not
 prevent
 the
 immediate
identification
of
certain
indicators
of
execution
and
results
that
can
act
as
significant
signs
(sensors)
for
the
later
evaluation
of
the
economic
impact
of
the
PT.
With
 this
 line
 of
 reasoning,
 it
 is
 important
 however
 to
 distinguish
 between
 three
kinds
of
indicators
considered
in
the
study:
(1) Execution
indicators
related
to
the
implementation
of
the
PT
measures;
(2) Results
indicators,
the
aim
of
which
is
to
identify
the
responses
of
economic
agents
in
the
different
application
areas
of
the
PT;
and
(3) Impact
 indicators,
 expressed
 in
 absolute
 or
 relative
 monetary
 terms
 and
aimed
 at
 measuring
 the
 economic
 value
 generated
 as
 a
 result
 of
 the
implementation
of
the
PT.
The
conclusions
of
the
first
phase
of
the
study
were
presented
at
the
PT
Advisory
Council
 on
 23rd
 November
 2007;
 they
 began
 with
 the
 relationship
 between
 the
10

three
 pillars
 of
 the
 PT
 (Knowledge,
 Technology
 and
 Innovation)
 and
 the
 so‐called
“Knowledge
Triangle”
and
made
an
analysis
and
reclassification
of
the
PT
measures
in
 accordance
 with
 five
 criteria:
 Scope
 of
 interactions,
 Relevance,
 Time
 Horizon,
Incidence
and
Area
of
Application.
This
led
to
the
organisation
of
the
PT
measures
into
7
analysis
dimensions
(following
figure):
 Network
 Society,
 Qualification
 of
 Human
 Resources,
 S&T
 Infrastructure,
Financing
 System,
 Conditions
 of
 Economic
 Activity,
 Entrepreneurship
 and
 Business
Capacity.
Figure
1:
Initial
perspective
of
the
Relations
between
the
Application
Areas
of
the
PT
This
 figure
 opens
 the
 path
 to
 a
 new
 distinction
 between
 the
 various
 indicators
identified,
namely
between
intermediate
indicators
(defined
as
those
that
do
not
as
a
rule
have
any
monetary
expression,
and
which
transmit
results
associated
to
the
Areas
 of
 Application
 upstream
 of
 Conditions
 of
 Economic
 Activity
 and
 Business
Capacity)
 and
 Impact
 Indicators
 (characterised
 as
 those
 aimed
 at
 expressing
 the
consequences
 or
 alterations
 in
 the
 economic
 fabric
 of
 a
 specific
 set
 of
 policy
measures,
also
distinguished
between
those
of
the
first
level
that
are
closer
to
the
results
 and
 those
 of
 the
 second
 level
 that
 have
 a
 monetary
 expression
 and
 which
best
express
the
consequences
of
the
PT
in
terms
of
economic
change).
The
conclusions
of
the
second
phase
of
the
work
were
presented
at
the
meeting
of
the
AC
on
15
July
2008.
The
aim
of
this
phase
was
to
build
on
the
previous
phase
by
identifying
 impact
 chains.
 A
 methodological
 procedure
 was
 adopted
 for
 the
presentation
 of
 a
 proposal
 of
 result
 and
 impact
 indicators
 which
 involved
 the
analysis
 of
 the
 affects
 of
 each
 measure
 on
 the
 analysis
 dimension
 of
 which
 it
 was
part,
 as
 well
 as
 on
 the
 remaining
 dimensions/areas
 of
 application
 identified;
 the
“Clustering”
 of
 measures
 according
 to
 the
 potential
 impacts
 observed;
 the
construction
of
a
framework
of
interactions
between
the
seven
analysis
dimensions;
11

the
identification
of
the
most
relevant
connections;
a
proposal
of
a
battery
of
result
indicators
so
as
to
capture
the
most
relevant
connections;
and,
finally,
a
proposal
of
impact
indicators.
The
first
impression
drawn
from
observing
the
framework
of
interactions
after
the
measures
were
organised
into
clusters
is
that
everything
is
related
with
everything.
However,
 there
 is
 a
 significant
 variability
 and
 it
 is
 pertinent
 to
 underline
 that
 12
interactions
 represent
 almost
 one
 third
 of
 the
 interactions
 observed
 between
 the
various
 Areas
 of
 Application.
 These
 selected
 interactions
 therefore
 permit
 the
definition
 of
 a
 structure
 of
 the
 “strongest”
 relations
 between
 the
 Areas
 of
Application;
this
structure
constitutes
the
framework
of
the
central
impact
chains
of
the
PT
(following
figure).
Figure
2:
Diagram
of
Interactions
between
the
Areas
of
Application
of
the
PT
On
observing
this
figure,
the
main
aspect
that
stands
out
is
the
central
positioning
of
the
Conditions
of
Economic
Activity
in
the
determinant
impact
chains.
Indeed,
seven
of
 the
 twelve
 selected
 interactions
 involve
 the
 Conditions
 of
 Economic
 Activity,
making
this
area
like
a
“turntable”
that
receives
influences
from
all
the
other
Areas
upstream
 and
 then
 distributes
 them
 to
 the
 S&T
 infrastructures,
 Entrepreneurship
and,
above
all,
Business
Capacity.
According
to
the
authors
of
the
study,
in
order
to
fully
understand
and
evaluate
the
influence
and
the
impacts
of
the
various
Measures,
it
is
necessary
to
observe
how
the
PT
works
in
the
long
term
because
the
main
dynamics
of
business
innovation
and
change
in
Portuguese
society
emerge
from
these
interactions.
In
other
words,
it
was
12

necessary
 to
 think
 in
 terms
 of
 the
 foreseen
 execution
 of
 the
 PT
 and
 of
 the
 set
 of
interactions
triggered
by
it
and
which,
in
turn,
will
create
a
new
economic
and
social
situation
 in
 a
 ten
 year
 frame.
 The
 following
 figure
 presents
 the
 new
 diagram
 that
enables
the
integrated
effect
of
the
PT
in
the
long
term
to
be
understood.
Figure
3:
Diagram
of
interactions
in
the
long
term
The
conclusions
taken
from
an
in‐depth
analysis
of
this
figure
are
as
follows:
1. There
is
a
dilution
of
the
importance
of
the
Network
Society
and
Financing
System
Areas
of
Application;
2. The
role
of
the
interactive
triangle
emerges
very
strongly,
the
three
vertices
of
which
are
the
Qualification
of
Human
Resources,
S&T
Infrastructures
and
the
Conditions
of
the
Economic
Activity;
3. The
pledge
in
certain
lines
of
business
leads
to
an
added
demand
for
teaching
and
 vocational
 training
 activities
 which
 can
 result
 in
 virtuous
 circles
 of
boosting
competences;
4. In
the
long
term,
we
will
obtain
a
structuring
triangle,
the
vertices
of
which
are
 the
 same
 as
 the
 Knowledge
 Triangle,
 where
 the
 “Education”
 vertex
corresponds
to
the
Qualification
of
Human
Resources,
the
“Research”
vertex
is
 expressed
 in
 the
 S&T
 Infrastructure
 and
 the
 “Innovation”
 vertex
 is
transmitted
in
the
Conditions
of
the
Economic
Activity;
5. Articulation
 between
 the
 three
 defining
 Areas
 of
 Application
 of
 the
Knowledge
Triangle
and
the
three
pillars
of
the
PT,
where
the
Qualification/
13

S&T
 Infrastructure
 side
 can
 be
 conceputalised
 as
 Knowledge
 and
 reflecting
the
 interactions
 between
 these
 two
 dimensions,
 the
 S&T
 Infrastructure/
Economy
 side
 can
 be
 expressed
 as
 Technology
 and
 the
Qualification/Economy
 side
 can
 be
 understood
 to
 express
 the
 Innovation
dimension.
This
study
finished
by
presenting
a
list
of
32
result
indicators
(ANNEX)
and
9
impact
indicators,
some
of
which
come
up
against
significant
shifts
in
time
or,
in
other
cases,
the
 non‐existence
 of
 the
 actual
 indicator
 which
 the
 authors
 stress
 should
 be
obtained
in
the
near
future
due
to
its
importance.
With
regard
the
impact
indicators,
the
study
indicates
that
the
following
should
be
monitored:
• Relation
 between
 the
 total
 amount
 negotiated
 in
 the
 State’s
 Electronic
Purchases
Programme
and
the
GDP,
expressed
as
a
percentage;
• Relation
between
the
amount
of
transactions
made
via
Electronic
Trade
and
the
GDP,
expressed
as
a
percentage
• Earnings
of
scientific
and
technological
services
organisations
resulting
from
services
rendered
to
companies,
expressed
as
a
percentage
of
turnover
• Proxy:
Own
earnings
of
State
Laboratories
–
public
budgetary
appropriations
for
 R&D
 as
 a
 %
 of
 the
 total
 Revenue
 of
 the
 Technological
 Balance
 of
Payments,
expressed
as
a
percentage
of
GDP
• Productivity
 of
 work,
 measured
 using
 the
 ratio
 between
 the
 GVA
 and
 the
active
population
• GVA
 of
 High
 and
 Medium/High
 Technology
 Industries
 and
 of
 knowledge
intensive
services
as
a
percentage
of
GDP
• Export
of
High
and
Medium/High
Technology
products
as
a
percentage
of
the
total
exports
of
goods
• Export
 of
 knowledge
 intensive
 services
 as
 a
 percentage
 of
 total
 service
exports
• GVA
 generated
 by
 new
 technology
 based
 and/or
 knowledge
 intensive
companies
set
up
in
the
last
three
years,
as
a
percentage
of

GDP
14

ANNEX
–Results
Indicators
15

RESULTS
INDICATORS
(Existing
and
Proxy
Indicators)
NETWORK
SOCIETY
• Broadband
penetration
rate,
fixed
and
mobile
• Percentage
of
public
services
available
online
• Percentage
of
regular
Internet
users
among
individuals
in
the
16
to
74
year
age
group
• Percentage
of
regular
employed
internet
users
• Percentage
of
individuals
in
16
to
74
year
age
group
who
use
electronic
trade
• Companies
with
broadband
internet
as
percentage
of
total
number
of
companies
QUALIFICATION
OF
HUMAN
RESOURCES
• Level
of
early
school
leaving
• Percentage
of
population
between
20
and
24
years
old
with
at
least
secondary
schooling
• Percentage
of
higher
Education
graduates
in
the
25
to
64
population
Proxy:
Population
resident
in
Portugal
(15‐64
years)
with
Higher
education
• Percentage
of
students
enrolled
in
Science
and
Technology
Areas
in
relation
to
total
students
enrolled
in
Higher
Education
• PhDs
in
Science
and
Technology
per
thousand
of
the
population
between
25
and
64
years
• (*)
participation
in
life
long
training
of
the
25‐64
year
age
group
SCIENCE
AND
TECHNOLOGY
INFRASTRUCTURE
• Scientific
production
referenced
internationally
per
million
inhabitants
• European
scientific
production
with
Portuguese
participation
expressed
as
a
percentage
of
total
European
scientific
production
Proxy:
percentage
of
co‐authored
national
scientific
production
• (*)
Total
personnel
in
R&D
(ETI)
per
thousand
of
active
population
• (*)Researchers
(ETI)
per
thousand
of
active
population
FINANCING
SYSTEM
• Investment
in
risk
capital
as
a
percentage
of
GDP
• (*)
Public
expenditure
on
R&D
as
a
percentage
of
GDP
• (*)
Company
expenditure
on
R&D
as
a
percentage
of
GDP
CONDITIONS
OF
THE
ECONOMIC
ACTIVITY
16

• Foreign
direct
investment
in
Portugal
as
a
percentage
of
GDP
• (*)EPO
patents
registered
per
million
inhabitants
• Community
brands
registered
per
million
inhabitants
• Community
designs
per
million
inhabitants
• Weight
of
renewable
energy
production
in
the
gross
production
plus
import
balance
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
• New
companies
in
High
and
Medium/High
technology
and/or
knowledge
intensive
sector
as
percentage
of
total
company
start
ups
in
last
three
years
Proxy
(*)
Start
up
of
companies
in
High
and
Medium/high
technology
sectors
as
percentage
of
total
company
start
ups
• Rate
of
Entrepreneurial
activity
BUSINESS
CAPACITY
• Employment
in
High
and
Medium/High
technology
industries
in
relation
to
total
employment
• Employment
in
Knowledge
Intensive
industries
in
relation
to
total
employment
• SMEs
that
declare
they
have
innovated
in
products
or
processes
as
a
percentage
of
GDP
Observation
(*)
indicates
that
no
recent
figures
i.e.
post
2005,
are
available
for
the
indicator
in
question
17

|
THE
 ROLE
 OF
 THE
 NATIONAL
 STRATEGIC
 REFERENCE
 FRAMEWORK
(NSRF)
IN
THE
PORTUGUESE
NATIONAL
REFORM
PROGRAMME
(NRP)
The
definition
of
the
priority
areas
of
this
new
cycle
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy
reflects
the
 strong
 convergence
 of
 its
 implementation
 and
 the
 NSRF
 2007/2013,
 as
 the
central
financing
instrument
for
a
large
proportion
of
the
measures
included
in
this
Plan.
The
execution
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy
(macro,
micro
and
employment
components),
notably
in
this
New
Cycle
2008‐2010,
is
coherent
with
the
cohesion
policy,
ensuring
growth
 that
 strengthens
 social
 and
 territorial
 cohesion
 through
 sustainable
development
 measures,
 boosting
 the
 social
 dimension,
 the
 valorisation
 of
 the
development
 of
 an
 intelligent
 territory
 (area
 6.),
 respecting
 diversity,
 empowering
endogenous
 resources
 and
 contributing
 to
 the
 availability
 of
 infrastructures
 that
generate
well
being
and
development,
namely
from
the
perspective
of
concluding
or
improving
 the
 national
 infrastructure
 networks
 in
 various
 fields
 and
 the
 link
 to
strategic
European
and/or
transnational
networks
e.g.
European
transport
networks.
Indeed,
the
structural
funds
and
the
cohesion
fund
have
provided
an
important
lever
for
the
pursuit
of
the
Lisbon
Agenda
both
in
the
last
cycle
and
in
this
New
Cycle,
in
particular
in
the
convergence
regions
(North,
Centre,
and
Alentejo,
Azores)
thanks
to
the
greater
dimension
of
these
funds
in
the
respective
development,
but
also
in
the
competitiveness
 and
 employment
 regions
 (Lisbon,
 Madeira,
 Algarve)
 where
 the
Lisbon
 Agenda
 
 encounters
 fertile
 terrain
 even
 though
 the
 size
 of
 the
 funding
 is
significantly
smaller.
But
it
is
noted
that
the
PNR
contains
a
set
of
objectives,
measures
and
actions
of
a
legislative
and
regulatory
nature
in
various
fields,
as
well
as
incentives
and
support
measures
 targeting
 private
 agents
 or
 their
 surroundings.
 With
 regard
 the
 NSRF,
therefore,
 it
 is
 a
 Plan
 that
 comes
 to
 the
 aid
 of
 a
 wide
 range
 of
 instruments
 and
intervention
typologies.
It
is
also
noted
that
the
time
reference
frameworks
of
PNR
and
of
NSRF,
2008/2010
and
2007/2013
respectively,
do
not
totally
coincide.
However,
throughout
the
next
cycle
there
will
be
a
key
influence
between
the
two
processes
which
requires
careful
articulation
 between
 the
 respective
 coordination
 structures,
 foreseen
 in
 the
governance
model
of
the
NSRF,
namely
by
means
of
the
participation
of
the
NSRF
Observatory
in
the
production
of
annual
reports
on
the
implementation
of
the

PNE
and
 also
 the
 appraisal
 of
 these
 reports
 in
 the
 framework
 of
 the
 Ministerial
Coordination
Committee,
as
well
as
in
the
monitoring
model
of
the
PNR,
with
the
participation
of
the
NSRF
Observatory
in
the
respective
focal
points.
The
following
figure
illustrates
the
coherent
and
consistent
association
between
the
priority
areas
of
the
New
Cycle
of
the
PNR
and
the
strategic
priorities
of
the
NSRF,
18

which
 determine
 the
 definition
 of
 the
 three
 thematic
 operational
 agendas
 of
 the
NSRF
 –
 Human
 Potential,
 the
 Economy’s
 Competitiveness
 Factors
 and
 the
Valorisation
 of
 the
 Territory
 –
 and
 then
 the
 conception
 of
 the
 Operational
Programmes
(OP)
with
each
one
of
them
articulating
more
directly
or
intensely
with
some
of
the
agendas
and
strategic
priorities
of
the
NSRF.
In
this
context,
the
Thematic
OPs
‐
Human
Potential,
the
Economy’s
Competitiveness
Factors
 and
 the
 Valorisation
 of
 the
 Territory
 –
 were
 clearly
 oriented
 in
 line
 with
these
 three
 agendas
 and
 the
 strategic
 priorities
 of
 the
 NSRF
 most
 intensely
associated
to
them
‐

qualification
of
the
Portuguese
and
social
cohesion
in
the
first
case,
 sustained
 growth
 and
 efficiency
 of
 governance
 in
 the
 second
 and
 the
qualification
 of
 cities
 and
 territories
 in
 the
 last
 case.
 The
 Regional
 OPs
 of
 the
Continent
 are
 essentially
 related
 to
 the
 strategic
 priorities
 linked
 to
 the
Competitiveness
 Factors
 Agenda
 and
 the
 Valorisation
 of
 the
 Territory
 Agenda
 and
more
 tenuously
 linked
 with
 the
 Human
 Potential
 Agenda,
 in
 this
 case
 particularly
from
 the
 perspective
 of
 fostering
 social
 cohesion;
 the
 boundaries
 between
 the
intervention
 of
 these
 Regional
 POs
 and
 the
 Thematic
 POs
 that
 clearly
 respond
 to
each
of
these
agendas
are
well
defined.
In
short,
the
PO
is
well
articulated
with
the
priority
areas
of
the
PNR
2008‐2010
in
line
 with
 the
 respective
 intensity
 of
 the
 relation
 of
 each
 of
 these
 areas
 with
 the
strategic
priorities
of
the
NSRF
to
which
these
Programmes
respond.
19

In
 this
 context,
 in
 accordance
 with
 article
 9
 of
 the
 regulation
 that
 lays
 down
 the
general
rules
governing
the
ERDF,
the
ESF
and
the
Cohesion
Fund
for
the
2007‐2013
period,
the
agenda
defined
for
the
Lisbon
Strategy
must
be
pursued
by
complying
with
the
minimum
targets
of
fixed
expenses
(earmarking):
60%
of
the
Operational
Programmes
framed
in
the
Convergence
Objective
(including
the
one
related
to
the
Transitory/Phasing
 Out
 System)
 and
 75%
 of
 the
 set
 of
 Operational
 Programmes
framed
 in
 the
 Regional
 Competitiveness
 and
 Employment
 Objective
 (including
 the
one
related
to
the
Transitory/Phasing
in
System).
In
the
NSRF,
the
indicative
target
foreseen
 for
 the
 period
 it
 is
 in
 force
 exceeds
 these
 minimums
 imposed
 by
 the
community
regulation
for
earmarking
–
83%
in
the
convergence
regions
and
81%
in
the
competitiveness
and
employment
objective
regions
–
and
the
data
acquired
on
the
 foreseen
 investments
 in
 the
 applications
 approved
 up
 to
 August
 this
 year
indicates
that
these
targets
will
be
exceeded
(see
chapter
III).
As
the
NSRF
assumes
a
key
role
in
the
funding
of
public
policies
within
the
PNR
2008‐
2010,
it
is
also
obviously
vital
that
the
respective
aid
from
the
structural
funds
and
the
cohesion
fund
is
concentrated
in
the
actions
and
investments
that
produce
the
results
 and
 impacts
 sought
 after
 through
 implementing
 the
 Lisbon
 Strategy
 in
Portuguese
society.
To
this
end,
the
NSRF
pledges
in
concentrating
interventions
and
20

esources
in
a
limited
range
of
Operational
Programmes,
in
the
increased
selectivity
and
 focalisation
 of
 these
 investments,
 in
 more
 intensive
 strategic
 and
 operational
management
 and
 monitoring
 and
 in
 the
 ongoing
 evaluation
 of
 the
 respective
implementation
 that
 ensures
 the
 efficient
 and
 effective
 pursuit
 of
 the
 defined
priorities
 and
 targets
 and
 in
 the
 coherent
 articulation
 of
 the
 various
 conception,
programming
 and
 financing
 instruments
 (including
 EFARD
 and
 
 FEF)
 and/or
 the
execution
of
public
policies,
form
the
key
guiding
principles
for
its
implementation
and
they
are
therefore
extremely
relevant
in
boosting
the
capacity
of
this
new
cycle
of
the
Lisbon
Strategy
to
produce
results.
21

|
THE
 RURAL
 DEVELOPMENT
 AND
 FISHERIES
 PROGRAMMES
 AND
 THE
PORTUGUESE
NATIONAL
REFORM
PROGRAMME
(NRP)
THE
RURAL
DEVELOPMENT
PROGRAMME
AND
THE
NRP
2008‐2010
Articulation
between
the
operational
programmes
of
the
NSRF
(ERDF)
and
PRODER
(EAFRD)
has
been
assured
with
the
definition
of
the
respective
fields
of
intervention
and
the
fixing
of
the
model
to
monitor
their
execution.
The
 key
 objective
 of
 the
 EU
 rural
 development
 policy
 is
 to
 find
 solutions
 for
 the
specific
 challenges
 facing
 rural
 areas
 and
 to
 fully
 develop
 the
 potential
 of
 these
regions.
The
measures
taken
in
this
area
therefore
contribute
to
meeting
the
goals
defined
by
the
PNR
2008‐2010
which
are
equally
important
to
both
rural
and
urban
areas.
The
strategic
objectives
of
the
National
Strategic
Rural
Development
Plan
are
to:
1. Increase
the
competitiveness
of
the
agricultural
and
forestry
sector,
developing
knowledge
 and
 improving
 human
 potential,
 fostering
 innovation,
 restructuring
and
 developing
 physical
 potential
 and
 improving
 the
 quality
 of
 agricultural
production
and
products;
2. Promote
 the
 Sustainability
 of
 Rural
 Spaces
 and
 Natural
 Resources,
protecting
environmental
 values
 and
 landscapes
 in
 agricultural
 and
 forestry
 areas
 of
 the
Nature
 Network
 2000
 and
 others,
 protecting
 water
 resources
 and
 the
 soil,
contributing
to
reducing
climate
change
for
the
continued
and
sustained
use
of
agricultural
land
in
disadvantaged
areas;
3. Revitalise
rural
areas
economically
and
socially,
diversifying
the
rural
economy,
improving
the
quality
of
life
in
rural
areas
and
developing
competences
in
rural
areas.
The
 Plan’s
 objectives
 that
 are
 transversal
 to
 other
 programmes
 and
 national
strategy
plans
are
to:
1. Boost
 social
 and
 territorial
 cohesion,
 intervening
 in
 rural
 areas,
 fostering
 the
appropriate
use
of
endogenous
resources
and
stimulating
the
existing
dynamics;
2. Promote
the
effectiveness
of
the
intervention
of
public
and
private
agents
and
of
associations
in
the
sectorial
and
territorial
management,
encouraging
a
new
operational
 philosophy
 and
 simplified
 models
 of
 action
 that
 lead
 to
 more
effective
 intervention
 by
 entities
 and
 agents
 working
 in
 the
 field
 of
 rural
development.
The
 priorities
 of
 the
 National
 Strategic
 Rural
 Development
 Plan
 (2007‐2013)
described
above
are
coherent
with
the
six
priority
areas
of
the
PNR
–
New
Cycle
22

2008‐2010,
despite
the
fact
the
time
reference
frameworks
are
different,
as
we
can
see
bellow:
THE
NATIONAL
PLAN
FOR
FISHERIES
AND
THE
NRP
2008‐2010
The
strategy
defined
to
the
fishery
sector
is
articulated
with
the
Portuguese
National
Reform
Programme
2008‐2010,
and
is
orientated
by
principles
that
links
economic
growth,
 employment
 and
 social
 cohesion,
 the
 natural
 heritage
 and
 environment
preservation.
At
 the
 same
 time,
 projects
 under
 the
 Lisbon
 Strategy
 (NRP)
 are
 promoted
 and
encouraged,
assuring
the
sustainability
of
this
area
to
the
future
generations.
23

24

New Measures of the National Reform Programme /
New Cycle 2008-2010

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Quality of public finances and the modernisation of Public Administration
QUALITY OF PUBLIC FINANCES
Specification of
public company
indebtedness limits
During each financial year, maximum limits will be established for public company debt, taking into account
investment plan proposals, and the actual debt and financing capability with a view to improved accuracy in
financial management, particularly with respect to optimising investment and financing decisions.
In progress with
some companies
Optimisation of investment/financing
decisions and debt control
Launch of
restructuring
programmes for
transportation
companies
With a view to restructuring finances for transportation sector public companies in the medium to long term,
opportunities to improve internal efficiency will be identified in relation to the State (particularly with respect
to public service contracting) and in management of current debt, opportunities which will be converted into
management contracts to be signed between the State as shareholder and the respective administrations.
In preparation,
having been
initiated by means
of a REFER study
Establishment of management contracts
based on internal efficiency plans,
public service contracts based on the
study about the relationship with the
State.
“Timely Payment”
Programme
Programme seeking a structural reduction in the payment periods to suppliers by public entities. Including
measures such as monitoring and publication of average payment periods to suppliers; the establishment of
objectives for payment periods to suppliers and the creation of incentives associated with the degree of
compliance with the objectives; implementation of improved operations for speeding up payment processes to
suppliers; the creation of debt replacement mechanisms for suppliers of medium and long term financial
loans, in the specific case of autonomous regions and municipalities.
In progress (comes
into force in
February 2008)
Programme targeting a structural
reduction in payment periods for
suppliers to public entities.
Publication of the List of
State Creditors, an
MFAP responsibility, is
linked to this measure.
2

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Use of information as
a lever to combat
fraud and fiscal and
tax evasion
An integrated information system will be implemented within the Tax Department to support tax inspection
functions, from planning and control, through execution of procedures to increase the efficiency of tax
inspections, directed to control risk factors and facilitate detection of fraud through the use of computer
programs.
In preparation
Development of the
Programmes Budget
As part of the work of the Budgeting Committee for Programmes and the OECD Budget Review, the
principles of multi-annual review and results evaluation, and the development of new budgeting programmes
will be incorporated into the budgeting process, giving rise to three pilot programmes (in the areas of
Cooperation, Continuous Health Care and Social Action in Higher Education) that the Government will
present in the State Budget Report for 2009. The commitment to a management by objectives model will
benefit the budget planning and control capability, providing the basis for monitoring and evaluating service
and budget programme performance.
In preparation
Restructuring
financial
management
processes in the
public sector
Taking into account the best practices in this domain, the redefinition of financial processes and systems must
be founded on three fundamental principles: definition of a multi-annual framework for expenses, process
transparency and management autonomy, and the acceptance of responsibility for results.
In preparation
Increasing transparency (compilation of
existing legislation and process
simplification); Increased flexibility
and responsibility in budgeting
programme management.
Reinforcement of public account
controls at the macro level.
Introduction of
economic and
analytical
accountability, based
on RIGORE
software, in
integrated services
With a view to increasing control over expenses, the development of support information for management
decision making and strengthening clarity and transparency in the management of public money and the
financial relationships with the State, introducing the provision of accounts using POCP is established as a
target, based on RIGORE software, for 50 integrated services forming part of State Self-Administration by
2010.
In preparation
3

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Shared Service
implementation in
the domain of
accounting and
financial
management and
human resources
In respect to the shared service system within the domain of accounting and financial management, a target to
implement it in 50 State organisations by 2010 has been established. With regard to human resources
management, a target has been set to process the salaries of 60 thousand staff by means of shared services.
In progress
It is planned that by 2010 over 50
Central Administration organisations
will be using POCP and that the
salaries of 60 thousand employees will
be managed using Shared Services.
Consolidation of the
National Public
Procurement System
and the New
Management Model
for the State Vehicle
Fleet
Within the domain of the National System for Public Procurement, a target has been set to obtain savings of
10 to 15% of relevant costs (150 million Euros during 2009-2010 period).
Within the domain of the State’s Vehicle Fleet, a target has been set to obtain savings of 40 million Euros in
the 2009-2010 period.
In progress
Progressive
implementation of
the principle of
onerosity in the use
of property
The evaluation of Public Administration performance will be consolidated, as well as planning capabilities
and human resource mobility. Finally, during the new cycle, there will be a commitment to increase
qualifications and vocational training for employees in public functions
In preparation
Improving building occupation ratios,
increased service mobility,
identification of buildings to be
included for streamlining, encouraging
conservation and restoration.
Increase of
qualifications and
training
The strengthening of qualifications of managers and staff will be driven by the prospective evaluation and
preparation of skill directories and the development of appropriate coaching programmes, the coaching of
managers and senior staff groups, implementation of mobility policies through development of professional
retraining programmes, development of e-learning and work groups, decentralisation of training, by means of
partnerships between INA and local institutions, and alignment with the New Opportunities Initiative.
In progress
4

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
State Vehicle Fleet
Integrated and centralised management of the State Government Fleet, in order to eliminate redundant
expenses and waste resulting from ad-hoc management of a fleet of approximately 29,000 vehicles, which is
diverse, heterogeneous and aging (average age 11 years)
In progress (the
new legal
framework for the
Government
Vehicle Fleet was
published in Aug
08)
Renewing the Fleet in 4 years (at a rate
of 25% a year), paying attention to
ecological and environmental criteria.
Cost economies of the order of €40
million (2009-2010)
In progress for
implementation of the
new PVE management
model
Simplification and Improvement of Support for Citizens and Companies
As part of the approval by the European Council in March 2007 for the Action Programme for the Reduction
of Administrative Charges in the European Union, in 2008 the government approved a National Commitment
to Reduce Administrative Charges for Companies, seeking to replicate, in the national plan, the objective
defined by the EU. In 2009, it will progress the evaluation process to reduce administrative charges for
companies by the application of simplification measures already implemented.
2010 Target: Evaluation of 50
company/AP interaction processes
2012 Target: 25% reduction of the
EAs in the mapped processes
Reduction
company charges
of
In progress
The first Municipal Simplex Programme launched in 2008 will be evaluated in 2009, and broadened to
incorporate more municipalities, including new simplification measures which do not necessitate
collaboration between municipalities or between municipalities and central administration.
2010 Target: Involvement of a total of
50 municipalities
Municipal Simplex.
In progress
Second generation
citizen shops and
One Stop Shops
As part of public services modernisation, the investment in improved quality and proximity of services to
their users will be continued, specifically by an increase in the range of public services made available as part
of the one-stop-shop system (through both physical and web channels) and by means of an expansion
programme for the Second Generation Citizen Shops.
In progress
2010 Target: 40 new 2G Shops
2010 Target To implement the multiservices
Desk, 60 transactional services
with a total of 10 entities
2010 Target: To rationalise the public
service distribution model,
geographically and financially, .
Multi-channel
support for
companies
Development of the same multi-channel support strategy will be continued for companies. Specific support
for companies will also comprise the voice channel and in particular, continuous improvement of the web
channel (Company Website).
In progress
5

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
This catalogue which includes licences, authorisations and administrative arrangements, and provides access
to relevant information in each case, specifically, applicable legislation and the relevant authority and
contacts, will be improved with the objective of including all licences and authorisations existing in
Portuguese legal system, and it will be necessary to collect information to complete the catalogue.
Development of a one-stop shop as part of the Services Directive – introduced into the licence catalogue –
with electronic procedures which provide remote electronic access to the authorisation procedures necessary
for implementing activities in Portugal. The services to be tested include the setting up of companies,
applications to higher education and changes of address.
2010 Target: Assignment of 80% of
existing licences to the catalogue
2010 Target: Increase in the
availability of transactional services
On-line licence
catalogue
In progress
The Senior Citizen Desk will be an integrated desk which will provide all services and information related to
retirement, free time, health and other issues of importance to elderly citizens such as transportation, social
support, leisure and services, such as making appointments for ambulances to transport patients, scheduling
and requesting home support, municipal services for seniors (payments, activity scheduling), public services
of general interest (telephone, electricity); an overriding consideration is that the service must also be
provided in accordance with the logic of providing close proximity services, i.e. in addition to the Citizen
Shops, locations close to community centres, next to local councils or even railway stations, are places where
this new service could be sited.
Senior Desk
In preparation
6

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Integrated services provision project based on the promotion of communications between organisations and
departments. The certificates to be eliminated will be identified during 2008, and implementation of a
certificates catalogue is also planned (e.g. procedures, legal information, costs and contracts). This crossboundary
project will link together central and local administrations, bringing together in the first phase,
almost all organisations from seven ministries and six municipal councils.
2010 Target: Elimination and
simplification of various existing
certificates
Elimination of
certificates for public
services
In progress
Expansion of the
Citizen Card
Health
e-agenda
In support of and following on from these and other dematerialisation initiatives concerning relationships
with public administration services, utilising strong authentication, continuing the expansion of the “Citizen
Card” project to all residents in Portugal and abroad is planned.
Development of an electronic platform for National Health Service appointments.
In progress
In progress –
launching of the 1st
phase on
15/08/2008
2010 Target: To achieve a total of
1,000,000 cards issued
Results/Impacts: a) Reduction of
absenteeism at consultations; b)
Integrated consultation record c)
reduction of waiting times d) Central
monitoring of perceived quality
7

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Transparency
Website
Creation of a website where citizen can select any information about NHS services.
In progress –
Transparency
website pilot
launched in
07/2008. Final
version launched by
Dec 2008
Results/Impacts a) To publically
provide information to the population
about NHS hospital performance; b) To
generate public confidence about NHS
hospitals c) To reduce the information
asymmetry between the Administration
and citizens: d) To stimulate
appropriate use of health services
through better management of the
individual expectations of patients
about the results of the care provided
(pedagogy); e) To compare the
performance of suppliers (to identify
best practices); f) To disseminate and
contribute to the implementation of the
rights established in the “Charter of the
right of access to health care for
National Health Service users”.
Medical
prescriptions for
sufferers of chronic
illnesses
Development of an electronic platform for prescription requests for sufferers of chronic or long duration
illnesses on the NHS, saving patients the need to attend Health Centres.
In development to
be launched with
the 2nd phase of the
e-Agenda
Results/Impacts a) Speeding up the
process for renewing prescription by
the chronically ill; b) Convenience and
ease of applications by citizens; c)
Central monitoring of perceived quality
Development of
Shared Services in
Health
Development of a shared services platform for health institutions in Portugal, prioritising the areas of
Accounting, Financial Management, Human Resources Management and Procurement and Logistics,
specifying a strategy of improving system efficiency.
In progress
To generate savings of 95 million Euro
at the level of NHS institutions, as a
consequence of the respective
membership of the Shared Services
Platform through SUCH
8

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Support for
development
experiences and
creation of an
“Electronic Clinic
Process”
Support for the creation of ECP in NHS institutions.
In progress
Results/Impacts a) Greater efficiency
and effectiveness of clinical
intervention; b) Sharing of information
amongst professionals; c) Overall view
of the user by the Health System.
Technological Plan for Education
School
Project
Simplex
To develop an integrated electronic platform to support school management. The objective is to increase the
efficiency of management and communication between educational community agents and to improve access
to school information.
In preparation
School Card
To increase usage of electronic student cards within the educational community, to increase teaching
management efficiency and safety in schools. This project includes plans for functionality such as access
control, attendance records, process query and electronic purses with charging outside school, facilitating a
real reduction in the need for cash.
In preparation
Escol@segura
To equip all schools with an alarm system and video surveillance, with a view to increasing equipment
security, discouraging break-ins, thefts and robberies of schools. The electronic alarm and video surveillance
systems will protect the safety of investments in schools, whilst simultaneously ensuring that the privacy of
members of the education community is guaranteed.
In preparation
Ministry of
Education
Institutional Website
To develop a privileged communication channel between citizens and the Ministry of Education (ME),
providing information relevant to the national and international education sectors and concentrating on the
institutional contents of ME services, combating diffusion, overlaps, redundancy and gaps in content.
In preparation
Justice Technology Plan (the Ministry of Justice as part of its sector programmes for modernisation with increasing use of IT will introduce significant changes in three domains: Land Registry, Civil Registry and
Judicial Process Dematerialisation .
9

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Online Land
Registry
To encourage most Land Registry interactions to be implemented electronically.
To provide an online certificate from the Land Registry, very similar to the "online permanent certificate”
from the Companies Registration Office.
“Special Registry Operations” desk
In preparation
From 1 January 2009 it will be possible
to electronically implement most Land
Registry acts. In addition, via the
www.predialonline.mj.pt, website,
chambers of commerce and industry,
notaries and solicitors will be able to
submit applications to the registry, pay
fees and overcome weaknesses in the
registration process.
In addition, an online certificate will be
made available by the Land Registry,
very similar to the "online Permanent
Certificate" from the Companies
Registration Office. From 1 January
2009, anyone may access information
at the Land Registry via the Internet
which will be permanently updated and
will have certificate value, through the
website www.predialonline.mj.pt. This
electronic certificate is also accessible
using only one code, which may be sent
to any public or private entity by the
interested party, so dispensing with the
need to send a paper certificate.
During the first quarter of 2009, the
“Registry Special Operations" desk will
start functioning. This desk consists of
special and personalised support for
those users who require it due to the
volume and complexity of the registry
applications and property operations
which they need to implement.
New online acts via
the Civil Registry
Enabling the on-line implementation of Civil Registry services
In preparation
By the end of 2008, it will be possible
to implement the first Civil Registry
online services, and by 2009 it will be
broadened to enable civil registration
acts for more situations.
10

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
CITIUS and the
dematerialisation of
judicial processes
Dematerialisation of judicial processes
In progress
In 2008 several incentives were
developed to encourage representatives
(lawyers and solicitors) to carry out
transactions electronically. Also, since
1 September 2008 there has been a
reduction of 25 to 50% in the
procedural costs paid by parties whose
representatives use the CITIUS system
to deliver procedural documents. Use
of these electronic means to deliver
procedural documents via CITIUS –
Document Delivery and CITIUS –
Injunctions, which dispense with the
need to send paper copies, have been
very significant and the increase in
advising and training these
professionals will continue in 2009. For
example, the percentage of injunctions
served through CITIUS–Injunctions is
95%, and the percentage of procedural
documents and documents delivered
via CITIUS-Documents Delivery is
10%.
Also, during 2008 the following
initiatives will be implemented as part
of the CITIUS project for
dematerialisation of judicial processes,
i) new ways of implementing electronic
attachments as part of an enforcement
procedure/legal debt collection , ii) new
Internet websites to facilitate access to
information about courts and
alternative means of resolving
litigation, iii) Expansion of the
computing work tool for public
prosecutors CITIUS-MP (penal) to all
DIAPs, iv) new electronic searches and
queries via CITIUS to facilitate
criminal investigations, v) new
electronic links to bodies which
collaborate in criminal investigations,
and, vi) between 2008 and 2009, new
wireless-links in courts to facilitate
11

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
easier access and use of CITIUS
applications.
From 5 January 2009 it will be
obligatory for public prosecutors and
the Public Prosecutors Office to
implement procedural acts in processes
of a civil nature exclusively using the
CITIUS application. This measure will
make it unnecessary to print thousands
of documents without relevance to the
judgement, and it will significantly
reduce the circulation of paper
documents in the courts.
Also during 2009 new electronic forms
of communication between lawyers,
courts and some public entities will be
made available, and new computer
application functionality provided in
court which, as part of enforcement
procedures, will facilitate and simplify
the procedural flow of these types of
processes, particularly in relation to the
reduction of payment periods. Also
during 2009 a public list of executions
frustrated by the non-existence of
pledged goods will be provided on the
Internet in order to avoid legal actions
with poor probability of success and the
development or specific fulfilment of
contracts.
12

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
CITIUS– Injunctions
CITIUS–Injunctions is a tool which
enables the delivery, or payment and
transfer, completely electronically of
the Injunction procedure [1], available
from 5 March 2008.
The “dematerialisation of injunctions”
has enabled:
a) the delivery of injunctions
electronically, via the Internet, at
http://citius.tribunaisnet.mj.pt, in
electronic form or computer file;
CITIUS - Injunctions
Tools enabling the delivery, payment and transfer in a completely electronic form of Injunction procedures
[1]
In progress
b) electronic payment of injunction
fees, at cash machine or via home
banking;
c) electronic transfer of injunctions
through the National Injunctions desk;
d) electronic delivery of injunctions to
the court in case of opposition;
e) delivery of advice by e-mail in
support of the procedure as required by
injunctions;
f) formation of an electronic
enforcement order based on the
injunction, which enables the
presentation of an enforcement action
based on this electronic title.
The completely dematerialised
injunction procedure is simpler because
it enables electronic delivery and
payment of injunctions, without any
travelling. It also makes unnecessary:
combining paper injunctions with
enforcement requirements; and
delivering paper-based certificates for
VAT recovery.
It is quicker because the automated
[1] An injunction is a
.judgement which
enables a creditor to
collect a debt, in a speedy
and simplified manner,
by means of an
enforcement order,
without the need to take
declaratory action in
court. The enforcement
order is an essential
document for the legal
collection of the debt
through the courts, by
means of an enforcement
procedure which makes
the respective attachment
visible.
13

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
procedures enable speedier transfer
(electronic change order, electronic
delivery for printing and enveloping,
etc)
It is cheaper because the legal fee for
electronic delivery of injunctions is
discounted by 50%.
The dematerialisation of the procedure
and electronic communication with the
user dispenses with hundreds of
thousands of journeys by judicial
secretaries and the associated costs.
From 5 March 2000 over 219,000
injunctions have already been received
electronically via CITIUS, representing
over 95% of the injunctions received.
IMPROVEMENT OF LEGAL PROCEDURES
14

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Programme for
improved legislation
(conclusion and
consolidation of
planned measures)
• Interoperability between DIGESTO legal databases (system for processing and analysing legal information)
and the databases for processing legal information belonging to the State.
• specification of a technological model for electronic reconstitution (substantial consolidation) of legal texts.
• Implementation and consolidation of free search procedures to be developed with the community, skills to
encourage the effective participation of citizens and companies.
• Development of a practical guide for the preparation of standard government documents.
In progress
Evaluation of the
impact of
Government
Standard Acts
• review of the SIMPLEX test model making use of prior evaluation of the administrative costs of all the
diplomas subject to the approval of the Council of Ministers, adjusting them to the “standard cost model”
methodology.
• launching a practical guide for prior evaluation of administrative costs of Standards Acts from the
Government, to be used by the Ministries responsible for the preparation of legal initiatives.
• preparation and presentation of an annual report by the government containing the results of the evaluation
of the impact of Standard Acts using the new SIMPLEX test model.
• adoption of a national commitment to reduce administrative charges by 25% imposed by legal rules and
national regulations covering company life-cycle events. In progress
Transposition of
community directives
to the internal legal
framework
• monitoring by the Presidency of the Council of Ministers and by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the
timely transposition of directives, by means of the automatic electronic alerts systems for monthly updating
of procedures for transposition, and implementation of routine inter-ministerial meetings.
• combating “gold plating” (creation of administrative charges through national legislation in addition to those
established by community directives) and “double-banking” (reconciling the directives to be transferred with
existing national legislation on the subject).
• control of the transposition procedure for simplified European legislation within the framework of the
2005/2009 simplification programme, the accelerated actions (“fast tracks”) initiated in 2007, and the Action
Programme for the Reduction of Administrative Charges within the European Union. In progress
15

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Favourable business environment, particularly for SMEs
Stimulation of structural investment
Support Programme
for Projects of
Potential National
Interest with
Strategic Importance
(PIN+)
This programme consists of an Identification and Follow-Up System for Projects of Potential National
Interest with Strategic Importance (PIN+), the classification mechanism for which was instituted by Decree-
Law 285/07 of 17 August. Once this classification is obtained, the government, in strict cooperation with the
relevant territorial municipalities, is committed to ensuring quick transfer of the authorisation procedures.
In progress
This objective was developed to speed
up procedures and urgent resolution of
relevant costs incurred for the process
of obtaining the necessary licenses to
implement investments. By 2010, all
investment projects which obtain the
PIN+ statute will be monitored to
ensure that the overall timescale for
decisions is as short as possible.
Customer/supplier's
programme
Internationalisation
The implementation of actions with a view to improving the positioning of Portuguese companies with
suppliers of raw materials, intermediate products, components, services or other solutions by multinational
companies located in Portugal.
In progress
This measure is expected to contribute
to the improvement of commercial
trade, resulting in a reduction in
imports, as a consequence of national
provision. The objective is to have 100
companies in this programme at the end
of this year, increasing to 150 in 2009
and 175 in 2010.
Exporters
Programme
Club
This Programme involves the development of an Exporters Club, providing close and preferential contact
with Aicep customers.
In preparation
By creating the Exporters Club the
relationship between companies and the
agency will be closer and more
effective, also creating conditions to
increase the process of
internationalisation of our customers.
The objectives are 50 companies in
2008, 100 in 2009 and 150 in 2010.
16

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Business
empowerment
The objective of this programme is to stimulate business empowerment actions and consists of a training
programme on how to approach international markets, with the objective of overcoming SME weaknesses in
trade and international business management.
In progress
To transfer practical and strategic
information to companies, about ways
of entering and operating in overseas
markets, facilitating international
business success. Targets are SMEs
with their own products and services,
which are seeking to initiate
international strategies, market
diversification or sales consolidation in
international markets. The objectives
are to implement 40 actions in 2008, 42
in 2009 and 45 in 2010, and it is also
expected that the number of companies
involved in these initiatives will grow
to 800 in the current year, 1050 in 2009
and 1350 in 2010.
Market
Portugal
Place
Creation of a technological platform for showcasing Portuguese bids from SMEs with the objective of
providing them with improved visibility and to provide a support tool for implementing commercial
operations in international markets.
In preparation
Technological platform for SMEs with
the objective of increasing their degree
of recognition and facilitating business
activities with international customers.
The objectives for the coming years are
250 companies in 2008, 400 in 2009
and 550 in 2010.
InoVasco da Gama
This programme aims to provide overseas training sessions, targeted at young businessmen and technical staff
from Portuguese companies who are taking part in or who are seeking to finalise an internationalisation
strategy for their company, or for a company with which they are connected.
In preparation
Annual implementation of 150 training
periods
Pre-subscription to the
programme was started in
February 2008, by
completion of an online
application form on the
www.networkcontacto.co
m website.
International
resources network
The objective of this measure is to develop and encourage an International Network which brings together
Portuguese scattered around the world with a view to increasing the internationalisation of the Portuguese
economy as well as increasing the reputation of Portugal, so contributing to an improved perception of our
country overseas.
Programme INOFIN – To facilitate access to financing for entrepreneurs and SMEs
In preparation
The International Resource Network
should have around 1,000 users in
2008, 1,500 in 2009 and 2,000 in 2010.
17

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Programme
FINICIA
This programme aims to provide specialised financial instruments in support of company formation, such as:
- Pre-seed Capital solutions targeted at concept testing phases
- Seed Capital Solutions targeted at the formation of knowledge-based companies;
- Venture Capital and Mutual Guarantee Capital Solutions directed at the initial growth stage of start-ups;
- Venture Micro Capital and Microcredit subject Solutions, directed at young female entrepreneurs, social,
with regional focus, associated with new clusterisation processes.
In progress i) No. of projects evaluated - 600
ii) No. of projects approved - 75%
iii) Average No. of positions created
within approved projects - 2
iv) Total investments - € 45 M
v) Credit financing (supported by
Mutual Guarantee) and Venture Capital
€20 million
Results constrained by
the availability of
resources.
Programme
FINCRESCE
Programme
FINTRANS
This programme aims to provide solutions to optimise the financing conditions for companies pursuing
innovative growth strategies, through Venture Capital and Mutual Guarantee Solutions targeted at growing
innovators and/or SMEs.
This programme aims to provide Venture Capital and Bearer Credit targeted at supporting operations of
business amalgamations, mergers and acquisitions, Management Buy-Outs (MBOs) and Management Buy-
Ins (MBIs).
In progress
Being implemented
i) 2,500 SMEs acknowledged as having
SME Leader status;
ii) Convening of an annual SME leader
Convention
iii) SME Leaders involved in the
benchmarking process – 1,200
iv) Implementation of investment
projects by SME Leaders with resort to
Credit and Venture Capital instruments
as part of specific financing solutions to
be developed – 500.
i) Involvement of financial partners and
specialised bodies - 10
ii) No. of companies identified in
seeking solutions for transmission - 40
iii) No. of transmission operations
realised - 10
Results constrained by
the availability of
resources.
Promoting Entrepreneurship
18

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Entrepreneurship
Programme and
Evaluation of
Economic Knowledge
This programme aims to foster an entrepreneurial culture, stimulating the formation of new companies by the
transfer of technology, consolidation and growth of international start-ups.
Planned actions:
- Promotion of links between schools, universities and companies;
- Stimulation of focal points within universities to identify research programmes with business potential;
- Development of technology management mechanisms which efficiently relate to technological research and
commercialisation;
- Intellectual property management;
In preparation Being defined
- Development of a methodology to develop EBT from intellectual property;
- Identification of key areas based on R&D centres of excellence
Support for female
entrepreneurship
This measure incorporates an integrated support system for female entrepreneurs which includes training,
consultation on the preparation of business plans and a prize of start-up support. It also incorporates
entrepreneurial network support for activities developed for women.
In preparation
Support for qualified
female
entrepreneurship
This support translates into an allowance of 10% of eligible expense for candidate projects for NSFR R&D
incentives submitted by female entrepreneurs with its own budget provision.
In preparation
Support for cultural
entrepreneurism
Incorporates the development of a post-graduation in management specially directed at cultural and creative
sector agents with reference to the qualifications of the corresponding managers after business management
training, as well as awarding prizes for innovative and sustainable projects of acknowledged merit in the
cultural domain.
In preparation
Promotion of good practices/ Recognition of SME Excellence
19

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
“Skills and incentives
for SMEs for the
adoption of growth
strategies”
Programme
This programme incorporates: - SME Academy; - To evaluate leading SMEs for innovative and international
growth; - Dissemination of competitive diagnostic solutions and identification of good practices
(benchmarking); - Greater use of Scoring tools, particularly for innovation (Innovation scoring); - Facilitate
access to information relevant to SME businesses.
In progress
1,000 companies with training on Skills
Analysis, Competitively Diagnostics,
Innovation Scoring. Introduction of an
SME Academy as intermediary
between knowledge development
centres and SMEs for skills transfers
and the reinforcement of different
capabilities.
SME Merit
Recognition – Show
by Example
Incorporate a system linked to business excellence and merit recognition: SME Leader, SME Excellence, and
European Enterprise Awards.
In preparation Being specified
Strengthen Competitiveness in Tourism
Knowledge Platform
for Destination
Management
Development of an interface (knowledge, technical support and cooperative platforms) in support of the
implementation and management of tourism destinations and products, and to provide appropriate tools to
monitor efficiency indicators for dimensions critical to business viability and competitiveness.
In preparation
Electronic registration platform for
licensed companies and enterprises
operating in the Tourism sector, in
operation by 2010.
Stimulation
Tourism
Development
Points
of
Focal
Requalification of
established Tourism
Destinations
Dematerialisation of
relationship
processes with
businesses
Specification of the development concept for new tourism focal points, corresponding infrastructure and
private investment priorities, as well as a market entry matrix. Configuration of incentive systems applicable
to public and private projects which implement the planned concept.
Competitive evaluation of established destinations and specification of requalification programmes, taking
into account competitive repositioning, supported in accordance with the priority for infrastructural and
private investment, as well as a new market entry matrix. Configuration of incentive systems applicable to
public and private destination requalification projects.
Complete dematerialisation of the licensing processes, and support for skills investment for Tourism in
Portugal IP and reduction of the corresponding costs for companies.
In progress
In progress
In progress
Launch of public and private initiative
projects necessary for the competitive
development of new tourism centres, at
the proposition level, for priority
markets.
Launch of projects with public and
private initiative necessary for the
competitive development of new
tourism centres, at the proposition
level, for priority markets.
Dematerialisation of the majority of
procedures underpinning licensing and
investment support processes by the
end of 2010.
20

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
PORTUGEST
Programme:
Promotion of the
cultural and
economic value of the
Portuguese
A project directed at disseminating the language, the value of the human capital, heritage preservation,
intellectual property protection, co-production and stimulus for creative industrialists, targeting the creation of
a market for goods and services in the cultural and creative sectors of the PLP. The project will consist of: the
creation of a technical and information platform to stimulate remote training and the development of
appropriate methods/support/equipment for training; Agreement with computer sector companies (Microsoft);
development of a multi-discipline team to outline the project; establishment of a network of agents and
institutions from several countries involved.
In preparation
Cultural tourism
knowledge network
Development of a technological platform to disseminate knowledge based on the European Network for
Village Tourism. The Network involves an international public-private partnership (Portugal, Italy, Romania,
Poland, Finland, Belgium, Greece and Slovenia) and develops the concept of imaginary tourism. The
Network collects authentic characteristics from each community through stories, legends, myths, traditions
and ancestral knowledge.
In preparation
PROMAR – FISHERIES Operative Programme
PROMAR –
European Fisheries
Fund
In compliance with the common fisheries policy, revised in 2002, which incorporates the main principles of
the European Council of Gothenburg and the Lisbon Strategy, and the National Strategic Plan for Fisheries,
which define the intervention policy for the period 2007-2013, it constitutes the national framework of the
FISHERIES Operative Programme, giving a particular relevance to the need to ensure the sustainable
exploitation of resources, in a way to maintain the capability for self-generation of ecosystems and to
encourage biodiversity, with the objective of guaranteeing the future of the fisheries sector and the well-being
of the populations which depend on this activity. For this purpose, it advises on the preservation of resources
and environmental quality with the limitations of the biological and ecological order and the economic and
social needs, backing knowledge, training and scientific research as the supporting pillars for economic
growth and the creation of employment. The guarantee of multi-annual financing co-financed by the
European Union, centred on priorities, should enable the sustainable development of the sector.
In progress
Guarantee of the necessary selectivity
in the choice of the best investment
projects as part of the Fisheries
Operative Programme (PROMAR).
The analysis and selection of projects is
based on, whenever appropriate, a
points system, based on objective
criteria, with a minimum score set. The
final scoring results from application of
a formula in which up to three variables
apply (technical, economic and
financial strategy).
Simplification of the rules applying for
support relative to the former
community framework, dispensing with
the economic-financial analysis and
strategic analysis for applicants for
21

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
smaller levels of investment, and in
such cases a number of documents
should be submitted by the sponsors
and the time for analysis by the public
administration is reduced
Assessment and
evaluation of human
resources (European
Fund for Fisheries)
With respect to the assessment and evaluation of human resources, the main orientation of the national
Strategic Plan is a commitment to continuous training and establishment of support mechanisms for the entry
of young professionals, the increase in training by alternation, the strengthening of support mechanisms for
training based on technological platforms and computer tools and the strengthening of dual certification.
In progress
Market Stimulation, Development of the Internal Market and Regulation
Implementation of
Services Directive
By the end of 2009, the methods of executing Services Directive will be completely implemented. As part of
the work to transpose the Services Directive, similar to the simplification task for access procedures and
services activities, a one-stop shop is planned using electronic procedures, providing remote and electronic
access to the authorisation procedures necessary for the establishment or provision of services in Portugal. In preparation
Implementation of
the intellectual
property Directive
Gradual and
controlled
liberalisation of
postal services
Transposition of the directive relating to the modes for acquiring intellectual property will equip the country
with substantial procedural legal instruments for the fight against forgery practiced in society. The new law
puts Portugal on par with States which better protect intellectual property, providing a more attractive
environment for capturing national and overseas investments in knowledge-related sectors, and in information
and creative industries. An improvement in legal activity is anticipated, and of the other services involved in
the fight to protect IP, by improving the training of agents. It is considered t be beneficial to place copyright
laws and related rights on-line in English, as well as making complementary legislation available. In progress
Transposition of Directive 2008/6/CE on the total liberalisation of postal services by 31/12/2010. In preparation
Complete market
liberalisation by
31/12/2010.
22

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Review of the
regulatory
framework for the
construction sector
Redrafting of Decree-Law 12/2004 of 9 January – legal framework on concessions for licences for the
exercise of construction activities;
Regulation of real-estate marketing activities and the management and administration of condominiums;
Development of a legal framework for carrying out property evaluation activities..
In progress
More R&D and Improved Research Systems
More R&D
Strengthening the
support programme
for contracting new
doctorates for the
national scientific
and technological
system.
Strengthening the
award of Research
Integration Grants
(in renowned R&D
centres) for students
in the initial years of
higher education.
Development of new
C&T Subject
Networks
Development of new
R&D Consortia
Bringing on-stream
new Associated
Laboratories and
strengthening the
operating conditions
for Associated
Programmes which target incentives for scientific and technological employment by agreeing Programme-
Contracts with public and private institutions which carry out important scientific activities, for the
professional incorporation of science and technological doctorates as part of the institutional fabric.
The objective is to create conditions to stimulate scientific activities and the development of students in a
critical, creative and autonomous manner through their integration in R&D project teams.
Targeting the integration of capabilities, advanced training, the presentation and dissemination and
international cooperation, specifically in support of international partners by the C&T and Higher Education.
Programme targeting the development of new R&D consortia, including support mechanisms for training in
Post-Graduate Colleges in Portugal, seeking to strengthen post-graduate activities in Portugal in an
international context, to support the reforms in progress in higher education in Portugal and modernisation of
national scientific and technological systems.
Bringing on-stream new Associated Laboratories and strengthening the operating conditions for Associated
Laboratories
In progress
In progress
In progress
In progress
In progress
At least another 500 new contracts
by2010.
To support about 5,000 research
integration grants.
Establishing new subject networks,
using competitive selection processes.
Establishing new R&D consortia, using
competitive selection processes.
Establishing new Associated
laboratories using competitive selection
processes.
23

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
laboratories
Mobilisation
Programme for State
laboratories
Guest Professor
Programme for
research and
attracting R&D
groups to Portuguese
Institutions,
Launch of the Mobilisation Programme for State Laboratories including the creation of consortia and R&D
nuclei, and networks aiming at modernising national scientific and technological systems, with the specific
objective of ensuring reform of State Laboratories, through closer cooperation with Associated Laboratories,
Higher Education Institutions, and R&D institutions and centres, and other public and private entities,
particularly within companies.
Implementation of the Guest Professor Programme for research and attracting R&D groups to Portuguese
Institutions, aiming at attracting senior International researchers to Portugal and supporting Higher Education
institutions in their internationalisation efforts and in the establishment of partnerships with other entities.
In preparation
In progress
Particularly seeking support for
establishing the four planned consortia:
BIOPOLIS, FISICA-N, RISCOS and
OCEANO.
Up to 50 Guest Professors
Completion of
construction of the
International Iberian
Laboratory for
Nanotechnology
(INL)
Programme for new
“Partnerships for the
Future”
Completion of the construction of the International Iberian Laboratory for Nanotechnology (INL) in Braga, as
part of the international tender for which the 1 st phase has already been launched, beginning the international
recruitment of researchers and scientific activities and broadening the participation of other countries in the
laboratory. In progress
Strengthening the new “Partnerships for the Future” Programme, particularly through existing partnerships
with MIT (MIT-Portugal Programme), University of Carnegie Mellon (Programme CMU-Portugal), the
University of Texas in Austin (Programme UTAustin-Portugal), and Fraunhofer Gesellschaft, and including
launching a new partnership with Harvard Medical School and an international MBA (Lisbon-MBA), as part
of the collaboration with the Sloan School of Management of MIT.
In progress
Strengthening existing partnerships,
Launching another partnership with the
Harvard Medical School and initiating
an International MBA Programme
(Lisbon-MBA), as part of the
collaboration with Sloan School of
Management of MIT and the
Fraunhofer Institute in Porto.
Strengthening the Strengthening the impact of the Ciência Viva Agency for the promotion of scientific culture and technology, In progress At least another 4 Ciência Viva Centres
impact of the Science including launch of the Science Exhibition Initiative implemented in Portugal and broadening the Ciência
by 2010.
Live Agency for the Viva Centres network, with the construction of at least another four centres planned for 2008-2010.
promotion of
scientific culture and
technology
Portuguese
Starting in the second quarter of 2008 until the end of the first quarter of 2009. In progress -
Presidency of the
European EUREKA
initiative
24

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Review of Scientific
sponsorship Law
Strengthening the
Internet Spaces
Network
Creation of a new
platform to provide
medical content and
continuing support
for the establishment
of the new
Fraunhofer Institute
in Portugal.
Strengthening
vocational training in
ICT
Strengthening the
Online Scientific
Library (b-On)
Initiating
Community
Networks operations
Strengthening the Internet Spaces Network providing free public access to computers and the Internet using
broadband, continuing the policies of Digital Inclusion by means of support programme for the participation
of citizens with special needs in the information society.
Creation of a new platform to make medical content available, and continuing support for the establishment
of the new Fraunhofer Institute in Portugal for the development of applications, services and content
promoting digital inclusion.
Strengthening vocational training in ICT, stimulating the expansion of Technological Specialisation Courses
and organising national programmes for ICT Academies at higher education institutions in partnership with
companies with internationally recognised skills certification mechanisms.
Strengthening the Online Scientific Library (b-On) incorporating the International Indexing System for
Scientific and Technical Publications (Web of Knowledge) and promoting the availability of scientific
information via Open Access, specifically publications, archives and scientific depositories.
Initiating Community Networks operations, in the wake of the construction projects in 4 areas where there are
market difficulties in installing New generation Networks (Vale do Minho, Vale do Lima, Terra Quente
Transmontana, Distrito de Évora), and also the development and use of optical fibre networks constructed as
part of the Digital Cities and Regions projects.
To be implemented
In progress
In progress
In progress
In progress
In progress
New legal statute to be drafted and
approved.
Platform to provide
medical content
Creation of a new platform to make medical content available, and continuing support for the establishment
of the new Fraunhofer Institute in Portugal for the development of applications, services and content to
promote digital inclusion. In progress
Improving National
Infrastructure for
Distributed
Computing (GRID)
Improved System for Research
Strengthening the National Infrastructure for Distributed Computing (GRID) specifically through the
National Initiative (GRID), participation in the IBERGRID Network and international cooperation at the
European Union level with CERN and other international partnerships. In progress
25

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Dynamic Programme
for Collective
Efficiency
This programme supports dynamic company developers of Collective Efficiency Strategies, such as
Innovation and Competiveness Centres, Clusters, and Strategic Intelligence Network in Research Centres.
In progress
Stimulation of clustering movements
around strategic projects or in sectors
relevant to the economy – no. of
groupings (clusters, centres or networks
with stimulation activities):12; Support
for economic groupings and support to
their collective efficiency strategies –
no. of groupings/ collective efficiency
projects being monitored – 20; Launch
and management of a strategic
intelligence network for research –
degree of implementation of the
network – no. of network nodes 50-
70% o the established groupings.
I&DT Valley
Research Valley
Measure framed within NSFR, with a view to providing simplified support for the acquisition of R&DT
services by SMEs from SCT entities in response to the specific issues and needs of companies, in the sense of
increasing their competitively resulting in improvement in products, processes and services (transfer of
knowledge of a scientific and technological nature which is new to the company).
Measure framed within NSFR, with a view to providing simplified support for the acquisition of consulting
services and research support by SMEs and duly qualified entities in response to the specific issues and needs
of the company, in the sense of increasing their competitiveness resulting in improvement in products,
processes and services (transfer of knowledge of a scientific and technological nature which is new to the
company)
R&D and Innovation (in Tourism Agenda, Rural Areas, Health sector, etc.)
Stimulation of
Research and
Development
impacting Tourism
Stimulation
Innovation
Tourism
of
in
To prepare an Agenda containing R&D priorities with direct application to tourism development, with a view
to identifying the most significant international trends in relation to opportunities/needs for R&D in Tourism
and getting agreement to a agenda detailing the priorities, between SCT and the more advanced tourism
activity sectors, in order to create a Tourism Centre of Excellence, with a view to (i) establishing the
relationship between the SCT and all the agents which form part of the Tourism value-chain, (ii) to stimulate
development of the Tourism R&D agenda and (iii) to develop international cooperation, particularly for the
Eureka Tourism initiative.
Stimulation of (i) dissemination and awareness activities directed at entrepreneurs and executives about the
importance of innovation in Tourism, (ii) incentive actions for qualified entrepreneurships with Universities
and Higher Institutions and (iii) stimulation of regional grants for opportunity for entrepreneurs and venture
capital investors, with a view to stimulating development of sector business innovation projects, as well as
developing the Innovation in Tourism Prize.
In progress
In progress
In preparation
In preparation
Launch of 10 R&D projects impacting
Tourism by the end of 2010.
Development of 20 publication actions/
year (period 2009 / 2010) which sustain
the launch of 15 Innovation projects in
Tourism by the end of 2010.
26

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Excellence in
Tourism Training
Development of the
Hospitality
Management
Institute and
Advanced Research
and Training Centres
for Tourism
The programme incorporates (i) international certification for the provision of training by Hotel management
and Tourism Colleges, involving certification of the courses taught, review of curricula, training and
qualification of trainers and access to a programme of international placements targeted at young trainees, (ii)
up-grading of the provision of training by Hotel Management and Training Colleges and adjustment of the
respective curricula, and (iii) extension and resizing of the Hotel Management and Tourism College network,
with regard to centres for knowledge and good practices in the sector, supporting the territorial development
of tourism activities and their new centres of tourism development.
Development of the Hospitality Management Institute and Advanced Research and Training Centres for
Tourism, for post-graduate training, targeted at executives, and boosting research in matters of a strategic
nature related with business and/or professional exercise of tourism activities.
Health cluster Structuring and development of a national pharmaceutical industry and health products cluster, with the
following main objectives: to increase the participation of national companies in the market through new
products, processes and services; that companies benefit from opportunities to develop innovative products,
where the architecture and ambition of the partnerships could be realised in several forms, particularly
through partnerships with other companies – national or overseas – research centres, and for the increase in
highly qualified scientific and technological employment; that such projects are innovators, in a way that
guarantees a broadening and deepening of the technological base and an increase in market competitiveness –
national and international – for the companies which produce them.
In progress
In progress
In progress
(i) Certification will be implemented
progressively and phased in at all Hotel
Management and Tourism Colleges
(currently 16), with the initial
implementation planned at the regional
Algarve college, starting in the
2008/2009 education year; (ii)
strengthening training on
Technological Specialisation Courses
in the areas of hotel management,
catering and Tourism, aimed at middle
and senior staff, allied to theoretical
and practical training components
within the context and practice of the
profession (applied colleges) (iii)
balanced coverage of the provision of
training in tourist destination areas,
increasing by more than 1,000 students
in relation to installed capacity –
opening new college installations in
Lisbon, Porto and Santa Maria da Feira
by 2009, and opening new college
facilities in Setúbal and Portimão, by
2010.
"Hospitality Management Institute"
formally constituted in August 2008;
Centre for Research and Advanced
Training with the first post-graduate
training courses during the 2008/2009
school year.
27

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
National Rural
Network
The objective of the network is to strengthen the exchange between all the players in rural territories, giving
preference to good practices and know-how coherently with community objectives and with the national
Strategic Plan for Rural Development (PENDR). The development of the Network is formally planned in
Article 68 of Regulation (CE) 1698/05. The Rural Network (RR), defined in the current programme is
consistent with the decision of Portugal under the terms of the 2 nd paragraph of item 3 of Article 66 of
Regulation (EC) 1698/2005, constituting a preferred instrument in the implementation of the rural
development policy.
In the final phase of
approval by the
European
Commission, with
the start of
activities planned
for the end of 2008
Objectives /
Indicators/targets (by
2010):
1.Transfer to rural
development agents
involved in the
development of rural
regions/ No. of Actions
implemented / 36
2.Practical incentives for
cooperation between
agents / No. of Actions
implemented / 6
3.Adapting the
development strategy and
policies to the needs and
potential of rural
development / No. of
Studies/Analyses
Produced / 8
4. Providing information
relevant to the agents
involved in the
development of rural
regions / No. of new
items of content input to
the Rural network
website / 156
Stimulation of Living
Labs
Stimulation of Living Labs in the context of the European Network for Living Labs developed since 2006 and
taking into account the requirement to respond to the need to rebalance research support policies, which act to
the supply side, with policies which act on the demand side.
Today Portugal has 6 Living Labs, and it is expected that more may enter the European Network in
November. Also in preparation is the launch of the LL-Portugal national network for Living labs with the
objective of disseminating open research practices and consolidating research management methodologies.
In progress
28

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Maritime Traffic
Control System
(VTS-Vessel traffic
system) - Extending
the VTS system to
the Autonomous
Regions of the Azores
and Madeira
As part of the Continental VTS System implementation project, island VTS projects were analysed, with a
view to equipping the Autonomous Regions of the Madeira and the Azores with a coastal VTS system.
Creativity and Language and Portuguese Culture
International
promotion of the
Portuguese language
with regard the
Language of CPLP,
evaluating the
strategic significance
of this overseas
Portuguese policy
objective
1. Promotion of the Portuguese language, within the scope of the EU, as a language with eight cultural voices,
simultaneously with the promotion of Portuguese culture and the cultures of Portuguese languages.
2. Projecting Portuguese language across CPLP country borders and in the regions of international
organisations where Portuguese is the working language.
3. Promotion of the Portuguese language and culture in specific geographic areas, in correlation with the
socio-political interests of the country, specifically the Atlantic-Axis (USA, Canada, countries belonging to
the Organisation of Iberian-American States and Maghreb countries) and in Asia (India/China).
In preparation
In progress
A review of existing studies for the
extension of the VTS System from the
Continent to the Autonomous Regions
is planned beginning in 2008, and by
2009, they will be developed with a
view to launching a tender procedure
for installation of the VTS System in
Madeira and the Azores.
Extending the provision of face-to-face
teaching, in strategic geographic areas:
EU, PALOP and East Timor and the
American and Asiatic Continents.
b) Expansion of the provision of
distance learning of Portuguese culture
and language, particularly through
Portuguese courses for foreigners and
content targeted at advanced
Portuguese learners.
c) Increase in the provision of training
for Second Language and Foreign
Language Portuguese teachers – Initial
Training and Continuous Training
using face-to-face, distance and mixed
techniques.
d) Stimulation of the presence of the
Portuguese language in multiple
international organisations where
Portuguese is the official working
language, through the provision of
training in the area of
translation/interpretation – Initial and
Continuous Training, the availability of
reference and audiovisual materials
and participation in associations which
promote multilingualism.
e) Development of research about
Portuguese and the different areas of
Portuguese history, society and culture,
and providing teaching materials via
the Internet - particularly research
materials. - for Portuguese language
29

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
and culture training for other CPLP
members.
f) capturing new audiences with the
promotion of higher education
institutions as cultural platforms.
1. With the intention of promoting a
dynamic and high quality image of
Portuguese culture overseas, and giving
priority to the establishment of
partnerships with other entities, the
cultural programming of the network
will facilitate implementation of
multiple activities with a view to
publicising and promoting Portuguese
history, heritage and culture, with
special emphasis on contemporary art.
Also promoting the mobility of
Portuguese artists and creative
individuals and the internationalisation
of their work.
Promoting the
mobility of
artists/inventors and
national heritage,
specifically through
programmes and
actions which
promote the
internationalisation
of Portuguese artists
/creative individuals
and activities which
publicise the historic
culture and
contemporary art of
the Portuguese
1. Management and financing of the cultural programme implemented by the Diplomatic Network, IC
Consular and Cultural Centres across the world.
2. Support for third-party activities aiming to improve the internationalisation of Portuguese culture.
3. Publication of Portuguese language authors and/or works about cultures expressed in Portuguese. In progress
2. The support programme for
internationalisation (from the Camões
Institute) seeks to respond to two
aspects of diverse but complementary
nature: i) to improve the quality of the
response by the institution and ii)
framing its relationship with
professional artistic resources – the
principal targets of the programme.
The objective of the Support
Programme for internationalisation is to
seek to respond to the growing number
of projects developed in the
professional arena which currently
represent a platform for:
The international circulation of
Portuguese arts;
30

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
increased mobility of artists and
projects;
a creative dialogue which is today on a
global scale;
The establishment of artistic networks
and partnerships promoted by various
European programmes.
PORTUGEST
Programme
Based on post-graduation in Management and Entrepreneurship targeted at cultural agents, seeking to
evaluate human capital and stimulating creative industries, the project consists of real-time or subsequent
presentation of course modules at PLP Study Centres which seek to be associated. For this, the development
of a technical and computing platform is required to encourage distance learning (including simultaneous
Portuguese interpretation of seminars provided by guest professors) and to develop the appropriate training
resources/support/equipment; agreements with computing sector companies (Microsoft); creation of a multidiscipline
team to prepare the project; establishment of the network with agents and institutions from the
various companies involved. In preparation
3. Through this support programme for
publication in foreign languages and/or
promoting the presence of these
publications, or the authors themselves
at International Book Fairs.
As part of the Programme, to provide
exposure of those authors within
“third“ countries, occasionally face-toface,
in association with the launch of
works at international Book Fairs.
Portal Lingu@e
Portal Lingu@e – Forum for discussion about multilingualism, in partnership with the European Parliament/
Offices in Portugal and the Luso-American Foundation, whose discussion panels cover the following
subjects: Language and Politics; Language and Economics; Language and Culture; Language and Education. In preparation
Study of the
Economic Value of
the Portuguese
Language
Study of the Economic Value of the Portuguese Language, in cooperation with the ISCTE, which seeks to
determine the direct economic value of the Portuguese language (current and potential) in the contemporary
context of globalisation, specifically in economic and business activities in teaching, cultural and
communication domains which involve the use of Portuguese. In preparation
31

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
INOVART
Programme
Cinema and
Audiovisual
Investment Fund
(FICA)
INOVART programme supports the training of young people with specific qualifications in arts and culture
through placements in institutions of international standing in the arts and culture sector. In progress
In operation since 2007, it represents another source of financing for cinematographic and audiovisual
production in Portugal, which foremost amongst various objectives it extols, are contributing to the
integrated development of the audiovisual sector, giving priority to actions directed at strengthening the
sustainability of cinematographic and audiovisual activities, strengthening creative and competitive capability
of independent small and medium companies (SMEs) in the sector and improving international market
penetration of works produced or co-produced by these SMEs, so increasing the growing value of the sector
and the business opportunities. In progress
INSerralves –
Creative Industry
incubator
INSerralves – Creative Industry incubator: The project aims to finance the activities of a group of companies
(76 companies submitted projects from which 8 were approved) and to assess the impact of these creative
industries on regional economies. In progress
Cultural tourism
knowledge network
Cultural tourism knowledge network. The project aims to develop a technological platform to disseminate
knowledge based on the European Network for Rural Tourism. The Network involves an international publicprivate
partnership (Portugal, Italy, Romania, Poland, Finland, Belgium, Greece and Slovenia) and develops
the concept of imaginary tourism. The Network collects authentic characteristics from each community
through stories, legends, myths, traditions and ancestral knowledge. In progress
New Model for
Museums
New Model for Museums: To replicate the Portimão museum model for museums in the Portuguese Museum
Network within the country; by 2008 to initiate a process with one museum. The model consists of increasing
museum collection with the various entities of the region, attaching the display heritage material available in
their areas for public actions of a cultural nature, to the educational side and the stimulation of creativity. In progress
COMBATING CLIMATE CHANGE, COMMITMENT TO RENEWABLE ENERGY AND ENERGY EFFICIENCY
32

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Development of RSU
ORGANIC
RECOVERY UNITS
As part of the strategy for diverting biodegradable waste for burial, targeted at reinforcing the country with
Another 7 units to be
In progress Four units under construction
organic recovery units constructed by 2010
Development of
energy recovery units
for ETAR and CDR
Sludge.
Targeting the resolution of problems concerning the final destination of sludge and waste generated by multi-
Municipal systems with the construction of 2 Energy Recovery Centres.
In progress
In combination the 2
centres represent a
maximum installed
capacity of 58.8 MW of
electricity and an
investment of €280 M
Promotion of Energy
Efficiency
To implement a publicity campaign for a Management System for Intensive Energy Consumers with
construction and property companies and associations, and Municipal Councils; to implement the National
Action Plan for Energy Efficiency and the Management System for Intensive Energy Consumers.
In progress
National Action Plan for Energy
Efficiency (PNAEE) – to achieve by
2015, an improvement in energy
efficiency equivalent to 10% of end
energy consumption, relative to the
efficiency of the end use of energy and
energy services. To Implement the
Management System for Intensive
Energy Consumers – which involves
the implementation of obligatory
energy audits for installations with
energy consumption equal or greater
than 1,000 tep/year. Operators are
obliged to prepare Energy
Consumption Rationalisation Plans
(PREn), establishing energy targets,
which after approval are called Energy
Consumption Rationalisation
Agreements (ARCE).
33

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Benefitting from
Wind Energy and
other Renewable
Energy Sources
To raise the installed capacity for the conversion of wind energy to 5,100 MW; to increase the use of
hydraulic power by exploiting other renewable energy sources: biomass, biological, waves, hydro and
photovoltaic. To take measures conducive to clarifying and speeding up administrative licensing mechanisms.
In progress
Wind Energy: Development of an
industrial cluster, with a total
investment of €1,700 M. Creation of
around 1,500 jobs and the
establishment of a €35M fund for
research in the area of renewable
energy; Forestry Biomass: An
investment estimated at approximately
€225 M and the creation of around 700
jobs; Bio fuels: Creation of industrial
units with an estimated investment of
€100 M; Hydro: Authorised Sites for
922 MW of large new Hydroelectric
Plants, with a planned investment in
excess of €1,000 M; Wave Energy:
Development of a pilot area with
operating potential up to 250 MW for
the technological development of pilotprojects
using new technologies, and
the preparation of regulatory legislation
for the respective authorisations
(licences and concessions);
Photovoltaic: Moura Plant with a
planned production of 56 GWh/year,
creation of a photovoltaic module
manufacturer, creation of
approximately 100 jobs and the
installation of a research laboratory.
Serpa Plant, with a planned production
in excess of 18 GWh/year; Micro
generation. To simplify the legal
licensing framework, replacing the
existing one with a simple registration
regime, subject to inspection with
regard to technical compliance. Micro
production Registration System created
(SRM).
34

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Reconversion of the
National Refinery
Sector: Porto
Refinery and Sines
Refinery.
Porto Refinery: To equip the refinery with new heavy crude conversion units, by association with thermal
cracking and hydro cracking units to provide higher environmental quality diesel.
Sines Refinery: To increase diesel production capacity, by the conversion of heavy vacuum gasoil and heavy
visbreaking gasoil readjusting the production profile to market needs.
In preparation
Porto Refinery: Two new principal and
three auxiliary units will be
constructed; three existing units
reconfigured and one new storage unit.
Sines Refinery: Four principal and
three auxiliary units will be
constructed, three existing units
reconfigured, one new sulphur tablet
making unit and construction of a new
storage silo by the end of 2010.
MIBEL–
Development of the
measures necessary
for its operation
Development of an Integrated Electricity market for the Iberian Mainland, through the development of a
Council of Regulators ; Cancellation of Energy Acquisition Contracts (CAE); launch and acknowledgement
of OMIP/OMIClear as an integral part of the market management body for forward transactions
In progress
Hospital Waste
Processing
Construction and operation of an Integrated Centre for Energy Recovery, recycling and processing of
Hospital Industrial and Animal Waste, with the objective of reducing environmental impact, maximising
electrical efficiency and generating carbon credits.
In preparation
* begin operations of the Integrated
Plant
* Expected impact in the following
years: - on price, as a result of
economies of scale, generating receipts
by the production of energy and a
reduction in the export of industrial
waste for incineration; - on the
environment (generation of carbon
credits; production of “green energy”;
industrial symbiosis with Eco-Park
generating national efficiency and less
environmental impact)
Reduction of
greenhouse effect
gases
Continuing the implementation of the National Programme for Climate Change (PNAC) and the National
Plan for Emission Licences (PNALE),
In progress
INCREASED POSITIVE MOBILITY THROUGH QUALIFICATIONS; FOR EMPLOYMENT AND SOCIAL COHESION
Equality in access to educational opportunities
35

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
National
Requalification
Programme for the
School Network for
the 1 st Cycle of Basic
Pre-School education
Support Programme
to extend the Pre-
School Education
network
Generalisation of
access to activities to
enrich the
curriculum
Extension to school
social work
Positive
discrimination for
schools in difficult
environments
Special educational
needs
To promote the reorganisation of the school network through a programme in conjunction with local
authorities. Requalification and modernisation of the 1st cycle and of pre-school population involves the
construction of new teaching centres, by extension and repurposing of existing buildings. In addition to the
construction work, for extension and repurposing the buildings, it also incorporates the external surroundings
of the perimeters of the establishments and also, investment in school furniture and fittings, teaching
materials and computer equipment.
This programme, the responsibility of the Ministries of Education and of Labour and Social Security, is
especially targeted at councils which show a ratio of pre-school education coverage lower than the national
average. The objective of this measure is to guarantee that there is sufficient provision of pre-school training
by the whole education network, which also suffer constraints, particularly on the periphery of the large urban
centres.
To reinforce the approach previously adopted, specifically by means of a financial contribution by the
Ministry of Education, in accordance with the awarding of the variable amounts as a function of the activities
of curricular enrichment provided for students. In relation to English, to make a widening of the provision of
English to pupils in the 1st and 2 nd years of education obligatory, as well as increasing the weekly duration of
English teaching in the 3 rd and 4 th years of school to 135 minutes.
To change the access conditions for Social School Work, seeking to increase transparency and simplify the
process through use of family allowance scales. This change, although maintaining the nature of the support,
raises the size of contributions above inflation, changing to encompass secondary school students, under
conditions identical to those who attend obligatory schooling.
To promote the reinsertion of pupils in schools through the definition of diversified set of measurements and
actions in schools situated in difficult environments.
To create a network of reference schools targeted at blind and deaf students, as well as units specialised in
disorders such as of autism and multi-deficiency.
Quality of learning and educational results
In progress
In preparation
In progress
In progress
In progress
In progress
During the 2008/09 school year, 50
new education centres have already
begun operating, and modification or
construction of 600 educational centres
is planned.
To guarantee 100% coverage of
children of five years of age throughout
the whole country. This plans for the
development of 760 new classrooms in
the metropolitan areas of Lisbon and
Porto.
To guarantee access to curriculum
enrichment activities for all 1 st Cycle
pupils.
During the 2008/2009 school year,
encompassing 700 thousand pupils.
This positive discrimination
programme currently incorporates 36
schools and groupings, and is forecast
to increase to 100 groupings.
137 autism units; 220 multi-deficiency
units; 1,500 trained teachers and 760
assistants with educational experience
in training; another 31% of trainers and
interpreters in Portuguese sign
language.
Financing – 407 million
Euros supported by
NSFR (70% of the total
investment), with the
remainder the
responsibility of
municipalities.
Investment of 25 million
Euros (OE)
Continuous Training
and Action Plan
Programme
The plan to improve the quality of learning and educational results refers to the continuation of the Action
Plan for Mathematics, the National Plan for Reading, and the Continuous Training Programmes for teachers
of the 1 st cycle in Mathematics, Portuguese, Experimental Instruction of Sciences and ICT.
In progress
36

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Organisation and operation of schools
Autonomy and
school management
Application of the new autonomous regime, administration and school management, with the objective of
providing a framework which facilitates reinforcement of leadership and the promotion of their opening to the
exterior and qualified participation of other partners, as well as deepening their skills and autonomy.
In progress
During the 2008/2009 school year, new
management bodies were elected, and
the internal regulations approved by all
groupings.
Decentralisation
Skills transfer to the municipalities, in pursuit of a more local and more efficient management model for the
use of education resources, sharing responsibilities and a bigger participation with the local population and
families.
In progress
90 protocols have already been signed
between the Ministry of Education and
local authorities for the transfer of
skills in relation to non-teaching staff
matters, and activities to enrich the
curriculum and management of the
school population
Evaluation of teacher
performance
The new regime of evaluating teachers’ personal behaviour is a fundamental tool for improving educational
results and the quality of learning, as the main objective is to perfect practices, differentiation on merit and a
more rigorous management of career progression.
In progress
Modernisation of teaching establishments / Technological Plan for Education
Modernisation
Programme for
Secondary Schools
The objectives of this programme are to restore and modernise buildings, to open schools to the community
and to create efficient and effective building alongside the modernisation operation.
In progress
The restoration of 26 secondary schools
was begun during the 2008/09 school
year, added to the 4 already
modernised. The second phase of the
programme will run during the 2009/10
school year, with the implementation of
projects in over 74 schools, with
planned activities in 330 schools by
2015.
The overall investment
planned is €940 million,
with a peak investment of
€193 million in 2010.
60% of the investments
will be guaranteed by
community financing
(NSFR), state and local
authority budgets.
37

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
High Speed Internet
The objective is to guarantee high Internet access speeds for all computers. To implement this objective, local
area networks will be developed so that all classrooms can have broadband Internet access.
In progress
It is planned to increase bandwidth in
all schools so that it exceeds 48 Mb.
Technological Kit
To guarantee that school equipment is the most technologically modern, the Government launched six
international tenders for the purchase of 310,000 computers, 9,000 interactive boards and 2,500 videoprojectors.
The objective is to improve the ratio of pupils to computers with broadband Internet connections.
In progress
Change from a ratio of 16 pupils per
computer in 2005, to 5 students per
computer already during this year, and
to 2 students per computer in 2010,
guaranteeing one video projector per
class room and an interactive board for
every 3 class rooms.
ICT Academies
The development of technological company training centres, with the objective of improving skills and the
employability of students is a measure which enables improving students' curricula to incorporate skills
associated with industry training and certification. This project, called ICT Academies, creates an important
connection with the private sector, with the participation of 7 reference companies. An agreement has already
been signed for the creation of the first 30 ICT Academies in schools, providing training in technologies,
equipment and applications for students, pupils, non-pupils and for the whole education community.
In progress
ICT Placements
The ICT Placements Project, which promotes training in real work environments for students on professional
ICT courses in national and international reference technological companies, mobilised the interest of 30
economic and knowledge companies.
In progress
During the 2008/2009 school year, 300
placements were provided, in Portugal
and overseas, for the best students on
courses in the ICT area. The objective
of this project is to widen the
programme to include more companies,
promoting more placements.
38

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
e.escola and
e.escolinha
Launch of the e.escolinha programme providing access to "Magalhães” computers for 1 st cycle pupils, free or
at a reduced price; recent extension of the e.escola programme to 2 rd and 3 rd cycle students for the acquisition
of a laptop computer with broadband Internet access under advantageous conditions.
In progress
The objective of this measure is to
encompass 500 thousand pupils in the
1 st cycle (free for 1 st cycle pupils in
social school work and reduced prices
for the other pupils) and 380 thousand
pupils in the 3 rd cycle.
Higher
Education
Reinforcement of the
Higher Education
budget, competition
based
Promotion of the
development of
higher education
institution consortia.
Reinforcement of the Higher Education budget, competition based
To promote the development of university institution consortia, specifically with the participation of scientific
institutions, and the creation of polytechnic institution consortia with regional coverage, reorganising their
training provision.
In progress
In preparation
-
Establishing new Consortia using
competitive selection processes.
Strengthening the
internationalisation
of higher education
Support for the
transition to the new
founding regime for
public institutions
which have required
it
Strengthening the
quality of higher
education
Guaranteeing the development of processes in progress for the internationalisation of higher education,
particularly with regard to the international partnerships already initiated.
Support for the transition to the new foundational regime for public institutions which have required it, in the
context of the Legal Regime for Higher Education Institutes (RJIES).
Strengthening the quality of higher education, particularly through the action of the new National Agency for
Evaluation and Accreditation.
In progress
In progress
In progress
Commencement of operations of the
new National Agency for Evaluation
and Accreditation.
39

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Reinforcement of the
entrance and
attendance
conditions for higher
education
Reinforcement of the entrance and attendance conditions for higher education: Review of the student-worker
status, part-time student regime, access to the attendance of single disciplines, review of special access
regimes, review of the regulation of social work grants, extension of the system of loans with mutual
guarantees launched at the end of 2007, guaranteeing their consolidation in Portuguese society, extension of
merit grants, complementing the social work grant for Erasmus students, regime of curriculum and
professional placing.
In progress
New legal acts being produced and
approved.
Extension of the
provision of
Specialised
Technology Courses
(CET)
Development and
improvement of the
new system for
monitoring
employment demand
in Portugal
Extension of the provision of Specialised Technology Courses (CET) in higher education institutions,
focusing on Polytechnic Institutions.
Development and improvement of the new system for monitoring employment demand in Portugal. Launched
in September 2007, through analysis of courses and institutions in employment centres offices. The obligation
expressed in the legal framework for Higher Education Institutions will also be strengthened by higher
education institutions publishing information about the employment of their recently qualified graduates.
In progress
In progress
Support for the continuation of new
CETs.
Programme of new
university residences Launch of a programme of new university residences. Being implemented
Review of legal
regimes for distance
higher education and
artistic higher
education
Review of legal regimes for distance higher education and artistic higher education, in the light of improved
international practices, after international evaluation and public auditions.
Being implemented New acts to be approved in 2009.
Reform of higher education and its relationship with the labour market
40

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Continuation of the
reform of higher
education
Stimulate Youth
Mobility
New Opportunities Initiative
New Opportunities
Initiative Structuring
Measures
There will be continued support for the implementation by the higher-education authorities as to the
legislative reform carried out over recent years, aimed specifically at concluding the adaptation of the
university and higher education certification system into the Bologna Process (currently 90% accomplished),
with a view to guaranteeing Portuguese qualification in the European area, promoting equal higher education
access opportunities, improving attendance and completion of higher-education courses, attracting a new
groups, all done through a logical lifelong learning process which improves school social activity. It is further
intended to decisively stimulate international mobility of students and teachers alike. In progress
The overall objective is to gather the knowledge of different cultural identities, promoting the mobility of
young people between regions and countries. For this purpose, the International Work Camps (IWC) will
continue to be implemented and be supported by various entities, with support from the Portuguese Youth
Institute (PYI) and the Agency for the Youth in Action Programme, functioning as exchange programs for
youths from various different countries. International volunteer groups will be another way of promoting this
mobility programme, as well continuing the effective relationship of offering youth-based tourism via the
Movijovem cooperative. Target audience: Young persons between 12 and 30 years of age (18 - 30 in the
IWC)
In progress
Continue to develop instruments and processes whilst taking into account the structural layout of relevant and
certified offers, providing the means to achieve the desired results for the New Opportunities Initiative.
In preparation
External Evaluation
of the New
Opportunities
Initiative
Reform of Vocational Training
Structure a relevant
and certified offer
To evaluate the proposal’s policies, the implementation’s structure and the procedures utilised in its
substantiation, as well as the quality of the obtained results and the degree of satisfaction and, lastly, to
produce or improve system monitoring tools that will allow evaluation of procedures and results to be
achieved on a permanent basis.
The structuring of this offer intends to: (i) increase training relevance for the competitiveness, modernisation
and innovation capacities of companies, (ii) increase access to training, specifically on the part of active
workers; (iii) enhance individual qualifications at school and professional levels.
In progress Evaluation Report in 2009.
In progress
1st version of the National Catalogue of
Qualifications, launching the
foundation for the new qualifications
production model based on
competencies, taking into account
European orientations in terms of the
European Qualifications Framework
(EQF) and the European Credit system
for Vocational Education and Training
(ECVET).
Application of the dual certification
principal.
Expansion and consolidation of the
41

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Promote Training
Quality
National
Qualification System
With the objective of improving the quality of training and the results obtained, with the intention of
promoting an accreditation and quality system through an effective network of active professionals, as well as
having the technical and pedagogical capacity of training entities and the persons thus trained themselves.
Create and implement the National Qualifications System in unison with the European Qualifications
Framework, thus assuming the objectives already affirmed in the New Opportunities Initiative, promoting the
instruments necessary for its effective execution and organisation, in unison with financial instruments,
namely by the National Strategic Reference Framework (NSRF).
In preparation
In preparation
Recognition, Validation and
Certification of Competences (RVCC)
mechanism.
- Reform of the accreditation and
quality system, in the sense of
accreditation obtained from the
Portuguese Quality System, promoting
the association between the seal of
quality and the certification process of
the training entities. The certification
will be clarified and simplified and
accompanied by the constitution of a
group of external auditors administered
by the General Directorate for
Employment and Labour Relations
(DGERT).
- Capacitate and rationalise the operator
network via the creation of centres of
excellence that operate at heightened
efficiency in the identification and
response to company and worker needs
and also act as pivots in the
improvement of general quality
standards.
- Qualification of the Trainers
themselves via the creation of efficient
mechanisms of constant adaptation and
improvement towards new references
and necessities, being the responsibility
of the National Trainer Qualification
Centre (CNQF).
Publish the decrees that regulate the
National Qualifications Framework, the
individual competency register model
and its registration process, vocational
training certification, and the
orientation needed for qualification and
for employment.
Access to the
Professions
Regulation System
The basic objective of the Access to Professions Regulation System is to create access regulations in which
proof of professional capacities for the practicing of certain professions is obligatory.
In preparation
Publish the decree-law project that
regulates the Access to Professions
Regulation System.
42

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Professional Advanced Training and Management (POPH)
Training-action
programme
Innovation and
management training
Public
administration
training
Promote modernisation, organisational innovation and management of micro, small and medium-size
companies and other entities, via training programs.
Group of formative responses introduced into business strategies that are aimed at maximising capacities and
creating professional enhancement conditions for company employees and/or for other entities.
Formative responses that are aimed at improving opportunities for the creation of professional enhancement
conditions for Public Administration employees.
Promote the creation of jobs, thereby preventing and fighting against unemployment
Target 2010: NO. of companies and
other entities that successfully
formulate strategic development plans
= 12550.
Target 2010: NO. of employees that
have completed training programs =
97100
Target 2010: NO. of employees that
have completed training programs =
54,800
Specific
entrepreneurship
backing
Promote the creation of jobs and business ventures, namely those that encounter the greatest socioprofessional
insertion difficulties, specifically for youths, the unemployed and those persons in disadvantaged
social situations. Promote the transition from an inactive to an active life, namely through vocational training
programs that are aimed at creating conditions for the promotion of employability for youths looking for their
first job.
In progress
Target 2010: NO. of jobs created =
11,600; Target 2010: NO. of trainees
integrated into jobs after completion of
traineeship = 35,000.
Plan for the
Integration of
Immigrants
UNIVA Immigrant Network: Network of 27 UNIVA units, aimed at immigrants (25 Associations + 2
National Immigrant Support Centres (CNAI):
In progress
26 UNIVA units in operation; 13,192
people attended to (Jan to Aug);
Results likely up until 2010: 18,000
people attended to per year; + 50%
placement (in jobs or training)
Recognition of Qualifications: The creation of Advice Bureaus for the recognition of qualifications. In progress Six Universities with Advice Bureaus
for immigrant students; 424 higherlevel
equivalence/recognition
qualification grants obtained in
Countries not belonging to the EU.
Financial support from
the IEFP.
Cooperation with the
Director General for
Higher Education
(DGHE) and the
Universities; the opening
of a Bureau in National
Support Centres is
expected; the existence of
a specific Decree for
foreign doctors.
43

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Intervention
Programs for the
Unemployed
Unemployed young persons (23-30 years of age): Programme that considers three types of approach in
relation to employability profiles: (1) orientation for education/training pathways within the New
Opportunities Initiative framework; (2) orientation for the RVCC system and/or vocational training
trajectories; (3) orientation for integration into vocational training programs or for supporting integration into
the jobs market, with help from others or of the employee’s on accord.
In progress
Target 2010 (accumulated)
physical: 140,000 persons;
financial: 255,000,000 €
Unemployed (31-54 years of age): Programme aimed at job market integration and/or guidance for
occupational activities, vocational training activities or professional orientation interventions.
In progress
Target 2010 (accumulated)
physical: 305,000 persons;
financial: 430,000,000 €
Unemployed Adults (55+ years of age)
In progress
Target 2010 (accumulated)
physical: 101,000 persons
financial: 100,000,000 €
PROMOTE A BALANCE BETWEEN FLEXIBILITY AND SAFETY IN THE WORKPLACE, AS WELL AS AN IMPROVEMENT IN WORKING CONDITIONS
National Strategy for
Occupational Health
and Safety, 2008-
2012
Instrument for the reinforcement of employee health and safety standards, sharing the central objective of
significantly reducing accidents sustained at work and also that of professional illnesses, taking national
figures as its first point of reference, seeking out structures so as to be able to better and more effectively
comply with the law on the part of micro, small and medium-size businesses; those that make up the
overwhelming majority of our business community.
In progress
Encourage company
adaptability for the
reconciliation of
professional activity
within personal and
family life.
Amendments to the Labour Code in respect to promoting the maintenance of working hour duration limits,
with an increase in flexibility through collective bargaining within collective work contracts, or by internal
company decisions which concentrate on the possible introduction of “time banks”. Alterations in the labour
code in respect to promoting reconciliation between professional activity and personal and family life, namely
through parenting consent and the reinforcement of measures offered for aiding parenthood and giving
assistance to parents and children alike.
In progress
Regulated and appropriated by the
Portuguese business community via its
incorporation into business
management.
44

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Creation of
employment policies
specific to certain
areas of activity
Required integration into specific laws: (i) policy for working at home; (ii) naval and highway transport work
policies.
In progress
The Right to
Vocational training
Amendments to the Labour Code, promoting the implementation for the ‘right to training’, via: (i)
clarification of the student work statute; (ii) adaptation of the "training clause", establishing the mandatory
character of admitting entry for youths of up to 18 years of age, not having completed basic school education,
being thereby subjected to enrolling in the educational training system; and (iii) reinforcing the right to
continuous vocational training and the adaptation to mechanisms for its successful accomplishment, such as,
for example – comparing the frequency of RVCC processes to continuous training; allowing the accumulation
of annual minimum training programs on the part of companies; allowing for these arrangements, relative to
training, to be adapted for collective recruitment and so that the issuing of training certificates becomes
mandatory.
In progress
Regulated and appropriated by the
Portuguese business community via its
incorporation into business
management.
Promote collective
business activity
Collective Work Conventions: 1 – Alteration of the current legal framework in relation to the law and that of
the IRCC and individual work contracts, defining that the work contract regulatory legal standards can be
disregarded by the IRCC, when: (i) they result in the contrary; (ii) are more favourable to workers, when they
respect the following topics: a) personality, equality and non-discrimination rights; b) parenting protection; c)
child labour; d) workers with reduced capacity workload, having chronic disability or illness; e) student
workers; f) obligation on the part of the employer to supply information; g) limits to the duration of normal
daily and weekly work periods; h) minimum duration of free time, including the minimum duration of annual
holidays; i) maximum working time periods for night workers; j) types of performance bonuses and wage
guarantees; k) the area of health, cleanliness and safety; l) accidents at work and professional illnesses; m)
transference between companies or establishments; n) the rights of the elected work representatives. 2 –
Alteration of the outmoded and out-of-date collective work convention policies.
In progress
Arbitration Mechanism for Collective Work Conventions: The creation of a necessary arbitration mechanism,
actionable at the request of one of the parties, for guaranteeing the future of the collective work conventions.
In progress
45

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Cessation of work
contract
Simplify and reduce the time span of individual dismissal procedures which are currently in force, without
reducing any legal protection given to workers: Redefine the list of work contract cessation modalities within
the current legal framework, in respect of covering the following list of modalities: (i) expiry; (ii)
cancellation; (iii) dismissal for reason attributable to the worker; (iv) collective dismissal; (v) dismissal
because of discontinuation of the work position; (vi) dismissal because of inadaptability; (vii) the decision of
the worker; (viii) rescission on the part of the worker.
In progress
Strengthen
pedagogical,
inspection and
repression
instruments
Alteration of the current legal framework so as to: (i) widen the scope of sanction applications; (ii) appeal
against sanctions; (iii) establish dissuasive mechanisms for the non-fulfilment of compensations, via
rendering of guarantees; (iv) reinforce the framework of accessory sanctions; (v) simplify the administrative
process of administration offence procedures; (vi) reinforce the ACT examination frameworks; (vii) reinforce
the ACT personnel upper-level technical support and administrative framework.
In progress
Aim: Examination framework: 400 in
2009 with subsequent annual
reinforcement in order to assure the
permanency of this value.
Aim: Upper-level technical support
and/or administrative personnel
framework: a minimum of 50 staff per
year up until 2010.
Adaptation of the
social protection
system
Adoption of the following measures: (i) promotion of more efficient and balanced regulations as to the costs
and salaries of different types of work (modulation of social security contributions and incentive for the
contracting of permanent staff); (ii) intervention in the independent workers social protection policy,
approximating it to third-party workers / wage earners as much as possible (alteration based on contribution
rates) and (iii) unification of independent worker protection schemes, with the existence of only one that has a
material protection range that actually integrates the widened protection policy (family contributions,
sickness, pregnancy, parenthood and adoption, professional illnesses, disability, old age and death).
In progress
46

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Adaptation of active
Company policies
Adoption of the following measures: (i) support the conversion of turning independent work into permanent
contracts (reduction of social security contribution payments); (ii) support the permanent contracting of
young people, supporting the conversion of independent work or contracts into permanent contracts,
facilitating the transition to an active life (exemption from social security contributions, financial incentives
for the contracting of youths, reinforcement of trainee programs, creating a specific measure for supporting
development of business initiatives in active higher growth potential sectors; (iii) facilitate the unemployedemployed
transitional process, preventing and combating long-term unemployment (exemption from making
social security contributions, financial incentives for the contracting of DLD, support for the development of
business initiatives at social level, spreading the creation of prime jobs, broadening of the micro-credit tool):
(iv) support entry into the jobs market for persons older than 55 years of age (exemption and reduction of
paid social security benefits and the creation of a senior voluntary programme); (v) support entry into the jobs
market of underprivileged people (exemption from paying social security, supporting the development of
“insertion jobs”); (vi) promote progressive approximation employment modalities (create the “social activity
contract" and the "job-insertion contract").
In preparation and /
or in progress
Fighting against
dependency and the
segmentation of work
markets
In the sense of fighting against illegal dependency, thereby reducing legal dependency and improving social
protection of independent workers, acknowledging that recourse to atypical forms of employment, necessary
for company activity and the development of the economy, must not constitute a means of by-passing the
Law, hence proposing an alteration to the presumption of work contracts and therefore the creation of new
and very serious violations of the law in relation to the dissimulation of work contracts in order to permit an
effective usage control of . Limit the admissibility of fixed-term
contracting; in the case of the opening of new establishments, those belonging to companies of less than 750
employees, thereby reducing the duration of fixed-term contracts to 3 years, applying this limit to the group
of fixed-term or temporary contracts for the job position in question, or the providing of services for the same
purposes, signed between a worker and the same employer or employers, amongst which there exists a title or
group associate relationship.
In progress
Reinforcement of Social Cohesion
National Strategy for
Social Protection and
Social Inclusion
2008-2010
The National Strategy of Social Protection and Inclusion identifies various inclusive policy promotion
initiatives that articulate the National Action Plan on Social Inclusion 2008-2010, the Strategy for Pensions
and the National Plan for Health Care and for Long-Term Care.
In preparation
This strategy includes the following
initiatives:
- Minimum Guaranteed Monthly Salary
- Social Insertion Income (SII)
- Joint Old-age Supplement Payment
- Family Support Policies
47

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Reform of primary
health care
Development of organisational changes in the provision of primary health care at Quality and organisational
change level, as well as hospital Governance and knowledge management in addition to Sustainability and
Development.
In progress
Family Health Units (FHU) – unit
installed into the health centre system
and bestowed with technical and
functional autonomy, composed of a
multi-professional team, established
using a lighter and more flexible
organization model, aimed at providing
proximity and quality health care to
individuals and families alike.
Objectives: 150 FHU’s by the end of
2008 and 250 FHU’s by the end of
2009. The 142 FHU’s already in
operation give family medication to
around 200 thousand new users.
Health Centre Groupings (ACES):
within the scope of Primary Health
Care Reform, envisaging organisational
restructuring via the formal constitution
of 74 ACES by the end of 2008. Direct
benefits are gained from the role of this
new structure in the efficient
coordination and management of
‘ACES’ resources and the
implementation of best practices,
specifically at medical governance
and management control levels.
Objective: formal constitution of 74
ACES up until the end of 2008, without
prejudice to the implementation process
extended out into 2009.
48

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Promotion of Gender
Equality
IV National Plan for Equality: Citizenship and Gender (2007-2010); III National Plan against Domestic
Violence (2007-2010); I National Plan against Human Trafficking (2007-2010)
Within the scope of the POPH, making available a group of interventions that envisage the development of a
governance system that considers the scope of gender equality, the promotion of gender equality and
integrated prevention for victims of discrimination, done so via supporting the organisational change of hence
included organisations, training, information disclosure activities and also by providing support to female
business ventures.
In progress
Target 2010:
- NO. of people covered by projects
promoted by NGOs / non-profit making
institutions = 5443
- NO. of persons involved in business
plans for equality = 907
- NO. of companies formed by women
= 1059
- NO. of NGOs supported with projects
promoting gender equality = 83
- NO. of persons who have concluded
gender violence training activities =
636
PROMOTE AN INTELLIGENT COUNTRY
City Policies
Urban Networks for
Competitiveness and
Innovation
Thus aimed at supporting the affirmation of cities, where those of us who utilise knowledge networks,
innovation and competitiveness at national or international levels, promote the strengthening of the cities’
higher economic functions via the attainment of threshold and synergetic networks for the qualification of
technological infrastructures and the development of innovative and competitive activity attraction factors,
stimulating cooperation between Portuguese cities and scientific and higher-level education institutions, for
the shared valued estimation of shared resources, potential and knowledge, thereby valuing the differentiating
factors, promoting the insertion of cities into international networks and affirming overall international
images, further optimising the potential of infrastructure and equipment from a network level perspective.
In progress
Affirmation of interurban cooperation
practices. Development (up until 2015)
of around 40 city network Strategic
Programs. These Urban Networks will
be able to adopt a territorial or a
thematic character, with the interurban
Strategic Cooperation Programs having
an overall duration of 4 years, which
are, within the sequence of the opening
of public tenders, part of the urban
community and other urban activities
initiative.
In October 2008, the first
public tenders for Urban
Network Strategic
Programs for
Competitiveness and
Innovation were thereby
closed.
49

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Urban regeneration
partnerships
This measure sets out a structured and formal cooperation process between those entities proposing the
preparation and implementation of a common Action Programme for the regeneration of a specific area
within a city. This is aimed at promoting social cohesion and inclusion, the integration and equality of
opportunities for the different communities within the city, stimulating socio-economic revitalisation of
degraded urban areas, qualifying urban environment and other determinant factors in terms of the quality of
life of the population, reinforcing the attractiveness of cities via the preservation and giving of value to urban
areas of excellence, reinforcing participation by citizens and innovating new forms of urban governance via
the cooperation of various active urban entities.
In progress
Structuring of Local Partnerships for
Urban Regeneration programs. Support
(up until 2015) of around 65 urban
regeneration Action Programs. The
Action Programs last for 3 years and
are, within the sequence of the opening
of public tenders, part of the urban
community and other urban activities
initiative.
Within the scope of the
first public tender carried
out in 2008, 23
Partnership Action
Programs have already
been selected for the
Urban Regeneration
programme.
Innovative Actions
for Urban
Development
Destined for the support of pilot projects that are to be applied within Portuguese cities, thereby aimed at
developing or transferring solutions that still have not been tested over national territory or, having had
positive results, lacked any sort of application on a broadened scale and therefore not having motivated any
form of replication. The privileged thematic areas are: the providing of local services; urban accessibility and
mobility; safety, risk prevention and combat against crime; management of public areas and buildings;
sustainable construction; the urban environment; creativity and entrepreneurship, with the giving of value to
regional resources; and urban governance with the increased participation of citizens and financial entities.
In progress
Target 2015: Support to 75 pilot
projects
50

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
SINERGIC - LAND
Registration -
National System for
the Exploration and
Management of
Geographic
Information
The intention, via a coordinated process, is the efficient and sustained promotion and execution, management
and exploration of registration data - the fundamental component of national geographic information,
establishing database information for other types of data and for information structures that have localisation
data as a common reference. The existence of a registration process will act as transversal support to many
types of databases and information structures, establishing itself as a key vector for the administrative
modernisation and streamlining of processes and procedures, as well as increasing the transparency of
decisive public processes.
Territorial Organisation: Information Infrastructures
In preparation
The existence of land registration in
Portugal, establishing itself as an
indispensable tool for regional,
environmental (particularly farming
and forestry), financial and public work
projects organisational policies. The
first three years over the carrying out of
the project will consist of the gathering
of registration information in reference
to administrative subdivisions where
established Forest Intervention Zones
(ZIFs) are encountered or are in the
process of construction.
National System of
Territorial
Information (SNIT) /
Town and Country
Planning Portal
This project covers the on-line access of land planning tools, with the on-line availability of systemised
alphanumeric and graphical information regarding the land management system via the DGOTDU website,
which includes the ability to consult the current land management tools, verify the state of play of the
respective preparation, alteration and revision procedures, as well as provide collaborative platforms for
tracking land management procedures.
In progress
Development of the Land Management
Collaborative Platform;
dematerialisation of preparation
processes, approval, registration and
publication of the General Labour
Inspectorate (GLI); improvement as to
access of GLI information on the part
of the citizen.
Virtual maps
Based on the agreement between the Portuguese Geographical Institute and Microsoft who provide aerial
images of the entire country through the Virtual Earth platform, the central public administration benefits
from the free licensing of the Virtual Earth programming interface which offers an enormous potential
resource for the organisation, management and exploration of Geographical Information on the part of
Administration, providing interaction between various Public Administration organisms in addition to the
relationship with its own Citizens and also towards the development of highly innovative services.
Re-qualification and Valorisation of Endogenous Resources
In progress
The incorporation of geographic
information (GI) within the public
administration (PA) – at central and
regional level – whether by means of
visualisation or by the integration of its
systems into specific functions. The
creation of land homogeneousness
through the utilisation of GI. Reduction
in duplications and redundancies
through the production of GI within the
PA. Greater facility in the upgrading of
the 1:10,000 map design produced by
the town municipalities and their
associations. Growth of the GI services
market.
51

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Integrated Requalification
and
Valorisation
Operations of the
Coastal region -
'Polis Littoral'
The essential objectives of these interventions are to maximize environmental resources as a competitive
factor via the valorisation of economic activities connected to coastal area resources, being associated with
the preservation of natural resources; to protect and re-qualify the coastal area, taking into account that of
coastal defence, the promotion and conservation of nature and biodiversity, the naturalisation and restructuring
of lagoon regions and also the preservation of natural and landscape heritage; guard and defend
the public, goods and natural risk systems; promote public enjoyment of the coastline, supported by the requalification
of bathing regions and environmental and cultural heritage. Three areas have already been
defined for priority intervention: Litoral Norte, Ria de Aveiro and Ria Formosa.
In progress
Prevention of risks associated with
coastal activity. Creation of
infrastructural conditions and the
implementation of management models
which provide value to littoral
potentialities.
PROVERE –
Programme for the
Economic
Valorisation of
Endogenous
Resources
Tool for stimulating economic agent initiatives, orientated at the improvement of regional competitiveness in
low density areas, aimed at giving greater economic value to endogenous resources.
In progress
Examinations carried out for the
financing of preparatory actions, of
which 19 candidates out of 65 where
approved.
A public bid will be
launched, up until the end
of 2008, for the formal
acceptance of PROVERE
Plans of Action, such as
Collective Efficiency
Strategies that will start
to be put in place from
the first quarter of 2009.
52

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Continuation of the
implementation of
the Rural
Development
Programme
(PRODER)
Continuation of the implementation of the Rural Development Programme (PRODER) so as to substantiate
the National Strategic Rural Development Plan for the 2007/2013 Period.
In progress
Continuation of the implementation of
the Rural Development Plan
(PRODER) so as to substantiate the
National Strategic Rural Development
Plan for the 2007/2013 Period,
considering 6 measures and 15
activities which are aimed at the
"promotion of competitiveness"; 4
measures and 19 activities aimed at
"sustainable management of rural
areas"; 5 measures and 7 activities
aimed at "stimulating rural areas"; 3
measures and 4 activities aimed at the
"promotion of the understanding and
the development of competencies”.
Around 35% of the programme
activities are currently in progress.
Implementation of
the National Strategy
for the Sea
Implementation of the National Strategy for the Sea, encompassing the following Programmes:
1. Planning and Organisation of Marine Space and Activities.
2. Sea-specific network of Information and Knowledge.
3. Surveillance, Safety and Defence of the Sea.
4. Communication and Awareness of the Sea.
5. International Cooperation for the Sea.
In progress
Digital infrastructure – Broadband
New Generation
Community
Networks
Promote the creation of Community Networks such as broadband public networks in underprivileged regions
or in areas where there is a lack of telecommunications infrastructure, namely where difficulties exist as to the
introduction of New Generation Networks, i.e., those which have to be necessarily technologically neutral.
Provide identical access to all operators through tenders for their subsequent development. It is equally
intended to develop the utilisation of optical fibre networks already constructed within City and Regional
Digital projects.
In progress
53

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
e-Science
infrastructures
Strengthening and development of new e-Science infrastructures which are thereby accessible throughout the
entire country, including a high performance network for investigation and education (RCTS), scientific
digital libraries, open access scientific data and information warehouses, the computational Grid and supercomputing,
plus platforms for distance investigation work.
In progress
Continuation of the
development of
Internet Network
space
Development of “communitarian space”, based on the existing Internet Network, thereby creating, in a
promotional manner, the connection between urban and rural communities with intramural and extramural
activities, aimed at social interaction based on new technologies, the stimulating of the setting up of
associations, electronic democracy and e-learning via use of the Internet.
In progress
Ciência Viva Centres
Network
The development of a network of Ciência Viva Centres as an infrastructure for the promotion of scientific and
technological culture throughout the country in order to stimulate the interest of young people in taking up
activities and scientific and technical careers, as well as for the facilitation in the appropriation of new
technology and understanding by the public.
In progress
54

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
Offer of
“Broadband” –
Digital Terrestrial
Television
The launch of retail-based Naked DSL offers.
DACA: The following results / impacts are to be carried out:
• Digital transmission for Internet access, without monthly sign-up costs, on the part of the national general
public, thereby providing, at the minimum, television programme transmission services via the current
terrestrial analogue system;
• Stimulation as to the development and understanding of the Information Technology Society via coverage
and popularity of the terrestrial system;
• Promotion of competition within the electronic communication sector, via the emergence of an alternative
platform, for specific access to digital television;
• More efficient utilisation of the radio-electric spectrum and liberation of the frequencies used by the
analogue system, ideally to be concluded by 2012, as advocated by various communitarian instances;
• The creation of suitable conditions for the development of new services;
• Potential stimulus of the Portuguese content, application and equipment industry;
Still under
preparation
See 2005-2008 Measure:
Development of the
electronic
communications system,
with particular emphasis
on the offer of
"Broadband” digital
terrestrial television.
School Network
School park
recuperation
programme
The Re-configuration of the network, through the perspective of the creation of school centres, assumes two
distinct types of intervention, based on the territorial and social contexts in which they may found.
The programme foresees the interventions as being carried out in urban and rural zones alike. Focused on the
re-qualification / amplification or construction of one or more school centres in geographically central areas
in relation to other basic schools from the 1° small dimensions cycle.
The school park recuperation Programme is forecast for intervention within 600 schools by 2010.
In progress
55

Measure
Description
Current
status: in
preparation
/ in progress
Expected results until
2010
Notes
56

PNACE 2005-2008
Results of Measures

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Creation of the
figure of Financial
Controller at each
Ministry
Procedures for
improving
compliance with
the duty of
information in
terms of budget
matters
The FC seeks to
encourage the improved
management of public
resources within the
sector scope providing
support to the sector
Minister of the area in
which they are inserted,
planning domains, budget
execution, commitment
undertakings, rendering
of accounts and reported
obligations.
Amendment of
procedures to improve the
quality and timely
consolidation of
information and reinforce
budget control.
Application of noncompliance
sanctions by
way of legal provisions
introduced into budget
laws, the Law on Local
Finances and the Law for
the Financing of Self-
Governing Regions.
Completed
In progress
The FC has fortified the budget consolidation strategy by rationalising public spending and
supporting the implementation of better management practices. The early alert system has been
used to notify the MEF of situations in which there are risks of non-compliance with budget goals.
The FC has also monitored the undertaking of financial commitments.
New measures in
progress which seek
to improve
information on the
accounts of
Regional and Local
Administrations, in
particular that
relating to
indebtedness.
2

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
PRACE: State
Central
Administration
Restructuring
Programme
Promote the assessment
of Ministries and
respective services and
proceed with definition in
alignment with new
organic correspondents.
Seeks to contain primary
running costs, rationalise
and improve the quality
of services offered
Completed
407 laws relating to the new organic legislation were published corresponding to a 26.2%
reduction in the macro-structures of Central Administration (directorate-generals and public
institutions) and a 24.9% reduction in micro-structures (service departments and divisions). In
terms of management posts a 22.1% reduction was verified in upper management posts and a
24.9% reduction in mid-level management posts.
Revision of system
of employment
bonds, careers and
remuneration of
Public
Administration
employees
Reduction in complexity
of the forms of
incorporating the legal
relationship of public
posts; introduction of a
clear conceptual
distinction between
situations in which a list
of nominated posts and a
list of posts based on
employment contracts for
undetermined periods
should be incorporated;
reduction in the
complexity of the type of
careers and wage levels;
creation of remuneration
mechanisms associated
with performance levels
and taking into account
the budget capacity of the
State; creation of a
relationship between the
mechanisms of human
resources' management
and the needs of overall
services' management.
Completed
Law No.12-A/2008 of 27 February (new employment bond regimes, careers and remunerations in
Public Administration). Regulated via the creation of the Single Wage Table (Regulatory Decree
No.14/2008 of 31 July) which is now based around 115 positions (instead of 22 tables and 522
positions), plus the fusion of 1715 careers in 3 general regime careers (Decree-Law No.121/2008
of 11 July).
3

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Revision of
employee
assessment system
Revision of
employee
assessment system
Conception of a
service assessment
system
Reinforcement of
management via goals,
differentiation of
performance and
valorisation of excellence
and merit
Reinforcement of
management via goals,
differentiation of
performance and
valorisation of excellence
and merit
Assessment of results
compared with goals
stipulated reflecting the
budget allocation of these
services
Completed
Completed
Completed
The Assessment System (SIADAP) was revised by Law No.66-B/2007 of 28 December.
The Assessment System (SIADAP) was revised by Law No.66-B/2007 of 28 December.
The Assessment System was approved by Law No.66-B/2007 of 28 December.
Convergence of
Public
Administration
health subsystems
Convergence of Public
Administration health
subsystems via the fusion
of several health
subsystems and the
convergence of the
remainder with ADSE
general rules.
Completed
New measure in
progress to
rationalise public
health subsystems
in particular that
regarding financial
relations with the
National Health
Service (SNS)
Medication Policy
Reduction of expenses
incurred in coparticipations
and
fighting fraud and
wastage.
in progress
Measures implemented in 2007: 6% reduction in the price of medications, 5% reduction in
maximum scale of co-participation and elimination of 10% enhancement of co-participation in
generic medications. Estimated impact in 2007 of around €90m.
Implementation of a new
medication invoicing verification
system from 2009 will improve
system security enabling costs
incurred in co-participations to be
reduced (reduction estimated in
5% a year).
Convergence of
public employee
social protection
regime with the
general regime
Extinction of 30 special
retirement regimes and
convergence of other
social protection domains
(sickness protection),
envisaging the financial
sustainability of the
Completed
The effects of the transposition of the Social Security General Regime reform principles occurred
from January 2002. This measure contributed to the reduction of the risk of pension cost
projections removing Portugal from the group of "high-risk" member-states benefitting the longterm
sustainability of public finances.
The obligation of
employer
contribution
payments shall be
extended to services
integrated as of the
2009 State Budget.
4

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Public Employee Social
Protection Regime.
Transposition of Social
Security General Regime
reform principles.
Reinforcement of
justice system for
private sector
pensions and the
promotion of active
aging
Approximation of actual
retirement age to legal
age (65 years) via the
penalisation of early
retirement, of the new
classification for early
retirement age due to
long-term unemployment,
reintroduction of bonus
for extension of working
life beyond the legal
retirement age and
introduction of
sustainability factor.
Completed
- Law No.53-B/2006 of 29 December which instituted the Social Support Index (IAS) replacing
the guaranteed minimum monthly income (RMMG) as a new fixing, calculation and revision
referential for State support and established objective rules for the revision of the pensions of
various social protection regimes.
- Basic Social Security System Law (Law No.4/2007 of 16 January) which redefined the social
protection model and its financial format.
- Judicial Regime for the Protection of Invalidity and Old Age Eventualities of the Social Security
General Regime (Decree-Law No.187/2007 of 10 May) which established a new social protection
regime for the invalidity and old age of beneficiaries of the social security general regime, seeking
to implement more appropriate measures to tackle the risks of demographic aging, namely, via the
amendment of the rules of calculating old age and invalidity pensions.
- Revision of social security financing model (Decree-Law No.367/2007 of 2 November) which
established and develops the generic financing framework of the social security system.
5

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Creation of the
Citizen Card
The Citizen Card shall
integrate the current ID
card and taxpayer cards
health service user and
social security
identification into a single
document and in the
future also include their
voting card. This
initiative also seeks to
simplify the data intake
process when issuing
residency permits and
creates a single
identification document
for resident foreign
citizens employing
biometric techniques and
the re-engineering of
collection,
personalisation, issuing
and delivery procedures.
In progress
• Number of desks throughout all national territory issuing Citizen Cards: 312
• 311,699 CC applications
• 169,406 cards delivered to citizens
* 100,875 with active licensed electronic signature (59.55%);
Formality
elimination &
simplification
programme
Registry office and notary
public
acts; licensing
procedures; simplified
taxation
regimes; unification
of initial
enrolment declarations,
modification and
cessation of
professional activities
for tax and
social security purposes
In progress
51,000 registrations of new owners via the Automobile Online Service (between September 2007
and August 2008);
2,173 companies incorporated via the Company Online Service up to August 2008 (on average
14.4 companies a day in August 2008)
More than 874,190 permanent company registration certificates issued via the Internet;
More than 1,286,400 online publications of company acts of life
Around 93% of national brand applications were made via the Internet in August 2008 via “Brand
Online” (1,096 applications)
More than 405,000 simplified business information (IES) forms sent in 2007 by companies to the
State in a single issue and exclusively via electronic means.
6

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Legislate Better
Programme
Definition of ex-ante
assessment models of the
administrative expenses
of legislative initiatives
and their adaptation to the
principles of electronic
administration
In progress
Health 24: 514 thousand contacts attended to;
• Interoperability between
DIGESTO judiciary databases
(legal information processing and
analysis system) and the judiciary
information processing databases
of the State.
• Definition of a technological
model for electronic
reconstitution (substantial
consolidation) of legislative texts.
• Implementation and
consolidation of open
consultation procedures to be
developed with Society, capable
of promoting the effective
participation of both citizens and
companies.
• Preparation of a practical guide
to draw up the normative acts of
Government.
Application of the
principle of the
Sole Desk
Application of the
principle of the Sole Desk
in projects such as:
Company on time/Onthe-spot
firm; Single
Automobile Document;
New generation of
citizen's advice bureaus in
conjunction with the
citizen's web portal;
Company Web Portal;
National Health Service
Customer Care Centre;
Electronic Complaints
On going
I lost my
Waller Desk:
In progress
Multiservices'
Desk: In
progress
Third Age
Desk: In
progress
(conception
phase)
2nd
Generation
Bureaus: In
progress
443 sole desks:
83 "Home Ready" desks;
101 "on-the-spot firm" / Empresa na Hora desks;
21 “Inheritance” and “Divorce with Sharing" desks;
162 “Single Automobile Document" desks;
36 “Instant Association" desks;
32 “Citizen Birth" desks;
8 “Instant Branch" desks.
Single Automobile Document:
More than 5,132,000 issued since October 2005.
162 Customer Care Desks in August, 191 in December 2008.
On-the-spot-firm (Empresa na Hora):
More than 57,000 created since July 2005.
101 Customer Care Desks in August, 117 in December 2008.
Around 70% of companies created in Portugal between January and June 2008 were Instant
Companies.
Average of 35 minutes to incorporate an Instant Company (average time in August 2008).
Increase the number of
multiservices desks to citizens
and companies
Health 24: Reduce unnecessary
medical urgency visits by at least
25%
Increase Homecare referrals to
30% - self-help - with potential
monitoring by Health 24
according to guidance focusing
on prevention and health
promotion.
7

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Citizen Birth:
Total of 67,000 registrations.
32 hospitals in August, 61 in December 2008.
More than 76% of all babies born in these hospitals were “born registered citizens”.
Home Ready:
More than 12,400 procedures carried out up to June 2008.
85 Customer Care Desks in August, 150 in December 2008.
Instant Association:
Total of 781 Instant Associations incorporated.
36 Customer Care Desks in August, 58 in December 2008.
Company Web Portal. Enables access to more than 480 information services and 21
dematerialised services available online,
- Permanent Bilingual Certificate (application & consultation),
- Online Company Incorporation,
- Rendering of Accounts' Certificate,
- Online Registration (includes 6 services),
- Registration via Online Deposit (includes 8 services)
- Catalogue of Permits (provides information on 505 licences and authorisations)
!I Lost My Wallet! Desk
- From September 2007 to August 2008 43,506 cards were issued
- 8 cards available for applications to issue 2nd copy
- 7 entities involved in AMA operations' administration
- 2 Desks operational (Laranjeiras & Odivelas Bureaus)
Multiservice Desks
- From December 2007 to August 2008 28,083 processes were made available
- 23 different processes available to citizens
- 6 entities involved in AMA operations' administration
- 1 Desk operational
2nd Generation Citizens' Bureaus
- 1 operational (Odivelas)
8

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Dematerialisation
Project for cases
and proceedings
before the Courts
Dematerialisation of legal
proceedings
In progress
CITIUS-Judicial Magistrates:
Since June 2007
1,361 judicial magistrates have application installed;
1,271 (93%) judicial magistrates who sat in on the explanatory sessions;
1,220 (90%) digital signature cards issued;
912 (67%) portable computers distributed;
119 training sessions held;
More than 534,000 legal actions performed using the application.
CITIUS-Delivery of Procedural Briefs
Since 7 April 2008:
More than 222,000 procedural briefs delivered;
On average, more than 11,000 different users access the application a week;
More than 6,000 users simultaneously working on the application;
CITIUS-Injunctions
Since 5 March delivery and proceedings are entirely electronic for injunction proceedings:
185,596 injunctions received via electronic means;
95% of injunctions delivered via electronic means directly via the application itself;
More than 246,000 notifications sent;
More than 63,500 executive deeds obtained;
On average, more than 183 different users per working day.
9

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Creation of
National Public
Acquisitions'
System &
expansion of
electronic
acquisitions'
project
Creation of an
integrated
dematerialised
technical, economic
and financial
information
administration
system in the
medication and
health products
scope
System for
assessing
organisational
performance
Common
Knowledge
Network;
Incorporation of the
National Public
Acquisitions Agency and
Ministerial Acquisitions'
Units - completed (see
Decree-Law 37/2007)
Monitoring of the shelflife
of medication and
medical appliances
Conception of an
assessment system for
Public Administration
managers which
reinforces goal-orientated
management, the
differentiation of
performance and the
valorisation of skill and
merit.
Creation of an
information web portal on
initiatives for
modernising and
innovation in Public
Administration
In progress
In progress
Completed
In progress
The National Public Acquisitions' Programme already encompasses all ministries and it is
estimated that savings may reach levels of 10% to 15% of actual spending.
Finalisation of Prototype-Project and development of application systems including the Chemist
Web Portal
Legislation corresponding to Public Administration Manager Assessment System published.
Since July 2008 the Common Knowledge Network has comprised 140 initiatives from 57 different
entities in Central, Regional and Local Public Administration, already available online via the
network web portal (www.rcc.gov.pt).
Of the entities enrolled, 10 entities from Portuguese-speaking countries stand out: Brazil, Cape
Verde and Angola.
The National Public Acquisitions'
Programme already encompasses
all ministries and it is estimated
that savings may reach levels of
10% to 15% of actual spending.
(150 million euros during the
2009-2010 period). In relation to
the shared health services already
created, it is predicted that in
accumulative long-term rates
savings may reach an amount of
around 200 million euros.
Making the different application
systems which comprise the
Integrated Information System
operational
The Common Knowledge
Network will continue to invest in
the offer of an integrated flexible
information system capable of
collecting all pertinent
information relating to good
The launch of
procedures to
celebrate the
Framework
Agreement is in
progress
10

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Initiatives cover all the themes of the Common Knowledge Network and are distributed among the
following areas: Citizen Services (64); Administrative Modernisation (36);
Information Technologies (4); Innovation in Administration (5); Electronic Administration (11);
Sustainability (4); Quality (16).
It is also worth highlighting that the Common Knowledge Network also offers a News & Events'
Directory updated on a daily basis, providing information on what is going on or what is scheduled
in the short and medium term.
practices in Public Administration
with great potential to be applied
and adapted by other Institutions.
To do so, increasingly more
detailed and functional
information on practices will be
integrated into the Initiatives'
Directory; attentive that most
recent additions are applied and
experimented well as well as meet
the information needs in an
increasingly more personalised
manner. In the sense of
facilitating the exchange of
experiences and promoting ideasharing
in a more coherent and
practical manner which enables
the joint creation of knowledge,
the Common Knowledge
Network will soon be offering
more collaborative angles, for
example:
- collaboration spaces which
encourage the construction of true
practical communities, uniting
professionals and experts from
the widest range of areas to
reflect and even resolve common
questions;
- the availability of virtual tools to
dynamise online events which
facilitate the reflection and
discussion of ideas in parallel
with actual live events;
- create the possibility for citizens
and companies to be able to make
their contribution regarding the
initiatives of the Common
Knowledge Network.
11

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Creation of Shared
Services' Centres
Transfer of public
services from
Central
Administration to
decentralised
Regional
Administration and
to local
governments
Creation of
Electronic
Certification
System of Key
Public State
Infrastructure
Elimination of multiple
structural repetitions
which exist in providing
support services to Public
Administration (namely
within the scope of the
implementation of the
Chartered Public
Accounting Plan - POCP,
the management of
human resources and
assets as well as the
implementation of a new
unified Social Services
model for all Public
Administration).
Increased proximity and
satisfaction of citizens'
needs with improved
efficiency and
effectiveness in terms of
service provided
Creation of a common
certifying agency of the
State (ECCE) which shall
issue licensed digital
certificates for members
of the Government and
Public Administration
managers.
In progress
Completed
Completed
The Shared Management of Public Administration Resources' Company (GeRAP), National
Public Acquisitions' Agency and Shared Services in Acquisitions and Logistics, Human Resources
& Financial Management Unit in the health service area, have been created.
Decree-Law 144/2008 proceeded with the transfer of competencies to municipalities within the
scope of education, namely relating to non-teaching personnel in primary education, the supply of
meals and support for the extension of the pre-school education timetable, to
activities to enrich the curriculum of the 1st cycle of primary education, to management of school
equipment and social actions in the 2nd and 3rd cycles of primary education.
The Key Public Infrastructure - State Electronic Certification System (SCEE) was created by
Decree-Law No.116-A/2006 of 16 June seeking to ensure the existence of an electronic
certification structure for electronic communications and transactions performed between State
services and institutions and between the State, companies and citizens. The State Common
Certifying Agency (ECCE) is already fully operational which issues licensed digital certificates
for members of the Government and Public Administration managers as well as within the scope
of duly registered specific functions (tax procedures and processes). The cryptographic key of the
State Central Certifying Agency (ECEE) was issued on 23 June 2006.
Five certifying institutions have already been licensed by the SCEE (The State Electronic
Certification Agency, The State Common Certifying Agency, the Electronic Passport Certifying
Agency, the Citizen Card Certifying Agency and the Assembly of the Republic Certifying
Agency), and shortly the Judiciary Certifying Agency will also be integrated. Link:
www.scee.gov.pt
Implement the international
interoperability of the SCEE, with
the process of licensing and
recognition of the State Electronic
Certification Agency in progress
in the most commonly used
operating systems and Internet
navigators together with the
Webtrust consortium. Also be
prepared for SCEE enrolment in
the FESA (Forum of European
Supervisory Authorities for
Electronic Signatures).
The provision of
shared services by
GeRAP will be
tested in an initial
phase at the MFAP
and subsequently
expanded to all
Public
Administration
Services.
12

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Electronic
Passport
Support
programme for
projects of
Potential National
Interest (PIN)
Restructuring the
venture capital
system
Creation of the
Portuguese Electronic
Passport incorporating
data in a digital format
(descriptive and
biometric) plus the
collection of data online;
Simplified access to
PEP's for special needs'
citizens
This programme consists
of a Recognition &
Monitoring System for
Projects of Potential
National Interest - PIN,
created to overcome
administrative blockages
to investments and
proceed with the close
monitoring of these
projects in order to ensure
their swift
implementation.
Reorganising public
venture capital
instruments.
Completed
Around 600,000 electronic passports issued up to August 2008 or around 30,000 a month.
Substantial increase in document security and corresponding increase in the effectiveness of this
control.
In progress Between January 2008 and now the number of PIN statute applications has totalled 17 of which 9
projects have had their PIN statute recognised, 1 was refused and at the current time 7 projects are
under analysis.
Completed
Repositioning of PME Investimentos S/A as refinancer to the Venture Capital sector and of
InovCapital S/A as the primary VC operator of the MEI.
New legislation for the sector (Decree-Law No.375/2007 of 8 November).
Measure to continue during the
2008-2010 period. The aim for
this period is to monitor all
projects which come to obtain a
PIN statute with a view to
speeding up procedures and the
swift resolution of the contextual
costs of the same.
13

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Implementation of
micro-credit and
micro venture
capital solutions
MIVE market
initiative
programme of
business worth
modified to –
Project PME
(Axis III) – ex-
MIVE
Encourage the
revitalisation of the
business fabric promoting
the appearance of new
managers and new
companies in strategic
areas with strong growth
and great innovative
potential
National level
solutions:
completed
Regional/local
level
solutions: in
progress
Completed
Up to the end of August, 453 financing operations involving credit and venture capital were
approved of which 390 have been implemented or are in their implementation phase (excluding
those approved which were discontinued due to dropout or caducity).
During the period of Sept 2007 and Aug 2008, the FINICIA Programme has continued to be
implemented with the creation of a platform in the Azores plus the creation of municipal level
Funds registering the following results:
(i) Credit supported by Mutual Guarantee in operations implemented or undergoing
implementation (excluding dropouts and caducity):
The number of operations approved rose to 295 corresponding to an overall investment of €23.23
million, credit in the amount of €13.63 million and a total amount of Mutual Guarantees of €9.19
million
During the period of October 2007 and August 2008 the number of operations has been 177
corresponding to an overall investment of €16.04 million, credit in the amount of €9.72 million
and a total amount of Mutual Guarantees of €6.57 million
(ii) Financing in Venture Capital:
95 venture capital operations have been approved, 72 of which between October 2007 and August
2008.
Of the 49 operations already implemented, 33 occurred between October 2007 and August 2008
corresponding to overall investment estimated at €5.6 million and venture capital financing in the
amount of €2.01 million
(iii) Municipal Funds: 73 Municipal level Funds have been created of which 14 between October
2007 and August 2008. The total value of Funds already created totals €21.53 million, of which
€2.925 million are associated with Funds created since October 2007.
Dynamisation of Bio-Entrepreneur Competition in a partnership with IAPMEI/APBio; Holding of
Empreenda´07 - Ideas & Financing Fair and BioEmpreenda'08; Dynamisation of Ideas and Means
Exchange via articulation with FINICIA platforms; dynamisation of a "coaching" pilotprogramme
for business initiatives of an innovative emergent nature; dynamisation of a pilotprogramme
to incubate innovative business ideas during the start-up phase; reinforcement of skills
of entrepreneurial facilitator agents - holding of a mission of 15 delegates (GAPI - Industrial
Property Support Offices and OTIC – Technology & Knowledge Transfer Workshops) to
Lausanne to take part in WS on technology transfer; Dynamisation of Scientific Partnership
Competition for Innovation; Organisation of WS in Lisbon on good international practices on the
topic of technology transfer; Dynamisation of training course in entrepreneurism for teachers, in
collaboration with Berkeley University, INTEL and ISCTE; Support granted for the formatting of
projects for implementation in business, based around the period in reference, the facilitation of
access to consulting in order to prepare 175 business plans. The rate of growth in 2007 (last
complete year) was 308% compared with 2005 (150% in comparison with 2006) This resulted in
the creation of 46 new companies with innovative characteristics, of which around half have a
technology basis.
With continuity
within the scope of
the
Entrepreneurism
Programme &
Economic
Valorisation of
Knowledge (see
New Measures file
for PNR 2008-
2010)
14

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
InovJovem
Programme
Operationalisation
of AGIRRE
Programme
Introduction of
entrepreneurial
teaching in
secondary schools
This initiative supports
the enrolment of young
adults into PME with
higher education
qualifications in critical
areas for innovation and
business development,
dynamising innovation
strategies and the
reinforcement of
competitiveness in
companies.
Identify and support the
restructuring processes of
companies facing
pressing crisis situations,
lack of economic and
financial viability,
ensuring employment
sustainability and
coordinating the actions
of the State in the
restructuring process and
company feasibility
(creating the Integrated
Intervention Council for
Business Restructuring -
AGiiRE).
The MEI via IAPMEI
dynamised a programme
designated as “Innovation
2007” - an initiative of
Europe scope which
involved 25 EM - in
collaboration with
DGIDC/ME aimed at
teenagers in secondary
school education.
In progress
Until May 2008 1149 candidatures had been approved, the equivalent of 4,674 young adults
covered of which 4,439 young adults have already been integrated. Total incentive of over 75
million euros. More than two-thirds of those who complete their apprenticeship period manage to
find a job. Small and medium-size companies recognise the importance of the programme via the
improvement in their management and innovation capacities.
In progress Within the scope of AGiiRE actions during 2007, a total of 6,270 contacts were registered.
Intervention processes were carried out (arranging of creditors) in 255 companies involving
12,500 work posts. Also, 2 processes were approved within the scope of the Integrated System of
Incentives for Business Modernisation & Revitalisation (SIRME) and 91 within the scope of Outof-Court
Reconciliation Procedures (PEC)
Completed
“Innovation 2007" Results:
- 4 regional workshops held;
- Involvement of 40 secondary schools.
Participation of Portuguese teenagers in the international "best idea of the year" competition
resulting in 1st and 3rd places in the overall competition.
Lines of action to continue during
the 2008-2010 period under the
responsibility of the IEFP
(POPH). Intensification of the
INOV-JOVEM programme along
the line of Vocational
Apprenticeships - goal: 5,000
apprenticeships/year
Measure to continue during the
2009-2010 period. During this
period the following
results/impacts are set as goals:
.Companies Contacted - 1300
. PEC Agreements - 250
. Work Posts Recovered - 12,500
Resolution of the
Council of
Ministers
No.63/2008 of 7
April
15

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Business Partners'
Programme
Contra entries of
public acquisitions.
Support cooperation
dynamics promoting
cluster logics.
Orientation for contra
entries of public
acquisitions to integrate
national companies in
consortiums and
international value
chains. Facilitate the
increase of technological
incorporation and
innovation
Completed
In progress
Holding sector meetings and cluster reinforcement activities. Operationalisation and scheduling
model defined envisaging activities to be developed within the domains of the identification of
strategic target areas and implement the respective Road-Mapping, the selection and support for
cooperation dynamics around strategic target areas and the creation of a "Cluster Facilitation
Network".
Monitoring of existing programmes has been carried out and also future programmes of light
weapons of the armed forces as well as new light armoured vehicles. The following activities are
also in progress:
- The EH101 helicopter programme from Agusta-Westland has been reformulated which includes
a major project which involves universities and technology companies in Maia.
- A major event was held at OGMA where many national companies were able to see at close
hand component parts available for awarding pursuant to the EADS-CASA programme.
- Continuation of the dynamisation of the aeronautics industry based around contra entry
programmes with EADS-CASA, Agusta-Westland, Northrop-Grumman and Lockheed-Martin
which will enable a strategic plan to be drawn up to define contra entry projects in this domain.
With continuity
within the scope of
the Collective
Efficiency
Dynamics
Programme (see
New Measures file
for PNR 2008-
2010)
Re-launch of
Dynamo
Programme
Specific support for
investment projects
involving the creation of
companies or their
expansion in transactional
goods and services
production activities of
high added value, duly
supported by clear market
strategies with a view to
their positioning in
international markets.
Completed
The results obtained were the following:
DYNAMO TENDER AT NEW PRIME
Implementation of the Dynamo Programme achieved particular importance with the reorientation
of the PRIME Programme in which a specific thematic phase was enrolled for candidatures
exclusively destined for investment projects in companies classifiable within the Dynamo strategy.
This specific tender for the sector came to set out improved access and financing conditions for
projects in line with the Dynamo strategy.
Measures covered and respective donations totalled €32 million, divided up as follows: SIME
€12.5m; SIPIE €5m; SIME I&DT €7m; SIME Int. €4m; DEMTEC €3.5m.
99 candidatures were received, divide up as follows: SIME -26; SIPIE- 29; SIME I&DT -1; SIME
Int. – 41; DEMTEC – 2. FASHION & MARKETS INTELLIGENCE CENTRE: Under
development within the scope of Axis VI - PME+ Project: conception, implementation and
maintenance of a Competitive Intelligence System with a view to the Production of Strategic
Information to be made available to all relevant players in the sector. This system integrated into a
platform which in the future will over other sectors/ clusters/ rows, shall enable:
16

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
• Perceive and monitor the joint classification of markets, technologies and players within
national and international scenarios; • Monitor and influence those outside international fashion
trends as well as produce information on lifestyle and fashion trends which may be used by
companies to develop competitive products;
• Identify opportunities and constraints on a continual basis to increase the competitiveness of
national industry; This system will also be a fundamental tool in the support for player and
instrument dynamics included within the scope of the programme proposed for the clusterisation
of the economy and/or for the Competitiveness & Technology Centres.
CeNTI— NANOTECHNOLOGY, FUNCTIONAL & INTELLIGENT TECHNICAL
MATERIALS' CENTRE:
CeNTI was formalised with the participation of CITEVE — Technology Centre for Clothing
Textile Industries of Portugal, of CTIC — Technology Centre for Leather Industries, of UMinho,
UPorto and UAveiro.
The CeNTI candidature for incentives within the scope of PRIME was approved corresponding to
an investment volume of around €5m.
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT CENTRES FOR THE FASHION SEGMENT:
2 Software Development Centres have been created within the scope of the partnership which
involves IAPMEI, Microsoft, UMinho, UAveiro, UBI, Forino and RECET — Association of
Technology Centres of Portugal, aimed at the fashion segment. The first, aimed at Textiles,
Clothing and Leather, promoted by CITEVE and CTICouro, the second aimed at Footwear
promoted by CFCP — Technology Centre for Footwear of Portugal and INESC Porto
TRAINING OF UPPER MANAGEMENT SPECIALISTS IN NEW MATERIALS FOR
TEXTILES, CLOTHING & FOOTWEAR:
The TVC Formar project has been defined seeking to develop two advanced training courses in
Nanotechnology and Advanced Materials, one aimed at unemployed personnel on leave and the
other aimed at active ITVC employees.
INSERTION OF QUALIFIED YOUNG ADULTS IN COMPANIES:
The actions associated with this topic have been carried out via specific approaches, implemented
in integration with horizontal initiatives such as Inov-Contacto and Inov-Jovem.
PROMOTION ABROAD OF PORTUGUESE FASHION: The promotion abroad of Portuguese
fashion has been essentially carried out under PRIME projects in public-private sector partnerships
between ICEP Portugal and the Fashion Segment Associations, based on the participation of
groups of companies in the most important international tenders and supplementary actions in
order to afford national brands greater visibility.
FASHION WEEK: The Fashion Week was held which brought together a number of events of the
Portuguese Fashion Catwalk Shows, Portugal Fashion, Showroom Brand Up, MODtissimo,
Lisbon Fashion Catwalks and Showroom, scheduled in a systematic manner in order to
17

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
potentialise greater impact and visibility on national and international markets via the
reinforcement of common communication and promotion actions and the adoption of a single
image which acted as an "umbrella".
Reinforcement of
the Tourism cluster
Development of the
following actions:
- Portuguese Tourism
Satellite Account
- Geographic Information
System
- Contractualization of
Foreign Tourist
Promotion
- International
Cooperation
- Pro-Tourism Project
- Development of 5 pilot
projects in the
construction of
differential and
competitive tourist
products
- "Good Practices" Award
Completed
The Portuguese Tourism Satellite Account and the geographic information system are operational.
Contractualization of Foreign Tourist Promotion: an assessment of the Promotion
contractualization model has been carried out, the necessary changes envisaged and the new model
implemented.
International Cooperation: The Programme is now operating normally.
Pro-Tourism Project: integrated into the Portugal IP Tourism Web Portal.
Development of 5 pilot projects in the construction of differential and competitive tourist products:
Developed within the classification of a geographical matrix of priorities set out for Tourist
Destinations and New Development Centres.
"Good Practices" Award: now operating as normal.
New
competitiveness
reinforcement
actions for tourism
are scheduled (see
New Measures file
for PNR 2008-
2010)
18

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Internationalisatio
n Programme
- Creation of a proximity
network in Spain offering
the joint services of
AICEP and IAPMEI.
- InovContacto
Programme
- "Portugal Brand"
Project -
Widening of exporter
base via investment in
important segments
Creation of
Aicep/Iapmei
Network:
completed
Inov Contacto
Programme:
in progress
"Portugal
Brand"
Project:
completed
Widening of
exporter base
via investment
in important
segments:
completed
Creation of Aicep/Iapmei Network: process completed
Inov Contacto Programme: 3rd edition held specifically focused on the technology segment.
Goals have been exceeded by around 15% compared with that initially predicted which has
enabled the integration of 578 apprentices.
INOV – ART Programme: Support for training of young adults with specific qualifications in
the areas of arts and culture via apprenticeships at institutions of repute within the international
context of the sector of arts and culture
"Portugal Brand" Project a number of promotional actions have been held in several foreign
markets (Germany, Angola, etc).
Widening of exporter base via investment in important segments: several initiatives held
envisaging the increase in the number of export companies.
Internationalisation in Healthcare: Compared with the status of the situation in 2007, plus:
IPATIMUP
Investigation Project
Contract: 'Approaching basal-like breast carcinomas to target therapy. A project combining the
reinforcement of logistic facilities with translational research'
Main Investigator: Dr. Fernando Schmitt
InovContacto Programme: It was
decided by Resolution of the
Council of Ministers No.53/2008
to reinforce this initiative with a
view to expanding cover both in
terms of apprentices and
companies. In this respect, Inov
Contacto should hold an average
550 apprenticeships a year over
the next 3 years.
In the healthcare area the results
obtained from the
contractualization of Portuguese
I&D by multinational drug
companies is encouraging and
had no precedent in the past.
New actions
envisaging the
internationalisation
of the Portuguese
economy are
scheduled (see New
Measures file for
PNR 2008-2010).
Gulbenkian Institute of Science:
Investigation Project
Contract: 'Characterization of bone marrow niches that impede or favour leukaemia engraftment
and expansion'
Main Investigator: Dr. Sergio Dias
19

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Within the scope of the promotion of scientific employment, support for the insertion of around
720 new PhD's has already been contractualized with national scientific and technology
institutions following tenders for programme contracts initiated in 2006 and 2008 by the
Foundation for Science & Technology, with the aim of supporting the contracting of at least 1,000
PhD holding investigators until 2009.
Stimulate the
creation of
qualified C&T
employment:
stimulate the
conditions for the
development of
I&D in companies,
partnerships with
investigative
institutions
(national and
multinationals) and
enable the
feasibility of new
technology base
companies
Stimulate the creation of
qualified C&T
employment: promote the
contracting of PhD’s at
institutions of the
scientific and technology
system, stimulate the
conditions for the
development of I&D in
companies, partnerships
with investigative
institutions (national and
multinationals) and
enable the feasibility of
new technology base
companies
In progress
The programme to support the insertion of PhD and Master's Degree holders into companies from
ADI reached a total of 354 PhD and Master's degree holders supported in two hundred different
companies.
Advertising of the Scientific Employment Grant for companies exceeded more than a thousand
applications;
In 2008 a new programme reinforcing scientific and technological investigation was launched by
the Foundation for Science & Technology with a view to supporting invited investigative
Academics at Portuguese universities.
To the end of 2007 116 projects had been approved within the scope of the NEOTEC Programme
and 61 technology based companies incorporated in the areas of biotechnology, electronics,
automation and robotics, among others, with it worth mentioning that the enterprising teams
involved around 145 PhD holders, 94 Master's degree holders and 138 teaching degrees and that
74% of these business projects concern the world market. As they concentrate on activities of high
technology intensity developing and producing in the vast majority of cases "means of production"
for other sectors, the importance of these technology based companies is multiplied by their
diffuser effect on innovation for the entrepreneurial fabric. Also associated with higher education
teaching the Intel/Berkeley Programme at ISCTE stands out, and within the continual training of
trainers, a training referential is being developed which includes the dimensions of
entrepreneurism).
Measures continuing up to 2010
20

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Stimulate and
monitor the
incorporation of
I&D in investments
and projects of
public interest
Stimulate and monitor the
incorporation of I&D in
investments and projects
of public interest
In progress
The new Code of Public Contracts approved by Decree-Law No.18/2008 of 29 January specifies
that in the case of contracts with values equal to or higher than €25,000,000, Contract
Specifications must specify the obligation to draw up one or a number of investigation and
development projects directly associated with the provisions which comprise the object of the
respective contract to be implemented within national territory, of an amount corresponding to at
least 1% or in certain cases 0.5% of the contract price, pursuant to terms to be specified in the
Contract Specifications (Pursuant to the terms of Item No.7 of Art.42.). In order to ensure the
convergence of the investigation projects proposed in a projected national strategy of advancing
knowledge within the wide area which the contracts refer to, a monitoring and inspection
commission has been created, taking into account the coordination, monitoring, auditing and
inspection of the execution of the investigation and development projects proposes by the
Contractor.
Measures continuing up to 2010
Reinforce the
conditions of
independence and
transparency of
international
scientific
evaluation
The evaluation both of
projects and investigation
units is carried out by
international panels
comprised of top-level
scientists from the
respective speciality
areas. The international
evaluation of higher
education in Portugal and
its institutions involves in
the process organisations
of recognised experience
and good standing such as
the Organisation for
Economic Cooperation &
Development (OECD),
the European Association
for Quality Assurance in
Higher Education
(ENQA) and the
European University
Association (EUA).
In progress
The process of reforming higher education implemented in 2006-2008 was preceded by
independent evaluation processes which involved organisations of recognised experience and good
standing such as the Organisation for Economic Cooperation & Development (OECD), the
European Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education (ENQA) and the European
University Association (EUA), taking into account respectively (i) the overall evaluation of the
higher education system, (ii) the evaluation of the quality guarantee system of higher education
and licensing practices, and (iii) a voluntary institutional assessment programme. In November
and December 2006 respectively, the results of the evaluation of the quality guarantee system of
higher education and licensing practices carried out by ENQA were disclosed and the overall
evaluation of the higher education system, carried out by the OECD. The voluntary institutional
assessment programme by way of the EUA has developed throughout the 2006-2008 period in an
already very wide range of higher education institutions.
A new exercise in the international assessment of all I&D units registered at the FCT has been
launched and is in its final phase (2007-2008). The assessment has already involved the works of
21 evaluation panels, including evaluation visits to investigation units, comprised of more than
200 foreign investigators who have assessed more than 330 investigation units located at various
points around the country.
Measures continuing up to 2010
21

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Clarify the
missions of State
Labs and enter into
Public Service
Contracts with
Associated Labs
Approval of the Reform
of State Labs; Entry into
service of new associated
labs
In progress
Five State labs have been made extinct or integrated into other institutions; 2 have been created
(National Energy & Geology Lab, National Biological Resources Lab); the Institute of Forensic
Medicine has been granted status as a State Lab; it was decided to incorporate the innovative
model of the I&D consortium with the character of a private non-profit entity articulating State
Labs, Associated Labs, companies and other national or foreign entities, beginning with the
incorporation of 4 consortiums (BIOPLIS for biology and biotechnology, Fisica-N for nuclear
physics, high energies and distributed computing, RISCOS for the prevention and mitigation of
natural and environmental risks, OCEANO for oceanography); the International Centre for
Volcanology was created in the Azores.
Measures continuing up to 2010
Promote thematic
Science &
Technology
networks
This measure has been
present in the
development of new
international partnerships
in science and technology
and higher education with
institutions of
international repute such
as is the case of MIT,
Carnegie Mellon
University, University of
Texas in Austin,
Fraunhofer Society and
others. Thematic
networks under
preparation within the
scope of these
partnerships at the
moment include the
following areas: (i)
Energy Systems, (ii)
Transport Systems, (iii)
Engineering of
Conception & Advanced
Production Systems, (iv)
Bioengineering Systems,
In progress
Within the scope of the MIT-Portugal Programme (www.mitportugal.org) launched in September
2006 with a focus on Engineering Systems in the areas of Energy, Transport, Conception,
Production and Bioengineering, several joint levels of collaboration with MIT have been set up
and launched in an new way in Portugal. Portuguese teachers and investigators and from MIT
have identified more than 30 investigation and development priority areas with a special emphasis
on the complex processes associated with the engineering of conception and industrial production
systems, sustainable energy systems, bio-engineering systems and transport systems. Within this
context, projects of interest to the Portuguese economic fabric have been launched, with this
synergy further valorised by the industrial affiliation programme particularly within the
automobile and energy sectors;
The CMU-Portugal Programme (www.cmuportugal.org) launched in October 2006 within the area
of information technology and communications also began the various post-grad programmes in
September 2007 conducive to a dual level between Portuguese institutions and the CMU. The
partnership with the University of Carnegie Mellon also includes the development of investigation
activities in several aspect of information technology and communications, with a number of
initiatives with Portugal Telecom, Nokia-Siemens and Novabase within the scope of the Industrial
Partners Programme having been particularly activated over the last year, which also includes
some of the leading small and medium-size national technology based companies;
Within the scope of the UTAustin-Portugal Programme (www.utaustinportugal.org) launched in
March 2007, the main areas of the programme include: i) digital content, multimedia production
and distribution; ii) advanced computing; iii) maths and iv) commercialisation of science and
technology, including the conception and implementation of new science and technology-based
business projects The first tender for investigation projects in the areas identified was launched up
Measures continuing up to 2010
22

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
(v) TIC’s, (vi) Content
and Digital Media and
(vii) Commercialisation
of Technology.
to October 2008.
It was decided to set up the first Fraunhofer Institute in Europe outside of Germany in Portugal,
the first of its kind in Europe, to be installed at the Engineering Faculty of the University of Porto.
Its director was selected and nominated and activities began in June 2008 with the perspective of
recruiting a competitive and international base of around 30 senior-level investigators during the
first phase. This Institute shall work in the Information Technology and Communications' area
with emphasis on Ambient Assisted Living, with the perspective also of setting up I&D
consortiums and cooperation projects involving Portuguese institutions and Fraunhofer institutes
on four topics: i) logistics; ii) biotechnology; iii) advanced production systems with application in
the automobile industry; and iv) nanotechnologies.
Systematic
reinforcement of
conditions for
scientific
investigation of
Higher Education
teachers and
students
Within the scope of the
Commitment to Science
initiative (Apr 2006),
amongst other measures
the Government decided
to increase the number of
PhD and Post-PhD
(already under
implementation) grants
by 60%, create a
programme of invited
academics with a
prevision of totalling 50
in 2009, create a PhD
programme in clinical
investigation associated
with the stages of the
medical career with the
aim of involving 300 PhD
finishers by 2009 and
create integration in
investigation grants (at
recognised I&D centres)
for Master's and teaching
degree students (already
under implementation in
In progress
The total number of advanced graduation grants being executed directly by the Foundation for
Science & Technology has come to increase in recent years, reaching 6,250 grants in 2007, of
which around 4,900 are PhD grants and 1,350 post-PhD grants. Within this scope, the number of
new grants allocated a years has seen a very expressive increase, rising by 77% in PhD grants and
41% in post-PhD grants in the last two years.
Within the scope of the promotion of scientific employment, support for the insertion of around
720 new PhD's has already been contractualized with institutions of the national scientific and
technology system, following on from tenders for programme contracts launched in 2006 and
2008 by the Foundation for Science & Technology with the aim of supporting the contracting of at
least 1000 PhD level investigators by 2009.
In 2008 two new reinforcement programmes for scientific and technological investigation have
already been launched by the Foundation for Science & Technology, envisaging: (i) support for
the integration of 5,000 students in investigation (at recognised I&D centres) from the initial years
of higher education, and (ii) support for academics invited to carry out investigation at Portuguese
universities.
The Foundation for Science & Technology is currently financing around 4,940 I&D projects in all
scientific areas, which corresponds to an increase of more than 800 new projects compared to
2005. It is worth noting that in the last tender for projects launched by the Foundation for Science
& Technology projects applied for financing in the amount of more than 600 million euros,
corresponding to an increase in excess of 25% in the number of projects and 100% in terms of
finance requested compared with the previous tender.
Measures continuing up to 2010
23

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
2006/07).
Since the launch of the Commitment to Science in March 2006, four new Associate Labs have
been created in the areas of Biotechnology (1), Energy & Transport (1) and Nanotechnology (2).
Around 1,100 new projects to reinforce experimental teaching in science in primary and secondary
level education and for Scientific & Technological Culture dynamisation actions have been
approved and are being implemented by the Live Science Agency in the last year which
corresponds to around 14 million Euros in public finance between 2007 and 2008.
Make experimental
practice in
scientific and
technical subjects
obligatory in
Primary &
Secondary Level
Education, and
reinforce the Live
Science Agency
Launch Live Science
project tenders for the
experimental teaching of
science in primary and
secondary level education
and the dynamisation of
scientific and
technological culture.
In progress
The Live Science Network of centres has been extended and currently comprises a total of 16
centres, 6 new centres of which have been inaugurated since 2005 representing an investment of
around 8.3 million Euros. At least another 5 more new centres are scheduled to be added in 2008-
09.
The implementation during the last year within the scope of the Live Science Programme during
holiday periods of 856 secondary school level education student apprenticeships at around 70
investigation and higher education institutions including for the first time the exchange of more
than 60 students between Portugal and Spain. This programme has already covered more than
5,800 secondary school level students since 1997.
Measures continuing up to 2010
The mobilisation of thousands of Portuguese students during the summer in holiday activities such
as Astronomy, Biology, Geology, Engineering and visits to lighthouses, having involved in the last
year around 136 institutions which ensured more than 2,300 advertising actions across the entire
country. Around 17,000 Portuguese students enrolled online in these actions though the total
number of participants is far higher since lots of the activities do not require pre-enrolment.
24

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Replace the Tax
Incentives System
for I&D Businesses
(SIFIDE)
Levy at least 20%
of the value of the
contra entries of
major public
acquisitions in I&D
projects and
innovation, and at
least 1% in budget
allocations from
the LPM
Replacement of the
SIFIDE - System of Tax
Incentives in Business
Investigation &
Development.
Reinforcement of the
activity of Investigation
& Development (I&D) in
Defence of international
cooperative scope;
Reinforcement of the
activity of Investigation
& Development (I&D) in
Defence of national
scope; Reinforcement of
national participation in
international cooperative
programmes for the
development and
production of weapons
and defence equipment:
Completed
In progress
The replacement from 2006 of the SIFIDE – replacement from 2006 of the SIFIDE - System of
Tax Incentives in Business Investigation & Development, revealed and a 50% increase in the
number of candidatures compared with the same period of the last year in which it had been in
force.
In a specific programme which involves Lockheed-Martin negotiated in 2008, 20% of the amount
available for contra entries for I&D and innovation projects was included. In this sense the aim
was to integrate a project being developed by PIEP/University of Minho with the potential of
future ties with industry aimed at the development of high technology composite materials and
transversal use throughout the entire industry. In August 2008 the EH101 Helicopter Programme
was renegotiated in which 250m euro project is inserted for the creation of a technology centre
where universities/companies shall acquire the capacity to conceive aeronautical components.
Measures continuing up to 2010
Measures continuing up to 2010
Promote support
programmes for
investigation in
consortiums and
the placement of
Master's and PhD
holders in
companies, and
articulate the
centres for
valorising I&D
results as a
network
Promote support
programmes for
investigation in
consortiums and the
placement of Master's and
PhD holders in
companies, and articulate
the centres for valorising
I&D results as a network
In progress
Of the measures implemented to promote a new impulse in innovation the following stand out,
which have enabled since 2005 the intervention of the Innovation Agency in more than 700 new
companies:
• Support for eight Excellence Networks involving dozens of companies and investigation
institutions;
• Completion of the Valorisation Centre Network which now covers all public universities and
most Polytechnic Institutes;
• Creation of 190 I&D nuclei in companies;
• Support for the contracting of PhD and Master's degree holders by companies which reached a
total of 354 PhD and Master's Degree holders in two hundred different companies;
• Promotion of the Scientific Job Grant among companies which exceeded more than one thousand
applications;
• Re-launch of support for Investigation in Consortiums,
• Major success in support for the creation of new technology based companies.
Measures continuing up to 2010
25

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Support and
dynamise the
participation of
companies and
national I&D
centres in
transnational
projects
Ensure broadband
connections in all
schools across the
country;
promote the
opening up of the
school
environment;
facilitate the use of
computers at home
by students
Duplicate the
network of Internet
Spaces
Implement the
RCTS trunk
(Science,
Technology &
Society Network)
and extend its
connections to
international
networks (Geant2);
Create a national
AP security
network and
develop a
computing security
policy
Promote the participation
of companies and I&D
centres in international
knowledge networks to
launch strategic
partnerships with
institutions of
international excellence
Broadband connections in
all schools across the
country; promote the
opening up of the school
environment; facilitate
the use of computers at
home by students
Duplicate the network of
free public access spaces
to broadband Internet
with support from
specialised personnel
Implement the RCTS
trunk and extend its
connections to
international networks
(Geant2); Create a
national AP security
network and develop a
computing security policy
In progress
In progress
In progress
In progress
In partnerships with MIT, Carnegie Mellon University and the University of Texas Austin more
than four dozen companies are involved, most of the Associated Labs of the country and several
investigation centres of a high number of university institutions and in particular all public
universities. Measures continuing up to 2010
Broadband connections in all public primary and secondary level education schools were
completed in January 2006.
Integration of ICT into educational activities and the training of ICT teachers was promoted.
The acquisition of computers by students has been facilitated via IRS tax deductions from 1
December 2005 to 31 December 2008.
The acquisition of computers by primary and secondary level students and teachers has been
facilitated by e-school and e-pre-school programmes. Measures continuing up to 2010
The Internet Network Spaces was organised with the 1st Meet of Internet Network Spaces held in
November 2006. this network has grown substantially including 1,170 Internet spaces of several
types: municipal public equipment in public libraries, social welfare institutions, Digital Inclusion Measures continuing up to 2010
Centres, in Cities and Digital Regions, in Employment and Training Centres, in culture, recreation
and sports centres, in computing clubs, in Live Science Centres.
The bandwidth of international connections to scientific institutions of higher education has been
increase by more than 8 times by the RCTS between July 2005 and July 2008 when it began
operating at 10Gbps, and higher education was integrated into a single Virtual Campus with 5,000
wireless access points. In 2006, the Lisbon-Braga connection increased to 10Gbps with the
acquisition by FCCN of fibre optic cables, extended in 2007 to Porto-Viana do Castelo-Valenca,
to the connection to Galiza, and in 2008 to Lisbon-Setubal-Evora-Portalegre-Fronteira do Caia, to
complete a circular connecting ring of 10Gbps to the Geant2 European network via Spain.
Within the scope of the RCTS a network and computer security (CERT.PT) response team has
been operational since September 2002, specifically those caused by viruses, Spyware and other
forms of intrusion. Until July 2007 this was the only computing security incident response team in
Portugal which was internationally licensed, at which time another internationally licensed team
began operations, namely at the Engineering Faculty of the University of Porto.
Measures continuing up to 2010
26

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Services with recourse to Citizen Card:
- At this time 7 services are already available via the Citizen Web Portal, 3 of which are
integrated in the Web Portal (Teenager Card Applications, Online Certificate Applications and
Online Change-of-Address).
Modernise Public
Administration
with the
generalised use of
ICT and create the
public offer of
citizenship Internet
Stimulate
professional
training at all I&D
levels in ICT
Adoption of electronic
government systems;
Simplified access;
promoting cost-reduction;
ensuring
free and no-cost access to
public services and those
of public interest made
available on the Internet
Training in basic ICT
skills, ICT technology
specialisation courses,
polytechnic and
university ICT training
courses, advanced ICT
Master's and PhD level
training
in progress
Services with
recourse to
Citizen Card:
in progress
Services of
the Citizen's
Web Portal
and Company
Web Portal:
in progress
In progress
Services of the Citizen Web Portal:
- Online Change-of-Address on Citizen Card will be available shortly, which will be added to
address changes at the other 12 participating entities
- Between May (beginning of new online services) and July 1,446 applications for online changeof-addresses
were received
- During the 1st six months of 2008 97,273 online certificates were requested, at an average of
16,500 a month
- The Online Certificate customer care centre responded to 22,156 requests for
information/complaints during the first six months
- The customer care centre of the Citizen Web Portal and Citizen's Shop attended to an average of
11,500 contacts a month
- The Citizen Web Portal provides information and forms for more than 900 Public
Administration services covering more than 150 entities
- The number of users registered during the first half of the year rose to 342,767 of which 217,991
subscribe to the newsletter.
- The average number of visits is 3,500,000.
Services of the Company Web Portal:
- 21 integrated trans-activity services
- Providing a range of information and forms for more than 500 Public Administration services
- The average number of visits totals 1,100,000
'Preparation of various forms available via the Internet; payment of licences, in particular for
hunting and fishing is now possible via ATM machines; Sport Fishing license, Began on 1
January 2007, operated (it is applied for and obtained) via the ATM network; a balanced measure
within the scope of the simplification of Administration taking on an innovative character whether
for the target public or Administration itself which incurred no additional costs with the new
licenses for this kind of fishing; the measure enables greater speed and quality of the service
provided, recognised by users themselves and it is possible to issue a license on the spot 24h/day
The Technology Specialisation Courses (CET) provide non-higher education post-secondary level
training to level 4 and course conclusion with a pass grade is awarded a Technology Specialisation
Diploma (DET) which affords access to a Certificate of Vocational Aptitude issued within the
scope of the National System of Vocational Certification. In 2006 there was a far-reaching
reorganisation of the CET's relating to access, training structure, the possibility of allocating a
DET subject to the assessment of skills acquired and conditions of entry to higher education for
those awarded diplomas. In August 2008 91 CET's were registered offered at higher education
institutions in ICT areas and created during the 2007-2008 period (35% of the total CET's in all
areas), in 30 locations, involving 31 institutions with 71 courses being offered by polytechnics and
By the end of the year, new
services will be launched via the
dematerialisation of forms.
Licences: 'Began on 1 January
2007, around 220 thousand
licenses were issued in the 1st
year (2007) of which approx. 200
thousand via ATM machines
Measures continuing up to 2010
27

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
21 by universities, 83% by public sector education and 17% by private sector and cooperative
education. These courses were distributed among the following topics: 17 in the Development of
Multimedia Products; 17 in Network & Computing System Installation & Maintenance; 8 in
Automation, Robotics and Industrial Control; 9 in Computing Applications in Management; 7 in
Information System Technology and Programming; 6 in Geographic Information Systems; 4 in
Software Development & Systems Administration; 3 in Industrial Maintenance (Electronics &
Automation); 3 in Mechatronics’ Technology; 2 in Electronics & Naval Automation; 2 in Website
Construction & Administration; 2 in Electronic Systems & Computers; 2 in Telecommunications
& Networks; 1 in each of the following areas: Automation and Industrial Instrumentation,
Automation and Industrial Maintenance, Development of Information Systems, Electronics &
Telecommunications, Network Management & Computing Systems, Computing, Local Computer
Network Project & Installation, Database Specialist Technician, Topography and Geographic
Information Systems. ICT courses offered at CET's have witnessed substantial expansion in
recent years given that in 2005 there were 32 CET's in 11 locations, 16 higher education
institutions and 8 themes.
The number of PhD grants allocated by the Foundation for Science & Technology (FCT) has
progressively risen reaching an increase of 77% compared to 2005 in 2007.
28

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Create and
promote the use of
new services and
content via the
Internet
Availability via the Web
of informative,
educational and cultural
content of public interest
Digital Libraries-
Development of
digitalisation and digital
editing actions -
Development of advanced
services in digital
storage.
Development of advanced
interoperation, search
and content access
services. Incrementing
registration, storage and
content management
infrastructure consisting
of a set of cinema rooms
connected to a central
system via which
cinematographic works to
be viewed will be
available in a digital
format, enabling cinema
to be taken to those least
privileged from a cultural
point of view, allowing
any room in any
geographic location to
join the same.
Digitalisation and
availability of cultural
content: Promote the
digitalisation and
availability, specifically
via the Internet, of
content relating to mobile
cultural heritage and
document collections
(specifically image banks
and bibliographic
collections, archives, and
In progress
Digital Libraries: 21,000 documents have already been digitalised, of which 9,563 documents
are already published online. 276 Master's degree theses and dissertations amongst others have
already been digitalised and are freely accessible online with their entire content and 2,536 with
partial content (registered via the Dited service). Within the domain of Old Portuguese Volumes,
200 works have been totally digitalised and around 40,000 cover pages are also already available.
The digitalisation of around 50 encyclopaedias and Portuguese dictionaries of the 19th Century
has already been completed, and is being organised for online availability. 280 thousand images of
Portuguese newspapers from the 19th Century have been digitalised and the respective processing
and creation of consultation copies is in progress.
Digitalisation of the photographic documentation of Retaulos de Evora has been completed,
Consultation was carried out for the conception and development of an application to put the
image bank online and the technology platform is in the development phase.
Cine Network consists of a set of cinema rooms connected to a central system via which
cinematographic works to be viewed will be available in a digital format, enabling cinema to be
taken to those least privileged from a cultural point of view, allowing any room in any geographic
location to join the same.
In 2007: Digitalisation of the content of - No. of films – 10
No. of cinema rooms - 4
Availability of the website of the National Forestry Authority (AFN) and the MADRP,
relevant technical information on forestry resources for sector agents with the aim of continually
improving the basic information required in decision-making
Availability of the website of the Planning & Policy Council (GPP), relevant technical
information on agri-food sectors with the aim of providing economic agents with the basic
information required in decision-making - Sector Diagnostics & Indicators
Alentejo Culture Network: Online availability of "in memory" database on immaterial cultural
heritage as well as communications produced within the context of the International Colloquium
"O Canto a Vozes".
Electronic promoting of Cultural Heritage: The database on medium and large-size cultural
equipment from the northern region as well as existing cultural associations has been completed.
Information System and technology infrastructure at IPPAR: Creation of the IGESPAR I/P
Information System for the production of content relating to archaeological properties and sites as
well as the respective digitalisation, georeferencing and disclosure on the Internet; acquisition of
computing equipment according to needs relating to the development of the new software.
Creation of knowledge network at Public Libraries: General free public access to broadband
Internet at public libraries via the supply at each library of two computers and an Internet
connection in a WiFi environment; availability of content and services for citizens and library
29

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
music) to those
associated, within the
context of the
optimisation of resources
and the encouragement of
innovation, with
attractive user-friendly
products available to the
public.
Digital Cinema Network:
Create a network of
cinema rooms with digital
cinema ("D-Cinema")
distribution and
exhibition technology.
Virtual Workshop/
Territorio Artes
Programme:
management and
availability of
information, online
spectacle, atelier and
expo hiring platform,
contractualization of
priority channels of
investment between the
Ministry of Culture (MC)
and Municipalities.
professionals via a web portal.
Virtual Workshop/ Territorio Artes Programme: the Virtual Workshop (www.territorioartes.pt)
is operational with three aspects: management and availability of information, online spectacle,
atelier and expo hiring platform, contractualization of priority channels of investment between the
Ministry of Culture (MC) and Municipalities.
30

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Create a Forum for
the Information
Society
Urban networks
for competitiveness
and innovation
Creation of a forum with
the participation of
companies, investigation
institutions, higher
education institutions,
public authorities and
non-governmental
organisations as well as
individuals interested in
activities within the area
of the information
society, information
technologies and
communications.
Cooperation between
neighbouring towns and
cities, 15 regional
network structuring
programmes; 10 thematic
networks to valorise
heritage and common
resources
Completed The Forum for the Information Society was created in March 2006. Measures continuing up to 2010
In progress
This measure was included in the Regional Operational Programmes 2007-2013. In 2007 5 Urban
Network Preparatory Actions for Competitiveness & Innovation were launched. In October 2008,
the first tender for the candidature of Strategic Programmes in town/city networks ends. These
Strategic Programmes implement a strategy of cooperation and are the initiative of the
municipalities involved and other urban players taking part in the Network.
See "Policy of Towns & Cities", Measures 2008-2010 See "Policy of Towns & Cities", Measures 2008-2010
Partnerships for
urban renovation
Creation of new
instruments; Renovation
of 20,000 apartments in
particular in the
metropolitan areas of
Lisbon and Porto
In progress
This Measure is reflected in:
a) Incentive measures for Urban Renovation: creation of the Extraordinary Support Regime for
Urban Renovation (EC 2008 Law); new Judiciary Regime of Urban Renovation (under
preparation).
b) Integration in Regional PO's of policy document "Partnerships for Urban Regeneration". Within
the scope of the first tender which was completed in 2008, 23 Action Programmes have already
been selected prepared by Local Partnerships for Urban Regeneration. The second tender for these
Action Programmes is in progress (for urban centre structuring) and a tender for "isolated
operations" in small centres.
See "Policy of Towns & Cities", Measures 2008-2010 See "Policy of Towns & Cities", Measures 2008-2010
31

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
New solutions for
city quality and
functionality
Simplification and
efficiency of
territorial ordering
instruments
Digital cities &
regions
Implementation of
a high-speed
railway network
Innovative solutions in
response to city problems
and urban demands
Programme involving
amendments to
legislations,
simplification,
rationalisation and
coordination of
procedures and technical
training.
Fast access instruments to
information and online -
GETCID project
consultation system
Support for projects
which promote a vision of
territory based on the use
of ICT, network
organisation and
knowledge.
A competitive and
sustainable public
transport system will be
developed between the
major national urban
centres and the Iberian
Peninsula, integrated into
a trans-European
interoperable network.
REFER/RAVE is
responsible for executing
this which shall be
implemented between
2006 and 2015, and the
involvement of project
designers, civil works
companies and suppliers
In progress
In progress
In progress
In progress
In 2008 the first tender for Innovative Actions for Urban Development launched within the scope
of the Territory Valorisation PO was completed and 29 candidatures were presented. The selection
process of candidatures to be financed in progress.
See "Policy of Towns & Cities", Measures 2008-2010 See "Policy of Towns & Cities", Measures 2008-2010
Revision of territorial management instruments, bearing in mind their simplification, effectiveness
and transparency. Amendment of REN Legal System. Start-up of SNIT.
See SNIT/Territorial Ordering & Urbanism Web Portal, Measure 2008-2010
The Digital Cities & Regions projects total 33 projects including 287 of the country's 308
municipalities and covering 95% of national territory with a total investment of more than 200m
Euros.
April 2008 - Signing of the service provision contract with Calatrava Architects for the extension
and adaptation of the Oriente station to receive High Speed trains
April 2008 – Resolution of the Council of Ministers (RCM) No.71/2008 - Government confirms
the preliminary approval of the location of the Third Crossing of the Tagus River in the Chelas-
Barreiro corridor, integrating the Valencias railway (high speed and conventional) and road
network
2 June 2008 - Launch of PPP Tender for the project concession, construction, financing,
maintenance and availability of railway infrastructure of the Poceirao-Caia stretch
See SNIT/Territorial Ordering & Urbanism Web Portal,
Measure 2008-2010
Awarding of: PPP1 (Poceirao-Caia), PPP2 (Lisbon-
Poceirao), PPP3 (Lisbon-Pombal), PPP4 (Pombal-
Porto), PPP6 (signalling and communications) and
Rolling Stock
Execution of works start-up
32

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Construction of
new Lisbon airport
of rolling stock
equipment.
Implementation of this
project will enable
Portugal to join the
Trans-European High
Speed Railway Network
in which interoperability
throughout the entire
European community
space is assured. This
mobility shall bring
important benefits in time
saving and cost
reductions in the
movement of people and
goods between Portugal,
Spain and other countries
in Europe.
Construction of a new
airport to replace the
current Portela Airport
whose capacity limit will
be reached within a 10-
year timeline, and
commercial opening
scheduled for 2017
In progress
Decision on final location, taken following Strategic Environmental Assessment Procedures of the
locations of Ota and Campo de Tiro de Alcochete (RCM 85/2008 of 8 May); Preventative soil use
measures within the zone of influence of the new airport published (Decree No.19-2008 of 1 July);
Conclusion of financial analysis of venture, 1st draft of Concession Contract and definition of
regulatory model (items currently under revision in the light of the new location and time taken).
Conception of Urban Master Plan for New Lisbon Airport (NAL) in the CTA zone. Major
consultants already selected (for Planning and Airport Conception, Finance and Legal). Tender for
privatisation of the ANA and Construction of the New Airport based on the Urban Master Plan
currently under development should be launched at the end of the first half of 2009. Development
of the Statement of Environmental Impact (EIA) for NAL from the 2nd quarter of 2009
Conclusion in 2010 (1st half) of
tender to select the private sector
investor for privatisation of the
ANA and construction of the
NAL within the zone of Campo
de Tiro de Alcochete (CTA).
Signing of the Concession
Contract. Start of transfer of
military installation from the
CTA to free-up land plots.
Continuation of the
Initiative until 2017
33

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Development of the
National Logistic
System
Reform of
automobile taxation
with
internationalisation
of the
environmental,
social and
infrastructure costs
The Portuguese Logistical
Plan is an integrated
system that incorporates a
planned and regulated
structure, in addition to
the enforcement of a
strategical network of
logistical platforms (12
logistical platforms and 2
air freight centres) located
in close relation to the
main consumer /
production centres and the
main borders, duly
connected to transport
infrastructures.
Reform of the
implemented automobile
taxation process, it being
essentially characterised
by its integration into the
new tax system
component for carbon
dioxide emissions, as
taxable income.
In progress
In progress
Publication of the Decree-Law n° 152/2008, of 5 th August, that approves the Legal Framework of
the National Logistics Platform Network.
Preparation (in progress) of the “Logistical Portugal” sectorial plan.
Start of the infra-structural ‘Castanheira do Ribatejo’ logistical platform building works.
Start of the Poceirão logistical platform AIA Process.
As of July 2007, the environmental component started to represent, on average, around 30% of
the Vehicle Taxation system, with the other 70% belonging to the engine capacity component.
However, aimed at complying with the Kyoto agreement; as of the 1 st January 2008, the
environmental component started to represent 60% of taxation, with the other 40% thereby
belonging to the engine capacity component. As a consequence, consumers started to opt for less
polluting forms of transport, i.e.; those that have less CO2 emissions and have less cubic
capacity, which thus determined a loss in revenue of around 16% in relation to that budgeted.
Continuation of the development of
the National Logistic System,
thereby highlighting:
Opening of the first Castanheira do
Ribatejo industrial platform.
Opening of the first Poceirão
industrial platform.
Conclusion as to the Leixões, Aveiro
and Figueira da Foz platform
infrastructure work.
Implementing the measures set out in
the OE 2009, aimed at reducing the
negative impact of the reform in
terms of taxation revenues and
providing continuity for the
progressive reduction of carbon
dioxide emissions.
-
It is relevant to
point out that
Portugal was
considered by the
international
community as one
of the most
progressive
countries at carbon
dioxide reduction
levels within the
automobile sector,
thereby becoming,
inclusively, a “study
case”.
34

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Energy Efficiency
Promotion
Create an energy
certification and quality
guarantee system for the
internal air of buildings;
Carry out disclosure
campaigns in unison with
construction and housing
companies and Town
Councils; Review the
industry's Management
Regulations of Energy
Consumption (MREC) –
in the wider sense of
preparation of the
National Energy
Efficiency Action Plan
(NEEAP); Implement
Voluntary Agreements
within certain active
sectors; Qualify and
expand public goods
transport by utilising a
labour-saving process;
Promote more efficient
types of vehicles.
In progress Created the National Energy Certification and Internal Air Quality of Buildings System (SCE) –
(Decree-Law n° 78/2006).
Publishing of the Regulations on Energy Acclimatisation Systems in Buildings (RSECE), aimed
at improving energy efficiency in buildings and reducing the consumption of electricity and CO2
emissions (Decree-Law n° 79/2006).
Publishing of the Regulations on the Thermal Behaviour Characteristics of Buildings (RCCTE),
establishing the rules to be observed in the project-planning of all residential buildings and
service buildings, those that do not have centralised acclimatisation systems (Decree-Law
n°80/2006).
Published works: the Minister Council Resolution n° 80/2008, 20.05 – National Plan for Energy
Efficiency; Decree- Law n° 78/2008 – Intensive Energy Consumption Management System and
additional Regulations; and Decree-Law n° 108/2007 -12.04, that establishes the tariffs of high
energy efficiency lighting, and the Government Order n° 54/2008, which defines application
ranges and also n° 63/2008, that defines the value of the tariffs.
National Plan of Action for Energy
Efficiency (PNAEE) – to achieve, by
2005, an improved level of energy
efficiency at 10% of the final
electricity consumption, relative to
the final efficiency utilisation of
energy and electrical services.
Implementation of the Intensive
Energy Consumption Management
System that establishes the carrying
out of obligatory-nature energy
audits, regarding installations with
energy consumption of equal to or
greater than 1000 tep/year, over
periods of six years and eight years,
and installations with energy
consumption of equal to or greater
than 500 tep/year, but less than 1000
tep/year. Operators are obliged into
preparation of Energy Consumption
Rationalisation Plans (PREn),
establishing the goals relative to
electrical and carbonic intensity as
well as to the specific consumption
of energy which, after approval, will
be designated as Energy
Consumption Rationalisation
Agreements (ARCE).
Utilisation of wind
energy and other
renewable forms of
energy
Increase the installed
conversion capacity of
wind energy to 5100 MW;
intensify the usage of
hydric potential and
explore the usage of other
renewable forms of
energy – biomass-based
energy, bio-gas, wavebased
energy, hydric,
photovoltaic. Take
measures conducive to the
clarification and
In progress
Wind Energy (eolic energy): Launching of a bid that is aimed at increasing the installed capacity
in Portugal of up to 5100 MW by the end of 2012. The 1st phase of the bid allocated 1200 MVA
of connected power. The 2nd phase assigned 600 MVA of power. In 2008, the 3 rd phase was
launched, to further assign 200 MVA.
Forest Biomass: A bid was launched for the allocation of electrical production capacity at a total
level of 100 MVA by 2010, bound for 15 forest biomass thermal centres. 21 MW have already
been awarded (4 production units), predicting the further adjudication of 8 more units by the end
of 2008.
Biofuels: Transposed the Ministerial Order n° 2003/30/CE, of 8 th May, (Decree-Law n° 62/2006
and n° 66/2006) and generated financial incentives for the production of biofuels via the
exemption of VAT on products aimed at substituting conventional transport-based biofuels. A
Wind Energy (eolic energy): creation
of an industrial cluster, with a total
investment of 1700 M €, creation of
around 1500 job posts and the
constitution of a 35 M € fund for
innovations within renewable energy
areas;
Forest Biomass: an estimated
investment of around 225 M € and
the creation of around 700 job
positions;
Biofuels: Creation of industrial units
with an estimated investment of 100
35

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Utilisation of
landfill biogas for
the production of
hydrogen batteries
facilitation of
administrative licensing
measures.
Improve the energy
efficiency of the systems
that utilise biogas thus
generated from sanitary
landfill.
In progress
target of 10% biofuel incorporation into traditional road fuels was established in 2007, up until
2010, at the same time as promoting national farming tiers based on biofuels. This was published
in the Government Order n° 1554-A/2007 that defines the maximum levels of VAT exemption
for the years 2008, 2009 and 2010.
Hydric power: Strengthen the capacity of existing hydroelectric infrastructures so as to reach
5575 MW of installed capacity in 2010, and also to reach, to the order of 70% of the utilisation
of national hydric potential.
Production of Electricity via Biogas: An established goal of 100 MW of installed potential as
well as a special rate for the production of electricity via biogas obtained through anaerobic
digestion.
Wave Energy: Published in the Decree-Law n° 5/2008, which establishes the legal framework
for the utilisation of public maritime domain goods for the production of electrical energy via
wave power.
Photovoltaic: Granted the licence for the ‘Central de Moura’ establishment, having an installed
potential of 46.4 MW and a future production level of 56 GWh/year, including a global
investment of 250 M €. Includes the creation of a photovoltaic modules factory, the creation of
around 100 job positions and the installation of a research laboratory; Awarded the licence for
the foundation of the 'Central de Serpa', with an installed potential of 11 MW and production
predicted at being greater than 18 GWh/year, with an investment of 62 M €.
Micro-generation: Promote the installation of 50,000 systems by 2010, with stimulus to install
solar-generated hot water in buildings. Published in the Decree-Law n° 363/2007, of 2 nd
November, that establishes the applicable legal framework for the production of electricity by
means of micro-generation units.
Tenders for the allocation of national electrical network reception points for thermo-electrical
and forest biomass centres.
Algar and Amarsul projects:
Civil Construction of the implemented Power-generator Centre; equipment in progress.
Resulima Project:
In progress. It is hoped that, in accordance with the latest information from AGNI (August
2008), a definitive power usage solution will be fully established (with the integration of
hydrogen batteries) in April 2009.
M €;
Hydric: Authorised Reception Points
for 922 MW of new large
Hydroelectric Centres, with an
estimated investment greater than
1000 M €;
Wave Energy: Creation of a pilot
zone with operating potential of up to
250 MW for the technological
development of new technology
pilot-programs and the preparation of
the regulatory legislation of the
respective required authorizations
(licences and concessions; ‘Central
de Moura’, a predicted production
output of 56 GWh/year, the creation
of a photovoltaic modules factory,
the creation of around 100 job
positions and the installation of a
research laboratory. ‘Central de
Serpa’, a predicted output production
greater than 18 GWh/year;
Micro-generation: Simplify the legal
framework of the licensing process,
substituting the existing system for a
simple registration framework,
subject to technical compliance
inspection. Creation of the Microproduction
registration system
(SRM).
It is hoped this will have a positive
impact and a subsequent reduction on
the charges to be paid by Municipal
investors in respect to the treatment
of solid urban residues, as well as in
the reduction of Greenhouse Effect
Gases (GEG) and contribution to the
increase of the Portuguese quota in
relation to power production through
renewable/alternative sources.
36

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Execution of the
Strategic Plan for
Water Supply and
Waste Water
(PEAASAR II)
Preparation and
implementation of the
Strategic Plan for Water
Supply and Waste Water
2007-2013 (PEAASAR
II).
In progress
Within the scope of the Thematic Operational Programme of Territorial Enhancement (POVT) /
National Strategical Reference Framework (NSRF) with the 1° tender for candidates for the
preparation and implementation of the Strategic Plan for Water Supply and Waste Water 2007-
2013 (PEAASAR II),
Recovery,
Valuation and
Elimination of
Dangerous
Industrial Waste
(CIRVER)
Installation of Recovery,
Valuation and Elimination
of Dangerous Industrial
Waste Centres (CIRVER).
In progress
Two CIRVER centres were completed and licensed in 2008, with anticipated entering into full
service during the year 2008 itself, with 200 workers involved in the construction of the
CIRVER centre and a subsequent (probable) creation of new local job positions.
Development in the local tertiary sector as a subsequent response to an increase in the demand
for goods and services.
Reduction in the social and economic
differences between the different
national regions, especially between
the Chamusca Council and the most
developed regional and national
areas.
Creation of qualified jobs, thereby
attracting the working population via
this high level of qualification;
Diversification of local economic
activities, currently registering a
basic level of involvement; Sectorial
and regional modernisation in the
domain of environmental type supply
and service activities to companies
and private entities.
Creation of around 105 directly
related job positions; Creation of at
least 160 indirectly related job
positions.
Reduction as to the dependency on
regional employment in the farming
sector via the type of directly and
indirectly related job positions thus
created.
Creation of local expertise.
Maintenance of local demographic
employees or workers.
Increase in local productive systems
by contraposition to the excessive
concentration of investment and
employment in the coastal region.
The capture of new investments for
the council.
37

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Extension of the
Portuguese
continental
platform, in
addition to more
than 200 nautical
miles (proposal)
Extension of Portuguese
national jurisdiction and
sovereignty rights over
existing resources in the
contiguous marine depths
(an increase of around
30%)
In progress
Hydrographical exploratory studies were carried out in the Continental Portuguese region and
around the Madeira Archipelago, with around 95% of the same survey being carried out around
the Azores archipelago region. Exploratory seismic surveys are being conducted around the
Banco de Galiza, SW of Madeira region and also around the SE region of the Azores
Archipelagos. This collection of data, whose coverage area surpasses 1.2 million square
kilometres, allows formal documentation to be prepared which thereby constitutes an extension
to the Portuguese Continental Platform proposal; documentation that will be delivered to the
Commission of the Continental Platform Exterior Limit (COPLA), created under the sphere of
the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), for May 2009. Two
hydrographical complementary verification surveys will also go ahead, those specifically relative
to the definition of the entire 2500 metre bathymetric extension and additional areas of saturation
in already selected areas, with complementary magnetism and gravimetric surveys also being
carried out simultaneously.
Implementation of
a new “sea
governance” model
Creation of a permanent
structure for topics
relating to the sea;
Maximise the utilisation
of shipping routes.
In progress
After the adoption of the National Maritime Strategy (ENM) in November 2006 (RCM
163/2006), the CIAM - Inter-ministerial Commission for Maritime Affairs (RCM 40/2007) was
thus created, with the objective of coordinating, accompanying and evaluating the
implementation of the ENM, thereby guaranteeing its union with other strategies, planning tools
and programs of markedly transversal scope.
CIAM created a network of focal points for each permanent member, with the objective of, in
collaboration with the Portuguese Task Group for Sea Affairs, preparing specific plans of action
that are outlined in the National Maritime Strategy, as well as other points that are also
considered relevant.
38

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Development of the
electronic
communications
system, with
particular emphasis
on the offer of
"Broadband”
digital terrestrial
television.
Development of the
electronic
communications system,
with particular emphasis
on the offer of
"Broadband” digital
terrestrial television.
In progress
(continuous
measure –
market
regulation)*.
The
Government
Order n°s
207-A/2008 of
25th February,
207-B/2008 of
26th February,
the Ministerial
Order n°
5266-B/2008
of 26th of
February, the
Ministerial
Order n° 95-
A/2008 of
25th February,
the Resolution
of the Council
of Ministers
n° 12/2008 of
22nd January,
created the
necessary
framework for
the launching
of the public
tender for the
allocation of
frequency
utilisation
rights for the
digital
terrestrial
television
Increase in the distribution of broadband services.
Increase in competition within the broadband market.
Reduction in the price of broadband access services.
Increase in the services available in conjunction with broadband access services (triple-play).
Increase in the speed of broadband services.
Increase in the coverage of broadband access networks.
Increase in the distribution of mobile broadband services.
Growth of IP-TV.
The launch of retail-based Naked DSL offers.
SOURCES: ICP-ANACOM: Analysis of broadband access markets, quarterly Internet service
access statistics, international comparison of broadband prices.
DACA: Both of the tender procedures are currently within the analysis phase for each of the
interested parties whilst the tender Evaluation Reports are thus prepared. In the case of the A
Multiplexer – the bidder is Portugal Telecom, whereas bidding for Multiplexers B to F are
Portugal Telecom and AirPlus.
Allocation of the enabling usage rights will shortly follow conclusion of the legal procedure
processes.
This process thereby gives form to the objectives enunciated in the Programme of the XVII
Constitutional Government, namely, equal access to digital television transmissions by any
group of citizens, independent of their social or territorial status.
Increase in the distribution of
broadband services; Increase in the
competition within the broadband
market; Reduction in the price of
broadband access services; Increase
in the services available in
conjunction with broadband access
services (triple-play).
Increase in the speed of broadband
services; Increase in the coverage of
broadband access networks.
Increase in the distribution of mobile
broadband services; Growth of IP-
TV.
The launch of retail-based Naked
DSL offers.
DACA: The following results /
impacts are thus to be carried out:
• Digital transmission for Internet
access, without monthly sign-up
costs, on the part of the national
general public, thereby providing, at
the minimum, television program
transmission services via the current
terrestrial analogue system;
• Stimulation as to the development
and understanding of the Information
Technology Society via coverage and
popularity of the terrestrial system;
• Promotion of competition within
the electronic communication sector,
via the emergence of an alternative
platform, for specific access to
digital television;
• More efficient utilisation of the
radio-electric spectrum and liberation
of the frequencies use by the
analogue system, ideally to be
concluded by 2012, as advocated by
39

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
broadcasting
service, the
company ICP-
ANACOM, by
deliberation
on 30th
January,
thereby
approving the
public tender
Regulation for
the allocation
of the usage
rights to
frequencies at
national level
for the
providing of a
digital
terrestrial
television
broadcasting
service, to
which
Multiplexer A
will be
associated.
Simultaneousl
y, it was
published
through the
Government
Order n° 207-
A/2008 of
25th February,
various communitarian instances;
• The creation of suitable conditions
for the development of new services;
• Potential stimulus of the Portuguese
content, application and equipment
industry;
40

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
approval of
the public
tender
Regulation for
the allocation
of usage rights
to frequencies
at national and
segmental
level for the
terrestrial
digital
television
broadcasting
service and for
the licensing
of the
distribution
operator, with
the objectives
of:
a) the
allocation of
five frequency
usage rights,
reserved for
the terrestrial
digital
television
broadcasting
service within
the National
Frequency
Allocation
Plan (QNAF),
corresponding
to two
national
coverage
levels, to
which
multiplexers B
41

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
and C will be
associated,
and to three
continental
territory
partial
coverage
levels, to
which
multiplexers
D, E and F
will be
associated,
and in call
cases, having
the Single
Frequency
Network
(SFN) as their
base, within
the ranges of
frequencies
identified in
the annex of
the B to F
Muxes
Regulations
Tender.
b) Licensing
of the
distribution
operator
responsible
for television
activity, thus
consisting of
the selection
and
aggregation of
access
services that
are either
conditional or
42

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
nonconditional
subscriber
programs, as
well as
providing
public
availability
via the
aforementione
d terrestrial
digital
television
broadcasting
service.
The five
frequency
utilisation
rights and the
operator
distribution
licence are
allocated to a
single entity.
The delivery
deadline for
candidature
entries for
both tenders,
terminated at
16:00 hours
on 23rd April
2008.
43

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Revision of the
regulatory
framework for the
communications
sector
Revision of the regulatory
framework for the
communications sector
DRE:
Analysis of
proposals for
revision from
the European
Commission
in progress
Completed
DRE: Proposals for revision of the regulatory framework were submitted by the European
Commission under the Portuguese Presidency, and their analysis was carried through to the
Slovenian Presidency and, currently, the French Presidency.
DRE: Proposals for revision are
expected to be adopted in 2009,
so as to come into force in 2010
or 2011.
Transposition of
Community
Directives in
relation to the
Internal Energy
Market (Electricity
and Natural Gas)
Preparing national
legislation establishing
the legal framework for
the internal energy
market.
Published:
- DL 29/2006, of 15 February, which transposed the principles of Directive 2003/54/EC – IEM
and establishes the general bases for the organisation and functioning of the National Electrical
System (NES); DL 172/2006, of 23 August, which completes the transposition of the Directive
and develops the general principles of the organisation and functioning of the NES.
- DL 30/2006, of 15 February, which transposed the principles of Directive 2003/55/EC – Natural
Gas and establishes the general bases for the organisation and functioning of the Natural Gas
System (NGS); DL 140/2006, of 26 July, which completes the transposition and establishes the
general principles of the NGS.
Corporate
restructuring of the
energy sector
(through the
creation of
conditions for the
establishment of
integrated gas and
electricity
operators)
Restructuring the three
main businesses in the
sector, in fulfilment of
Resolution of the Council
of Ministers (RCM) no.
169/2005, of 24 October,
in such a way that there is
more than one relevant
integrated operator in the
electricity and natural gas
sectors.
Completed
An agreement was reached for the shareholder structure of Galp Energia enabling disposal, in
favour of REN, of regulated assets for the reception, storage and transport of natural gas.
Resolution of the Council of Ministers no. 85/2006 of 30 June was published, which authorises
REN to incorporate new companies, whose aim is to ensure the implementation of concessions for
the public transport service of natural gas under high pressure, of underground storage of natural
gas and the reception, storage and regasification of liquid natural gas, under the scope of the
National Natural Gas System.
44

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Drawing-up of
Basic Laws
(Electrical Sector;
Petroleum Sector;
Natural Gas
Sector)
Setting up the national
legal framework - Basic
Laws for the electricity,
natural gas and petroleum
sectors.
Completed
Legal framework of the sector:
Three Decree-laws were approved (29, 30 and 31, of 15 February 2006), which establish the
legislative framework for the electricity, natural gas and petroleum sectors, defining, for each
sector, a coherent legal framework, aligning the principal strategic energy objectives of RCM no.
169/2005 with the Community legislation.
MIBEL–
Development of
necessary measures
for its functioning
Creation of Integrated
Electrical Energy Market
in the Iberian Peninsula,
through the creation of a
Regulatory Council;
Termination of Power
Purchase Agreements
(PPA); launching and
recognition of
OMIP/OMIClear as an
integral part of the market
management body for
fixed-term transactions.
In progress
The Santiago Agreement was published by the Portuguese Parliament, creating the conditions for
the formal start of the Iberian Electricity Market.
DL 240/2004 of 27 December published, which defined the conditions for the termination of
Power Purchase Agreements (PPA) and the creation of compensatory measures with regard to the
position of each of these contracts, amended by DL 199/2007 of 18 May.
Approval of Government Order no. 643/2006 of 26 June, which amends Government Order no.
139/2005 of 3 February (electrical energy marketers and external agents), to consider the
performance of the marketer of last resort under the scope of MIBEL and make the recognition of
Spanish producers, marketers and other agents automatic, who will no longer be considered as
external agents. DGGE Ministerial Order no. 780/2007 of 16 January published, which approves
the schedule for eligible auctions in 2007. Government Order no. 782/2007 of 19 July published,
which recognises the management body for both daily and intra-daily MIBEL markets, under the
terms of Art. 56 of D.L. no. 172/2006 of 23/08 and establishes the special rules for energy
purchasing within the scope of international agreements signed by marketers of last resort,
provided for in Art. 51 of Decree-law no. 264/2007 of 24/07 published by MEI (Ministry of
Economy and Innovation), altering DL nos. 204/2004 (Art. 14 and 15) and 172/2006 (Art. 55 and
70), stipulating a set of measures aimed at the implementation of a new stage in the application
and furthering of MIBEL. Ministerial Order no. 27332/2007, 04/12, ERSE, approves the joint
rules for contracting interlink capacity. Government Order no. 57/2008, 11/01 (MEI), defines the
rules applicable to the sale of electrical energy under the Virtual Electrical Energy Production
Capacity Auctions format. Ministerial Order no. 2838/2008, 05/02 (MEI), concerning
authorisation to participate in the Virtual Electrical Energy Production Capacity auctions for
sellers who operate within the scope of MIBEL. Between Jun/Sept 2007, the first virtual capacity
auctions were held, on the Portuguese side, organised by REN Trading. The 3 rd and 4 th auctions
with REN Trading and EDP Gestão Produção Energia, SA. have already been held in the 1 st
quarter of 2008.
Measure to be carried through to
the 2008-2010 period.
45

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Bring the timetable
for the
liberalisation of the
Natural Gas
Market forward to
be completed by
2008
Bring forward the
timetable for the
liberalisation of the Gas
Market as provided for by
the derogation previously
granted to natural gas,
advancing the deadline
for domestic consumers
by two years and the
deadline for industry by
one year. Preparing the
legislative framework set
out in D.L. no. 30/2006 of
15 Feb.
Completed
DL 140/2006 26 July, published, which sets out the general principles for the organisation and
functioning of NNGS, approved by DL 30/2006 of 15 Feb. and which completes the transposition
of European Parliament and Council Directive 2003/55/EC of 26 June 2003.
The following Government Orders were published: 1. Government Order no. 929/2006, of 7
September, which approves the draft licence to freely sell natural gas; 2. Government Orders nos.
930/2006 of 7 September, and 1295/2006 of 22 November, which approve the draft licence to sell
NG as last resort sales company; 3. Government Order no. 1296/2006 of 22 November, which
defines the requirements for local public service NG distribution licences through the operation of
local grids, respective transmission and operation rules.
The following RCMs were published: 105/2006, 106/2006, 107/2006, 108/2006 and 109/2006, of
23 August.
Improvement of
the Port regulation
system
The aim is to improve the
regulation of the port
system, so as to enable
and foster competitive
practices that benefit
external commerce. It
will have as associated
measures the drawing up
of the framework law for
the concession of port
facilities for public and
private use, the
restructuring of dock
labour, the flexibilisation
of Customs practice in the
use of Portuguese Ports
and the encouragement of
new information and
communication
technologies in the ports.
In progress
The Sole Port Window is already working and will be in full operation in all main ports by the end
of 2008.
Continuing development of work
to improve regulation of the port
system, specifically through the
entry into force of the Law on
Ports and its implementation
-
46

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Contractualisation
of public transport
services
Contractualisation of
public transport service
through the signing of
Public Service Provision
Contracts, preceded by
tenders, aimed at
regulating in a transparent
manner payment for the
provision of public
service required from
public and private
operators. It is thus
expected to achieve the
economic balance of the
operation of public
transport services,
enabling the
strengthening of their
quality and making them
demand-orientated.
In progress
General approval of the legislative proposal that approves the legal system of the Lisbon and
Oporto Metropolitan Transport Authorities in July 2008
Conclusion of the revision of the
regime that establishes the legal
framework for the contracting of
public passenger transport
services, taking into account the
pattern established by European
Parliament and Council
Regulation (EC) no. 1370/2007 of
23 October 2007, with regard to
public road and rail passenger
services.
In the metropolitan areas, this
new regime should take into
account the creation of the
Metropolitan Transport
Authorities. The new contracting
regime also involves the revision
of the Vehicle Transport
Regulations (VTR), in force since
1948.
-
47

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Implementation of
a technological
platform for the
construction sector
This measure includes:
- the creation of a
technological support
base for on-line public
tenders
- dematerialisation of
links to be carried out
with the public services
involved in licensing
procedures
- enabling consultation,
by consumers, of the
property identity card,
resulting from the
redefinition and
simplification of the
content of the Technical
Description of the
Building (FTH)
- links to the European
Construction Platform, to
help in the raising of
funds available in the
NSRF
In progress
-Definition of the structuring phase and of the terms of reference of the Portuguese Construction
Technological Platform (PTPC) integrated in the European Construction Technological Platform.
This was presented on 11 February last, at Batalha Monastery, by the Minister for Public Works,
Transport and Communications and by the Secretary of State for Science, Technology and Higher
Education.
-Presentation, in December 2007, of the legislative proposal for the creation of the Property
Identity Card (BII).
-Development of a strategy for
implementing the PTPC, to
ensure the participation of the
companies in the sector.
- Conclude the connections with
databases from other ministries
and the exchange of information
(social security, finance, justice)
in order to have a simplified
process to request the activity
procedures.
- Complete the implementation
of the integrated system of
management of InCI, in order to
receive and analyse the
information received.
48

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Revision of the
regulatory
framework of the
construction and
real estate sector
This measure includes:
- Register of real estate
agents and the creation of
an insurance for structural
damage to property
- Regulation of
condominium
administration activity
- Revision of the legal
regime for construction
- Centre for Mediation
and Arbitration
In progress
- To start the reformulation process of the legal framework of construction and real estate sector,
in order to have a regulation in the chain-value of the sector. There have been identified the
actions needed to implement the regulatory rules, as well as the changes needed to stimulate the
development of the sector and the simplifications of procedures, reinforcing the monitorization
and fiscalization of the activities and the protection of consumer rights.
- It was made the analysis of the legislation of the construction activity in Europe, and it has been
designed a plan with the following activities:
a) Reformulation of Decree-Law 12/2004 of 9 January – Legal framework for the granting of
construction licences;
b) Reformulation of the DLaw 211/2004, 20th January, that regulate the real estate activity
c) Creation of the legal framework to real estate promotion activity;
d) Regulation of property development and condominium administration and management
activities;
c) Creation of a legal framework for property evaluators.
- It was started the procedures to create and implement the Centre for Mediation and Arbitration,
and the documentation is under preparation to officially incorporate the Association that will
create and manage the Centre, which will later be decentralised with the opening of regional
offices.
- In preparation the legal framework of real estate ID Card
- In preparation the Electronic Book for constructions, following the Legal Regime for
Urbanization and Construction (Law 60/2007, 16th December), that with involve part of the
information about the specifications of the construction that is in the FHT.
Approval of the legal framework
of construction and real estate
sector, that will involves the:
Reformulation of Decree-Law
12/2004 of 9 January – Legal
framework for the granting of
construction licences;
b) Reformulation of the DLaw
211/2004, 20th January, that
regulate the real estate activity
c) Creation of the legal
framework to real estate
promotion activity;
d) Regulation of property
development and condominium
administration and management
activities;
c) Creation of a legal
framework for property
evaluators.
- Implementation of the Centre
for Mediation and Arbitration
- Approval of the legal
framework of real estate ID Card
- Approval of the Electronic
Book for construction
49

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Gradual controlled
liberalisation of
postal services **
The concession contract
of CTT with the State
was agreed, to reflect EU
regulations concerning
liberalisation.
In progress.
DRE:
Directive
2008/6/EC
that totally
liberalises the
postal market
from 31
December
2010 has been
adopted
A) Publication on 27/02/2008 of Directive 2008/6/EC, which alters Directive 97/67/EC,
anticipating the total liberalisation of the market by 31/12/2010.
B) Publication in 2007 of a study made by Accenture for ICP-ANACOM on the development of
competition in the Portuguese postal market***.
C) In July 2008 new Agreements for universal postal prices and quality of service were signed
between CTT and ICP-ANACOM, in force from 2008 to 2010.
DRE: A Common Position on the Postal Directive was obtained under the Portuguese Presidency.
Transposition of Directive
2008/6/EC for the total
liberalisation of postal services by
31/12/2010 (including
specifically: setting of date for
total liberalisation in Portugal and
for universal service obligations
from that date; assessment of its
net costs and funding regime;
postal operator statute; conditions
of access to the public postal
network; protection of the
interests of citizens and
consumers).
* The most recent
developments
should be noted:
- Launch of public
consultation on the
regulatory approach
to the new access
networks;
- Issuing of draft
decision on the
analysis of the
broadband access
market;
- Implementation of
Naked DSL;
- Decision on
limitation of
number of rights for
usage of
frequencies
reserved for
broadband access
via radio (BWA) in
the frequency
bandwidths 3400-
3800 MHz and on
the respective
procedure for
allocation.
** Note: This
reference to the
concession contract
with CTT could be
relative to the
transposition in
2003, via DL
116/2003, of
Directive
2002/39/EC that
amends Directive
97/67/EC with
regard to the
opening up to
50

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Conclusion of
transposition of
Community
Directives relating
to the Action Plan
for Financial
Services
Acting on
incomplete
segments of the
market through the
reinforcement of
the capacity for
intervention by the
Guarantee Fund
for Credit
Securitization, the
Venture Capital
Transposition of
Directives:
- Prospectus Directive:
Transposed;
- Market Abuse Directive
(total 4 Directives):
Transposed;
- Pension Funds
Directive: Transposed;
- Distance Marketing of
Financial Services
Directive: Transposed;
- Financial Conglomerate
Directive: Transposed.
Mobilising public funds
(FSCR, FCGM and
FGTC) and inducing their
relationship with the
financial system for the
allocation of savings to
SME investment.
In progress
Completed
Prospectus, Market Abuse (total 4 Directives), Pension Funds, Distance Marketing of Financial
Services and Financial Conglomerate Directives transposed.
Completion of the 1st operation of credit securitization supported by FGTC and the application of
resources freed up in new credits to SMEs.
Energising the Mutual Counter-Guarantee Fund and the Syndication Fund through the FINICIA
Programme (small scale operations in their start-up phase).
competition of the
Community postal
services, given that
PNACE 2005/2008
refers (on page 31)
to this DL.
Alternatively, it
could be in relation
to the alteration of
the concession
contract associated
with DL 112/2006,
which introduced
alterations to the
concession Bases
(without, however,
altering the phases
of liberalisation).
The transposition of
Directives on
money laundering
and terrorism
financing is in
progress.
51

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Syndication Fund
and the Mutual
Counter-Guarantee
Fund
Rationalisation and
broadening of the
pre-school network
(including early
health intervention
programmes)
Programme of
Sensitisation to the
English Language
in primary
education
Monitoring
Programme for
mathematics
teachers (of the 1st
cycle of compulsory
education)
Programme of
experimental
teaching of science
and sensitisation to
the use of ICT in
primary and
secondary schools
Guaranteeing that 100%
of 5-year old children
attend pre-school
education in 2009, aiming
at a coverage of 90% of
children between the ages
of 3 and 5 by 2010.
Generalising the teaching
of English from the 1st
cycle of compulsory
education, covering all
students in this cycle by
2009
Monitoring Programme
for mathematics teachers
(of the 1st cycle of
compulsory education)
Sensitisation to the use of
ICT in primary and
secondary schools
In progress
In progress
In progress
In progress
Academic Year 2007/08 – pre-school attendance: 92% of children aged 5 and 77% of children
between 3 and 5;
Academic Year 2007/08 – English offered to 98.5% of students in school Years 3 and 4 and to
51.2% of Years 1 and 2 students (for these two years of schooling, English is compulsory from the
Academic Year 2008/09);
Continuing training and monitoring of 6000 teachers in 2006/2007. Teacher training is being
carried out with the support of tutors from Universities and Teacher Training Colleges and is
delivered in-service in primary schools.
Launching of continuous training programmes for teachers of the 1st cycle of compulsory
education in areas of experimental science teaching (in 2006/2007); reinforcement of intervention
by the Live Science Agency in primary and secondary schools to strengthen the experimental
teaching of science and twinning with scientific institutions (2007). Programme of Sensitisation to
Experimental Science Teaching in Primary Education
52

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
National
Portuguese
Language Reading
Scheme
Launch of National
Reading Scheme;
Continuing training
programme in Portuguese
Language, aimed at
teachers in primary
education; Intervention
by Ministry of Culture,
fundamentally in public
libraries and other nonconventional
reading
places, seeking to reach
students and the general
public.
Launching of national
programme for assessing
primary and secondary
schools
In progress
The “National Network for the Promotion of Reading” project aims, through a technological
platform, to disseminate, specifically, guidance techniques and instruments, reading suggestions,
good practice in reading incentives and also wishes to mobilise institutions and reading mediators,
activating qualitatively and technically superior mechanisms of articulation between the various
agents who work in the field of promoting reading.
Consolidation of the DGLB site
(General Direction of the Book
and Libraries) with the portal of
the Public Library Network.
Primary and
secondary schools
assessment
programme
New Opportunities
Initiative
Making Year 12 the
minimum training frame
of reference for all young
people, investing, in the
case of young people, in
the strengthening of
vocational training with
double certification and,
in the case of adults, in
the expansion of the
provision of Education
and Training Courses and
on the broadening of the
RVCC System.
In progress
In progress
397 schools/groupings – 24 in the pilot phase; 100 in 2006/07 and 273 in 2007/08 – have already
been assessed as part of the process of external evaluation of schools. In 2008/09, 291
schools/groupings will be evaluated.
Young people:
Primary education (2007): about 44,129 young people enrolled in double certification courses,
increase in vacancies in Education and Training Courses (CEF) through the existence of 2,090
courses (800 more than in the previous academic year).
Secondary education (2007): 120,764 young people enrolled in double certification courses.
Adults:
Since the start, the Initiative has reached about 516,000 adults, 161,683 of whom have finished
their school certification.
Between 2007 and August 2008, 447,774 applicants enrolled in New Opportunities Centres, of
whom 92,351 obtained a school certificate. Of these, 4,021 people obtained a secondary level
certificate.
More than 500 protocols and cooperation agreements have been signed with the aim of mobilising
employers and workers (about 600,000 people) for the qualification effort.
2008 saw the broadening of the RVCC processes to secondary and professional skill levels.
In 2007, the professional RVCC was tested in 16 professional job profiles in 43 IEFP Centres of
Professional Training, and it is estimated that from 2008, this programme will be progressively
extended to all professional job profiles contained in the National Qualifications Catalogue and
operating as a nationwide network of Centres.
Strong expansion of the network of New Opportunities Centres (NOC), with about 457 Centres,
considerably surpassing the target set for 2008 (157 more than expected).
Existence of double certification training provision for adults outside working hours in most
NOCs.
Vocational Education/Training
at secondary level (double
certification):
- no. of young people enrolled
in 2010: 145,000
- no. of young people covered
from the start of the initiative up
to 2010: 650,000
Vocational Education/Training
at primary level (double
certification):
- no. of young people enrolled
in 2010: 27,500
- no. of young people covered
from the start of the initiative up
to 2010: 112,500
Broadening of Professional
Training to public secondary
schools: Total of new
professional courses created from
the start of the initiative up to
2010: 450
'Recognition, Evaluation and
Certification of Competences
53

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Scheme”:
- no. of adults awarded
compulsory schooling
certification in 2010: 75,000
- no. of adults awarded
secondary school certification in
2010: 125,000
- Total no. of adults awarded
certificates from the start of the
initiative to the end of 2010:
650,000
Adult Education & Training
Courses
- no. of adults awarded
compulsory schooling
certification in: 42,000
- no. of adults awarded
secondary school certification in
2010: 65,000
- Total no. of adults awarded
certificates from the start of the
initiative to the end of 2010:
650,500
No. of New Opportunities Centres
in 2010: 500
54

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Formalisation of
the Bologna
Process and reform
of higher education
Implementing the
Bologna Process and
reform of higher
education
In progress
After the presentation of the integral regulations at the beginning of 2006, which envisaged the
adaptation of higher education in Portugal to the Bologna process, covering initial training courses
that offered places to students in the academic year 2007-2008, about 90% were organised in
accordance with the principles of the Bologna Process (public and private higher education).
The opening up of higher education to new publics, through the new regime of access to over 23-
year olds, meant an increase in the number of adults entering higher education to about 10,850 in
the academic year 2006-07, further increasing to 11,775 in the academic year 2007-08, compared
with about a mere 900 adults who began their higher education studies in the academic year 2005-
06.
In the context of attracting new publics to higher education institutes, too, there has been a
particularly relevant increase in the number of Technological Specialisation Courses (CETs)
operating in higher education institutions, as well as the total number of new students on these
courses, which has reached a total of more than 4,800 new students admitted in 2007 (whereas it
was little more than 1,000 in 2005), for a total of about 150 courses delivered in higher education
institutes.
The implementation of the higher education student loans system with mutual guarantee should
also be noted, secured by the State, formalised in September 2007, which complements the
education welfare scheme for students in higher education, and the broadening in scope of the
awarding of non-returnable study grants to students enrolled on technological specialisation
courses and masters degrees, promoting new conditions for access to, and attendance at, higher
education on the part of all students.
The loans system launched by the Government at the end of 2007 covered more than 3,100
students at the end of the first academic year (2007-2008), and has surpassed all initial
expectations. At the same time, it has been recognised internationally, namely by assessors who
analysed the Portuguese education system for OCDE in 2006/07, as innovative and suitable for the
need to strengthen higher education in Portugal and in Europe.
During 2007-2008 the reform of higher education was continued, based on the implementation of
a set of central reform measures resulting from the recommendations of OCDE and ENQA,
following evaluation studies carried out by these international institutes in 2006, specifically:
• The new Legal Regime for Institutions of Higher Education (RJIES).
Measures will continue until 2010
55

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
• The new Legal Regime for the Evaluation of Higher Education (RJAES).
• The creation of the Higher Education Evaluation and Accreditation Agency.
• The new Regulations for Change of Course, Transfer and Re-entry into Higher Education
Regimes.
• The new legal regime for the recognition of foreign higher degrees.
• The implementation of a monitoring mechanism for progress in the formalisation of the Bologna
Process.
• The simplification and de-bureaucratisation of procedures and flexibility in access to higher
training.
In particular, note the implementation of the new Legal Regime for Institutions of Higher
Education (RJIES) for higher education institutes, which has been successfully effected and
according to expectations, namely that all processes of preparation and approval of new statutes
are in their closing stages, and the new schemes of governance in all institutions will follow.
Reinforcement of
education system
and Lifelong
Learning (LLL)
Reinforcement of
education system and
Lifelong Learning (LLL)
In progress
Amendment to the Basic Education System Law and the Basic Higher Education Funding Law, to
adapt them to the needs imposed by the “Bologna Process”; See New Opportunities Initiative
Promote ICT skills
training and
certification
Increase ICT
qualifications. Increase
the no. of people with
Basic Skills Certificates;
creation of a ICT Skills
Certification System,
expanded to higher levels
than the Basic Skills
Certificates
In progress
More than 636,000 basic skills certificates in ICT have been awarded, about two thirds of them
since the beginning of 2005. The majority of around 800 ICT Basic Skills Certificate award
centres operate in Higher Education Institutes, Primary and Secondary Schools, Live Science
Centres, Internet Spaces and Centres for the Dissemination of Information Technology.
Measures will continue until 2010
56

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Action Programme
for unemployed
young people
under 23
Action Programme
for unemployed
people with higher
level qualifications
To improve the level of
competence/qualification
of young people and
increase their
employability,
guaranteeing all
unemployed young
people without Year 12
completion certificate a
response within 3 months
of registering as
unemployed, aiming at
putting them on a path to
education or training, and
for young people with a
Year 12 completion
certificate offering them
employment incentives
To facilitate the transition
to active life and improve
the integration of young
people into the job market
and bring their skills
closer to the needs of
companies, guaranteeing
to all a response between
October and December of
each year, emphasising
immediate employment,
work placements, a
training course or support
in the creation of their
own job.
In progress
In progress
Between 2005 and 2007 about 134,000 individuals were supported, corresponding to an
investment in the region of 413 million Euros. In the final quarter of 2007, all young people were
summoned who had no defined PPE (Personal Career Plan) nor had been referred elsewhere, to
find a more suitable situation.
Between 2005 and 2007 76,000 qualified people were supported, an investment in the region of
190 million Euros
2010 aim: physical: 135,000
people; funding: 422,000,000€
2010 aim: physical: 108,000
people; funding: 237,000,000€
57

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Active aging
Action Programme
Participation of
women in active
life
To increase the rate of
employment amongst
older workers, through an
articulated set of
measures aimed at
discouraging early
departure from the job
market, enhancing and
promoting the know-how
of older workers and
preventing and fighting
against their
unemployment.
To increase the rate of
employment of women
from 61.7% in 2004 to
63% in 2008.
This measure includes:
- Financial support for
active employment
measures that integrate
the general, specific and
territory-based
Programmes for
professions noticeable for
gender discrimination;
- Re-analyse the content
of collective agreements
from a gender point of
view; improve family
support services
In progress
In progress
Of special note: (i) amendments resulting from the legislative proposal on the reform of Labour
Legislation, like, for example, up to 3 years’ exemption and/or 50% reduction in employer’s
contributions to social security for hiring without time limit workers of 55 years old or more; (ii)
legal regime of protection in invalidity and old age (Decree-Law no. 187/2007 of 10 May), with
the introduction of the sustainability factor, an alteration to the rules concerning retirement age
flexibility, allowance mechanisms for pensioners remaining on the job market and the acceleration
of the transition process to a new formula characterised by the strengthening of the contributivity
principle; and (iii) measures arising from the implementation of the Basic Social Security Law,
namely pension bonuses to those who remain active beyond the age of 65 and until the age of 70
and the possibility of accumulating invalidity and old age pensions with wages.
Of note is the Support for Female Entrepreneurialism (POEFDS) aimed at supporting the creation
of support networks for women entrepreneurs and training adapted to the creation and
consolidation of micro-companies and SMEs, with an emphasis on access to self-employment.
This measure focuses on the approval of training/advisory actions, aiming to create, develop or
consolidate micro-companies and SMEs managed by women. Up until 2007 (November) around
142 projects were approved, corresponding to an investment in the order of 9,889,484€. At the
same time, about 3,728 women underwent training actions and about 1,050 were given advice. It
should also be noted that about 387 women were effectively helped to set up a company.
58

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Inclusive Market
Action Programme
Professional
training and
employment
programme for
disabled people
Action Programme
for unemployed
immigrants
To favour the integration
of members of the public
with special difficulties
and at risk and/or in a
situation of exclusion,
calling up and adjusting
measures such as
occupational
programmes, insertion
companies and
microcredit and
promoting their specific
training, through the
provision and adaptation
of double certificate
training opportunities.
To favour the public
integration of disabled
people, through the
reinforcement of
employment and training
measures that aim at the
professional rehabilitation
of disabled people.
To favour the integration
of immigrants fighting
social and employment
discrimination, aiming to
create better conditions
for professional (re)
insertion, promoting
training in basic
citizenship and
Portuguese language
skills and perfecting the
mechanisms for
recognising, evaluating
and certificating skills of
immigrants and
promoting their
professional placement.
In progress
In progress
In progress
47,800 people and 118.3 million Euros (2005-2007).
36,900 people and 191.4 million Euros (2005-2007).
Action Plan for the Integration of Disabled or Incapacitated People (2006-2009).
23,500 people and 13.5 million Euros (2005-2007).
Immigrant Integration Plan
Action Programme for the
inclusion of all in the labour
market - Inclusive Employment
Market (IEFP) - 2008-2010
target: physical: 153,000 people
and funding: 396,000,000€
Action Programme for the
inclusion of all in the labour
market - disabled people (IEFP) -
2008-2010 target: physical 46,000
people and funding:
216,000,000€.
Action Programme for the
inclusion of all in the labour
market - unemployed immigrants
(IEFP) - 2008-2010 target:
physical 38,500 people and
funding: 38,000,000€.
59

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Action Programme
for employers
Modernisation and
reinforcement
Programme for
Public
Employment
Service
Rapid,
Personalised
Intervention Units
Re-training and
conversion for new
professional areas
Strengthen the
relationship between the
Public Employment
Service and companies,
through the
encouragement of a new
working methodology
between the PES and
employers, with a view to
proactive management of
a client portfolio.
In the framework of this
Programme emphasis has
been given to a
diversification of service
provision channels,
reformulating their
model, and aiming, in this
way, to respond to the
growing level of demand
and autonomy of current
and potential users.
The development of
preventative or remedial
actions for companies and
workers involved in
restructuring processes,
through the application of
various employment
policy instruments and/or
social protection.
Action Programme for
the unemployed with
higher level
qualifications; Advisory-
Training Programmes;
Consolidation of EURES
network, in support
instruments for
geographic mobility.
In progress
In progress
In progress
In progress
Action Programme with Employment Bodies (IEFP) - In 2007 about 17,600 visits were made to
companies.
Introduction of working instruments: (a) the IEFP NET Emprego project that incorporates various
segments, namely: electronic kiosks, multichannel contact centre, SMD services, electronic
applications service, among others; (b) the Information and Management System in the field of
Employment (SIGAE); e (c) the Action Programme for Employers.
At the beginning of June 2008, the portal made available 6,082 jobs corresponding to 4,643 offers
of work, amongst 95,332 available applicants.
In 2007 and until April 2008, 6 interventions in 4 companies were registered, involving a total of
1,577 workers. In the period from 2005 until April 2008, 24 RPNIs were recorded in a total of 21
companies, involving 5,925 workers.
Continue
Continue
Continue
Action Programme for the unemployed with higher level qualifications: From 2005 to 2007,
76,000 qualified people were supported and an investment was made of around 190 million Euros.
Advisory-Training Programmes (2007): 14,259 SMEs supported by advisory actions; 5,853 SMEs
supported in Training actions. Continue
60

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Reform of labour
relations
Automation of the
guaranteed
minimum income
IGT (General Labour
Inspectorate)
Programme against
undeclared and
illegal employment
Re-assess the labour
Code and stimulate work
contracting, aiming at
promoting social dialogue
and collective negotiation
so as to re-energise the
collective bargaining
system.
Substitution of the
National Minimum Wage
as the reference for
updating and calculating
Minimum Pensions by a
new Social Support
Index, and the
establishment of new
rules for updating
pensions, which cease to
depend on a political
decision and move to
being automatically set
according to the
economic climate, under
terms to be established by
act of law.
Inspection services action
concerning undeclared
employment is essentially
focused on bringing
undeclared worker
contracting into line with
the law with regard to:
a) Reporting on the
employment contract of
workers
b) Declarations to Social
Security
c) Requirements for
hiring foreigners
d) Making induction
medical examinations
e) Payment of legal
wages
In progress
Completed
In progress
Tripartite Agreement for a new Regulatory System for Labour Relations, Employment Policies
and Social Protection in Portugal, signed between the Government and Social Partners (except
CGTP-IN) on 25 June 2008.
Implementation of the new Basic Social Security Law, (Law no. 4/2007 of 16 January) which,
amongst various amendments, introduces the following: the sustainability factor, the new formula
for calculating pensions; new updating mechanisms for pensions; reinforcement of incentives for
active aging; the convergence of special social protection regimes and the reinforcement of
mechanisms to prevent fraud and fiscal evasion, contributing to an improvement in the financial
situation of the social security systems and benefiting the long-term sustainability of the public
purse.
Implementation of Law no. 53-B/2006 of 29 December, which set out the Social Support Index
(IAS).
In 2007, a global amount of 4,421,622€ was established in favour of Social Security and
12,032,380€ was established in salaries owed to 8,177 workers, largely pertaining to undeclared
employment. As for bringing the hiring of workers into line with the law, 47,900 companies were
inspected between 2005 and 2007, and the employment situation of 11,495 workers was settled, of
which: 7,950 had an illegal fixed term contract, 1,840 had an illegal temporary contract, 402 had a
sham contract and 1,303 were undeclared workers. The total amount of fines and penalties applied
amounted to 13,480,560 Euros.
Continue (see new measures)
Completed
Continue
61

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
National
Prevention Action
Plan
Revision of the
protection against
unemployment
regime
To improve working
conditions, particularly in
terms of health, hygiene
and safety at work and
substantially reducing
workplace accident rates
and occupational
sickness, through a global
policy of prevention of
professional risk and
fighting accidents.
▪ Alteration of the
Unemployment
Protection Regime
▪ Implementation of
Social Security Direct;
▪ Dematerialisation of
Certificates of Temporary
Incapacity
In progress
Completed
In 2007 the following were developed, amongst others: i) Reinforcement of the implementation of
prevention services in companies – by the end of 2007 there were 72 authorised bodies, of which
17 were authorised to provide services in the field of Safety, Hygiene and Health at Work, 50 in
the field of Safety and Hygiene at Work and 5 in the field of Health at Work; ii) Development of
the National Education Programme for Health and Safety at Work (PNESST), in collaboration
with the Professional Education and Training System - 165 short term actions, involving 5,300
students and 960 teachers; 3 actions and 2 training courses (25 hours each), for teachers and
educators – 36 participants; 3 awareness actions for non-teaching personnel, with 32 participants
and 9 guided study visits to model companies/bodies; iii) Development of projects in health and
Safety at Work, directed at companies, targeted sectors or audiences, sectors with the greatest
accident rates - 40 seminars, 56 street actions, 7 awareness actions, 4 workshops, 6 open days and
1 competition; iv) Human resources training, accreditation of courses and development of
professional work placements for Health and Safety at Work personnel – by December 2007:
accreditation of 313 higher grade HSW personnel courses (level V) and 158 other HSW personnel
courses (level III); accreditation of 46 courses and recognition of 137. There were also 12,439
certificates of professional aptitude for advanced technicians awarded, 2,732 certificates for
technicians, and 282 HSW technician and 250 HSW advanced technician professional aptitude
certificates were renewed.
Implementation of the Unemployment Protection Regime
Implementation of Social Security Direct: To date, about 40 services are available to beneficiaries
and taxpayers. Performance indicators (May 2008) - no. of users: 535,146; no. of updates to the
Social Security database: 1 539 388; total no. of visits: 4 55 693.
Continue (see new measures)
62

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Annual Plans to
Fight Tax Fraud
and Tax Evasion
Annual Plans to Combat
Tax Fraud and Tax
Evasion which set out a
considerable increase in
effort to control taxpayers
and beneficiaries,
focusing on new control
dynamics, particularly by
evaluating “Risk
Indicators”, creating the
figure of “Taxpayer
Manager” and crossreferencing
internal
Social Security data with
other government
databases.
In progress
In 2007, the National Plan to Combat Tax Fraud and Tax Evasion led to the recovery of 642.8
million Euros, higher than the initial target (577 million Euros)
Continue
Create a proximity
community service
network
Launch of PARES (the
Enlargement Programme
for the Social Amenities
Network); PAIES
(Support Programme for
Investment in Social
Amenities); CLDS
(Social Development
Local Contracts); PCHI
(Housing Comfort
Programme for the
Elderly); RNCCI
(National Integrated
Continuing Care
Network)
In progress
During the 3 phases of PARES, 618 amenities were approved, amounting to 1,049 social
responses and 38,470 places. These amenities meant a total investment of 422.5 million Euros, of
which 210.7 million was public funding. The government anticipates that these new amenities will
create about 10,300 new jobs. Particularly as far as nursery schools are concerned, some 18,650
places were approved, corresponding to 418 nursery schools, and a total investment of 154 million
euros, of which 82.7 was public funding (provisional figures).
Social Development Local Contracts: up to April 2008, 19 CLDS were signed, covering 22
municipalities.
National Integrated Continuing Care Network (RNCCI): From April 2007 up to the end of the 1 st
semester of 2008, 18,258 beneficiaries were identified for this network, of whom 12,845 received
care within the network. Since the start of RNCCI, 20,332 beneficiaries were identified and 14,239
received care.
Continuation. About 10,000
available places; 37% of the
population over 65 covered by the
network’s provision identified as
in need of Continuing Care.
Enlargement Programme for the
Social Amenities Network
(PARES);
Social Development Local
Contracts (CLDS)
Housing Comfort Programme for
the Elderly (PCHI)
National Integrated Continuing
Care Network (RNCCI)
63

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
PORTMOS –
Integration of the
port system in the
Sea Highways
Under the scope of the
European Sea Highways,
the development is
envisaged of the
operational architecture
for the logistic and
transport system with a
view to the full
integration of port
terminals, logistic
platforms, transport
systems and traffic lanes,
aiming at substantially
increasing flexibility and
agility of logistic and
transport chains
Completed
Submission of final report by the end of September 2008, containing the full research and work
carried out during the project, as well as the results of pilot schemes for the adaptation model of
the national Sea Port System to the Sea Highways.
-
64

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Sea traffic
monitoring system
along the Atlantic
coast (VTS-Vessel
Traffic System)
The main general
objectives are to improve
safety and security and
sea traffic management,
as well as to protect the
marine environment in
the national coastal area.
It comprises radardetection,
AIS (automatic
identification system),
and automatic directionfinding
subsystems, a
VHF communications
system, a meteorological
subsystem, a National Sea
Traffic Database and a
microwave data
transmission network
(data from sensors and
voice). It includes a main
control centre in Paço de
Arcos, a secondary
control centre in the port
area of Portimão
(Ferragudo), eight remote
sensing coastal
surveillance sites and
VTS port systems in
Aveiro, Viana do Castelo,
Figueira da Foz, Portimão
and Faro (also comprising
the abovementioned
detection subsystems).
Completed System partially under operation since January 2008, and in full operation since July 2008
Completed measure.
It is envisaged that the VTS
system will be extended to the
Autonomous Regions of Azores
and Madeira (see new measure)
-
65

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Budgeting by
programme
Modernising budgeting
procedures so as to ensure
better monitoring,
evaluation and quality
control through the
implementation of a longterm
view of public
expenditure allocation,
numerical budgeting
rules, and performance
assessment. The national
budget for 2009 will
include three pilot
programmes.
In progress
The Working Group for the Pilot Phase of Budgeting by Programme was set up to coordinate the
implementation of the three pilot programmes included in the draft national budget for 2009,
particularly those pilots in the fields of Portuguese Cooperation, the National Integrated
Continuing Care Network and Ancillary Work in Higher Education.
The Technical
Committee set up in
March 2007 will
present
recommendations
for national budget
structuring models
and their
application
methodology, with
long-term
budgetary rules and
objectives. The
current instruments
established through
SIADAP
(Integrated System
for Public
Administration
Evaluation) (e.g.
QUAR –
Evaluation and
Accountability
Framework), to
evaluate the
performance of
managers and
workers, will be
important catalysts
for this reform.
Improving the
governance model
of the State
Corporate Sector
Creating the conditions
for improving the
efficiency and
effectiveness of the State
Corporate Sector,
establishing distinct
levels for management
guidelines, adapting the
corporate organisational
structure to the highest
standards and reinforcing
In progress
The Legal System of the State Corporate Sector and the Public Manager Charter were reviewed,
good state corporate governance principles were defined and the Corporate, Partnership and
Concession Sector Monitoring Office was created within the Directorate-General of Treasury and
Finance.
Implementation of
good governance
practices and
assignment of
strategic guidelines
with a special
emphasis on
systematic
monitoring of
financial
performance are
66

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
RAPID
financial control
mechanisms and the
special duty of
information of public
companies.
RAPID - Via Verde at
borders for holders of
electronic passports and
optical reading.
The 21 st Century
Police/Precinct Station is
proof of the advantages of
using new technologies in
the day-to-day work of
Police Officers, as well as
in the most suitable
infrastructure model for
the set-up of Security
Forces
The Integrated
Surveillance, Command
and Control System
(SIVICC), to be assigned
to GNR (through their
Coastal Patrol Unit) is
aimed at combating
illegal immigration,
terrorism, drug trafficking
and smuggling, and at
providing support in case
of environmental
disasters and systematic
information gathering on
sea traffic. It will have a
fixed and a mobile
component that will use
sensors, infrared cameras
and radar along the coast,
affording night vision and
tracking of a wide range
of vessels. It will liaise
with the VTS system.
Completed
Operational at Lisbon, Faro, Oporto and Funchal airports, and is a crucial element for increasing
efficiency and speed in passenger control. Over 40,000 monthly movements using this system in
Portuguese airports.
still in progress.
21 st Century
Police/Precinct
Station
Integrated
Surveillance,
Command and
Control System
(SIVICC)
Completed
In progress.
The
supervising
committee for
this procedure
is at the
analysis and
evaluation of
proposals
stage. The
procedure is
expected to be
completed by
the end of the
current year.
Model architectural and engineering designs were drawn up which will inspire the new police and
precinct stations of the future
n/a
Set-up of technologically
advanced and operationally
optimised police and precinct
stations.
Increased effectiveness in
combating illegal immigration,
terrorism, drug trafficking and
smuggling.
67

Measure
Description
Current
Status: in
progress/
Completed
Last year’s results Next Steps Notes
Digital Civil
Protection
Information system
managed by ANPC (Civil
Protection Authority) and
created within the
framework of the
National Plan for Forest
Fire Defence. It provides
a permanent performance
evaluation model for the
national fire-fighting setup.
Completed.
Its short-term
development
will be
conducted
according to
new
functions/
requirements
and
technological
advances.
Quicker first response, in particular by aerial fire-fighting support, real time analysis of means
involved/available, improved effectiveness and efficiency of emergency and relief operations.
Gradual increase in effectiveness,
better planning management.
68